Podcast – The Castle Report: Recent Episodes
Darrell Castle
Once again, Darrell Castle discusses war but with a little diplomacy and an historical reminder that technology constantly changes but human nature never changes.
Transcription / Notes
THE HUMILIATION FACTOR
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 7th day of August in the year of our Lord 2026. I’m afraid my beat is war once again but with a little diplomacy and an historical reminder that technology constantly changes but human nature never changes.
For the history lesson I have to go back to December 7th, 1941, and perhaps even a few days before that. This story is important because of the title to this report but also because yesterday, August 6 was the 81st anniversary of the dropping of the atomic bomb on Hiroshima Japan. The United States was engaged in diplomacy with Japan regarding Japan’s invasion of China and Roosevelt’s refusal to sell them more oil until they left China. The Japanese had to import virtually all their raw materials and they got oil primarily from the U.S.
The Japanese had behaved so horribly in China that Roosevelt tried to persuade the Europeans to join him in a conditional boycott but they refused so he decided to do it himself. If you want to know more about how the Japanese behaved in China I recommend Iris Chang’s book “The Rape of Nanchang, The Forgotten Holocaust of World War ll.
Well, at least the two sides were talking to each other through diplomats around a conference table in Washington D.C. The Japanese knew that if the U.S. continued to refuse to sell them oil they would have to get it by conquering the oil and rubber rich nations of the South Pacific so they made plans to do just that. Those nations could not be conquered with the U.S. Navy at large in the Pacific so Japan’s plan included that Navy’s destruction in an attack we know as Pearl Harbor.
Admiral Yamamoto, commander of the Japanese Fleet, had given orders that a war warning had to given to the American diplomats about one hour before the attack but delays of various kinds caused the warning to be delivered one hour after battleship row was burning. The Japanese believed that when the decadent, luxury loving, American people were confronted with this debacle they would demand that their leaders negotiate a way out of it.
There were an awful lot of American members of Congress and the Senate who were in office because they were opposed to fighting European wars. There was an America first contingent which measured about 140 members. How could any nation so divided muster the will to fight a long bloody war, but the Japanese were catastrophically wrong in their assessment. Immediately after the attack the America first group voted to disband. Charles Linberg, the most outspoken and most famous antiwar advocate tried to join the Army Air Corps.
Men lined up around the block in every city in America. School boys lied about their age to enlist. Keep in mind that in Japan every radio receiver in every military unit was tuned to American broadcasts in order to discern the mood of the people. Military transcriptionists took down every word of every broadcast and on December 8th at 12:30 PM they were turned in for FDR’s speech. He spoke for only 6 minutes and none of it was a call for patience or negotiation but instead he called it a day that will live in infamy. The American people and the President were fueled to righteous anger by the deceptive nature of it. The term sneak attack was on everyone’s lips and worse because it happened while the two sides were negotiating.
That’s a long history report, folks, but there is a reason for it. The reason is that another sneak attack, conducted while the two sides were negotiating has now happened. The anger, the determination to fight on no matter how long it took that fueled American resolve is now being felt by citizens of The Islamic Republic of Iran. Yes American diplomats were negotiating with Iranian diplomats when the U.S, and Israeli bombers struck.
The attack didn’t just destroy Iranian military targets, but it killed their supreme leader and almost his whole family including his 14-month-old granddaughter. The next day American bombs struck a girls school and around 160 little girls were killed but just to make sure it was hit again. How are these people supposed to feel about negotiating with America to end this war. How can they be expected to ever trust an American’s word again.
The problem continues almost daily as U.S. negotiators, if there are any besides the president, continue to go back on their word which is diplomat speak for lying. For example, the 14-point Memorandum of Understanding the president announced the other day called for Iran to control the Strait of Hormuz. The next day the president reneged on that point. I read someone the other day and I can’t remember who said it, but he said President Trump should get the Nobel Peace Prize because he has ended the Iran War 7 times and number 8 is coming soon.
Think about the mindset that the U.S. sneak attack must have created in the minds of the Iranian people. Before it happened there did seem to be a lot of unrest and a lot of division. People were in the streets protesting the harsh measures of the regime and that regime proceeded to kill thousands of them. I imagine the President was told that his sneak attack would have the same effect on the Iranian people that the Japanese thought Pearl Harbor would have on the American people. Both those assumptions were catastrophically wrong.
Instead of causing the Iranian people to riot and overthrow their government it brought them together. The hated Mullahs were once again respected leaders. Thousands attended the Ayatollah’s funeral. I think it was Mark Twain who said history doesn’t repeat itself but it rhymes. Now the situation is so much worse for the U.S. and of course for Israel which was, apparently, the reason for the sneak attack. The Strait is at least a very dangerous place and ships can’t sail without extreme danger. The entire world’s economy teeters on the brink of depression. Oil and other needed mineral resources are soaring in price since about 20% of them have to pass through that chokehold.
Meanwhile the President has announced a new deal being brokered by his Board of Peace involving peace in Gaza. The lynch pin would require Hamas, a terrorist group financed by Iran, to give up its arms and identify all its tunnels etc. In other words, Hamas would cease to exist and Israel would leave Gaza so that the U.S. and the Middle East members of the Board such as the Saudis and the Gulf States could rebuild it and everyone would prosper.
The moment the deal was announced Netanyahu said the President sent it to him and he didn’t like it. He said Israel would not leave Gaza until Hamas completely disarmed and Hamas Says it will not disarm until Israel leaves. Qatar is apparently kicking Hamas out of its country and rumors have it moving its operations to Turkey which is apparently the President’s hope for the role of ensuring Middle East peace.
My point in all this is that it is humiliating and embarrassing, or it should be. This country is supposed to be trusted because we have laws and rules, and we are supposed to stand for something. There are things we simply will never do and financing another country’s crimes is one of those things. The first law of the land of course is the Constitution because it says it is the supreme law of the land. It restricts the power of leaders and they all take an oath to it but for most that means nothing.
The standard of completely disarmed is virtually impossible to know or measure and that leaves the door open for this conflict to continue indefinitely. In the meantime, Reuters reports that the U.S. has expended more than 80% of its antimissile defense missiles. The Iranians are very smart people and they have been for a long time. They just keep putting missiles into U.S. bases and into Israel knowing that only a few will get through but it requires the U.S. to expend its supply and what then. The President announces what turns out to be a temporary halt to bombing, I guess.
The U.S. position with regard to Israel and the Middle East is indefensible and I guess that’s why they no longer try to defend it. The attitude seems to be the old one made famous by Baghdad Bob. You are not seeing this so just move on because everything is fine. I chose humiliation as the title of this Report because it is humiliating for a great nation to force people to pay for their own destruction. A foreign nation somehow persuades the U.S. to give it money so it can use that money to buy U.S. politicians who will then vote to fund its expansionist wars.
I’ll close this report on our humiliation with a few words from old friend and economist Bill Bonner. “No matter how cynical you are, its probably not enough. Perhaps Donald Trump is playing a different game altogether. He marshalls DOGE to cut spending but does not actually cut a dime out of the swollen federal budget. He makes grand theater out of tariffs but trade deficits continue unmolested. No more foreign wars, he pledges and then attacks Iran.”
Finally, folks, the way out of this seems very difficult to bear but wouldn’t it be better to quit now so we can manage the withdrawal rather than wait until we are forced out. The Iran War was a mistake we should admit and we are sorry we made it. We are especially sorry for those Iranian school girls and we will pay compensation to their families. It’s the same decision made by the French after Dein Bin Phu when we decided to take up their war.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the testimony or better said, the refusal to give testimony, of Doctor Anthony Fauci before the Senate Committee headed by Senator Rand Paul.
Transcription / Notes
THE SCIENCE TAKES THE 5TH
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 31st day of July in the year of our Lord 2026. I will be talking about the testimony or better said, the refusal to give testimony, of Doctor Anthony Fauci who was the Director of the National Institute of Health Division of Allergy and Infectious Disease for about 30 years especially during the COVID years. He finished his medical residency in the 1960’s and has been a government bureaucrat since then.
Yes, Dr. Fauci who famously remarked when told that we should follow or stick to the science said, “I am the science.” For years it seems Senator Rand Paul had been trying to get Dr. Fauci to testify before his Senate committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs but the science steadfastly refused. Finally, Senator Paul was able to persuade the members to issue a subpoena and that compelled the science to show up at the hearing with his team of lawyers. Senator Paul had to have his lead attorney escorted out of the hearing by security because he was disruptive and acting like his narcissistic client.
President Biden issued or rather his autopen issued a pardon to Fauci for any crimes he may have committed during the last 10 years. In other words, a preemptive pardon in case some charging agency decided to indict him for oh say mass murder. The committee obviously knows he can’t be charged for the crimes he may have committed so what was the purpose of the subpoena.
The purpose was to put him in a position to do one of two things but he was unwilling to do either. Either he would admit to some of the most horrible crimes in American history none of which could bring prosecution, or he would lie about them under oath which would constitute the crime of perjury and that is a new crime for which he has not been pardoned. Here’s the opening statement from the science read as part of his opening attack on Senator Paul.
“Although it pains me to do so, because of the respect I have for the Legislative Branch for government, and my decades long record of cooperating with congress, under the advice of my attorneys, I will invoke my right under the Fifth Amendment of the Constitution to refrain from answering your questions.”
So, he told them that he would not testify or answer any questions at all. When Senator Josh Hawley got his turn to ask questions he asked him what day is today and the science simply repeated the same quote. Senator Hawley said let me be clear you have no 5th Amendment protection because you were pardoned but obviously the Senator got a little carried away because a pardon does not take away the bill of rights. It even protects those for whom it has been nothing more than toilet tissue for their years of government service. However, it is an open question as to whether a person can be compelled to give answers to questions about crimes for which he cannot be prosecuted.
The real problem with all this is a class of people who know they are completely above the law and nothing they do no matter how evil can ever reach them. Apparently they view the rest of us as sheep to be sheared. When these folks look in the mirror they are very happy with what they see. Fauci was one of the highest paid government employees in history and still receives the highest pension, and he is quite aware of his untouchability.
The hearing followed the release of a diary that Dr. Fauci kept personally during the COVID nightmare. Yes, this man is so incredibly egotistical that he kept a written record of his crimes. How did Rand Paul come to have possession of Fauci’s private diary. He was so confident that he was untouchable he put his diary on a government server. Senator Paul released the diary to the public and social media ran with it but interestingly mainstream media did not.
The diary is more than 1000 pages of private thoughts and is now a permanent record of the pandemic’s entire existence. It presents this so-called expert in a very unfavorable light and I’m not surprised he didn’t want to talk about it. He knows his media friends will cover for him as they always have. He comes across as one who was very aware of his growing celebrity and the adept way that he learned to play the game of Washington politics. He seemed to understand how to play President Trump and that the President didn’t have the confidence to fire him.
The science was preoccupied, even in dire moments for the nation, of his growing fame. There are multiple entries recorded in his own writing of his adoration pictured in the media coverage. He made note of each flattering article, for example quoting the science from his comments about a Washington Post article in May of 2020, “its not hyperbole to say that today I am the most famous and talked about person in the country and one of the most recognizable persons in the world.”
Some of his proudest moments were regarding calls or meetings with adoring celebrities. Comments such as “great call” with Barbra Streisand in which he gave her advice on the mRNA vaccine. He also made note of his interactions with Julia Roberts, Steph Curry, and many others. It all concludes with his embrace of Hunter Biden at the Kennedy Center Honors night with a special note about what he thought the reaction to the photo would cause. My guess is that he did not tell Ms. Streisand that five months after he had the vaccine he had a myocardial infarction which I believe is doctor speak for heart attack.
Well, that’s enough about the good Dr.’s ego but what did he record of actual substance. On January 26, 2020, he wrote that epidemiological and genomic data showed the first infection occurred in early December and was unconnected to the Wuhan market. “Now we know the market was not the source it was the amplifier.” To me that is an admission that he knew the source was not natural but lab produced. That is despite the years of statements that he was certain it was of natural origin.
He recorded his now famous conference call with other members of the science of virology and only two of them believed it had a natural origin and the rest thought “deliberate insertion was possible” They discussed the possibility of accidental or deliberate release by a lab as the source. He knew all that time that it was lab grown and he had financed its gain of function using your money.
Doctors and scientists tell us that gain of function occurs when there is an existing virus which is harmless and usually doesn’t jump from animals to humans. That virus is then combined with another in a lab creating a new virus completely. That virus is much more dangerous and much more transmissible thus it has gained in function.
These horrible crimes for which normal people across the world suffered terribly were all pardoned by President Biden or were they. Whether or not the autopen was an actual pardon is an ongoing question. Hear this quote from the clemency warrant that made the pardon.
“For any offenses against the United States which he may have committed or taken part in during the period from January 1,2014, through the date of this pardon arising from or in any manner related to his service as Director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, as a member of the White House Coronavirus Task Force or the White House COVID-19 Response Team, or as Chief Medical Advisor to the President.”
The President is supposed to issue a pardon to correct what he views as an injustice and the pardon is therefore personal to him but there is no evidence that President Biden reviewed all 39 pardons he issued including several family members and the entire Select Committee to Investigate the January 6th Attack on the United States Capitol.
This all raises the question of whether the pardon is Constitutionally valid. One other question I have is that if he has been pardoned why is he afraid to testify and answer simple questions. What is he afraid of but I guess nothing screams out innocence as loudly as taking the 5th. The answer I believe is that he would have to admit mass murder if he answered truthfully and the new, unpardoned crime of perjury if he lied.
In conclusion, I want to give you a few words from Paul Craig Roberts.
“The COVID virus was a man-made virus. The work to make the virus easily spreadable was funded by Fauci, first at a North Carolina University and then in Wuhan China. The virus was meant to be deadly, but was not, as a backup human extermination tool, a deadly “vaccine” was created and mandated by ignorant and corrupt governments and employers, including the Biden Secretary of Defense.”
This information has been extensively and thoroughly documented. Books such as Soren Korsgaard’s The New September 11th and Tom Woods Diary of a Psychosis come to mind as examples of extensive documentation.
Finally, folks, this is a vitally important case for the future of our country. Once again from Mr. Roberts, “Clearly in our stupidity and our ignorance we are not safe. Soon there will be a second attack on us. Bill Gates gloats about it.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks.
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle discusses the concept of a war criminal. Who gets to define what a war crime is and once that is established, who determines when someone has committed one of the criminal acts defined as a war crime?
Transcription / Notes
WHAT IS A WAR CRIMINAL?
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 24th day of July in the year of our Lord 2026. My beat is still war today, but with the added distinction of talking about what some choose to call war criminals. The question for today then is who gets to decide what a war crime is and who decides if someone has committed one of those crimes he has defined as a war crime.
The International Criminal Court, established by the 1998 Rome Statute and beginning operations in 2002 has been given the right to declare certain people war criminals and to issue indictments against that person which should involve arrest and prosecution. We know from our American system that charges and indictment do not make one guilty, but in the minds of certain people it gives an opportunity for selectively prosecuting those with whom they politically disagree.
This war crimes talk started again when NYC Mayor Zohran Mamdani ran for office on a promise to arrest Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu if he ever came to New York. Well, Bibi has announced that he will attend the United Nations meeting in NYC to be held in September. The mayor’s plans, announced in an interview with the New York Times, brought a storm of protests from supporters of Bibi including the President of the United States who declared on social media that the mayor’s plans would not and could not happen.
In response the mayor admitted that he is not the president and is not even congress or the U.S. attorney general so his plans would not be fulfilled. He went on video and said his legal team had exhausted “every avenue available” under the law and concluded “we do not have the independent legal authority” to arrest the head of state of a foreign country who is attending a UN meeting which happens to be located in NYC. Some may have reacted with outrage if the mayor had ordered the NYPD to arrest Netanyahu but since he is now not planning to risk that those people are reacting with outrage anyway and calling him a dishonest politician.
I want to leave the mayor and talk about war crimes in general but I can’t do so until I mention the first lady of the city of New York. Yes, right now, as I record this she is conducting a conference for Muslim women with the stated purpose of informing them that Mary, yes that Mary. The mother of Jesus, who delivered the child on that Christmas was not only not Jewish but was actually a Muslim. What, how can that be. Well, it can’t because of a fact apparently unknown to the first lady of our greatest city. That fact is that when Jesus was born, Muhammad, the founder of Islam, was not born for another 570 years.
Well, be that as it may facts are often lost on people today especially when those facts do not fit a person’s world view.
Back to the International Criminal Court which issued the indictment against Prime Minister Netanyahu and has often referred to him as a war criminal. The ICC has no jurisdiction in the United States which refused to join the 125 nations which signed the agreement. I remember the debates around it quite well and the US representatives were afraid that it would be used to prosecute members of the US military engaged in combat in some politically sensitive spot.
Congress instead did the opposite by passing the American Servicemember’s Protection Act which was designed to shield the US personnel from ICC prosecution. The ICC might be seen as a kind of virtue signaling organization or perhaps it is deeply idealistic and committed to peaceful resolution of conflict. How does it select its targets or how does it decide who is a war criminal and who should be left alone. Do you need to be engaged in actual war to be a war criminal or can you simply commit acts of extreme violence.
My own view is that the term war criminal or war crimes is decided by winners. Would Hitler, his generals and bureaucrats have been criminals if they had won the war. Would some division of the UN have ordered them arrested, no of course not, but instead many of them were hanged and some chose cyanide as the best option. Over in Japan several Japanese officers were hanged as war criminals. One general split his stomach open in 1945 but American doctors saved his life so he could be hanged in 1948.
Back in 1908 there was another tribunal, at that time at the Hague, which decided to define rules for the conduct of armed conflict. That tribunal dealt primarily with humane treatment of prisoners of war and dignified rules for how civilians were to be treated. Keep in mind that in 1908 war planes, poison gas, and machine guns had not been invented. I don’t think those people could have imagined the horror that would rain from the sky onto civilian populations for over the next 100 years.
I have studied the war archives from World War ii as much as I could especially after the internet made them all available to anyone. My conclusion is that the US authorities went out of their way to abide by the rules of the Geneva Convention which was part of the Hague series of international agreements. The Geneva convention defined how prisoners of war were to be treated and most nations knew that if they followed it their enemies were more likely to do so.
So, with a few exceptions, it was the policy of the US to follow it and even NAZI Germany followed it to a large degree. The Japanese however, had other ideas. Their treatment of American prisoners was exceptionally brutal. The percentage of prisoners who died in captivity under the Germans was about 2% but under the Japanese it was more like 60%.
Now, let’s return to Bibi for a moment. Is he or is he not a war criminal. To some extent it’s a matter of opinion and is usually determined by the winners. Right now, I would call him a loser at least in the matter of international politics and especially in the matter of armed conflict. He has no friends and everyone in the UN except the US hates him. His cities and military bases are badly damages by Iranian missiles and drones but does any of that make him a war criminal.
No, but he and his IDF have violated virtually every one of the rules for armed conflict established by the various international conventions I just mentioned. He has repeatedly targeted civilians and civilian infrastructure. In fact, he doesn’t recognize the difference between civilian and military targets. Testimony accuses him of mistreating, even torturing prisoners of war and many have accused IDF soldiers of brutally raping them with objects that destroyed their intestines. Testimony seems to indicate that he intends to destroy an entire people group through warfare and starvation.
I would call those things war crimes, but remember the victors get to determine such things and as long as the US military is solidly behind him it’s hard to say he is defeated. In fact, he and his country most likely would cease to exist without the US. He would be arrested if he set foot out of Israel without the US. That brings up an interesting point and that point is that if Donald Trump is his enabler and before Trump Joe Biden received more money in the form of contributions, donations, bribes, or whatever you choose to call them does that make them war criminals too.
During the Nuremberg trials of NAZI officers, a new charge was invented to cover the massive crimes of which those people were accused. Since the normal criminal code of any of the victorious allied nations was insufficient they invented the crime they called crimes against humanity. Is Bibi guilty of crimes against humanity, is Donald Trump.
The president has vowed to attack civilian infrastructure as a result of Iranian attacks against Hormuz shipping and the deaths of US. Soldiers. When I saw that a 19-year-old woman was killed in a missile attack against her base in Jordan I was very destressed. Many of those men who landed at Omaha Beach were 19 years old but they were not beautiful young women with babies ahead of them. In fact, those men fought for people back home like her. They fought for each other and for their families and their way of life which were threatened by a terrible enemy.
The death of that young woman just lays out the complete moral depravity that has infected this government and the entire globalist system. I pray for her family and that we can find a way to prevent such willful death and destruction.
Finally, folks, we’ve talked about the subjective nature of the term War criminal but sometimes the label may be appropriate. I’m certainly tired of sending teenaged women to fight and die for the benefit of a foreign leader and his vision. This country seems to be looting our tax dollars for people who are not American and might legitimately be called war criminals.
God forgive us if that is true.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle discusses war once again because it seems that the more we are told a political solution has been reached, the more missiles and drones are fired at more targets. Then retaliation has to come so, no solution.
Transcription / Notes:
THE ENEMY GETS A VOTE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 17th day of July in the year of our Lord 2026. My beat today is war once again because it seems that the more we are told a political solution has been reached more missiles and drones are fired at more targets and then retaliation has to come so no solution.
The president is in a difficult position but it is apparently of his own making. He is not an Eisenhower with many years of experience commanding vast armies in some of the biggest campaigns in human history. He instead is forced to rely on his team of advisors and so they tell him where he should go and what the consequences will be. They must have told him that Iran was ripe for the taking and would fall just like Venezuela but Iran is different and any experienced military person should have been able to see that.
Power unhinges people and people who seek it are often unhinged to start with. That is part of the reason Mr. Jefferson told us that every 20 years or so we should have a revolution to reset things such as personal liberty. He reminded us that government agents are not saints or angels but they are instead ordinary humans with all the vices and weaknesses of other ordinary humans.
President Trump started rearranging his group of military advisors as soon as he was elected because having no real military experience himself I suppose he wanted people around him who would put the best spin on what he wanted to do. Do you think I can force Iran, a real and very large country, to surrender and concede its own desires using only naval and air forces. Oh yes, Mr. President, Iran will crumble when attacked and the people will rise up and overthrow the government and that will be it except that you will be an international conquering hero.
To get the team of advisors who would tell him that certain changes had to be made. The Chairman of the Joint Chiefs who is supposed to be his top military advisor announced his retirement one month after the inauguration. The Secretary of Defense was changed which is normal for the new president but then the Department of Defense became the Department of War. I admit that is a more honest name and cuts out some hypocrisy but it sends a very bellingerite message.
So, this war, this attack against a country that was apparently no threat to the United States was supposed to resolve problems standing in the way of the Greater Israel Project but it had the opposite effect. Israel is much weaker and in a more tenuous position and Iran is much stronger and in a more commanding position because of the war. When I say Israel is weaker I mean that it literally has no friends except the United States and is for the most part hated around the world.
A nation that has sponsored terrorism through proxies across the Middle East is now seen as the heroic barrier to Israel’s genocide. The United States has suffered a humiliating defeat or at least it is unable to keep the Strait of Hormuz open with its navy. U.S. bases across the Middle East have been repeatedly attacked by Iranian missiles and drones as have U.S. allies in the region. Just the other day Jordan which has tried very hard to stay out of the struggle and says it has no foreign bases had 10 or 12 missiles fired at its bases and suffered considerable damage.
The bottom line for U.S, interests is that Iran has proven to the world, the U.S,. Israel and other allies that the promises of protection cannot be met. If one of the Gulf States, for example, responds to an Iranian attack it is swarmed by Iranian missiles and drones and much of their military bases have been severely damaged already. The bottom line for Israel, well let’s look at it.
Israel has no political way out of this that I can see. Israel’s goal from the beginning has been the destruction of Iran which would leave Israel in complete domination of the Middle East south of Turkey. Israel simply cannot accomplish its goals without the U.S. but its leadership acts as if it doesn’t care what the U.S. president wants. I can tell you what he wants with a fair degree of certainty. He wants out of this debacle before it creates a worldwide depression.
Bibi apparently cares nothing for the United States and its people or its survival. For example, last week reports are that Bibi and the president had a lengthy phone conversation and President Trump asked him to leave southern Lebanon so he could meet one of the Iranian demands before peace. Bibi has still not complied with that request and perhaps has no intention to comply and if so Trump has no way out.
Israel is not interested in peace right now, only war. Israel has not let go of its original goal and that was the complete destruction of Iran. Bibi said when it started that he had been waiting for this war for 40 years. So, let’s get this straight. The United States started bombing Iran because Israel wanted and demanded it. The bombing only hurts the U.S. and makes it weaker and it is now threatening the world economy with depression. Israel will not do the basics that would allow the U.S. to escape and so Trump feels trapped, blames it all on the Iranians and restarts the bombing on an even more massive scale.
Why would Donald Trump, an obviously proud and even vain man, put up with such shabby and embarrassing treatment by this ally of 9 million people which could not continue to exist without the U.S. That is the question of the day isn’t it. Could it be revelations from the Epstein files. Possibly, but I don’t think so because the Democrats had those files before his election and they didn’t use them. Could it be money. I’m sure there’s money involved but I don’t think its pure greed for Trump because he is already a multi billionaire.
Could it be something as simple as nuclear blackmail. That’s pretty horrible to contemplate but I suppose it’s possible. How would that work, who knows for sure, but maybe something like this. If you don’t help me destroy Iran I will do it myself with nuclear weapons. Or maybe we have planted dirty bombs all over Washington just in case. Let me be clear folks that I have no information at all to suggest that has happened I’m just wondering where the control comes from.
When Trump was campaigning in both 2016 and 2024 he ran on an antiwar promise. He said he would be remembered for the wars he didn’t start and that was a very appealing message to me. All I know for sure is that after the assassination attempt in Butler Pennsylvania he emerged a completely different man. First he ordered a halt to the investigation which raises all kinds of red flags. Why would you order the FBI and Secret Service to stop investigating an attempted assassination. He became close friends with super war hawks like Lindsey Graham and many others.
Trump is apparently trying to get a little distance from Bibi by using Turkey and putting the Turks forward as the next rising power which could replace Iran and hopefully control Syria and Lebanon which of course includes Hezbollah. Years ago, Turkey, although a NATO member agreed to buy S-400 air defense systems from Russia. NATO was outraged because that would give Russia inside knowledge of NATO aircraft, radars, etc. The U.S, congress sanctioned Turkey and delisted it from the F-35 program.
Now trump says despite the congressional ban he will sell the F-35 to Turkey as well as selling them or allowing their purchase of Taal engines for the new stealth fighter they are trying to build so if they have those engines they can make their own 5th generation fighter. The U.S. congress is not the only group outraged by the deal. Can you imagine what Israel thinks about it. I’m pretty sure Bibi would want the U.S. to destroy Turkey after it destroys Iran but I’m just guessing folks.
This is not how diplomacy has been conducted in the past folks. One party never releases partial information about any deals until the paper is signed. In other words, there should be no release of information that we have a deal, the Iranians called me begging me to stop bombing, but that is what he has been doing. There is indeed something really weird about this war and the negotiations. I’ve lived awhile and I’ve been a student of history during most of that and I can’t remember the U.S. attacking a country for no obvious reason, not even a bogus one that could be used as cover, so it’s quite a departure from the American way.
Or maybe we were born from war. We fought wars of expansion and a war that freed enslaved people, wars to help out friends in Europe and now wars apparently to maintain military control over the earth so maybe it’s not such a departure.
In conclusion, since the enemy gets a vote as the generals like to say, and the enemy votes to continue the war one side can’t just make it all go away by proclaiming that it has. Ther is no political solution but there are a few military solutions one of which makes sense. Number one the U.S. and or Israel could destroy Iran with nuclear weapons. That would be the most catastrophic disaster in the history of man’s time on earth. Number two the U.S. could invade, conquer and occupy Iran with ground troops. That solution would be very bloody and costly in terms of human destruction but also would severely damage the world economy and would probably provoke a worldwide depression.
The only solution that makes any sense is the simplest one and that is to disengage. Not only from Iran but from the Middle East itself. Just come home from there and announce that the Project for a New American Century has been flushed. Announce that the U.S. will feed its own people, rebuild its own infrastructure, and bandage its internal wounds for a while.
Finally, folks, I see the Castle Report not as reporting the news which you have probably heard but just giving you my take on it. Ron Psul has been doing that for 30 years.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for Listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the 4th of July and how Americans traditionally celebrate the independence of our country from England. For those who say they won’t celebrate because they are not getting everything they want from America, I say perhaps you don’t understand what the ideals of America really are supposed to be or perhaps it is because in your heart this is not your country.
Transcription / Notes
250 YEARS OF BEING AMERICAN
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 3rd day of July in the year of our Lord 2026. Tomorrow is the 4th of July when traditionally we celebrate the independence of our Country from England. To those who say they won’t celebrate because they are not getting everything they want from America I say perhaps you don’t understand what the ideals of America really are supposed to be or perhaps you don’t celebrate because this is not your country.
That is more than just a snarky, love it or leave it comment, because I have traveled and even lived abroad and when you do that you might like the country you are in but you don’t love it. To love a country, it has to be in your blood or your DNA. Terra Ferma or firm ground or the land under your feet is yours to live on and to defend with your life if necessary. It used to be that almost everyone felt that way so what happened.
Many things have happened but mass immigration from the Third World has had a profound effect on our culture and our politics. Now we elect members of congress who aren’t even American. Many other things happened of course but paramount among them was that our attitude and the attitudes of our politicians changed profoundly. For one thing the new media allowed us to finally get a glimpse at what the global ruling elite really are.
Let’s just start from World War ll and go forward from there. With a few notable exceptions prior to that war, America minded its own business for the most part. One of those exceptions was Woodrow Wilson deciding to spend thousands of American lives to rescue Britain and France from Germany and Kaiser Wilhelm. Staying out of European wars is pretty good practice and it always has been, but we seem to struggle with that from time to time.
When World War ll ended and NAZI Germany was defeated, Japan was defeated, and the lesser Axis powers were gone, America had about 10 million men in uniform and under arms. To some extent we demobilized and most of those men were sent home to their factories and farms but something else happened as well. We did not completely demobilize and instead we decided we could garrison the entire world. The idea was that in the event of a Soviet attack in Europe American troops could not be reinforced by ship due to Soviet submarines so the strategy was to forward garrison them. Now it can’t be done because of missiles and drones so it was never a viable concept and leaving would be the most obvious strategy.
We kept bases and troops just about everywhere including occupying the countries we had just defeated. People still loved us because after all we had just saved civilization from a return to the dark ages. Even with troops everywhere for the most part we still left other people alone to decide their own leadership. Korea and Vietnam were two places we intervened to prevent our great enemy, The Soviet Union, from expanding its politics into other countries against their will. We were at least able to convince ourselves that was the reason.
By the end of the Vietnam War a new generation was coming on the scene and that one had not fought and did not seem to remember World War ll. The bodies piled up and they filled the cemeteries. The American people finally started to listen to the new generation and the war became very unpopular. When we finally just left after all those dead, the Communists did prevail but now 50 years later Vietnam is one of the capitalist “miracles” of Southeast Asia.
In the meantime, we still had our great enemy, The Soviet Union” to occupy our time and resources and it kept our war production factories running at full speed. The philosophy that we lived with since World War ll had been containment or just don’t let them expand but don’t try to defeat them. Ronald Reagan said he had a different philosophy and it was “we win, they lose.” He and Gorbachev negotiated an end to the Soviet Union which was collapsing under the economic weight of cold war competition and maintaining 16 totally dependent colonies which could produce nothing.
The end of the Soviet Union was probably the greatest opportunity for world peace in modern history but we failed miserably and the world is still suffering from that failure. Instead of living up to the deal we made with Gorbachev we agreed to advance NATO to the very border of Russia. The purpose of NATO was to defend Europe from the Soviet Union which didn’t even exist anymore so it made no sense and NATO made no sense.
A new great enemy was needed and quickly found, When the Soviet Union was dissolved into the Russian Federation we had Saddam Hussein’s invasion of Kuwait and the new enemy of radical Islam was found. Along with that a few very bright and very sinister American Neocons drafted the Project for a New American Century and that ambition has been followed since then. Invade and conquer the countries around the Middle East and make this an American century.
Other countries such as Russia and China had their own ideas about this unipolar American world and there has been conflict since then. The attitude of America and that of mind your own business and let others do the same changed into something else. We are the sole superpower and we run the world. We claim the right to intervene anytime, anywhere we choose in the world and we don’t care what you think about it.
If we don’t like the people who lead your country and your leaders are misbehaving, we will invade and change your leaders if you do not comply. That attitude has kept us constantly at war and it has changed the way the world sees us. The situation has been made much worse because it has become obvious that for whatever reason America has become nothing more than the military arm of Greater Israel. Much of the world sees that and they see that Israel would not exist and would not do what it does without us and so the world hates us along with Israel. Yes, the world and much of the United States literally hates Israel.
Before the attacks on Gaza, Iran and Lebanon, support for Israel was one of the most reliable things in politics, but now in just a few years its all changed. The fact that we are fighting wars for nothing but the policy of Greater Israel is becoming so obvious no one can ignore it except those who are bought and paid for. That the Israeli lobby is using our money to buy our leaders is very distressing and most see that. Even the dependable white liberal and Northern Jewish alliance has been broken.
Couple all that with the results of the war being humiliation for the U.S. and people are very dissatisfied. Recent polls reveal that the Iran War is more unpopular than Vietnam in its final stages. The war is saying something about us that is hard to take and that is that our leadership from Congress to the Senate and the Presidency are bought and paid for and possibly blackmailed for even worse reasons. So, we the people are supposed to send our sons and now even our daughters to die for that. No thanks the people are saying.
Well, that is quite enough about what is wrong with us right now so let’s look at some good news. The good news is that Washington is not America because it has become something almost foreign. We are America and when the world meets us and sees that the world recognizes it. The World Cup of soccer is a very good example of that happening and it has been very uplifting to watch. Huge stadiums filled with foreign fans shouting USA along with the Americans. Stadiums full of people from around the world singing American folk songs.
I saw a video of one German woman who said “if you want to hate America watch the news, if you want to love it drive its roads and meet its people. The outpouring of affection most of the fans have expressed has been heartwarming in the extreme. Even back in the Vietnam days more than 50 years ago I found that most people liked Americans but they did not like the American government.
For the first time in recent memory people are at least beginning to see that this is not just a Democrat/Republican issue but one that affects the entire country the same. In other words, I have been right all along and they are all in it together. Their differences and name calling are just theater for us and unfortunately sometimes we watch but many have stopped believing. I’m not talking about the people who have been conditioned through propaganda to hate each other so leaders can loot them. The leaders are all in it and if one is not he or she is quickly gone.
In conclusion, is there a way back. Yes, I think there is and it starts with disengagement from not just Israel but from the Middle East. I noticed that Bibi has returned to Washington for the 7th time during the Trump presidency. Tell him we are leaving and that he is on his own. We will sacrifice no more lives for the desires of a foreign leader.
Finally, folks,
Happy 4th of July. Celebrate with fireworks and hot dogs. Honor America as it should be and could be again if the people wanted it badly enough.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about Father’s Day, what it means, and why it is important to honor fathers.
Transcription / Notes:
FATHER’S DAY
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 19th day of June in the year of our Lord 2026. I previously did a Report on Mother’s Day and what it means so today I will be talking about Father’s Day, what it means and why it is important to honor fathers.
Yes, we are two days away from Father’s Day which falls on the 21st of June this year. It is dedicated as a Federal Holiday falling on the third Sunday of June each year. The holiday was started in Spokane, Washington in 1910 by a woman named Snora Smart Dodd who was inspired by a Mother’s Day sermon and she wanted to honor her father in the same way.
Her father was a Civil War veteran named William Jackson Smart who was the father of 6 children. His wife died in childbirth and he raised his 6 kids alone. His daughter thought that he had lived his life with honor so she persuaded local authorities to set aside a day to honor her father and all the others. In1972 President Nixon made it a federal occasion and now we celebrate it each year by honoring or remembering our fathers.
The National Retail Federation (NRF) tells us that the average gift per person given to each father in terms of dollars is $196.23. Interestingly for this year June 21st is the summer solstice or the longest day of the year in the Northern Hemisphere which means it is the day of maximum daylight. So, I guess we can spend more daytime at all those cookouts with our fathers.
In this Report I will endeavor to make recognition of fathers something you can easily see as vitally important. Social scientists tell us that data overwhelmingly confirms that children born to their married parents have much better outcomes than children born to single mothers. The data indicates that children born to married parents are “significantly more likely to be on track” at every life stage than children who are born to unmarried parents.
Children who are “on track” are those who achieve age-appropriate benchmarks for every stage in life. At the end of elementary school an on-track child has mastered basic math and reading skills, has behavioral competencies that predict later success, has a strong relationship with parents and is in good health. From elementary school to adulthood the child born to married parents is more likely to be on-track and significantly so than the child born to single or unmarried parents.
The report from which I am quoting said that even babies benefit greatly from married parents. A baby born to an unmarried mother is three times more likely to need Medicaid or other government assistance to pay for the delivery of the child and is twice as likely to have received late or no prenatal care. That child is twice as likely to be born prematurely and much more likely to be born at a low birth weight. That child is 14 times more likely to have been fathered by a man not identified on the birth certificate (29% versus 2%). This all serves to illustrate the importance of fathers involved in the upbringing and in the lives of their children but there’s a lot more.
The data also shows many other problems which present themselves when a father is not involved in the raising of a child. The study shows that the absence of a father leads to children who report feeling abandoned, struggling with their emotions, and experiencing self-loathing, increased behavioral problems, poor academic performance, much higher rates of delinquency, youth crime, promiscuity, teen pregnancy, drug and alcohol abuse, and homelessness.
If that were not all fatherless children are at greater risk of suffering physical, emotional, and sexual abuse and many times more likely to experience physical and emotional maltreatment with the risk of fatal abuse 100 times greater. The report from the Institute for Family Studies concludes that there is a growing list of disadvantages for children in households without fathers but the report concludes that current U.S. welfare policies tend to encourage fatherlessness. The current policies subsidize unmarried parenting by paying for prenatal care, delivery and postnatal care while allowing the men who fathered the children to escape accountability.
The authors of the article conclude that as a society, and especially our churches we have to start recognizing the value of fatherhood again. Our education system in general seems to be failing right now and the belief is that our moral standards have fallen first and a large part of that failing is how we view fathers. The poverty rate in the black and Hispanic communities lowers by 80% when the parents are married.
So, why wouldn’t fathers want to remain with the children they fathered. Why wouldn’t people want to get married and remain married if the statistics I just recited are true. That’s a good question but it seems that our society now sets up marriage to fail from the outset. There are many exceptions to that such as mine for example. I’m in the 49th year of my marriage and many people ask me how I do it because they recognize that lifetime commitment is unusual enough to deserve explanation.
To continue the point of absent fathers and no marriage I reviewed a recent report done by The American Enterprise Institute in which the authors looked at the issue from a purely economic standpoint. The report was entitled; “Land of Opportunity: Advancing the American Dream.” From their report I learned that one of the chief things causing failure or at least lack of success is the gap between married and non-married Americans.
In the middle of the last century and I mean the 1900’s, one in 20 children were born out of wedlock. Now it’s two in five. America has the world’s highest rate of children living in single parent homes: 23% in the U.S. against 7% internationally. Forty percent of millennials from intact, two-parent families graduated from college and 77 % achieved middle class incomes or higher.
For those who didn’t grow up in intact families, only 17% graduated from college and 57% achieved middle class income. They are twice as likely to be incarcerated, even after other socioeconomic factors are considered. Quoting from the article for a moment.
“Research using tax-return data suggests that neighborhoods with high rates of single parenthood cultivate lower social mobility, including among kids who themselves are not raised by single parents.”
The conclusion from the research is that absence of fathers on their offspring has very long-term negative effects on the well-being of children.
This study concludes that among all races marriage protects against poverty. From a personal perspective I can say that for 46 years I counseled thousands of people in my law office and my conclusion has been that divorce especially for women and their children leads to a life of poverty. Married parents regardless of race and education suffer significantly less poverty than unmarried mothers.
Another interesting thing about these reports is that the phenomenon is not happening evenly but it seems to have a self-perpetuating pattern. For example, from 1970 to 2018 marital births dropped by 29 points overall but they dropped 47 points for the bottom education group and just 6 points for the top. From the early 1960’s to the late 2010’s marriage rates fell by roughly 46 percentage points for the least educated young women compared with 17 points for the most educated which leaves those least able to bear the cost of single parenthood the most likely to experience it.
Government, for whatever reason seems to be putting its thumb on the scale to tilt the outcome against marriage. The institution of marriage is obviously the most important factor in raising children and for income mobility, but that is not how the government views it apparently. For example, a couple with two kids, with each parent earning $30,000 receives around $5000 in earned income tax credits benefits if they remain unmarried. They lose all the benefits if they marry which is in effect a tax on marriage.
Medicaid, housing vouchers and SNAP benefits all phase out and punish couples who get married whereas they do not if the couples live together without marriage. It seems that careful research keeps finding the same conclusion regarding economic success and opportunities for children despite efforts to debunk it.
In conclusion, I would like to thank the occasion that is Father’s Day for the opportunity to be honored by my wife and our daughter. In addition, it gives me the opportunity to talk about something besides war and the opportunity to put into words something that I have observed over a very long legal career.
Speaking of families, I have a family obligation next week so there is no Castle Report next week.
Finally, folks, may God bless you and your families. If you can’t visit your father on Sunday, at least give him a call because he will be so glad you did.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about a bill currently working its way through the U.S. Congress which would, if passed, literally integrate the U.S. and Israeli militaries and would put funding for the Israeli military on auto pilot. Will it pass and be signed by the President? Many people seem to think it will so he takes a look at it today.
THE ISRAELIZATION OF THE U.S. MILITARY
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 12th of June in the year of our Lord 2026. I will be talking about a bill currently working its way through the United States Congress which would, if passed, literally integrate the U.S. and Israeli militaries and would put funding for the Israeli military on auto pilot. Will it pass and be signed by the President. Many people seem to think it will so we take a look at it today.
Yes, unfortunately it seems that certain members of the House of Representatives and the Senate of the United States are now ready to complete the process of uniting the two countries militaries. The first bill introduced in the House would have literally combined the two. Many of the Israel first politicians are already dual citizens so why not complete the process and stop all the hypocrisy. Just go ahead and make the U.S. military the official enforcement arm of Israeli foreign policy.
The most egregious provision of the original bill is that the benefits due to American veterans like me, such as medical and educational benefits would have also been available to all Israeli veterans. That would have been a supreme insult to every American veteran who has ever served. The last time I checked there were about 15 million living American veterans so why not just insult them all while they are still alive. Just tell them all that “your service to this nation meant nothing” but certainly no more to America than an Israeli veteran meant to America.
Fortunately, that portion of the bill was pulled before it advanced but there are rumors that it is still out there in Congress or at least in some of their minds and it will be added back in. The bill being considered is the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) which would fund the U.S. military for another year. According to members of the House whose opinions I have read, there is near certainty that Section 224 of that bill will pass through the House and become law with the President’s signature.
Congressman Ro Khanna, Democrat, and Thomas Massie, Republican tried to pass an amendment to delete Section 224 but the amendment failed. That section will set up a “United States-Israel Defense Technology Cooperation Initiative” that integrates US-Israeli military research and development co-production of weapons systems, licensing agreements, AI, directed energy. Data integration, and missile defense. It creates the framework for bilateral research and development, co-production of weapons, joint ventures, licensing agreements, and virtually every manner of U.S.-Israeli military cooperation. The Director of this “Initiative” who will be responsible for coordination of the work will reportedly be an Israeli.
The funding will come 100% from the U.S, treasury through part of the $1.5 trillion defense budget requested by President Trump. The purpose as stated is to fully connect the functionality of the U.S. military with that of the Israeli military in what is being described as an equal partnership that will include the government of Israel and the Israeli Defense Forces as full partners.
There will be intelligence sharing and in fact the bill includes a requirement that intelligence must be shared. Israeli forces will be included in the planning process of how U.S. weapons are developed and procured. This serves to explain at least in part why Netanyahu has been indicating recently that Israel might be willing to forego some of the mandatory $3.8 billion the U.S. gives it every year. He obviously knows there is an even bigger slice of American Pie coming his way via Section 224.
The intelligence sharing portion of the bill was introduced by Senator Tom Cotton of Arkansas which he calls “US-Israel Intelligence Sharing Enhancement.” Interestingly, at the same time the New York Times recently carried an article entitled “Pentagon Sees Growing Espionage Threat from Israel.” The article is sourced to the Defense Intelligence Agency which says that the espionage threat from Israel is at the highest possible level and even says that Israel eavesdropped on negotiations between the United States and Iran conducted in Pakistan.
The senators pushing this bill often refer to Israel as our best friend and most trusted ally but at the same time the DIA has that country listed as the highest possible espionage threat. Just to keep following this espionage threat let me tell you or remind you of a couple of things this best friend has done during its roughly 78 years as a political nation.
In 1984 when a man named Yitzhak Shamir was prime minister and Ronald Reagan was the US president; Israel dispatched an American of dual citizenship named Jonathan Pollard to do some spying against the US. Pollard worked in the US defense establishment and had access to some of the most highly classified military secrets. He stole and delivered the entire 10 volume DIA manual of in person or human intelligence operatives all over the world.
The manual contained the names and locations of US intelligence operatives working in the Soviet Union and Communist China both countries in a desperate cold war with the US. Pollard delivered the manual along with many other vital intelligence documents to his handlers in Israel. Can you guess what our best friend and most trusted ally did with the manual and other information. Yes, that’s right, they gave it to the Soviet Union and Communist China in exchange for “favors”.
Thousands of US personnel along with foreign operatives working with US Intelligence were arrested and many were killed so I guess as the saying goes with friends like that who needs enemies. Pollard did his work in 1984 and in 1987 he was sentenced to life in prison and he served exactly 30 years plus five years of probation. He was then allowed to move to Israel where he has hero status. The American Ambassador to Israel, Mike Huckabee, had him over to the US Embassy for a little get together recently.
That Pollard incident illustrates the one-sided relationship the US has with Israel quite clearly but as bad as it was it was not the worst. No, the worst happened in 1967 when a man named Levi Eshkol was Prime Minister of Israel and Lyndon Johnson was US President. In fact, last Monday the 8th of June was the 59th anniversary of the Israeli attack on an American ship named USS Liberty.
The Liberty was an intelligence gathering ship operating in International Waters in the Eastern Mediterranean when it was attacked by air forces of Israel. This attack was not an accident or improper identification or anything except a deliberate act of murder. The Liberty, an unarmed vessel, was relentless bombed and strafed by Israeli jets while clearly flying the American flag.
The attack severed the radio mast and cut off the crew’s ability to send a distress call but one crewman managed to climb on deck despite strafing fire, raise an antenna and get off a distress call. Out in the Med a US carrier heard the message and immediately launched jets for a rescue effort. I can tell you from a lot of personal experience that there is nothing that motivates US soldiers, sailors, airmen, and Marines like coming to the rescue of brothers in trouble.
Unfortunately, the US Commander in Chief, Lyndon Johnson personally ordered the Carrier captain to withdraw his jets. They left Liberty to die on its own but the little ship and its crew refused to die. 34 men were killed and 171 wounded but the ship would not sink and made it back to port. The pilots of our most trusted friend and ally even machine-gunned wounded sailors in the water something honorable men do not do even when their nations are at war.
No real investigation by government investigators with subpoena power has ever been conducted to my knowledge. Oh, there was a cursory inquiry as there always is but according to reporter Donald Jeffries who did a yeoman’s job of private investigation and who has written extensively about the matter President Johnson ordered the board of inquiry to rule it an accident.
Why did the Israelis attack the USS Liberty. Without going into a lot of what amounts to guesswork, it was probably because Israel was fighting what came to be known as the six-day-war against a coalition of enemy nations one of which was Egypt. The Liberty was to be sunk and the incident blamed on the Egyptians which would have given the US an excuse to enter the war against Egypt as retaliation. In both the Liberty attack and the Pollard incident not a single thing regarding US policy toward Israel changed. Not one dollar was cut from the very generous support.
Compare this to the reaction upon news this week that an Apache Attack Helicopter had been shot down in the Persian Gulf near Hormuz. The President said he would retaliate with a massive bombing attack and would “take over” Iran’s petroleum industry. I don’t believe the story which makes no sense but not much in this war makes sense. An Apache is an attack helicopter with a mission of finding and destroying enemy armor but it can be used for armed reconnaissance as well. Perhaps that was its mission over the Gulf. It landed in the water with no injuries to crew so no I don’t believe it and it was probably done by Israel if it was done at all. I don’t think it was more than an excuse to resume the war.
Finally, folks, the US has reportedly given Israel more than $300 billion since its founding in 1948 but it is on the brink of an even more egregious relationship whereby it combines its military with that of Israel. Something causes Washington politicians to shower our money that we work for on Israel and to support it while it robs the US at home and commits mass murder abroad. Why is the question. If all our politicians are blackmailed prostitutes shouldn’t we have some knowledge of our worth, How much do they get from the pimps who own them.
At least that’s the way I seen it.
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle discusses President Trump’s angry, profanity laced tirade directed at Prime Minister Netanyahu of Israel. Did it really happen and if so why did it happen and if it did not happen, why say that it did.
Transcriptions / Notes
TRUMP UNLOADS ON NETANYAHU
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 5th day of June in the year of our Lord 2026. My beat today is war and as usual there is no shortage of war to talk about but today I discuss President Trump’s angry, profanity laced tirade directed at Prime Minister Netanyahu of Israel. Did it really happen and if so why did it happen and if it did not happen then why say that it did.
Its no secret that Trump wants the U.S. role in the war against Iran ended and quickly. The war has placed the world’s economy in jeopardy and therefore its end is imperative. To that end Trump has been negotiating with somebody representing Iran while using Pakistan as the broker. Every time it looks positive and Trump announces that fighting has stopped it turns out to be a little premature.
Trump says we have a deal ending the war and fighting has ceased. In response gas prices in the U.S. come down and the stock market soars. The next step is for Israel to continue attacking in Lebanon as if there were no peace talks. Apparently Trump got tired of it this week and placed a call to the Prime Minister. The story, reported at first by people physically present for the call, and later admitted by the President himself went something like this.
Trump called Netanyahu F-ing crazy and accused him of ingratitude. “You’d be in prison if it weren’t for me. I’m saving you’re a**. Everybody hates you now. Everybody hates Israel because of this.”
In the meantime, whether Netanyahu got the message or not Israel continued its war in Lebanon as if nothing had happened. According to Lebanese news agency NNA, the Israeli attacks continued and Hezbollah continued attacks against Israeli forces inside Lebanon. Lebanon’s Embassy in Washington said Hezbollah would refrain from further attacks if Israel would show the same restraint but Israel does not seem interested. Israel announced that the fighting would continue but it would not strike Beirut while talks were ongoing.
Israeli and Lebanese Ambassadors are in talks at the State Department in Washington. That makes me wonder if the Lebanese government has the authority to negotiate for Hezbollah. I guess one answer to that question is that Hezbollah is the Lebanese government. Israeli Defense Minister Israel Katz said that President Trump backed the strikes in Southern Lebanon. It’s all very conflicting and confusing but there is one other possibility.
There is a possibility that the phone call never took place at all or if it did then the whole thing was a stage show between Trump and Netanyahu staged for our benefit. Why would the President stage a profanity laced conversation he had with a foreign leader. To me the better question is why would he allow that conversation to be publicly leaked and then why would he admit that he said those things. I suppose the answer lies in his response to criticism he has been getting from the media and from people in his own party about how he does the bidding of Netanyahu and that he says America First but in practice its Israel First.
I don’t know what is true here but if it were all fake it would be to bolster his image of a strong leader who doesn’t tolerate disrespect from allies. I don’t know which version is true but it is very suspicious that the administration made such a big deal out of what should have been a private conversation. Israel, through its defense minister, has said that it would be remaining permanently in Southern Lebanon so why does this tiny country of 9 million seem so aggressive and so intent on expansion.
For one thing its tiny size relative to its neighbors makes it very vulnerable. At its widest point it is only 71 miles wide and at its narrowest point it is only 9 miles wide. In other words, defense in depth is virtually impossible because it has no avenue of retreat to fall back and regroup as any retreat would put enemy forces right in Israeli cities. Therefore, it must attack constantly to push back its enemies who state clearly that they seek its destruction. Looking at Israel from the Israeli position they probably see their status as expand or die.
Since defense in depth is essential and determines if a country has enough space to recover from an initial attack Israel believes it must constantly seek to push out its borders because a defeat on its borders leaves it extremely vulnerable. Now, with the new form of unmanned warfare coming to light with drones and missiles one of Israel’s chief advantages is taken away or diminished.
That advantage is pilot courage and training which thanks to the U.S. is some of the best in the world along with top-of-the-line aircraft it all serves to make Israel a foe to be reckoned with. Drones and missiles are rapidly changing the dynamics of war and Israel and the U.S. are apparently late to the game and a little behind in how best to defend against them. Israel’s tactic seems to be to attack with as much force and with tactics as ruthless as necessary to push the enemy back as far as possible.
I admit this is guesswork, but to much of the world the Israeli tactics is genocide but to Israel they just don’t care because for them it is survival. Israel, it seems to me, could be controlled enough for the U.S. to make peace because it lives in a very bad neighborhood and without the U.S. Israel could not exist as a sovereign nation. It is a little unrealistic to think Israel, with its 9 million population would never face a superior force or coalition of forces.
Therefore, Trump’s phone call, if it did happen and was not a preplanned exhibit was probably necessary although the crass profanity which is so very common now could have been tempered. That type of profanity is so common it no longer has any meaning except that its user has no appropriate vocabulary. It reminds me of a different time when Harry Truman reportedly used the word Damn in the presence of Madame Chiang Kai- Shek the widow of Chaing who had been ruler of China until he was overthrown in the Maoist revolution. Madame Chaing resented it and complained and it was a front-page scandal.
A few Presidents have apparently resisted Israeli pressure to attack Iran. If the testimony of Obama’s Secretary of State is accurate then he is one who did and George Bush would not do it either but lots of Israeli money poured into the campaign of one who would and did do it. Often, national leaders opt for whatever they think necessary for staying in power rather than what they truly believe to be in the national interest. The smaller the group they actually have to please and make happy the better or at least that makes it easier.
If staying in power and the national interest happens to coincide well that’s just great, but in my opinion they rarely do.
Finally, folks, there are reasons for why people do things but quite often we don’t know what the real reasons are. In Truman’s day we were different and perhaps a little naïve about leaders and maybe we still are.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the resignation of Tulsi Gabbard from her position as Director of National Intelligence, and why she made the decision to resign. Was it because of her husband’s illness or something else.
Transcription / Notes
TULSI’S GONE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 29th day of May in the year of our Lord 2026. I will be talking about the resignation of Tulsi Gabbard from her position as Director of National Intelligence, and about why Tulsi made the decision to resign. Was her decision because of her husband’s illness or was it something else.
Tulsi never seemed to fit into Washington like a typical Washington politician. She never seemed willing to lie and cheat her way to the top as is typical of Washington. From the beginning of her prominence, she seemed a little too honest and too forthright for Washington politics. Nevertheless, she was a politician having served as a Democrat in congress from the state of Hawaii.
She left congress and ran for president as a Democrat but lost in the primary to Joe Biden. She became disenchanted with the Democrat Party and decided to back President Trump in his run for that office. President Trump appointed her Director of National Intelligence, in theory the most important national security position in the country. The U.S. now has 18 intelligence agencies or departments if you count their various components and they all report to the Director of National Intelligence, but once in the office I imagine that the DNI found out who holds the real power in the intelligence world.
When I learned a few weeks ago that the CIA had apparently broken into, raided, or whatever you want to call the CIA’s visit to their boss’s office, I knew Tulsi would soon be gone. Whistleblower James Erdman blew his whistle in congress and testified that the CIA had “seized” documents from their secure area in the office of the DNI. Some of the files they seized related to the assassination, or perhaps their assassination, of JFK.
They apparently also took the files related to MKULTRA which was and probably is the CIA’s experimental program designed to alter and control human behavior through the use of mind-altering drugs and torture. They sought to and apparently did learn the art of mind control including control of whole populations through these experiments. There are people who exist now who are suing the CIA in an effort to get some answers to the questions of what happened to their minds and the minds of their parents because of MKULTRA.
That’s not all they got because apparently they got the files on “Havana Syndrome” in which U.S. diplomats and others stationed in Havana and other places were apparently subjected to some kind of mind-altering rays. In response to the CIA raid, Representative Anna Paulina Luna (R-FL) and James Comer (R-KY) chairman of the house Oversight Committee, sent a preservation letter to the CIA demanding that all evidence related to the taken or stolen material be preserved. I imagine the CIA got a good laugh over that letter as they endeavored to show naive members of Congress who actually runs this country.
Apparently someone spoke to someone and explained the facts of life as it exists in Washington because when that letter of preservation became public people started to backtrack their statements. Even Erdman, the whistleblower said no I didn’t say it was a raid instead I just said CIA refused to comply with “lawful oversight and documented everts to circumvent oversight.”
He testified to Congress that not only did CIA refuse to comply with the directives of the ODNI Director’s Initiatives Group (DIG) investigations into the origins of COVID-19 and other “phenomena” but retaliated against those who did not support their own conclusions. Quoting long-term CIA agent Erdman,
“The CIA illegally monitored the computer and phone usage of DIG personnel, their investigations, and contact with whistleblowers, which significantly impacted Director Gabbard’s implementation of several Eo’s issued during this administration and tasked to the DIG.”
In addition, “when the DIG ceased operations, the CIA also took back 40 boxes of JFK files and MKULTRA files being processed for declassification by DNI Gabbard.” The CIA’s spying was referenced as tracking every keystroke of DIG personnel as they processed files directed by presidential EO to be released or unclassified. These files included files concerning JFK, RFK, and MLK assassinations, the origins of COVID-19, Crossfire Hurricane, The Biden Administration’s domestic surveillance, Anomalous Health Incidents (AHI) and Unidentified Aerial Phenomena.
So, just speculating here folks, but trying to do it with logic I think it went something like this. The President appoints this intelligent and experienced, but most importantly honest woman to head the nation’s intelligence organizations. He then says that as he campaigned on a pledge to be transparent and release long classified files he issues an Executive Order (EO) to that effect. Tulsi, his DNI, who most likely took the job based on a promise to be forthcoming, sets out to obey the President’s EO.
She appoints a working group from among those in the office of the DNI which she calls DIG to sort through the files to determine if there was anything that should not be released. The CIA completely ignored that report to DNI which was Tulsi and in fact they ignore or refuse to abide by the direct written orders of the President of the United States. They break into, or raid, if that is better, her office, take the files and even congress can’t get them back. My conclusion, then, is that this case reveals as clearly as anything has who or what runs this country. I knew when I heard the story of what happened and looked into it that Tulsi would not be able to remain in the administration. Who would want to be director of the office that controls American intelligence agencies, all 18 of them, if one of those agencies was completely exempt from you, their boss’s orders, and apparently didn’t even follow the orders of the President.
So, is that why she resigned because she didn’t say that it was. In fact, she didn’t complain about the President’s inability or unwillingness to control the CIA but instead she thanked him and the American people for the opportunity to serve. In her letter she cited her husband Abraham and his diagnosis of a “extremely rare form of bone cancer” as the reason. She said he had stood by her every step of the way including when her Army guard unit was deployed to East Africa and through her political campaigns so she wanted to be with him full-time during such a difficult time.
In 18 months as DNI she restructured the office, cutting its size and saving the American people more than $700 million per year. She launched many investigations and sought the release of previously classified material related to the programs previously listed. She has declassified more than 500,000 pages thus far. Her National Counterterrorism Center stopped thousands of narco-terrorists from entering the country until finally its head, Joe Kent, publicly resigned citing the Iran war as the reason.
I saw her interviewed on the Shawn Ryan Podcast the other day and she was very forthright as she normally is. She said that the people who opposed her in her efforts were very intolerant of anyone who believes in God because in their minds they are God. They are the ultimate deciders of right and wrong and their choices are never wrong because they determine what right is. If a person opposes them, even if their boss opposes them, that person is on the way out.
She said that before she goes at the end of June she will release many files related to the programs in question. Likely, these files will be released in weekly installments over the weeks of June. Her deputy director, Aaron Lukas, will serve as acting director until a permanent director is appointed. I predict without knowing one way or the other that the new director will have a CIA or perhaps military, meaning ex-General background. Politicians seem to be sweating over the prospect of files related to Crossfire Hurricane or the Russia gate hoax and other weaponization of law programs.
I’m just speculating because I admit I don’t know but I will wager that Tulsi grew very weary of constantly trying to follow presidential directives and being stymied at every turn while doing so. That type of constant stress is very difficult to bear long term. Why would the CIA take her JFK files along with the other assassination files.
That’s a good question isn’t it but the answer is very obvious but unsayable in public. Yes I know the assassinations were all done by lone nuts who were killed or prosecuted without any real investigation but nothing to see here folks just move along.
Finally, folks, Tulsi seems to be an intelligent, honest woman who loves her country and its people and who puts them before any political party. There aren’t many left like her and I for one will miss her. I wish her well.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the economy in general as well as the United States economy specifically, and why American families are struggling financially.
Transcription / Notes
IT’S THE ECONOMY
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 21st day of November in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the economy in general as well as the United States economy specifically. You probably remember when Democrat policy advisor James Carville told then candidate Bill Clinton, “it’s the economy stupid.” He was correct and the advice is still correct today.
Remember that next week is Thanksgiving so there will be no Castle Report. I will join you again on Friday December 5.
Carville was a very effective political operative in those days and was apparently able to convince Mr. Clinton that the people who would elect him or his opponent cared more about their standard of living than they did about any foreign policy issue. They should have cared more about donating their children to the foreign policy whims of whoever was in office but when push comes to shove everyone has to eat. A family of four, and those relationships used to exist, is acutely aware of what food and gasoline cost.
I’m a layperson in economics in the sense that I’m not trained in economics but I do have a family with the same economic needs as everyone else. Most importantly I have been a bankruptcy attorney for 46 years which has kept me in the forefront of the economic needs of ordinary people. Tens of thousands of people and businesses have told me about their struggles in cities all over the country and I have helped them find a way through their economic troubles.
With all that said let’s look at some of the economic facts that trouble the country right now. When I say, as I do from time to time, that an economic catastrophe is coming with the only question being when it will arrive, why do I believe that. Not much makes sense these days since America is the hottest economy attracting trillions in capital but inflation is still present and it seems that almost weekly another major corporation announces layoffs or store closings. Last week the fast-food chain, Wendy’s, announced that it would be closing 400 restaurants. Amazon announced that it would be replacing about 30,000 employees with robots.
The economy depends on federal spending and that is now completely out of control. My fear is that so many irreversible commitments have been made that the federal government is not capable of living within its means and if true that would signal eventual disaster. Fiscal year 2025, which ended on September 30 of this year posted a deficit of $1.8 trillion. Deficit means that the government spent $1.8 trillion more than it received in revenue. It’s simple if you think about it from the standpoint of your family. Suppose you make $75 thousand per year but you spend $100 thousand and you do that year after year. You know what is going to happen eventually and that means you will be in my office to consult about bankruptcy.
You can keep the plates in the air for a while by borrowing, pay day loans and the like, and by using one credit card to pay another until there is no more credit limit left on any cards. You can last for a while by just making interest payments on the cards but then you can’t even do that. This problem gets worse and worse until it becomes unfixable and bankruptcy results. That is exactly what the federal government is doing to manage its spending. One of the major warning signs of impending trouble that economists always warn us about is when interest becomes the biggest item in the budget.
It doesn’t exceed medical expenses or social security yet but this year, ominously, interest was higher than the massive defense budget. Just as you do with your credit cards the government has to borrow just to pay the interest. In other words, the government is paying debt by incurring more debt which drives the debt and next year’s payments even higher. This all means that annual interest, which now exceeds 20% of tax revenue will continue to increase. The debt is purchased primarily by foreign governments, central banks, large corporations, commercial banks and individual investors. Recently, in an ominous trend, those foreigners have been net sellers of U.S. debt.
That means that the financing of the debt falls to domestic investors meaning you and me. People individually, through retirement accounts or through purchase of some investment fund, finance government debt with their savings. It is necessary that individual Americans do well because they have to save to invest in U.S. debt. Unfortunately, this year net savings is on track to be less than $1trillion, the lowest figure in many years while the deficit is on track to be roughly $2 trillion.
This all means there are not enough foreign buyers and not enough domestic savers to finance the debt so the only option is for the banking system, i.e., the Federal Reserve, to create the money to pay for the excessive spending. I say excessive because if you spend more than you make with no plan to pay it, I call that excessive. When you get yourself into that cycle you have to stop, to reverse course before it is too late. It’s almost like alcoholism or some other addiction. You can stop for a while, but then it’s too late and you can’t stop on your own.
Inflation is the result when money is created and pumped into the economy without any corresponding increase in production. Energy, it is estimated, is about 50% of the cost of producing everything. When you make energy decisions on a national level that cut back available energy and add to the costs, everything increases in price across the economy. When politicians of one party or another decide to put on their virtue signaling act by refusing to allow domestic production it costs everyone. Everything families use, food, fuel, autos, and clothes for individuals cost more and the products necessary for business from machinery to microchips increase as well.
There is no corresponding increase in wages for people so their standard of living is diminished. If a person usually pays $2.75 per gallon for gas and uses 20 gallons per week that is $55 per week so if it goes to $3.00 he just took a $5.00 reduction in his standard of living. People see this happening and they circle the wagons by cutting back on spending. When people reduce spending huge corporations such as Walmart and Amazon cut back as well which means jobs are lost and the process gets worse and worse. Lay-offs are becoming common and technology such as AI along with robotics makes reducing the workforce easier to do.
As I said earlier, Amazon has announced plans to replace 30,000 workers with robots. Those machines never have sick days, they take no vacations, they do not get pregnant, and they don’t worry about retirement. Bad policies from the federal government and most policies are bad, make our lives more complicated and more expensive. For example, Obamacare was called The Affordable Care Act but it has made the cost of healthcare much higher and the cost of insurance is skyrocketing.
There are several indicators that can be followed to track the status of the economy. The first and most obvious is shipping records. The giant container ships that you see pictures of and view on television represent the health of the population economically. Timber is another indicator and prices are lower this year. That’s good for consumers because it means things made from timber are also lower but it also bodes ill for the overall health of the economy. Lower demand for timber means lower demand for new houses. Builders aren’t building as much and that means the housing market is slow.
Not many are looking to build a new home because they can’t afford it. Instead, people who have low-interest rate mortgages are sitting tight which means fewer homes on the market and higher prices. The young suffer because they don’t have a lower interest rate loan and houses are rising so they can’t afford to move out of their apartment to have a family. Most people who start a family want a place with a yard for their kids to play in, I know I did when my daughter was born. High home prices mean that for the first time in U.S. history, the average age of first-time home buyers is above 40.
The president sees all this as well as I do and he is very conscious of the fact that his tariffs have added to the cost of everything whether he admits it or not. A tariff is a charge whether we call it a tax or not, it is a fee we charge foreigners for the privilege of having access to the American market. The result when it ripples through the economy is more money burning a hole in the government’s pocket and higher prices for individuals. The president sees that and he hears the crying so he comes up with a plan to send $2000 to each American below a certain income. I’m opposed to it for many reasons but the primary one is that it will fuel more inflation and make everything cost more and be self-defeating. Who wouldn’t want an extra $2000 he hasn’t earned but in the long run it will not help. My local newspaper, which is owned by the USA Today group and therefore is an almost exact copy of the New York Times, except the sports coverage is not as good, said in an article I received last Wednesday that the cost of it “could be $600 million” while the tariffs have brought in only $300 million.
So, the cost could be this or that but I assume everything in the article is slanted and a lie so you can’t depend on it for information. Instead, the paper should say, look folks, this country is $38 trillion in debt and on track to spend $2 trillion more than it takes in so to have some chance to avoid a catastrophe use the money to at least reduce the deficit.
Finally, folks, is there any way to restore the system and avoid what I have called a looming catastrophe? Sure there is, just see the results Javier Milieu has achieved in Argentina in only two years. Cut spending and stop only tying excessive spending to fraud. Just say we can’t afford it anymore. Close overseas bases and stop fighting other people’s wars. Come home and mind your own business. Wasteful programs, and that is almost all of them, will have to go. So that is the obvious formula but will we attempt it, no I’m certain we will not.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until December 5th folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about an interview of a British veteran that was conducted on Good Morning Great Britain on Veteran’s Day earlier this week and the “viral” result of his comments.
Transcription / Notes
ALEC PENSTONE WAS RIGHT
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 14th day of November in the year of our Lord 2025. Last Tuesday the 11th was Veterans Day here in America or what they still call Armistice Day in Great Britain. I will be talking about that by using an interview of a British veteran named Alec Penstone that was given on British television and the “viral” result of his comments.
Mr. Penstone was selected as the veteran to be interviewed and to represent all British veterans on the British television show Good Morning Britain. His interview was live and obviously intended to convey to the British public that the TV show, its hosts, and the network in general are just as patriotic and honoring of veterans as the general public. In other words, they intended to traffic from his honor and his willingness to serve in a time when service required great sacrifice.
Mr. Penstone, now 100 years old served in the British navy on Arctic Convoy duty. The convoys carried goods from Great Britain and America around the Arctic route to Russia. Without those convoys Russia might have been defeated and knocked out of the war and the 3 million men, 3000 tanks, and 4000 aircraft committed by the Nazis to the defeat of Russia could have been used on the Western front to oppose the D-day landings so it was vital service.
Yes, it was vital but also very dangerous because ships were hunted by German submarines and surface raiders. Being hit by a German torpedo or naval gunfire was certain death in a freezing Arctic ocean but men like Mr. Penstone were there and willing to endure the conditions to prevail. I tell of his exploits to show you that the man was and is a genuine war hero and not just someone sitting in an office drinking coffee while others were out in the mud and blood.
So, the hosts of the show sought to bask in the honor and dignity of the man and I suppose absorb some of it onto themselves but it just didn’t go according to script. The question was ‘what are your thoughts on Remembrance Day and what does it mean for the country”. The old sailor responded like this.
“I can see in my mind’s eye those rows and rows of white stones. All the hundreds of my friends, everybody else who gave their lives. For what? The country of today. No, I’m sorry the sacrifice wasn’t worth the result that it is now.”
The female host taken aback by the man’s honesty said, “Oh Alec, I’m sorry you feel like that” Perhaps Alec has some mental illness or a touch of dementia, after all he is 100 years old. The male host decided to give him a chance to explain his answer. “What do you mean by that, though? “Maybe this would, give the man a chance to denounce all those British people who have been protesting the fact that Great Britain, the country he fought for, is no longer British. If that is what they expected, he left them disappointed. “What we fought for was our freedom. We find that even now, it’s a darn sight worse than when I fought for it.” Yes, that was his answer and the hosts were a little unprepared for it. I’m going to use a little poetic license and say that he fought so that Western Civilization might endure and he, with tears in his eyes, knows that it has not.
The host in conclusion of the interview said, “it’s our job now, isn’t it, to make it the country that you fought for.” I will answer Mr. Penstone and say no that isn’t your job because your job is to make it the opposite of the country he fought for. I don’t think you want this to be a Christian nation with traditions and people who defended that concept against Vikings, Romans, and Nazis, but that is why he fought. Well, I have put my words in the mouth of this Centenarian war hero who fought Nazi Germany to preserve his country’s freedom so I will give an account of why I think he is correct.
Mr. Jefferson said in his declaration that when you make such charges you must explain them. “A decent respect to the opinions of mankind requires that they should declare the causes which impel them to the separation.” I will, then, give some reasons why I think freedom here in America is not what it was and certainly not what it was intended to be.
When people see what is happening in America they know something is wrong and since they have experienced nothing but the globalist-dominated propaganda of what amounts to public education they are driven to grasp at a charismatic leader who promises relief through ideas as dumb as socialism. It works like this, they see that 90% of all wealth and that might be a low estimate, is controlled by 10% of the people and again those numbers are probably a little low but that is what the economists tell us.
The young are propagandized but that doesn’t mean they are stupid. The charismatic leader tells them we can just make everything free for you and we can make the 10% or less pay for it. The young suddenly realize that although they hardly have any of the wealth, they have more than 50% of the votes and that gives them the power to attempt the looting. There is an old adage in economics that says money goes where it is treated the best. So, anyone who has any money that will be looted by the charismatic leader flees to safer ground. They see the storm troopers on the horizon and they flee before it is too late.
In America, minorities have rights that can’t legally be taken by the majority. The majority looks around and concludes that it can arrange things to discriminate against any people that it wants too. That’s what all the redistricting of congressional districts have been about for the last 60 or so years and what the drive for equity and egalitarianism has been about. It’s all a globalist scheme to mold humanity into an amorphous mess that is easily controlled by charismatic leaders chosen and funded by them. It can’t and won’t work but it is also the opposite of the freedom that Mr. Penstone fought for. That is freedom of the individual to work, study, and achieve to limits of one’s own merits not to have a person’s status in life dictated by a centralized control mechanism.
I could give examples of places socialism has been tried and failed all day long but there is no time for that. I will just say that the new mayor of New York City is sometimes called a communist but he is not because that utopian dream is not achievable. Lenin and Stalin tried to achieve it but they only got to an advanced form of socialism. Yes, Stalinism is just the advanced state of socialism.
Let me move on now to other destroyers of the American dream. They are destroyers of the individual and national freedom that Mr. Penstone fought for. They are examples of the surrender of independence upon which concept America was founded. Yes since World War ll at least, if not before, America has gradually come to be controlled by some type of globalist conglomerate. How else could you explain what I am about to describe.
The U.S, plans to build a military base in Israel at an estimated cost of about half a billion dollars. That is the prebuilding estimate and of course the actual cost will escalate because it always does. I could stop there and tell you that this idea is perhaps the most stupid idea ever conceived by the minds of people totally controlled by globalists. I need, however, to describe what seems to be happening and of course I still hold out hope that it won’t happen but it is under way as I speak.
The base will be located in Israel along the Gaza Strip and will house several thousand American troops whose mission task is to maintain the ceasefire in the region. It is the result of a negotiated agreement between the U.S. and Israel. I have to stop and ask what in the world is going on here. I just can’t understand how and why American parents are supposed to send their children in harm’s way because it’s in some other country’s best interest. This seems like absolute madness to me and is proof positive that the president and through him the entire administration is totally under the control and domination of a foreign country and its advocates here in the U.S.
Wait a minute though doesn’t that violate every principle that this country was founded on and that hundreds of thousands have died to protect. Yes it does folks but we are doing it anyway. My guess is that there won’t be too many peeps from congress about this on either side of the isle. Why, well obviously, they are controlled by the same lobby representing the same country that seems to have the president’s full support. They line up at the microphone to compete and debate who is the most pro-Israel among them. Woe to any member who fails this test because he or she will be quickly out of office or at best pushed into a no influence corner of the room.
Let’s take a moment to take the 10,000-foot view of this as they say and by the way this base is supposed to house 10,000 troops. So, to summarize, decades of American support, American money, American blood going all the way back to 1948. Washington has destroyed at least 5 countries in the region so now it is being tasked with the cost of rebuilding and rehabilitating the region and all its people from ordinary people to insane terrorists.
I’m going out on a limb here I know but I’m going to say that when all those Maga voters voted in the last presidential election they thought they were voting for America first. They voted for what was in America’s best interest not the best interest of another country. This is complete madness and I can’t think of another word for it. I am in a state of disbelief coupled with sadness and topped off with extreme anger so I guess that makes me an extremist.
Finally, folks, do you think that if the nation channeled all this energy, all this brainpower, all this money, and all the lives spent fighting for the interest of some people on the other side of the world it would do some good in New York City, Memphis, Los Angeles, and in fact all 50 states. I think so and I therefore conclude and submit to you that Alec Penstone is right.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the 250th Birthday of the U.S. Marine Corps, the NYC mayoral election held last Tuesday, and how a self-described socialist won the election.
Transcription / Notes
THE MARINE CORPS LIVES FOREVER
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 7th day of November in the year of our Lord 2025. Next Monday the 10th of November is the 250th anniversary of the birth of the United States Marine Corps, an organization that I served with for four years more than 50 years ago. The title comes from a belief drummed into our heads back then, Marines live and they die but the Marine Corps lives forever.
I am not going to spend this entire report taking you down memory lane because there are just too many bad things to talk about. This Report that I do each week is in a way a journey through the sewers of the world. People often ask me why don’t you ever talk about any good news and my answer is, because I just don’t see any. Often, good news is in the eye of the beholder and it depends, to quote an old saying, on whose ox is being gored. The point is though that someone’s ox is always being gored and politics seems to be the art of making it the other guy’s ox.
I wonder if other people with military experience remember it the same way I do. I remember mostly the pleasant times of friendships with my buddies, of sitting in bars with them all over the world. When I served in the Marine Corps the number of Lieutenants was very small so you could walk into a military bar anywhere in the world and odds are you would see someone you knew. We all had the same thing in common and that gave us purpose and camaraderie. That’s what I remember most of the time and I forget the moments of sheer terror and extreme boredom that went along with it.
I take great pride in my Marine Corps service and in its 250-year existence. I guess its one of those, you had to be there kind of things, but this 250th reminds us that next 4th of July will be the 250th anniversary of the United States. That’s right the Marine Corps existed before the country a fact that was pounded into us by our leaders in the early days. Those are some of the things I remember as I look back over more than 50 years but now it’s time to move back into the real world of today.
Sometimes even the real world doesn’t seem real or we might say that can’t be real and with AI you never know for sure. We try one fantasy and when it fails we try another. We use one imaginary problem to escape from a different problem that perhaps was not a fantasy but was caused by reliance on a fantasy. For example, last Tuesday New Yorkers tried to escape from one of those fantasies by embracing an even more toxic fantasy. Time will show the results but if history is any indicator the results will be horrendous. That is the result history has given each and every time populations have tried to indulge in the New York fantasy. Yes, the people of New York elected a self-described socialist as their mayor. The race was not very close and Republican Curtis Sliwa did not get enough votes to deny the second-place candidate the race, but Andrew Cuomo lost despite spending more than $65 million. He did not have the message and New Yorkers apparently are tired of the same old corrupt politicians so they voted for a new George Sorus funded candidate. Yes, George, it seems, owns a lot of American politicians.
I obviously don’t know the mind of each individual New York voter but apparently Mamdani found his appeal among the young and that generation, the one coming behind my daughter voted him into office. That generation knows they are struggling and they know that what they were promised turned out to be a fantasy that could not deliver anything but promises. Go to college using debt to obtain a meaningless 4-year degree and have a pretty good middle class job which doesn’t provide nearly enough to live in this new credit-based economy, especially in an expensive Democrat city.
These young people know that the average age of first-time home buyers is now 38 years old and that is the generation ahead of them not their generation. So, they are struggling and the promises they have relied on, the promises that gave their parents a good life are just not there for them. No matter what happens with interest rates, and despite the efforts of the federal government to stimulate the economy with more debt it just gets worse because debt is the economy and debt is toxic. They turn to a man who is basically foreign to all those promises because he comes from a different place and he is backed and funded from different sources that, in my carefully researched opinion are intentionally destructive.
He has a different answer for them and his solution is very simple. Why has no one before him thought that these problems could be alleviated by just making some things free. City run grocery stores should solve the high cost of food, right. What about the cost of running perhaps the world’s biggest public transportation system, and the cost of using public transportation. Pretty simple, just make it free along with free childcare and we can reduce rent with a rent stabilization freeze. Now, we know from experience that rental real property will not be maintained or upgraded because landlords can’t raise rent to cover it, but oh well.
How do we pay for all of it. Well, that is simple too we just take the money from the rich and give it to the poor so that makes the new mayor a kind of modern-day Robin Hood. There are problems out there in this economy that will be solved one way or another. If they are not solved through some type of action, they will solve themselves in some version of collapse. The fantasy of everything free will not solve the problems I am talking about because this economy is based on credit and debt and that is getting out of hand. Everything free is the opposite of the correct solution which is to pay down debt or at least do something to stop or even slow down its increase.
I don’t see any evidence of that solution being tried in fact it just gets worse and worse. Delinquencies in debt are rising rapidly, in auto, credit card, and student loan debt. According to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, delinquencies hit a record $18.4 trillion in the 2nd quarter of 2025. The national debt hit $38 trillion which causes strain across the economy as service on all that debt puts downward pressure on our standard of living. So, those are a few of the problems that confront the general government and now confront the people of New York City.
The new mayor makes it very clear that he wants to be a national figure by declaring war on Donald Trump and by making his successful campaign about Trump. He seems to have convinced his supporters that there is a vast pool of money and they are not getting their share and that is because of greed. If the people who control the vast pool of money were not so greedy and so selfish then they would release the money so the New York voters could have their financial problems relieved by getting things they used to pay for free. All this greed seems to make the new mayor very angry and he finally revealed that anger in his victory speech.
He seems to be an egalitarian as well, this mayor, because he intends to cancel New York’s school programs for gifted students. So, the gifted students will join all the others at the bottom so we can’t have meritocracy whereby a young person is able to achieve all that a free society allows. Instead, your gifted child will be confined with all the non-gifted ones hopefully in the middle, but more likely at the bottom. If that is your message, Mr. or Ms. politician, apparently those at the bottom and in the middle will support you in large numbers.
There is a possibility that this socialist victory in New York City will turn out to be a positive for Republicans nationwide. The new mayor sees himself as a national figure as I said and that might not be such a bad thing. The Democrat victories which seem so significant are concentrated along the coasts and in the large Democrat cities. In other words, this self-described socialist mayor obviously made significant inroads with his audience and his message resonated with them. On the other hand, it’s the same audience and doesn’t indicate any new trend. This new mayor then, is the new face of the Democrat Party and we will see how that plays outside the coastal Democrat strongholds.
The elite of the current Democrat Party don’t want this socialist as their new face, but he claims it anyway so they spend time distancing themselves from him after he won. The Republicans should learn from this because the message is that people are concerned about bread-and-butter issues, literally. Sometimes the elite in Washington seem unable to relate to ordinary people who care more about the cost of ground beef than what new missile the Chinese are testing. The government shutdown which is interfering with food stamps is a good example. People are dependent on them and can’t seem to live without them since most of their lives have been spent eating food courtesy of other taxpayers.
I’m just saying that the current officers of our government in Washington have not taken advantage of what the Democrats have done. My message might be, they admit they have forced this government shutdown to obtain political leverage so they get their leverage and you don’t get food. The people on the other side of the politics of the new mayor need to understand that there are legitimate reasons why people voted for him and those reasons should be addressed. It’s not much different from when Trump was elected and instead of asking why, and what are the voters concerned about, Democrats developed only one message. Trump is bad, he’s a racist, he’s a fascist and other than that we have nothing to say. So, the millions who voted for him have no concerns worthy of being addressed just like our new mayor. If Republicans want to succeed perhaps they should find someone capable of addressing and refuting his policies.
Finally, folks are the voters who elected Donald Trump irredeemable fascists whose views are not worthy of consideration. Are the voters who elected Mamdani crazy Neo-Marxists who represent a coming insane generation and are therefore too crazy to hold serious opinions. No to each question, but I do predict the election of the new mayor will end in socialist disaster and the slide into the abyss of our once greatest city will accelerate. However, the future looks bright for real estate agents in Florida and Texas.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle speaks to the best and worst of times as a good description of our times, today.
Transcription / Notes
THE BEST AND WORST OF TIMES
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 31st day of October in the year of our Lord 2025. Yes, this is Halloween day, a traditional spooky, bad news day, but I have decided to use this spooky day and borrow a bit from the classic novel written by Charles Dickens entitled “A Tale of Two Cities”. Mr. Dickens opened his novel with “It Was the Best of Times; It Was the Worst of Times” and that is a pretty good description of our times, today.
Dickens wrote those words in 1859 as the title and opening of his novel which was set in London and Paris during the French Revolution. “It was the best of times, it was the worst of times, it was the age of wisdom, it was the age of foolishness, it was the epoch of belief, it was the epoch of incredulity.” That sounds so much like today because the more things change the more they stay the same and as we all know technology constantly changes but human nature does not. The setting of Dickens’ novel was an age of radical opposites that faced each other much like today, but today they are not cities but political divisions.
Here in present-day America, we have opposing forces and contrasting views everywhere you look. In New York City, for example, there seems to be a very good possibility that the people of that once great city will elect a man named Zohran Mamdani as mayor in the upcoming election. The man is often described as a communist as well as an Islamic fundamentalist at the same time. Those two terms are, of course, contradictory because communism was founded and still is based on atheism while Islam is obviously based on a belief in God.
He does seem to have some radical ideas based on economic theories which have been failures everywhere they have been tried. He is not the first to suggest that public transportation be free without any corresponding explanation of where he would get the money to pay for it. See folks, nothing government does is ever free because someone always pays and the politicians want the people to give them the authority to decide who they will steal the money from. I suppose that is true democracy whereby the mob is empowered to loot anyone not voting with the majority. Once again it proves the wisdom of the founders who believed in individual rather than collective rights.
Just wind the clock back a century or so and you will find the words of Thomas Paine who wrote a revolutionary pamphlet called Common Sense. One article or series of articles in the pamphlet was called The Crises. He began that section with the words, “These Are the Times That Try Men’s Souls” and that phrase seems more appropriate today than ever. That phrase is especially true here on Halloween Day as many vitally important things hang in the balance such as NYC and whether that city will ever be great again or whether it will continue its slide into the abyss.
So, Mr. Mamdani is an example of the worst of times. The best of times is an amazing contrast whereby the people of Argentina, after decades of socialist experiments, which left that once powerhouse of an economy in a state of collapse decided to change course. What could be more wonderful than the joy of seeing voters reject the allure of socialism for the second time. Argentina’s president, Javier Milei, has led his party to a landslide victory in the elections held last Sunday. Radical spending cuts and free-market reforms defined the two years of his presidency and the people of Argentina have endorsed his efforts and decided to continue the road to recovery. That’s the very good news from Argentina.
The bad news or at least I have decided to see it as bad news is that Donald Trump agreed to extend a $40 billion loan to Argentina which has defaulted three times since the year 2000. Never mind the chances of repayment, the president told the Argentine people that the money would only be coming if Milei was reelected which as I said, he was. Does that sound like an open bribe, yes it does, but at least it is open for anyone to see and at least the money is for Argentine trade with the U.S. It is not a Joe Biden kind of bribe whereby he and Hunter get the money personally.
So why is the bribe a bad thing. Well, for one thing this is a bailout and the American people voted for America first which means no bailouts. They especially did not vote for a bailout of a foreign country which might involve lower prices for their soybeans, beef etc. Oh well, we move on, and anyway, encouraging free markets, especially in this hemisphere, is not such a bad thing.
Milei, in office for a little less than two years, has reduced inflation by 90% and cut the budget by 100%. Argentina is no longer in the desert as Mr. Milei described its condition when he took office. The nation has climbed out of its permanent recession and now has the fastest growing economy in the Americas. GDP growth is more than twice that of the U.S. Real wages have tripled and poverty has been cut by 40%. So, why is the $40 billion necessary? That’s a very good question.
In the meantime, the president is on a trip to the Far East where he has made trade deals with five countries that will bring, reportedly trillions in trade and hopefully more work for Americans. He stopped in Malaysia to sign a peace deal he helped negotiate between Cambodia and Thailand. He also met Japan’s new prime minister Sanae Takaichi who is a lot closer to Mr. Trump on how she views the world than most Asian leaders. The trade deal with Japan, worth billions for the U.S, includes rare earth minerals thus reducing the U.S. dependence on China.
In a gesture of friendship and trust, Prime Minister Takaichi donated 250 Japanese cherry trees to help with President Trump’s beautification of Washington efforts. She mentioned in her glowing speech that Japanese fireworks will be used in D.C. as part of the July 4th celebration of the 250th anniversary of the U.S. thus the 250 trees. She and the president watched part of the world series game together and that was I believe the 3rd game which went 18 innings won by the Dodgers which has many Japanese players.
She knew that Trump and former Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe were close friends. Unfortunately, Mr. Abe is now deceased so she gave Trump his putter as a gesture of goodwill and she told him Shinzo would have wanted him to have it. Trump obviously appreciated the touching nature of the gift and expressed sadness at Mr. Abe’s death, and he said he accepted the gift on behalf of the United States. So, these nations, once enemies in a long and bitter war which ended in a nuclear explosion are now good friends so I’m going to put that down as some of the very best of times.
The bad times always seem to happen at the same time, and this time they were on the other side of the world. Despite the peace agreement brokered by President Trump the Israeli Prime Minister, Bibi Netanyahu apparently used the cover of Trump in the Far East to attack Gaza with American fighter jets and American bombs. The Israelis accused Hamas of killing one Israeli soldier so the attacks reportedly killed 104 people according to the Gaza Health Ministry which of course is run by Hamas. The Israeli attacks came after Israel accused Hamas of shooting an Israeli soldier which caused Mr. Netanyahu to order an “immediate and powerful” attack on the rubble already destroyed by powerful Israeli attacks over the last two years. The health ministry announced that 46 of the dead were children and 20 were women. This area of the world is a difficult to impossible place to find peace, and good times are hard to come by.
The problem or at least part of the problem, seems to be that both sides in this dispute feel religiously entitled to all the land in the region and neither will be satisfied with anything less than the total departure of the other side. This might be a good time for the U.S. to stop its involvement including furnishing the weapons for the attacks. Such a policy shift would indeed be the best of times for America.
Continuing our examination of the worst of times the U.S. proxy war against Russia seems to be on the verge of expanding into Eastern Europe and other NATO member states. President Trump has made some policy changes taking a harder line against Russia in any possible peace negotiations and that is reportedly due to the influence of Marco Rubio who seems to be very good at the job of Secretary of State but who also may have more than a little neocon in him. U.S. sanctions on Russian oil haven’t worked that well, but now they have intensified and seem to be having their effect, and some of the drone attacks inside Russia have been against Russian oil and oil storage facilities.
Some of the European countries seem to be at odds with the European Union’s position with regard to Russia. Hungary, Slovakia, and Romania are three which have expressed such reservations. You probably remember that Joan and I founded and run a Christian Mission/Orphanage in Romania for orphaned children, mostly but not all Gypsies. I tell you that to explain that I pay particular attention to any news concerning Romania because it could affect our mission which is home to about 50 kids who have no other home to go to.
So, on the good news front the U.S. just announced that it plans to withdraw 800 U.S. soldiers stationed in Romania, as part of a broader restructuring of its forces in Europe. One thousand troops as well as aircraft, drones and other assets will remain in Romania. The U.S. Army 3rd infantry division took over command of U.S. forces in Romania replacing the 1st Armored Division. Perhaps that decision is a recognition of my theory that the tank is an anachronism on today’s battlefield.
IN light of our theme of the best of times and the worst of times here are a few things to close with. In the past two and one-third months ending October 15th the U.S. national debt increased by more than one trillion dollars. In light of the debt which now exceeds 38 trillion why is the U.S. continuing to fight and underwrite Israel’s wars or anyone else’s for that matter. How can the U.S. afford to loan anyone anything or bomb any one except in a dire act of self-defense. All the sanctions on Russia and China as well as other countries which do business with them accomplish not much but make more enemies and higher prices.
Finally, folks, I could go on with this best of times and worst of times analysis all day but instead let me close with some thoughts from George Washington. He and the other founders were of European ancestry and he saw and knew their political systems. He said we Americans should leverage our relative isolation and disentangle ourselves from the conflicts and eternal hatreds of the old world. We should focus on trade with everyone and prosperity for all. No entangling alliances because they just make us beholden and put us in the middle of wars that should be none of our business. That sounds like pretty good advice to me.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the military actions taken by president Trump against the nation of Venezuela as well as some other South American and Latin American nations. Is stopping drug trafficking and importation of narcotics into the United States all there is to it?
Transcription / Notes
A NEW MONROE DOCTRINE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 24th day of October in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the military actions taken by President Trump against the nation of Venezuela as well as some other South and Latin American nations. I argue that there is more involved in these actions than an effort to stop drug trafficking and also assert that countering the import of narcotics into the United States is at best a side benefit of the action against those countries.
The original Monroe Doctrine has been the policy of the United States for a little over 200 years, but it has been more or less abandoned in recent years. Is Donald Trump trying to reassert that doctrine with his military efforts in the Western Hemisphere, I think he is and I will make my case today. First, let’s look at the Monroe Doctrine and what it was originally intended to be.
It was first formulated or at least spoken of by President James Monroe in 1823 during his state of the union address to congress. He laid out before congress a foreign policy position that opposed European colonialism in the Western Hemisphere. Essentially, he just told the Europeans, and at the time Spain was the primary nation, that we will leave you alone in Europe and not interfere in your affairs and in return this hemisphere is off limits to you. Intervention in the affairs of nations in this hemisphere by foreign powers would potentially be treated as a hostile act against the United States. This doctrine was the grand foreign policy strategy during the 19th century.
The Spanish American War at the end of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th was the capstone or high-water mark of that policy when the United States removed Spain from its last two remaining colonies in this hemisphere. The 20th century brought with it two world wars and an America victorious and willing to intervene anywhere and at anytime it wanted to. Instead of non-intervention in European affairs the U.S. now has in the neighborhood of 750 military bases on foreign soil all over the world.
The doctrine has been argued about and debated since the Spanish American War, but now everything is different and far more dangerous because of nuclear weapons and the reality that one mistake by one psychopathic leader could unleash a worldwide catastrophe. We also have a new war called the war on drugs that has been raging since President Nixon proclaimed it in the early 1970’s. That war has been fought, lost and fought again since then by almost every president since Nixon. Every president at least pays lip service to stopping the scourge of drugs coming into the United States. It seems that each time one drug is somewhat controlled a new, even worse one takes its place. Cocaine, fentanyl, and other synthetic opioids for example.
Unlike other presidents Trump seems to be approaching the problem as an actual war rather than using war as a turn of phrase. He has stated that the U.S. is in a “non-international armed conflict” with drug cartels he has designated as terrorist organizations. The Trump administration delivered that notice to congress after a strike on an alleged drug boat from Venezuela. There have been several strikes since then all against supposed drug boats. The scene is usually a high-speed boat carrying several people speeding across the Caribbean when a drone unleashes a hellfire missile and the boat and all its contents disappears.
Designating a group as a terrorist organization is more than just saying we don’t like those people. It deprives that group of many of the niceties of American law such as due process of law and its proponents argue that it permits the non-judicial killing of members of that group. You may recall that President Obama used it when he used to analyze and revise his kill list each Tuesday morning. He used it to kill an American citizen named Anwar al Awlaki somewhere in I believe North Africa, perhaps Somalia. He took a lot of heat for killing an American citizen without any due process but he just said he’s a member of Isis, a designated terrorist organization.
So, that’s how it works, if you are a member of an organization designated as terrorist you are fair game. That’s why designating Antifa as terrorist is so significant and why a few of the group’s members have apparently fled the country. So, an actual shooting war is being conducted against the drug cartels who are of course terrorists. The President of the United States has not limited his invectives to the cartels but has extended the attacks to include the leaders of other countries, at least with words.
The Attorney General, Pam Bondi, has accused President Nicolas Maduro of Venezuela of heading up one of the world’s most notorious drug trafficking operations. She said his involvement in the drug trade is a direct threat to the national security of the United States. “He is one of the largest narco-traffickers in the world and a threat to our national security. Therefore, we’ve doubled his reward to $50 million.” Yes, the United States has officially, through its chief lawyer, its attorney general, put a reward on the life of the leader of a foreign country.
It has long been rumored or suspected that the drug cartels pay the leaders of South and Latin American countries in drugs such as cocaine instead of cash. That policy, if true, converts the leaders into drug traffickers because they must deliver the drugs to the end users in the United States, thus the drug boats. The administration said its report to congress was required by the National Defense Authorization Act after the U.S. conducts a military attack. The terrorist designation includes several known cartels such as Venezuela’s Tren de Aragua, Mexico’s Sinaloa Cartel, and El Salvador’s MS-13. The report said the drugs smuggled by these organizations kill tens of thousands of Americans each year and constitute an “armed attack” against U.S. citizens.
The U.S. forces remain positioned to carry out operations as necessary to prevent further deaths or injuries to American citizens by eliminating the threat posed by these terrorist designated organizations. So, in furtherance of that goal the United States has positioned a very powerful array of its armed forces in the Caribbean including many warships. Keep in mind that these ships are not Coast Guard cutters, but navy warships and on those ships and otherwise deployed are some 11,000 U.S. military personnel.
The president also announced that he has authorized the CIA to conduct operations inside Venezuela. That is in addition to eight warships, a nuclear-powered submarine, several B-52 strategic bombers and fighter jets. This display of military power is supposedly due to drug smuggling and illegal immigration into the United States. When I hear that I raise an eyebrow because it makes no sense to me. There is an economic term called ROI which is return on investment and I don’t see how this investment can be returned if that is the only reason.
Recently the admiral who commanded the Central Command or SOUTHCOM, admiral Alvin Holsey resigned from his position. Perhaps he had doubts about the legality of what he was ordered to do but the reason for his resignation is publicly unknown. The term resignation used by an officer of general rank is very significant because such officers simply do not resign, it just isn’t done. If he wanted to leave the service he would instead announce his retirement and if the navy was not in desperate need of his service his retirement would be approved.
A serving officer has no right to resign without approval. The military in which he serves could reject his resignation but the navy did not do that and his resignation, effective December 1st I believe, was quickly accepted. The whole process that transpired is very revealing but of what no one is saying. I know one thing and that is that his leaving his position was apparently welcomed by the navy. So, what in the world is going on down there. Let’s take a look at some possibilities.
I personally don’t think for a minute that this military display with all its threats is for the purpose of fighting a drug war. That part of it, if anything, is simply a side benefit. No, this is a reimposition of the Monroe Doctrine and this time it is not directed at Europe but China. President Trump is telling China, the Western Hemisphere is ours, we control it, so stay away. Maduro in Venezuela, and Gustavo Petro in Columbia are on notice that the U.S. is not going to permit China to continue dominating the economies and militaries in those countries. To Trump apparently that may require enacting regime change by force in those countries.
There is an island just off the coast of Venezuela called Marguerita Island known colloquially as terror island because it is a training base for Middle East terror groups. I first heard of what was allegedly happening on that island from a report by Glen Beck who reported it on his podcast. Yes, Hamas, Hezbollah, and the Houthis are alive and well allegedly, off the coast of Venezuela. These people are apparently trained, equipped and sent back to the Middle East to lead and conduct terror campaigns, and of course, some are transported into the U.S. If that were all it would be plenty but as usual it gets worse. Venezuela in particular but Columbia also are two countries with one of the largest deposits of petroleum and other valuable minerals on earth. Right now, the benefit of all that oil, rare earth minerals, etc. is going to China and Trump wants to see that change.
Using his usual method of negotiating he offers them the carrot and the stick. The stick is a $50 million bounty on their leader as well as ships full of U.S. Marines on their near shore and the CIA doing what it does in their cities. The carrot is that all of this display of what we can do to you goes away if you just do two things that are obviously in your best interest. Stop training terrorists and sell us your oil and minerals. In return your people will no longer live in poverty, your medical system will no longer be non-existent and your leaders will be a friend of the U.S. instead of having bounties on their heads.
Tensions are escalating and apparently none of these leaders will back down until it’s too late. The U.S. appears to be on the verge of air strikes inside Venezuela. Perhaps full-scale war can still be averted but we will have to wait and see folks. As you are painfully aware I’m opposed to non-defensive, regime change wars.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell talks about the peace agreement or ceasefire orchestrated by President Trump to end the slaughter in Gaza and return the hostages to their families.
Transcription / Notes
DAY OF REJOICING
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 17th day of October in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the peace agreement or ceasefire if you prefer, orchestrated by President Trump to end the slaughter in Gaza and return the hostages to their families.
Yes, it was a glorious day anticipated for two years and on the day they arrived 65,000 people gathered in Hostage Square to welcome them home. Many did not survive but for those who did it was indeed an emotional and glorious day. Imagine the joy of seeing your loved one who survived two years of captivity underground in the tunnels of Gaza. For two years you didn’t know whether he was alive or dead and what suffering he might be enduring.
The peace might not hold and it might be just a temporary pause in the slaughter but the hostages are home and for that moment it was glorious. Everybody around the world celebrated and called Donald Trump a hero. When Trump spoke to the Knesset, the Israeli Parliament, one of the speakers referred to him as a giant of Jewish history. Everybody celebrated except of course the ceasefire protestors in America. It seems that what they had been screaming about for two years was somehow not enough. I suspect that they see their only policy which is, Trump is bad, slipping away. If they had no policy at all that would be good because the more policies your politicians have the poorer you are. No policy is usually the best policy.
Can’t you just let yourself be happy for one moment because these hostages are free. For more that 730 days since October 7, 2023, when Hamas kidnapped about 250 people from Israel, they endured a terrible ordeal, and finally about 20 of them were released. In total, 120 made it home alive and 130 did not survive the ordeal. The scene of their return reminded me of the films about when the survivors of the Holocaust stepped off the trains and entered freedom.
These dates the dates of the start of the war and the end, carry significance in the Jewish calendar but I don’t pretend to understand it, and I wonder if Hamas understands it. For the hostages after years of captivity, starvation, physical abuse, and torture, hidden away in oxygen deprived tunnels their conditions reminiscent of those described by the Psalmist in Psalm 107: 10-14.
“Some sat in darkness, in utter darkness, prisoners suffering in iron chains, because they rebelled against God’s commands and despised the plans of the Most High. So, he subjected them to bitter labor; they stumbled and there was no one to help. Then they cried to the Lord in their trouble, and he saved them from their distress. He brought them out of darkness, the utter darkness, and he broke away their chains.”
So, there is or was peace if only for a moment but it was a sweet smell at last. How did it happen when so many had tried but no one had succeeded at this level. I can see several differences between Trump’s approach and all the others, but let’s let Victor Davis Hanson speak about it for a moment. I’m paraphrasing him but for one thing, Trump approaches negotiations from a position of strength rather than weakness. Remember the one hostage who said than when Trump was elected they started treating them better. No more spitting on them and forcing them to dig their own graves because they were obviously afraid of him. Trump was very successful in cutting off the money supply to Hamas and the other Iranian proxy terrorist armies. His sanctions on Iranian oil were squeezing the country’s ability to make war and supply the proxy armies.
His attack on the Iranian nuclear enrichment sites destroyed or at least set back the Iranian efforts at building a nuclear weapon and that took away the threat that Netanyahu and other Israeli leaders had screamed about for 46 years. He supplied Israel with the weapons and the permission to attack and destroy the three Iranian proxy armies. Hamas, The Houthis, and Hezbollah, were all reduced to ineffectiveness by the relentless Israeli attacks. The American attack on Iran demonstrated a military capability that was so incredible that people on both sides had to take notice.
Israel destroyed Iran’s antiair capability and embarrassed that nation before the world which respects and understands only strength. He was clever enough to notice that there is no great Arab or Palestinian leader such as Arafat to always hamstring negotiations. Instead, he assembled a coalition of Arab countries to act for the Arab/Palestinian cause. Egypt, Saudi Arabia, the Emirates, primarily Qatar. These countries all have the ability, the money, and the manpower to rebuild Gaza. Mr. Hanson makes sense and gives a little clarity to something very unclear but here are some of my own observations.
Trump’s approach, unclear to me and I guess to both sides came to the forefront when it had to. You can say many things about that man but if you are honest you have to admit that he is quite a negotiator and like a good trial lawyer he knows that negotiations have to be set up in advance and strength has to be demonstrated in order to achieve success. For his entire time in office, he has been building the appearance of a very strong country, second to none. He sent Hegseth to publicly admonish the general officer corps and let the world know that he expected a warrior class to lead in the military.
He used the carrot and stick approach in dealing with friend and foe alike. Who knows what passed in private conversations with Netanyahu and I have been very critical of his seeming control of Trump which he publicly bragged about. When Netanyahu attacked Qatar, an American ally with American weapons he was infuriated and humiliated and he didn’t just let it pass. Bibi had to call from the oval office and say he regretted the decision. He calmed the fears of the Qataris by forming a mutual defense agreement with Qatar pledging American support if they were attacked. He wouldn’t have had to do that if Bibi was a little more rational.
When the Saudis expressed apprehension about Israel’s nuclear weapons and apparently told him that every country in the Middle East was being held hostage by Israeli nukes and Bibi’s irrationality he took action to calm them. He arranged, with American blessing, a deal between the Saudis and Pakistan, a nuclear armed country, in which they pledged to come to each other’s aid if attacked.
Perhaps most importantly he doesn’t seem to hold grudges and doesn’t want to “bring democracy” to countries which have never had it and don’t want it. He respects their culture and traditions and treats them accordingly. When he attacked Iran’s nuclear sites he said he now wants to make Iran great again. He holds out the carrot by offering a way for the nations of the Middle East to have prosperity if they have peace, and he tries to convince them to put aside thousands of years of generational hatred for prosperity which comes through peace, not war.
The leaders of Middle East countries, because of the actions and attitudes I just mentioned, now see America differently. Whether completely true or not America is the global leader in AI, robotics, crypto and other next generation technologies and therefore, America and its chief executive need to be accommodated. To wrap up this section on how he did it, he left them with no alternative. There is no alternative to the bombed out starving rubble that is Gaza. There are a lot of crazy people over there but apparently enough sane ones to make some difference.
This peace may be only temporary or perhaps it will require more war to enforce it, but for that one day at least, there was rejoicing. Both sides appeared to violate the agreement as soon as it was signed. Israeli forces killed five Palestinians who approached their lines after signing. The Palestinians were told not to approach military positions but it is unclear whether these five were Hamas fighters or just starving Palestinians. The agreement requires Hamas to disarm and stop fighting. It does not permit Hamas to occupy and run Gaza.
Somehow in all the rubble the Hamas units found new uniforms which look clean and in good military grade condition. They, at this point, have asserted control where Israeli units have pulled back. They have rounded up people said to have collaborated with the Israelis and publicly executed them by shooting them in the back of the head while being forced to kneel. The scene reminded me of all those black and white videos of the Nazis doing the same thing to Jews. Hamas, despite agreeing to disarm, seems to think it can reassert control over Gaza and continue stealing U.N. aid and charging starving people for food, but Trump says if that is what they think then they have another think coming.
Journalists in Gaza report that Hamas is moving rapidly to reassert control. Hamas has brought upon the people of Gaza nothing but brutality and death but once again they respect only strength and brute power. According to Reuters they have killed more than 30 people in battles with rival forces after signing. I guess there is more than one group which would like to have control of the rubble and the world aid coming in. The public executions of supposed collaborators is an obvious attempt to terrorize already terrorized civilians.
Trump was not amused by Hamas’ refusal to abide by the agreement they signed or at least a spokesman signed for them. “Well, they’re going to disarm because they said they were going to disarm, and if they don’t disarm, we will disarm them. I don’t have to explain that to you, but if they don’t disarm, we will disarm them. They know I’m not playing games. OK.”
He went on to say that he spoke to Hamas and said you’re going to disarm right. They said yes sir we are going to disarm, that’s what they told me so they will disarm or we will disarm them. Got it.
It’s just as hard to predict how the war hawks here in America will react to peace as it is Hamas. There appears to be nothing a good war hawk hates more than peace. Chief war hawk Lindsey Graham said that Israel is planning another invasion of Gaza.
Finally, Folks, to that I say that Israel is still a sovereign country but if it does anything to foul this peace deal so painstakingly built it will do it without American tax dollars, American equipment, and American support, at least I hope so, anyway.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the second anniversary of the attacks by Hamas against the nation of Israel and its people on October 7, 2023. What is going on in the Middle East, especially in Gaza today and is all the mass trauma a reaction to October 7th or is there more to it than that?
Transcription / Notes
THE SECOND ANNIVERSARY OF THE HAMAS ATTACKS
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 10th day of October in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the 2nd anniversary of the attacks by Hamas against the nation of Israel and its people on October 7, 2023. What is going on in the Middle East especially in Gaza today. Is all the mass trauma a reaction to October 7 or is there a lot more to it than that. This was recorded too late for the settlement in Gaza but I don’t think that changes my report.
The question I have and will explore in this report is this, is the nation of Israel and especially its leader, Bibi Netanyahu, as bad as they are portrayed in virtually all media today. For example, here is a quote from Paul Craig Roberts just to get us started.
“Today the world faces an even more absurd situation. Israel, a tiny country with no resources except American money and protection, has Western foreign policy, and apparently also Russia’s, in its tiny hands. For a quarter century Americans have fought to destroy Arab nations for the sake of expanding Greater Israel. American soldiers were told by their lying government that they were dying and being permanently disabled to protect America from a non-existent Muslim terrorism, when in fact they were dying for Greater Israel.”
Do you think that statement is true, and if you do why do you think so. Is your belief in whether it’s a true or false statement just based on how you view the world or how you think the world should be or is it backed by evidence or even personal experience. There are reasons to accept it as true that were not clear to me before the war in Gaza but have been made clear as a result of international condemnation for the way Netanyahu has conducted that war. In regard to Israel controlling American foreign policy, that seems to be a reality. It should trouble or even enrage any American to think that a country of 9 million controls the military and state department of this country of 330 million. That statement is especially true when you consider the spying on America, and other less than friendly actions against Israel’s only friend in this world.
Tucker Carlson has been the prime mover in bringing that situation to the attention of the American people. Tucker points out certain things about the behavior of the United States and that of Israel and asks why. There are usually no good answers to his questions, which presents even more questions but now it seems that there may be changes happening.
“I think the good news is that the government of Israel, in particular, the prime minister, Benjamin Netanyahu, has pushed it too far. And he did that in part by running around telling people what he thought was true, apparently, I control Donald Trump. I control the United States Congress. I control the United States. He said that to political allies. And opponents in his country said it to foreign heads of state. I control these people. Don’t you worry.”
That quote from Tucker is a true statement in that Mr. Netanyahu actually said that out loud to other people. I’ve seen the videos of him saying it which he apparently didn’t know was being filmed. He also said that If the Israeli people kicked him out of office his replacement likely would not have that level of control. I just don’t understand why Donald Trump would put up with it. Blackmail, bribery or some other form of extortion. I don’t think Donald Trump needs the money so it has to be something more sinister than raw greed.
Apparently, the statement about control was too much even for Trump, who has been loyal all the way to Bibi. In response he said he would not allow Israel to annex the West Bank and his proposed peace plan does not include Israeli occupation of Gaza. We’ll see what happens with regard to the West Bank and the peace proposal as Trump talks to different people because he has been known to change his mind.
Leadership in the U.S. military apparently has a hard time accepting Israelis in their command structure. The people out there on the front lines of battle are our sons and daughters and putting their lives on the line for an ungrateful foreign country doesn’t sit well with me or them. Here’s another true story exposed by Tucker that occurred during the recent 12-day war between Israel and Iran that culminated in a U.S. attack.
IDF officers were at the Pentagon during the war. They enraged American officers by just barging into meetings, giving orders, making demands, and nobody did anything about it. They apparently did the same thing with the Secretary of Defense’s office during the Iraq war. Netanyahu defends his actions by calling anyone who disagrees antisemitic. The term he has grown fond of is “Woke Reich” I suppose to paint anyone who criticizes his policies as a Nazi. Tucker has been relentless and very courageous in his efforts to portray Israel accurately. He doesn’t use any harsh language or call anyone names he just gives known facts that hardly anyone wants to talk about.
For example, he is willing to point out to the American people several actions Israel has taken that no nation with any self-respect should put up with and certainly not from a foreign nation that could not exist without the assistance of the U.S. For one thing the 1967 attack on the USS Liberty, a U.S. ship in international waters strafed and bombed by Israeli fighter jets supplied to Israel by the American taxpayers. Despite the attacks on an unarmed ship the Liberty and its crew in the finest tradition of the U.S. Navy refused to die. Not content to kill many U.S. sailors on the ship they strafed and machined survivors in the water.
Why would this ally do such a terrible thing. It was apparently to blame the attack on Egypt thus drawing the U.S. into their six-day war. No list would be complete without the tremendous amount of Israeli spying on the U.S. military and technology companies. He, that is Tucker, accuses Israel of selling U.S. secrets and technology to China. Despite all this and much more U.S. politicians demonstrate continued slavish loyalty to Israel. A quote by Nikki Haley who I believe was in the Republican primaries at the time comes to mind. She said, and I’m paraphrasing, Israel doesn’t need the U.S. the U.S. needs Israel. I, along with Tucker, ask in what world could that statement possibly be true.
The murder of Charlie Kirk, a close friend of Tucker’s, apparently caused him along with Charlie, to start asking if the things assumed about Israel are really true. I don’t know maybe it was Tucker who influenced Charlie rather than the other way around. That would make sense in a weird way, Tucker talks to Charlie and speaks at his conferences about Israel and what is happening in Gaza. Charlie’s audience was predominantly College and high school age people and virtually none of those people support Israel in Gaza.
So, Tucker points out that there are very serious problems and serious Christian issues with Israel and Gaza and Charlie listens to him. Charlie refuses to toe the line and take the money any longer and that was the thing that got him killed. Even though Charlie was a grown man and a very intelligent one who could speak for himself, I would not want that on my conscience. Am I saying that Israel or Bibi Netanyahu killed Charlie Kirk, no but there is an amazing series of coincidences involving Israel’s demands and Charlie’s turning down reportedly $150 million.
One other thing and that is Bibi’s going public and on video calling for various social media sites to censor American citizens. I heard him tell people on video to approach Elon Musk about his site X. He’s not an enemy Bibi said, he’s a friend so he can be convinced by mutual acquaintances. Convinced of what or to do what and the answer is to censor Americans and do the bidding of Bibi Netanyahu and post his propaganda on X.
This information puts Tucker Carlson in a very unique position at this point in history. The information he presents should infuriate the American people and that, of course, is the reason he is doing it. So, there is the human costs of fighting wars for the benefit of Israel. The thousands of American dead, the hundreds of thousands, perhaps millions of non-American dead, the permanently disabled requiring lifetime care which brings up the cost is terms of money.
The U.S. gives to Israel as a free gift $3.8 billion per year to do with as it sees fit. I point out that the U.S. has a $37 trillion debt. Do we give money to any other country without any say in what that country does with the money. That’s not even what galls me so much. Speaking of gall what about using that money to buy the U.S. Congress and Senate. Members of congress tell me that each member of the house and senate has his or her own AIPAC lobbyist assigned. In case you don’t know that is the American Israeli political action committee. So, they buy us and they use our own money to do it. Pretty smart any way you look at it. If that were all it would be plenty but as usual it gets worse. Since the date that we remember as October 7, 2023, the U.S. has given Israel about $30 billion for its wars in Gaza, Iran, Yemen, Syria, Iraq, Lebanon among others. That’s more per year than Israel’s annual defense budget prior to that year.
But Bibi doesn’t have to worry about his budget. He doesn’t have to worry about replacing used up military equipment or maintenance on his F-35 stealth jets because he has the U.S, which as he puts it, he controls. There are U.S. troops on the ground in Israel right now manning two THAAD missile batteries which are designed as anti-missile defense weapons.
In conclusion, although not mentioned in the peace proposal, Blackrock, the gigantic American hedge fund is funding several companies which support Israel. The report is from Francesca Albanese, UN special rapporteur for the occupied Palestinian territories. Gaza apparently has one of the world’s largest gas deposits off its coast and Trump is no dummy when it comes to the use of natural resources. Israel has virtually no resources so could it be that Gaza will provide the funds for its own development into fabulous new cities envisaged in Trump’s proposal.
Finally, folks, in Exodus we are told that the Lord God through Moses, his servant, said to Pharaoh, let my people go. When Pharaoh refused 10 plagues were sent on him. When he still refused despite all previous plagues God said let my people go or I will strike your first born dead,. Pharaoh again refused and suffered the consequences. I wonder if God could once again sending plagues to punish, but this time with role reversal. I don’t know, but perhaps the theologians could shed some light.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about President Trump’s 20-point proposal to bring peace or at least the absence of war and famine to Gaza.
Transcription / Notes
WILL THERE BE PEACE IN GAZA
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 3rd of October in the year of our Lord 2025. I have decided to talk about what seems to be most important for the United States and the world in this report. The government shutdown will have to wait but it might be a good thing anyway. President Trump’s 20-point proposal to bring peace or at least the absence of war and famine to Gaza is my beat for today.
The people of Gaza are certainly important and certainly worth talking about because they and their land are central to Mr. Netanyahu’s plan for the Middle East. Israel seems to appear in almost every discussion about almost everything today. Keeping all that in mind, I have a question to ask before I begin the discussion of Trump’s proposed peace plan.
According to articles by Max Blumenthal who has done yeoman’s work on the subject, Charlie Kirk had expressed to him his one fear and it was not trans people, homosexual activists or anyone of that ilk. No, he said that what he feared the most was the “the Israeli regime backed by powerful and wealthy Jewish donors in the United States.” He went on to allege that Bibi Netanyahu offered Charlie $150 million to come back into the Zionist fold but Charlie chose to keep his honor.
According to Blumenthal, sources within Charlie’s inner circle said that Charlie and Erika had been attending Catholic Mass together. Why is that important, well Mr. Netanyahu was apparently very frightened by it. Candace Owens, close friend of Charlie’s and a recent convert to Catholicism confirmed that for several weeks before his murder Charlie had been distancing himself from the Israeli donors. The investigation by Blumenthal revealed through conversations with Charlie’s inner circle, that many members of that circle as well as members of the Trump administration, believed that Israel killed him. Blumenthal admitted that such beliefs might not be correct, but he was shocked that they were so widespread even with no help from the media.
Reportedly, Israeli donors were furious and shocked that Charlie refused Bibi’s money and more importantly his invitation back to the fold. Apparently, Charlie discounted Bibi’s open boast that he controlled America. Afterall isn’t it obvious that both American political parties support Israel’s policies one way or the other. Those donors thought they could threaten Charlie with the end of his career if he didn’t cooperate. He was obviously aware of the threats and intimidation but that did not stop him. I could make this entire report about Charlie again, but I promised Gaza in the introduction so how is Gaza related in any way to Charlie Kirk. Apparently Charlie was separating from the views of his Israeli donors over Gaza and that links them together, but one more thing about Israel and Mr. Netanyahu before I let it go. Foreign Agents Registration Act documents reveal that the Israeli government is paying pro-Israel influencers $7000 per Instagram and Tik-Tok post for each post spreading Netanyahu’s propaganda. So, we know they were putting that $4 billion U.S. taxpayers give them each year to good use.
Before I get into Trump’s peace proposal I will ask the question that if members of the Trump Administration really believe that the Israelis killed Charlie as his inner circle believes then how can the U.S. Government, the shining light on the hill, the bastion of freedom, the world’s example of rule by law and not by men continue to act as if nothing happened. The answer to that question would appear to be very frightening indeed.
Well, having said all that Donald Trump, like so many presidents before him, has developed a plan for peace in the Middle East, specifically Gaza. Netanyahu quickly accepted the plan publicly, but Hamas has said it might reject it because it benefits only Israel. I’m fairly well acquainted with the plan and I don’t see that about it. It would allow the withdrawal of Israeli forces, the release of remaining hostages, and it would allow the people of Gaza to be fed, to get medical care, etc.
The plan is much too long for me to discuss all 20 of its points but I will choose just a few of the more important or obvious ones to summarize and give my own thoughts. 1. Gaza will be a deradicalized terror-free zone that does not pose a threat to its neighbors. Well, that’s easier said than done and it obviously requires the terrorists to stop acts of terror and revolutionary resistance to the new rule.
- Gaza will be redeveloped for the benefit of the people of Gaza, who have suffered more than enough. Sounds good, at least in principle but I don’t understand what redeveloped means and it is not defined. Who pays for all this redevelopment and if Israel is to contribute where will that money come from.
3,4, and 5. If both sides agree then the war will immediately end. IDF will withdraw to the line agreed upon in the proposal. All military activity will cease and all hostages alive and dead will be released within 72 hours. Once hostages are released Israel will release 250 life sentence prisoners along with 1700 Gazans detained since October 7, 2023. The 2nd anniversary of that attack is next week so it is a fine time for peace.
6,7, and 8. Hamas fighters will decommission their weapons and commit to peaceful coexistence. All Hamas members who do that will be given amnesty. Those who wish to leave will be given safe passage to other countries. I hope that safe passage doesn’t include the United States. Humanitarian aid will immediately commence and both sides pledge to refrain from interfering with the UN’s effort to deliver the aid. The Rafah passage will be reopened according to what was laid out in past decrees.
- Gaza will be governed under the temporary transitional governance of a technocratic apolitical Palestinian committee responsible for running day-to-day public services. The committee will be made up of qualified Palestinians and international experts with oversight by a new body the “Board of Peace.” Which will be headed and chaired by Donald Trump and will also include Tony Blair, former Prime Minister of Great Britain. I knew from other sources that Blair was coming in to run this thing if it is enacted.
10, and11. A Trump economic development plan to rebuild and energize Gaza will be created by convening a panel of experts who have helped to birth some of the thriving, modern miracle cities in the Middle East. A special economic zone will be established with preferred tariff and access rates to be negotiated with participating countries.
-
Hamas agrees to not have any role in the new government and all terror networks including tunnels and arms stashes will be destroyed and not rebuilt.
-
A guarantee will be provided by regional partners to ensure that Hamas, and their factions comply with their obligations and the New Gaza poses no threat to its neighbors or its people.
-
This seems to me to be the most important one because upon security depends all the others. The U.S. will work with Arab and international partners to develop a temporary International Stabilization Force (ISF) to immediately deploy to Gaza. I don’t know if some of these troops will be American but I am certain that the force and this proposal is why Netanyahu was invited to the White House last week for the fourth time this year. While he was there, Trump forced him to call the Qatari government and apologize for his attack and attempt to kill the Hamas leaders invited there by the U.S. for peace talks. He used American fighter jets and weapons systems to attack an American ally without even paying the U.S. the courtesy of informing them.
He really didn’t say I’m sorry I did it because Bibi would have trouble saying that. Instead, he said he regretted the decision to do it. By the way, apparently the attack killed only Qatari citizens and no Hamas terrorists. In response to the call and to Trump’s executive order guaranteeing Qatar’s security, the Qatari government agreed to once again host the peace talks and I would expect them to participate in the new Gaza peace keeping force.
-
Israel will not annex or occupy Gaza.
-
An interfaith dialogue will be established based on the values of tolerance and peaceful co-existence by emphasizing to the Gazans and Israelis the benefits to be derived from peace.
-
I will end the plan’s summation with this 19th point and that is the hope and intent that if this works the conditions will finally be there for a credible pathway to Palestinian self-determination and statehood which is recognized as the aspiration of the Palestinian people.
In conclusion, I conclude this report with a quote from Bibi Netanyahu which is a not so veiled threat. “If Hamas rejects your plan, Mr. President, or if they supposedly accept it and then basically do everything to counter it, then Israel will finish the job by itself. This can be done the easy way or it can be done the hard way, but it will be done. We prefer the easy way, but it has to be done. All these goals must be achieved because we didn’t fight this horrible fight, sacrifice the finest of our young men, to have Hamas stay in Gaza and threaten us again and again and again with these horrific massacres.”
Trump has been maneuvering in the Middle East the entirety of his time in office. Next week is the 2nd anniversary of the October 7th, 2023, Hamas attack and as I said earlier it would be a perfect date for a peace settlement. I pray that it works and it holds.
Finally, folks I argue that the current relationship with Washington’s special ally, Israel, is not in the national security interest of the United States. Furthermore, the Constitutional Republic or if you prefer, our democracy, is severely threatened by the donor class and its control of the institutions of government. That Israeli billionaires have so much control of American policy tells me that America will soon be at war with Iran.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle continues analyzing the murder of Charlie Kirk especially the aftermath including his memorial service.
Transcription / Notes
WAS CHARLIE’S MURDER A FORT SUMTER EVENT?
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 26th day of September in the year of our Lord 2025. I will continue talking and analyzing the murder of Charlie Kirk especially the aftermath including his memorial service. Was this event of such magnitude that it could be a Fort Sumter level tectonic separation of opposing forces. I only know that the official explanation of the murder is not truthful because it simply could not happen that way.
Since the assassination of President Kennedy this has been an assassination nation with so many that it would be impossible to list them all in this report. Wikipedia has a 12000-word article and even that doesn’t include them all. We all remember the three big ones JFK, RFK, and MLK but there are literally dozens more of lesser significance. Very few rise to the level of professionalism that the murder of Charlie exhibited. Most killings or attempted killings were done with a handgun from close range.
Even the attempt on Donald Trump’s life in Butler, Pa. was done rather clumsily and would not have been possible without the incompetence of the Secret Service. Charlie’s murder, on the other hand, was very professional similar to JFK’s assassination in that it was done from long range with a scoped rifle and with only one shot to a lethal area of his body. That shot was planned and carried out by a lone nut who was 22 years old, living with his trans lover, and who had little to no experience in long range shooting especially with that rifle.
There are so many inconsistencies in the official explanation that it’s hard to keep up with them. I’ve seen interviews with military, i.e. Navy Seal snipers, who say that shot under the circumstances was impossible. I’ve seen videos attempting to prove that he was shot from close range with a small caliber handgun. Apparently the medical examiner’s preliminary report said that there was no exit wound which, if true, would be impossible with a 30.06 caliber rifle from 200 yards. That bullet would tear through human flesh like a knife through butter from that range and that’s not speculation it’s a fact. I hate to be gruesome about it but a 30-06 round would have blown his head apart.
So was there an exit wound or not because if not then the official story is a lie. The whole thing is a lie and a fabrication and I am totally convinced of that. The official narratives of many stories include impossibilities that we are expected to believe. For example, the way building 7 came down blocks from the World Trade Center in its own foundation footprint. We are told it was weakened by the towers, collapsed and fell, an obvious impossibility told without any embarrassment.
In Charlie’s case there are many flaws in even the long-range rifle story that as yet have no explanation. The video shows the shooter on the roof he used as a firing platform. He then got up and ran without a rifle apparently until he reached the edge of the roof where he climbed over and dropped down, again without his rifle. He then ran off into the woods where he left his fully assembled rifle with the spent cartridge still in the chamber. In other words, he didn’t cycle the bolt to chamber another round in case he had to fire again to kill his target or to defend himself. The explanation for his running without his rifle, then it appearing in the woods, is that he disassembled it at the scene and put the barrel in his pants so it would not be visible. So, he took the time to do that at the murder scene, then ran with a rifle barrel in his pants and climbed down from a high roof then went into the woods, reassembled the rifle, wrapped it in cloth and left it there. He was only there seconds after the shot and trained experts take about 1 minute to disassemble that rifle.
Virtually none of that story is believable and much of it is impossible but that is what we are supposed to believe. When we question the official explanations they call us conspiracy theorists, but couldn’t they at least show us the respect of coming up with a lie that is at least possible instead of one that is impossible. So, if the official explanation is impossible then what happened. If I knew the answer I would probably be working somewhere else but let’s look at some of the events leading to the murder.
Charlie had apparently been receiving credible death threats which lead him to employ a layered security team to protect him from lethal events. Normally, unless the target is a high-profile politician protected by the Secret Service, the threats will come from close range so I guess that’s what his team expected. In other words, they didn’t expect a professionally executed political assassination but that’s what they got. The murder then, is probably one of the most professionally executed political assassinations since JFK. Hindsight is 20-20 as they say but no roof surveillance and no drones is negligent by any security team.
Charlie had always been an absolutely committed supporter of Israel and its Zionist projects throughout the Middle East or at least that’s what I thought. He had apparently been undergoing a change of heart and was growing into a much bigger problem for the supporters of Israel than anyone knew. Tucker Carlson spoke at one of Charlie’s events and gave a very courageous speech in which he laid out much of the problems involved in the relationship between the U.S. and Israel.
Tucker, who apparently pointed out his topic in advance to Charlie, pointed out if Americans understood that their elected officials, at each branch of government are being systematically blackmailed and bought by a ruthless foreign government they would, most likely, be outraged and demand change. A few members of Congress including the Muslim members, but also Marjorie Taylor Greene who has been one of Trump’s most ardent supporters voted to cut U.S. funding to Israel. Perhaps they realized that Israel was using the money they gave it to buy and blackmail the U.S. government.
I don’t want to sound overly harsh toward Israel, especially since I have no way of knowing for sure except from what others say and write but some things are self-evident and not speculation. For one thing, if what I said in the preceding few sentences is true that is very bad indeed and something should and must be done to free the U.S. from the grip of its lost and corrupt politicians. There is another side to this story and that is that it would be fair to say the Israel is an assassination nation. Just pick up a copy of Ronen Bergman’s very authoritative book, “Rise and Kill First.” That book explains that Israel’s foreign policy is and always has been assassination of its perceived enemies. Israel seems to have the mindset that if anyone in the world threatens its intentions that person will be killed. In Fact, as Ron Unz pointed out about the revelations of the book, Israel’s body count probably exceeds all the other nations of the world combined.
With the attacks against Iran, Syria, Yemen, Iraq, Lebanon to name a few the assassination nation seems to have put the tactic into overdrive. From reading comments made by Charlie’s inner circle there appears to be a belief held by most if not all that Israel killed him just as it has killed so many other threats. Charlie was changing and that is indisputable right now. He was taken to a meeting on Long Island at the estate of billionaire Israeli supporter Bill Ackman. The purpose of the meeting, according to people who were also there was to reign Charlie in or make a last-ditch effort to keep him in the Israeli camp. People around the world in a very key demographic were starting to listen to Charlie’s message so he needed to be silenced.
Charlie reportedly refused their offers and even resented the intimidation and threats. This view of who killed Charlie may or may not be correct but it is apparently widely held by those who worked with him. According to Ron Unz, even several Trump administration members suspect that Israel killed him. Can you imagine continuing to fund such a nation if you thought it killed Charlie Kirk because I can’t imagine it.
Charlie was a young man going in harm’s way with regard to his changing view of Israel, previously one of his biggest supporters. I guess it goes something like this, we will support you and your organization with large sums of money if you continue to say nice things about us and our efforts in Gaza, but if you don’t then all bets or off. Oh, and by the way we are going to use U.S. taxpayer money to fund you and your organization just as we use it to blackmail and purchase U.S. elected officials and surrounding bureaucrats.
What you can’t do Charlie, is use the money we give you to lead or encourage all those under 30 Christian Maga soldiers away from our cause because we need them as cannon fodder to fight our wars. See Charlie our goal is to become the dominant power in the Middle East while expanding the physical borders of Israel and we can’t do that while Iran with all those hypersonic missiles and its new state of the art Russian anti-air defense integrated network, still exists. We cannot destroy Iran by ourselves and we are going to need your audience to go into Iran and do it for us. So, walk softly Charlie and tread lightly because as the drug cartels say to the Mexican politicians, you can have the gold or the lead, which do you choose.
Apparently, Charlie chose the lead which does indeed make him a Christian martyr because he died for the faith he held. His honor would not let him take the money anymore and that makes Charlie one of the most honorable men of this age. The outpouring of support from literally hundreds of thousands at his memorial service reflects that sentiment. I’m told that around 100 million people watched the service on TV worldwide.
I can’t overstate how significant that is folks. Hundreds of thousands in the arena, in an adjoining arena and standing outside in the Arizona heat. I watched it and I personally thought it was maybe the greatest event I have seen on TV in my lifetime. I will also point out that my lifetime encompasses the entire existence of Television.
The event was a five-hour long combination of old-fashioned gospel revival meeting held with almost everyone who is anyone in each branch of government today. Very rarely do the president and vice-president appear in public at the same event at the same time. Of course, Charlie’s widow stole the show with her public forgiveness of her husband’s murderer. Whether she forgave the right person is another question for another day, but Trumps kindness to her was very touching and obviously from the heart.
Finally, folks, I don’t know who killed Charlie but I do know that the official explanation is impossible. The 10’s 0f thousands who cheered Charlie’s death are very sad, misinformed people. The genie is out of the bottle, the toothpaste is out of the tube, or however you want to say it but people are starting to see what is happening to this country and more and more outrage is building. I’m afraid the ships are on their way to Fort Sumter as I speak.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle, Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about recent events, in the history of America, from assassinations to simple murders and how we never seem to get the complete and truthful picture of what happened.
Transcription / Notes
IT ALL SEEMS LIKE A GIANT PSYOP
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. I will be talking about recent events in the history of America from assassinations to simple murders and how we never seem to get the complete and truthful picture of what happened.
If we go back in history only so far as World War ll we find that psychological warfare was an important weapon for all combatants. It was important but also primitive compared to the worldwide grip it holds on us today. Sometimes it was millions of leaflets dropped from airplanes across Europe and sometimes it was Tokyo Rose broadcasting from Japan to American sailors opposing the Japanese navy. There were no video cameras, no satellites, no social media, and no internet whereby everyone was monitored and ordinary people could become celebrities overnight.
Sinister forces became the status quo and opposing the status quo became very dangerous. President Eisenhower saw these forces coming to power in the world and he warned President Kennedy about them. President Kennedy, a genuine war hero, and a man of courage and determination took those warnings to heart and tried to oppose the forces that were fast becoming the status quo. He died for his efforts and even though it’s been 62 years future leaders have all understood that you oppose the status quo at your own risk.
JFK’s brother Robert, who was most likely our next president, opposed those same forces and was determined to punish those who murdered his brother. The same year gave us Martin Luther King who also opposed the status quo and a man who argued for peace abroad and racial reckoning at home. Those three men met the same fate at the hands of a lone nut or so we are told. Hardly anyone today believes the demonstrably stupid explanations of their murders but at the time we still had some tiny amount of faith that our leaders might tell the truth occasionally but today, of course, we know better.
Recently, in one of his Liberty Reports, Ron Paul, age 90 gave a pretty good explanation as he addressed the assassination of Charlie Kirk.
“The turbulent 1960’s saw several killings of major US figures, including JFK, RFK, and Martin Luther King, who were challenging the status quo and pushing for a shift away from the Cold War confrontationist mentality. The real assassins of these peace leaders from last century were Nihilists who did not believe in truth. They only believed in power—the power that comes from the barrel of a gun. Rather than compete in the marketplace of ideas they preferred to snuff out any challenges and therefore decapitate any possibility that our country could take a different course.”
There were many other assassinations, of course, during that same time period. Those of us who lived through it wondered what had become of us but then as usual it got worse. A couple of others worth mentioning were John Lennon, influential man obviously who talked often about peace and voiced opposition to America’s wars. He was killed outside his Manhattan apartment by Mark David Chapman. John Hinckley, connected distantly to the Bush family, tried to assassinate Ronald Reagan who was in the process of peace with our worst enemy, the Soviet Union. I forgot to mention Richard Nixon who was ending the Vietnam War and who opened trade with China. The nation had just experienced several high-profile political murders so killing him might have aroused even the insouciant Americans’ ire. Nixon didn’t have to be assassinated because we had people who could false flag him and politically assassinate him.
I mention all this history of death and destruction to present recent history as a massive psychological warfare experiment on the American people. I didn’t even mention 9/11 and the J-6 scandal but they are part of the same experiment. We are always given completely ridiculous explanations that make no sense at all and the people who voice skepticism are lumped into a CIA invented phrase called conspiracy theorists. Yes, the CIA invented that word to cover people who questioned the status quo that they were imposing on us to explain JFK’s murder. Since then, the truth or at least the pursuit of it is referred to very negatively by those who conspire.
There are interesting things about most of the high-profile murders and things the lone nuts seem to have in common. I have always suspected that they might all share the same MK Ultra history but I don’t know that and anyone who might knows to keep his mouth shut. Many of the assassins seem to have been reading or have in their close possession the same books. The most famous of these was J.D. Salinger’s “The Catcher in The Rye.” I read that book in school as many did and I always scratched my head and wondered what message he was trying to convey.
Mark David Chapman reportedly opened the book and read it after he shot John Lennon. John Hinckley had the book with him when he shot Ronald Reagan and supposedly even Lee Harvey Oswold had the book in his apartment. I don’t know about the old hillbilly James Earl Ray but I suspect he didn’t read much. I do wonder though if Tyler Robinson was reading that book but I suppose we will never know. We will never know the truth about anything the government does because it has been and still is conducting a psyop on behalf of others. Who or what are the others, well, if we knew that it might be possible to change course but somehow anyone who tries to find out has a way of ending up dead.
What does Charlie Kirk have to do with any of this or where does he fit in this picture. Charlie was apparently evolving toward the same break with the status quo as those who learned the hard way that it would not just be accepted by the status quo. He is dead now and can’t speak for himself but we have testimony from some of his close friends including Tucker Carlson who appeared as a speaker at one of Charlie’s conventions. Tucker, as you probably know, is very skeptical about the relationship between the US and Israel.
He said in a video speech after Charlie’s death that he considered it humiliating that the US has become so ensnared by this ally that it is nothing more than the military arm of its foreign policy. How did that happen and can we ever escape he wonders and he said that Charlie expressed the same doubt to him. Charlie was apparently changing away from simply signing off on whatever President Trump wanted for US foreign policy. Supposedly he personally went to the White House to urge Trump to resist the pressure to attack Iran but he was rebuffed.
The apparent assassin, Tyler Robinson, said in many texts to his trans lover, and to others that Charlie was full of hate. I wonder if he ever stopped to ponder the irony of hating someone because of his supposed hate. In any event Charlie was apparently evolving toward changing his views about foreign policy as well as other ways and that simply can’t be allowed if you have influence and a national audience. Charlie was, arguably, the most influential voice among college and high school students in the nation so his words were a matter of grave concern to the status quo. He was starting to speak nationally about the troubles of the generation he represented.
He addressed income disparity, but more importantly the reality that these young people face. They are massively in debt not just for student loans though they have those too but just in credit card debt which everyone needs now in order to live. Hardly anyone can live without relying on credit for essentials. Essentials such as gas, food, etc. have to be charged so that fixed costs such as rent and utilities can be funded by one’s job. The result of all this is that many if not most of that generation will not be able to afford a simple little house to raise their family in. They probably don’t even have families though because who can afford to get married and have children.
Many prominent people who were close friends of Charlie reported that he was changing. Ron Paul can testify that the youth of this country are inspired by the ideas of liberty, peace, and prosperity. We went through about 20 years when Dr. Paul was out there expressing those ideas in his pursuit of the presidency. He didn’t win though and so he is still alive. Tucker told of Charlie’s visit to the White House and his expression of doubt about Israel’s war in Gaza and what it is doing to so many. Charlie was under intense pressure to cancel Tucker from speaking at his programs and Tucker offered to decline but Charlie said no because the issue was too important.
The friends of Israel were the ones pressuring Charlie and he lost a great deal of the funding of his non-profit because of his inviting Tucker to speak. Well known conservative podcaster, Candace Owens, a close friend of Charlie’s, stated on one of her programs that Charlie was undergoing a spiritual crises and was turning away from his past embrace of militarism and in favor of America-first non-interventionism, particular regarding current problems in the Middle East.
In conclusion folks, was Charlie murdered directly through a lone nut or indirectly through clever use of the lone nut by powerful forces who could not tolerate such a shift in the views of such an influential leader. We don’t know and we will probably never know because the forces of darkness are allied against our knowing.
The explanation for the murders of JFK, RFK, and MLK makes no sense and in fact it’s impossible for them to have happened as we have been told. The explanation for 9/11 is even more impossible but we are supposed and expected to believe them. We are considered to be very strange and weird if we don’t believe them. Some believe when belief supports their political views and disbelieve when they don’t.
Polls show that most people don’t believe the explanations for the murders and even 9/11 but they pretend they do because who can know for sure what happened and who wants to be a weirdo.
Finally, folks, in response to all the mocking laughter online and in congress and the press about Charlie’s murder, I heard a line from comedian Dave Chappelle which seems appropriate. “When a hero falls the cowards rejoice”. I wish Charlie nothing but eternal rest with the Prince of Peace whom he served for much of his young life.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the brutal and horrifying video taped murder of a young woman named Iryna Zarutska who escaped from the national graveyard that is Ukraine only to be murdered in the urban graveyard that is today’s American cities.
Transcription / Notes
LIFE AND DEATH IN CHARLOTTE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 12th day of September in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the brutal and horrifying video taped murder of a young woman named Iryna Zarutska who escaped from the national graveyard that is Ukraine only to be murdered in the urban graveyard that is today’s American cities. We have no shortage of murder to talk about today but Charlie Kirk’s assassination happened too late for this Report and anyway everything has been said but in light of the subject of today the milk of human kindness is running a little low right now.
Yes, Iryna finished her shift at the pizzeria in Charlotte where she worked. Still in her work uniform with her hair up under the company’s ball cap she boarded the light rail train for the ride home and immediately started concentrating on her phone just like every other person her age would do.
She was just doing what any person navigating America’s inner-city jungle would do and that is just sit down, mind your own business, don’t talk to anyone and don’t look anyone in the eye. You have to be very careful in today’s cities because the person nearest you could be a psychotic murderer. There was such a man in the seat behind Iryna that day. The man had 14 prior arrests and charges pending including assault, robbery, and other violent felonies and yet as is the custom of our George Soros funded District Attorneys the man roamed Charlotte freely.
The interesting thing about Iryna’s horrible murder is that it is not unusual. According to the Charlotte and Mecklenburg County Police Union her murder was just another day at the office in Charlotte. So, she escaped from war-torn Ukraine but not from the urban war against humanity that is being waged in our cities each day. The man lounged across two seats behind her as can be clearly seen on the video.
His attack on this tiny woman was so savage as to make description difficult. I will just say that he leaned over her and stabbed her three times in her neck which produced a look of horror on her face that is hard to forget. Blood gushed from her neck and covered her seat and the floor. DeCarlos Brown jr., career criminal, said I got that white girl as he walked away with blood dripping from his knife.
Perhaps the most horrifying part of the video murder was the utter apathy and lack of empathy of the other passengers to what amounts to a public execution. One man at least tried to help her but all the others were completely unmoved by the scene. All faith in humanity, if there was any left, is now gone but worse all faith in this country’s ability to survive what has happened to it in the last 12 years or so is gone.
This is unfortunately not new. When I was in college more than 50 years ago we studied what was then called the bystander effect. Onlookers fail to intervene or even assist a young woman as she is dying on the floor of a Charlotte light rail train car. Undeterred by the horror all around them, prosecutors, funded by the George Soros Open Society Foundation, choose the righteous political narrative of their own beliefs rather than the rule of law or even the relief of human suffering.
In Charlotte, the mayor is Vi Lyles who has been in office since 2017 so she has been repeatedly reelected which should cause the voters of that city to live in shame. Thia attack, not a one off, nor an isolated incident but just life in Charlotte as it is thanks to mayor Lyles and the Charlotte City Council. This is an elected public official who has referred to the police as terrorists and has spent her time in office making life for the city’s residents unsafe and a daily struggle for survival.
The mayor is apparently so intent on being a political idealogue in the mold of the LA and Chicago murder capitals that she could not even bring herself to say Iryna’s name. Her insensitivity to this horrible murder was almost as horrifying as the indifference of those present at the scene. She was quick to urge compassion for Decarlos Brown a man who jammed a knife into the neck of an innocent woman three times and then said I got that white girl as he walked away. Well, mayor it seems that all my compassion has been expended for Iryna and I don’t have much left for Decarlos.
The mayor made no public announcement of the changes she would be making to the Charlotte transit system with additional security measures because there aren’t any. She just encouraged others not to demonize the homeless. Cases like Iryna’s are difficult for Democrat mayors because despite all efforts by them and national media to not report the story the story does get out and it reveals to the whole world what they are doing.
For example, we didn’t learn of the murder for several days after the attack because apparently the mayor worked very hard to prevent release of the tape out of “sensitivity for the victim’s family.” I suggest the real motive for secrecy was out of sensitivity for the mayor’s reelection campaign. The mayor’s primary was last Tuesday the 9th and the mayor came through in fine fashion. She prevailed easily over four other Democrat opponents and will vanquish some hapless Republican in the general election.
With all precincts reporting their results showed the mayor with 70.8% of the vote. If she prevails in the general election, normally just a formality, she would be the city’s second longest serving mayor. So, she gave a quote to the Charlotte Observer.
“I’m very, very humbled by the idea that we can continue to work together for this community and this city to be a place that people choose to live and have the opportunity to thrive.”
So, the murders will continue in Charlotte just as they do in Chicago, St. Louis, Baltimore, Memphis, and many other Democrat run cities. The people who sit on the city councils and who occupy the mayor’s offices in these cities don’t seem to mind the carnage very much as long as it is just their black constituents killing each other. Nobody notices the hundreds of murders every year in these cities because it is the children of their voters killing each other. When some politician comes along and suggests that perhaps things could be better he is immediately called a racist. Why the people who routinely allow the release of criminals to rob, rape, and kill again and again, aren’t called racist is a mystery to me.
Sometimes district attorneys will run for office on a pledge to not prosecute criminals. I have actually seen such a campaign and I have seen it become successful. When you see one you don’t have to look very far for George Soros money because it is there. Elon Musk was right about that man because he is an enemy of humanity. The Democrat candidate tells potential voters who are almost exclusively black, that if elected he will stop prosecuting black criminals.
The people become convinced that it will correct some of the racism they perceive to be the cause of their suffering. Once the new district attorney is elected and the old policy of putting criminals in jail so they can’t prey on innocent people has ended the people quickly learn that they are the victims of this new savior. The city is quickly overrun with criminals because of the DA’s catch and release policy. The police catch them and bring them in and the system releases them to continue criminality.
When this system happens as it has been happening in cities across the country things start to deteriorate in the city. There is an element of fear about the city and people start to view it as dangerous. Sporting events like professional football and basketball along with college sports start to suffer in attendance. People conclude that it might be better to watch the game on TV rather than risk murder on public transportation.
There is a ripple effect outward from the city center as the criminals venture out where people live, work, and eat at restaurants. Shopping malls deteriorate and close and any new shopping has to be built far out of the city. Once there is an example of public crime in a shopping area whether street robberies or mob violence, that mall is doomed. The result of all this is public perception, whether admitted by the local newspapers or not, that the city is crime-ridden and dangerous and so as soon as anyone is able they leave and only come back to the city reluctantly for work.
In the case of Charlotte and the murder of Iryna there is a new cause for panic among Charlotte’s public officials. The murder caused some federal oversite because of the very national, very horrifying nature of it and the indifference of Charlotte’s mayor. Perhaps the case will have implications beyond Charlotte since FBI Director Kash Patel and the Secretary of Transportation are looking into it.
Secretary Duffy said, “If mayors can’t keep their trains and buses safe, they don’t deserve the taxpayers ‘money.” He went on to say that federal funding of transportation is at risk for cities that don’t work hard to curb violence on public transport.
The DOJ charged DeCarlos Brown with a federal indictment that could make him eligible for the death penalty. Pam Bondi said, “We will seek the maximum penalty for this unforgivable act of violence—he will never again see the light of day as a free man.” Well Pam, that’s fine and I guess it’s all you can do but Iryna is still just as dead.
Perhaps Mayor Lyles, the district attorney, the city council and the judges who signed off on all 14 releases should have to respond in damages to Iryna’s family. Maybe they could leave war torn Ukraine and come to safe America.
Finally, folks, it is very hard not to be filled with hate toward those who hate us which has been so clearly proven this week. It’s hard but I’m trying because I don’t want to be like them.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the deterioration of freedom and the imposition of top-down control of speech and thought in the mother country that once believed in the concept of freedom.
Transcription / Notes
FREE SPEECH OR INCITEMENT TO VIOLENCE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 5th day of September in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the deterioration of freedom and the imposition of top-down control of speech and thought in the mother country that once believed in the concept of freedom.
From at least the year 1215 when the Great Charter the Magna Charta was imposed on King John by the British nobles English people have had the proud belief that they were free. King John did not resist but accepted the concept in writing that the law applies equally to all Englishmen, King and commoner alike. When the American colonies rebelled it was at least in part because they wanted the rights of ordinary Englishmen which they believed they were.
In a system that is euphemistically referred to as democracy, people are supposed to choose their own leaders so the government is the people. That is the belief that we accept as true even when we know it no longer is true if it ever was. I am talking about Great Britain right now rather than the United States because things are happening in Britain that would not be tolerated here or at least I hope it would not be.
By way of disclaimer, I haven’t been to England in many years to see firsthand for myself what is happening, but I read and follow the stories continually reported by others. Great Britain seems to be in the middle of a crises involving immigration and the rights of immigrants versus the rights of Englishmen. The English government and recently the courts have clearly taken the position that immigrant rights are preeminent and that has led to a crises that many believe is the precursor to civil war. Why would a government of the people choose to prosecute its own people for just talking about immigrants in a negative way. Unbelievable, yet we accept it as true because it is happening right now in Great Britain.
For example, consider the case of British comedian Graham Linehan. I admit that I was completely unfamiliar with the man until I, like the rest of the world, read his words and followed his story. His story is all the more disturbing because it is not at all unusual in England today. Mr. Linehan was in America doing some type of project in Arizona. When he attempted to board his flight to London he was singled out and subjected to extra screening, etc. He chalked it up to the joys of air travel today but when he arrived in London he found it was a lot more than just inconvenience.
“The moment I stepped off the plane at Heathrow, five armed police officers were waiting. Not one, not two—five. They escorted me to a private area and told me I was under arrest for three tweets. In a country where pedophiles escape sentencing, where knife crime is out of control, where women are assaulted and harassed every time they gather to speak, the state had mobilized five armed officers to arrest a comedy writer for this tweet (and no, I promise you, I am not making this up).” OK, here is the tweet, or printed statement, or expressed thought, however you want to say it that got him arrested. “If a trans-identified male is in a female-only space, he is committing a violent, abusive act. Make a scene, call the cops and if all else fails, punch him in the balls.”
There were three tweets in total as the officers told him but I won’t quote the others because there is profanity in them. This case is significant and we hear of it because the victim is a prominent man who apparently has a popular presence on British television. They confiscated his belt, carry- on bag, and electronic devices and put him in a holding cell. This case is common and is happening all the time but we know of this one for the reason I stated.
Why do so many Middle Eastern and African migrants make their way, illegally to England. There is freedom in England to a far greater extent than in the places they escape from. Freedom to speak and behave as they please for them but not for Englishmen. No, if an Englishman said online what the migrants are free to say he would be thrown in prison. There seems to be a two-tiered system of freedom in Great Britain right now. One tier for migrants and one for Englishmen. The one for Englishmen requires them to be very careful what they say or put online. If they insult migrants or trans people they could be hauled into court and dealt with very harshly by an unsympathetic judge.
I’ve been receiving emails from contacts in Great Britain giving their opinion of what is happening because they know of my interest. I’m told that if I were in England the Castle Report from last week and this one would get me arrested. When speech that used to be free is unapproved or unliked by the state it could be termed as an incitement to violence. The emails that I mentioned invited me to attend a rally in London on Saturday the 13th which I believe is a week from tomorrow. The rally is being organized by concerned people both male and female and they hope to have a million participants from around the world in attendance. If I were 20 years younger I like to think I would be there but that is easy to say now since I am safe here in America.
Free speech is very important because without it people are not really free but it is not the most important thing at risk in this struggle. The real issue and one that simply cannot be lost if freedom is to continue is who is in charge of Great Britain. Is it the people through self-governance, or a group of George Soros-funded elitists who have gained power and will not surrender without a fight. More than 10,000 arrests happen every year in Great Britain for online comments, more than Russia and many other countries we usually think of as not free.
There are many in Great Britain who are starting to say that if free speech is incitement to violence according to the state then so be it and let it come. I’ve been surprised by all of this madness so far and the numb, uncaring attitude of people sometimes amazes me, but I will be beyond shocked if the British people totally surrender their freedom without a fight. That belief leads me to conclude that the British government is flirting with civil war. There might still be a little fight left in the English despite decades of education and decades of poison poured into their bodies.
I’m not the only one to see danger in the way the British government is behaving. Piers Morgan responded to the arrest of Mr. Linehan with this statement posted on X; “What’s happened today is absolutely ridiculous. Five armed cops arresting him at Heathrow for tweets mocking the scandal of biological men invading women’s spaces? When it comes to free speech, Britain’s turning into North Korea.”
The Prime Minister of Great Britain, Keir Starmer, seems to sense the danger as well and is trying to occupy both sides of the argument at the same time. He issued an order back in July that the U.K. Home Office was to assemble an “elite team of police officers” to monitor social media for “anti-migrant sentiment” in a new investigations unit to “flag early signs of potential civil unrest.” Starmer has made several statements since then apparently trying to appease those who would prefer to see England remain English.
Statements such as if you want to live in the UK you should speak English. “I want to see every asylum hotel closed.” He does have precedent for telling the big lie because I think it was the propaganda minister of the nation Britain defeated in a big war that was the master teacher of the big lie. I suppose the idea is that if you can convince enough people to believe you they will just chill out and accept tyranny and bondage where they once had freedom.
Mr. Starmer also criticized the police for the Linehan arrest, not because it was terribly wrong and an unlawful arrest but because it detracted the police from more important duties. What he didn’t criticize was the 10,000 times each year it happens to ordinary Englishmen who don’t happen to be famous or prominent. Mr. Linehan was released from custody on condition that he stay off X. Ok Mr. Linehan you can have the illusion of freedom as long as you stay off X. See Mr. Linehan what you did by speaking your mind publicly is now a crime in the UK, but you are prominent so if you just shut up and leave the tyranny to us we will allow you that illusion.
The police were nice to him, Mr. Linehan said and seemed to be “just doing their jobs.” Yes they were just going about the duty they were assigned and doing their jobs. I don’t know who sworn officers in the UK swear to but I doubt if their oath requires them to enforce tyranny. That’s the issue though isn’t it and always has been. Who is the police force and more importantly the military loyal to. Here is America they take an oath to the Constitution rather than to a specific person, ala Nazi Germany, or to the government. In the UK right now, I don’t know who they agree to support. British police and British military have a history of support for tyranny which to some extent provoked the American Revolution. The British navy needed sailors and their press gangs would roam the countryside kidnapping men from their homes and pressing them into service. They would stop American merchant ships on the high seas and kidnap merchant sailors.
The Americans didn’t like that and they organized resistance which resulted in 250 years of freedom and independence. We argue and test in our courts the issue of free speech but it is still pretty important here in America. I hope we never see the day when people are grabbed off the street and imprisoned for something they said. It’s hard to imagine, but tyranny often comes gradually rather than suddenly so every violation has to be dealt with in order preserve the system that so many have died to build and protect for future generations.
Finally, folks, pretty much every week we read about some horrible crime committed by migrants in the UK. Quite often those crimes are against children and more often than not against working class girls. Thousands of young girls have endured the crime of rape at their hands. The British government has so far chosen to imprison those who complain and free the criminals. Apparently, however, many of those working-class girls are getting tired of it and that, at least in part, is why the rally in London is scheduled on the 13th.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the 80th anniversary of the end of World War Two. How have the allied leaders handled the inheritance of the victory they were given by the blood of their ancestors? Are they behaving like victors?
Transcription / Notes
EIGHTY YEARS AFTER WORLD WAR TWO
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 29th day of August in the year of our Lord 2025. This is Labor Day weekend and a 3-day vacation for most of us but the day after Labor Day is an anniversary to remember. It is the 80th anniversary of the end of World War Two. Where do we stand today with the inheritance that all those men gave us so many years ago. How have the allied leaders handled the victory they were given by the blood of their ancestors. I will look at some of the things that are happening in our world today to see if the allies have truly behaved like victors.
Next Tuesday, the 2nd of September is the 80th anniversary of the signing of the Japanese surrender documents ending World War ll. The surrender was signed on the deck of the battleship USS Missouri while it was sitting at anchor in Tokyo Bay. The Americans had the people you would expect in attendance such as Chester Nimitz, the Commander of the U.S. Pacific Fleet, and General Douglas MacArthur Commander of the Southern Pacific Region, who accepted the surrender on behalf of the victorious allied nations.
General MacArthur was appointed Proconsul of Japan which made him the virtual ruler of that nation on behalf of the occupying American forces. General MacArthur ruled with a compassionate, but firm hand and in a few short years the nation of Japan once a radioactive, burned our wasteland was a G-20 economy. The Japanese were resistant at first but with the encouragement of their emperor they started to buy into MacArthur’s program and they rebuilt their country as a model of American capitalism.
There were many other people on board the Missouri that day including people honored because they were seriously wounded in the Pacific War but also ex-prisoners of the Japanese who survived years of harsh treatment. When I was a child one of our neighbors was boy scour leader for my scout group. He had served on the Missouri and was pretty good at crafts so he built a scale model of the ship about 3 feet long and kept it in a separate room of his house. He had tremendous pride in his service and in being present for history.
There are very few of the veterans of that war still living and soon there will be none so every chance we get to honor them should be taken. August 14th the last fighter ace of the war died at the age of 103. His name was Thomas McPherson and he was the pilot of an F6F Hellcat fighter flying off the carrier USS Essex. In case you don’t know a fighter ace is someone who shoots down five enemy planes in aerial combat. When the war was over Tom went back home to Nebraska and became a mail carrier where he spent his working life. He was a boy scout leader and worked in his church just living a quiet and peaceful life of service. Many gallant aces, many empty places as the pilots would say at dinner. There were many aces, but none still alive from WWll. We still have aces from Korea and Vietnam of course although they are going quickly as well.
So, how the world has changed in 80 years. The U.S. dropped two atomic bombs thus ending the war but today 9 nations are believed to have nuclear weapons with about 12000 warheads in existence. Sometimes when I look at it all and I see where we are today I have to wonder who won the war. There are so many places today where the world seems to have turned upside down. Old friends are now bitter enemies and vice versa. China and Russia, our friends during the war but now enemies.
Dr. Ron Paul, who just celebrated his 90th birthday a few days ago talked about America first in one of his Liberty Reports. He pointed out that the President promised us that he would put America first at home and abroad. He said he would start no new wars and he would get us out of the existing ones. That promise still has a ways to go before it can be fulfilled. The President apparently has been unable to resist the temptation to get involved in what he called Joe Biden’s war while he was campaigning.
He faced a dilemma with trusted people offering him conflicting advice. The people who need Russia to continue as our worst enemy told him we must continue to supply every weapon and every dollar requested by Ukraine to fight the Russians. The military, intelligence, security powers, that many believe make the foreign policy decisions for the U.S., wanted that view to prevail of course. The other side said you were right Mr. President, this war is easy to end or at least for us to get out of, just stop and come home.
The President’s new policy, just announced, is a compromise. The U.S. will continue to manufacture new weapons and will send $100 billion worth of them to Europe who will then pay the American defense contractors and send the Weapons on to Ukraine. Through the “compromise” the defense people are happy because they reap the profits, but the U.S. can say we are stepping out of it so this is a European war. Like the mafia used to say, it’s a good deal because everybody wins and nobody loses.
In Israel and Gaza America first seems to have faltered as well. The U.S. is committed to billions more without addressing the issue of the slaughter and starvation. The President has admitted publicly that he believes the starvation is real and is happening but no recognition through policy changes. In the meantime, Israel continues to launch airstrikes across many countries daily. Iran is bombed almost continuously as is Yemen including the presidential palace. Syria, Iraq, and of course Gaza are all under Israeli air assaults.
If I take the position that these strikes are defensive in nature and are therefore necessary, I still must ask how Israel is paying for it. Most of the countries that make up Israel’s enemies list have to make choices as Iran is painfully aware. Do you build water infrastructure or do you support proxy terrorist groups and pursue nuclear enrichment. Those are questions and decisions that must be answered and made by most but not by Israel. Why, because you and I, the American taxpayers have their back. We back stop their military which leaves their own revenue available for other things. How is any of this America first. Well, as the President said, since he invented the term he gets to decide what it means. Trump is concerned about all this because he reportedly remarked to a big donor recently that the starvation is costing him his base. Dr. Paul’s advice is still the best, “just come home.”
Alarmingly the U.S. is starting to get militarily involved in Latin and South America and has sent 4000 U.S. Marines to waters off the coast of Venezuela. In response that country is mobilizing and seeking volunteers to fight the invading Yankees. I hope the war hawks and neocons in his group of influential advisors don’t convince him that America first means a stupid, costly war in this hemisphere.
Across the Atlantic things are not going well for what used to be called Western Civilization. In Great Britain only about 39% of Londoners are British and the country seems to have surrendered to the invaders. Where is Winston Churchill when you really need him. What Nazi Germany was unable to accomplish in five years of total war, the North African and Middle Eastern invading rape gangs have accomplished while being welcomed and celebrated by the British Government. In fact, Europe is currently in crisis perhaps one of the worst and maybe the worst since the war.
Apparently powered by some type of self-loathing and fear of being called Islamophobic, Europe has opened its doors to people who apparently come to seek European welfare and European children. Here in America if literally thousands of young girls were being raped by gangs of Islamic invaders I like to think we would resist, but not in England. No, folks the mother country has surrendered and turned its children, but apparently only the working-class girls over to the rape gangs. People are literally up in arms and in the streets over this. I am appalled that it has taken so long and I ask what happened to all those men whose fathers climbed in their Spitfires and Hurricanes and went into the sky to face the invading Nazis.
I have been waiting for people to rise up and resist and maybe that has started, but resistance has a long way to go. Great Britain seems to be the worst in all of Europe to appease the invaders while punishing their own people for their resistance. For example, just a couple of days ago in Scotland, a couple of Scottish girls aged 12 and 14 decided they would not submit to rape as they were expected to. In Dundee, Scotland, the two girls were pursued by a gang of invading child rapists and it is of course all captured on video since surveillance cameras are everywhere.
When the rape gang cornered the girls, the 14-year-old drew her knife and a hatchet in an act of resistance and she drove them off. The Scottish police, of course, quickly arrested the girl and imprisoned her for resistance. The 14-year-old had a knife and a hatchet she used to defend her 12-year-old sister. She could be heard screaming don’t touch her she’s only 12.
So, in the old country whose ancestors fought Vikings, Romans, Nepoleon and finally Nazi Germany the current government of cowards and traitors has surrendered its working-class girls to the invaders. The non-working-class of course drive their little girls in armored limousines and live behind gates and guards. The police said the 14-year-old was reported with a bladed weapon so they arrested her. She will be charged accordingly.
On July 14, 1789, the French people decided not to submit anymore so they stormed the Bastille to free political prisoners and gather weapons. France has never been the same and July 14 is a national holiday in France. I will admit folks, that the thought of all those girls being raped by criminal invaders with no one to defend them fills me with rage. People should free that girl by any means necessary and imprison her captors.
Finally, folks, am I encouraging civil war in a foreign country, no but maybe it’s coming. Child rape is the bottom of the satanic pit and permitting is as low as it is possible for a government to go. The English people, not the limousine crowd, but the people, should defend their children by any means necessary or die trying.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about Israel, Bibi Netanyahu and his project for Greater Israel. What is the concept of Greater Israel and how does it relate to the Israeli destruction of Gaza? Is this retaliation, self defense or is there more to it than that?
Transcription / Notes
GREATER ISRAEL AND THE PROSPECTS FOR PEACE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 22nd day of August in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about Israel, about Bibi Netanyahu and his project for a Greater Israel. Is he really working to expand Israel’s borders across the Middle East or is it simply self-defense. Is the Israeli destruction of Gaza retaliation and protection from terrorists or is there more to it than that.
There are many things I could be talking about right now such as the Trump-Putin meeting in Alaska followed by Trump’s “summoning” Zelensky to Washington, followed by Giorgia Meloni’s recognition of Europe being left out of the deal. She quickly called Europe’s leaders and suggested they accompany Zelensky to Washington to plead their case before the real leader of the world. Ms. Meloni appears to be the upcoming star in Europe but instead of those subjects I turn my attention back to the Middle East, which is the center of much of the world’s trouble right now.
I will confess that I never believed the rumors of the Project for Greater Israel and thought it was just that, rumors, until now. What changed my mind well, it was just paying attention and following the actions and words of the leader of Israel, Bibi Netanyahu who has now confirmed for us and the whole of the Middle East that he is, in fact, on course for a Greater Israel.
He did an interview with an Israeli television channel about a week ago and in that interview he stated unequivocally that he was committed to the concept of a Greater Israel and that he believes that his expansionist policies and dreams are a biblical project. In other words, to paraphrase Ghostbusters, he is on a mission from God. I must say that in response to his words and actions that he views the nature of God differently from my view. He said that the project is a generational thing passed on from leader to leader but in the past leaders have missed opportunities and made mistakes which he is endeavoring to correct.
He did not state specifically what countries or territories would be included in Greater Israel, but it is clear that it goes way beyond historical Palestine, Gaza and the West Bank. He has already destroyed many of the surrounding countries to the point that they hardly have governments anymore. Think of Syria, Iraq, and Lebanon, and also Yemen which has a government apparently run by terrorists.
Which country is left and which country is often referred to as the head of the snake. I guess that means that from Iran spews all the venom that is financing supplying and encouraging terrorism across the region. The snake’s head must be severed from its body and he has an ongoing project to do just that. Let me get into a little of what seems to be going on in Iran right now. This week Israel continued its war against Iran by conducting airstrikes across the country. Fires burned across Tehran and around the country including a gigantic explosion and fire at an oil storage depot.
Israel then, has reduced and is in the process of destroying not just Iran’s capacity to make war, but its capacity to live and feed its people. The conditions inside Iran right now appear to be terrible and not just from Israeli attacks but because Iran is suffering from an extreme drought and water crises. There has been a decline in rainfall, granted, but also decades of mismanagement of water resources and crumbling infrastructure from war and neglect. Sometimes the priorities of our leaders are not the same as ours and the priority for the last 46 years in Iran has been the development of nuclear weapons, and the funding of terrorist proxies across the region.
If you can’t make money out of thin air as we can in America, then it is difficult to pay for everything and choices have to be made. The decision to neglect water resources is bordering on catastrophic for the Iranians. Rationing power is one thing but for a nation of 90 million with a very large capital city it really would be catastrophic to ration water. Right now, about 2000 villages receive water only by tanker and the President, not the Ayatollah but the President, is warning of an “unimaginable situation.”
The crisis is apparently at a very critical level with millions at risk. Rainfall has declined about 46% this year but you may notice that I attribute most of the empty reservoirs and crumbling water infrastructure to war and most of all neglect and mismanagement while most reports attribute it to climate change. To me that makes no sense at all because it’s as if climate change only affects one country in the region while sparing the others. No, it’s the Ayatollah, nuclear ambitions, along with Israel that is keeping the Iranians thirsty.
Mr. Netanyahu is not without sympathy for the Iranians, however because immediately after the recent attacks he went on video and sent them a message. The Israeli attacks came right after the Iranian President, a mister Masoud Pezeshkian, made his unimaginable situation statement to the nation. I will paraphrase Mr. Netanyahu’s statement as best I can because although I watched the video I do not have a transcript.
He told them that this war isn’t necessary and more importantly their water crisis isn’t necessary and could be resolved very quickly. Israel would help them and could resolve the problem as soon as the “tyrants” are out of power. So, I suppose, that means changing your government to one favorable to Israel and we will help you. So, what kind of help could Israel provide to the head of the snake if the head were severed. He told them and the whole world during his speech.
“The thirst for water in Iran is only matched by the thirst for freedom.” He compared the Iranian regime’s treatment of its citizens to his struggle against it. “Your dictators impose tyranny and poverty upon you—just as they impose war on us.” He then gave them a clear incentive to change their government by whatever means necessary. “So here is the great news. The moment your country is free, Israel’s top water experts will flood into every Iranian city bringing cutting edge technology and know-how. We will help Iran recycle water; we’ll help Iran desalinate water.” So, a policy for the Iranian people wrapped in a humanitarian package.
Time and space require me to leave Iran for the remainder of this report so I can continue to make my case for Greater Israel. There are many examples other than Israeli experts pouring into every town and village in Iran. Once again, I ask in regard to Gaza is, it self-defense and retaliation or is there more to it and once again the Israeli leadership answers the question for us. A week ago, last Thursday Israeli Heritage Minister Amichay Eliyahu responding to a question from the press about the destruction of Gaza said.
“The government is racing ahead for Gaza to be wiped out. Thank God we are wiping out this evil. We are pushing this population that has been educated on “Mein Kampf.” Gaza will be cleared for Jewish settlement and Jewish towns won’t be fenced inside cantons. All Gaza will be Jewish although Arabs loyal to Israel will be tolerated. We aren’t racists. We are fighting those who fight us.” He went on to say there is no hunger in Gaza but we don’t need to worry about hunger in the strip, let the world worry about it.
Many people think that mentioning the things that Israel appears to be doing is hurting Israel and its cause against its hostile enemies but to me it is their behavior that is hurting them in the press. Support for Israel, its standing in the world, and especially for Netanyahu are plummeting across the world as more and more information comes to light. If the Israeli government is committing atrocities on a mass scale in Gaza and you love Israel you should be alarmed and concerned about Israeli policies as I am. I am afraid that if Israel doesn’t reverse course soon the world will see it as a nation of barbarians.
If that were all it would be plenty but folks, as usual it gets worse. Recently one of those famous hot mic incidents occurred or at least the audio from the statement leaked to the press. The statement came from IDF Major General Aharon Haliva, the former head of Israeli military intelligence and a man seen by the press as a centrist and critic of the current Israeli government.
“For everything that happened on October 7, for every one person on October 7, 50 Palestinians must die. It doesn’t matter now if they are children. The fact that there are already 50,000 dead in Gaza is necessary and required for future generations.”
That statement says many things combined in a few brief words. Number one, it’s an admission that there are at least 50’000 dead in Gaza and many of them are children. The death reports are apparently not fake or exaggerated. The IDF is not in Gaza just to go after Hamas and those civilians are more than collateral damage. Netanyahu lies when he denies the death count and furthermore it makes no difference if the dead are children. The man who speaks for the IDF and the Israeli government wants blood and children and women or men are simply irrelevant. The intentional killing of innocents is not a crime or even a tragedy to him it is necessary and it must happen.
If the killing of 1200 civilians was an act of terrorism and it was, then what is the killing of 50,000. One must ask who is the greater terrorist. It might be possible to save Israel’s reputation who knows for sure, but to do so Israel must change course and right away. The United States, it seems to me has a moral obligation in this struggle as well. After all the United States supplies at least 69% of the Israeli weapons.
Finally, folks, does God through a command in the bible require the United States of America to send billions in money and weapons to Israel to be used to slaughter children in Gaza. Again, I’m no theologian but does the passage in the bible that warns believers to bless Israel refer to the Netanyahu government of today no matter what that government does or is it referring to the people of God in general. We have to decide that question and whether we care one way or the other. I suggest we do that right away.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the face-to-face meeting being conducted today between President Trump and Russian Premier Vladimir Putin in Anchorage, Alaska. He will discuss which player has the most at risk and the most to lose from this meeting. Results aren’t known yet, but its promise is something to discuss.
Transcription / Notes
THE PEACE PRESIDENT RETURNS—MAYBE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 15th day of August in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the face-to-face meeting being conducted today between President Trump and Russian Premier Vladimir Putin in Anchorage, Alaska. Which player has the most at risk and the most to lose from this meeting. We don’t know the results of the meeting yet but its promise is something to discuss.
Why have this meeting in Alaska and not in some European Capitol. Who knows for sure but a reasonable guess would be that Putin is under sanctions that make it very difficult for him to travel in Europe and after all, Russia and Alaska go way back. I won’t go back any further than the 1860’s when both nations were involved in very disastrous wars with very different results. The U.S. Civil War resulted in a Union victory but cost many lives and split the country for over 100 years.
Russia was involved in a war in Crimea against England and France which it lost and which also had catastrophic loss of life and completely depleted the Russian treasury. Czar Alexander ll was desperate for cash and in 1867 he negotiated a deal with the U.S. to sell the Americans Alaska for $7.1 million. That seems like a bargain for the U.S. and it was but remember that was about 165 years ago when $7.1 million was real money. This week, in contrast, the U.S. passed $37 trillion in debt and is now dangerously close to $1 trillion per year in interest payments.
What about today, why Alaska. For one thing Anchorage lies 4,350 miles from Moscow and 3,400 miles from Washington so it is a comparable trip for both. It was hastily arranged and we are told that the meeting last week between Mr. Putin and Trump’s negotiator, Steve Witkoff, brought a request from Mr. Putin for a face-to-face with President Trump which was quickly agreed to. Vice President Vance told us that Mr. Zelensky will not be in attendance because his presence would not be productive.
I don’t blame the U.S. side for that and I would not have invited him either. This is a war between the U.S. and Russia and everybody seems to know that except Mr. Zelensky. His country has provided the bodies for the proxy grist mill but it is a U.S. war. My hope and my prayer are that Trump will continue his quest for the Noble Peace Prize but in regard to Mr. Zelensky, after 45 years as a lawyer and after countless mediations I have learned that more is usually accomplished if the two competing sides are kept separate with the impartial mediator going back and forth.
Ukraine and Gaza are two blights on Trump’s Nobel Peace Prize resume at this point but this is a chance to resolve one of them, and it is right in his hands today. The Europeans have basically already rejected the deal even though they don’t know what it is yet. If he makes a deal with Putin and the Europeans reject it if I were him I would just say O.K. since you prefer war to peace you pay for it because there will be no more American weapons and no more American money poured down this rat hole. Polls show that 70% of Ukrainians want to end the war right now. Zelensky may want to fight to the last Ukrainian and last U.S. dollar but his people don’t.
Let’s take a quick look at Trump’s peace resume thus far. I argue that in many ways he is the most anti-war President in recent history. In his first term he brokered the Abraham Accords that normalized relations between Israel and four Arab nations, United Arab Emirates, Bahrain, Sudan, and Morocco. The agreement ended hostility that had existed since Israel’s founding in 1948. This was the first real peace deal since President Carter’s deal between Egypt and Israel. Full relations with those four countries brought much prosperity with trade deals, embassies, air service, etc.
He met with the Little Rocket Man on his home soil of Korea, Kim-Jong-Un, and thereby lowered tensions on the Korean Peninsula and sent a message that diplomacy was at least possible if people could talk. Just this week Armenia and Azerbaijan signed a formal peace agreement at the White House ending a bloody war that had cost thousands of lives. Trump brought the two Presidents together and brokered a deal thought to be impossible because the conflict had lasted decades.
A catastrophic war between Pakistan and India was well underway with both sides suffering casualties when Trump intervened with diplomacy. The agreement called for the end of military hostilities, communication channels reopened to coordinate security for both sides. Since both countries are nuclear armed the potential for disaster was obvious. Last month Cambodia and Thailand reached a Trump negotiated ceasefire in their cross-border war that killed many and left hundreds of thousands without shelter.
In June of this year Rwanda, where the genocide that cost perhaps a million lives occurred and the Democratic Republic of the Congo were engaged in a war that had gone hot and warm but never cold for decades. Trump negotiated a deal wherein both sides agreed to respect borders, end aggression against the other and perform joint security coordination. Those things that I have mentioned make up a pretty good resume for peace. Unfortunately, under most presidents, the CIA wants the wars hotter to feed the always hungry appetites of the defense contractors, but apparently not so much now.
Gaza is a problem and that’s for sure, but Israel is the one that has to be dealt with in solving that problem and dealing with Netanyahu is not so simple. Whatever hold he has over American leadership seems rather shameful to me and if I were an American leader and I didn’t carry any dirt I think I would be embarrassed at having to cow tow to our ally in such a fashion, but how can we know for sure. Israel is a problem but not the problem for today. Right now, Russia and Ukraine are before us to be considered. So, Mr. Putin, we are told, requested this face-to-face so he could let Trump know what his concerns are and thereby just maybe those concerns would be addressed.
If we think of this meeting as a poker game with Trump, Putin, and Zelensky as the players which player has the most at risk and which has the most skin in the game. I think Putin has the most at risk and the most to lose because even though Russia seems to be gaining momentum in the war Putin’s goals have not been met. Like the U.S. in Vietnam, even though your army is not defeated on the battlefield, by not winning you lose. Putin’s people are getting restless and wondering if any of the sacrifice is worth it if victory is not possible. In addition, the Russian economy is suffering under U.S. sanctions so a successful meeting is vital to Russia.
Mr. Zelensky also has a lot at risk but not as much as Putin. Ukraine has no pretensions about being a great country and its losses have been horrible. Zelensky may run around Europe begging for money but the truth is his army is almost out of manpower. Old men and boys now man the ranks and his lines are crumbling before the Russian attacks. Zelensky wants a simple ceasefire especially aerial ceasefire to stop the Russian drone attacks. Russia has been attacking Kiev with drones but in response to the Ukrainian attack against the Russian nuclear bomber bases.
Trump has only his own reputation as a peacemaker along with U.S. prestige at risk along with a few hundred billion of debt of course. Therefore, my conclusion is that this meeting is more important to Putin than anyone else. He can keep fighting and maybe eventually prevail but at what cost. Does he want Russia out of the sanctions and into the normal family of nations. Time will tell if Trump has those chips on the table.
Russia has apparently signaled the U.S. that it would like to end the war if it could keep Crimea and the eastern provinces that it currently occupies. Mr. Putin is at least willing and able to talk to President Trump, something he was unable to accomplish with President Biden or Victoria Nuland, Biden’s coup instigator.
The President’s press secretary, Karoline Leavitt; “The president is agreeing to this meeting, at the request of President Putin, and the goal of this meeting is to walk away with a better understanding of how we can end this war…sitting face-to-face rather than speaking over the telephone will give this president the best indication of how to end this war and where this is headed.”
Meanwhile, Zelensky has a different view.
“Any decisions made against us; any decisions made without Ukraine—they are simultaneously decisions against peace. These are dead decisions; they will never work. And what we all need is a real, living peace, one that people will respect.”
To me that would be a very insulting and infuriating statement and as President of the United States I would not put up with it but we will see how Mr. Trump views it. The Europeans seem to have Ukraine’s back on the issue and their statement is that any peace has to include Ukraine. The Europeans, however, are irrelevant and don’t even have a seat at this table.
Well, then what would the best way out of this debacle look like. From my limited perspective Trump would say to them, this is the deal, there is no other deal. If you don’t accept this deal and live with it then you are on your own so goodbye and good luck.
The deal that I have agreed to with Mr. Putin is that Crimea remains Russian where it has belonged for hundreds of years. Russia keeps the Russian speaking Eastern provinces that it occupies as a buffer against Ukraine and NATO. We mutually pledge ourselves to maintain security and respect for each other’s territory. The sanctions imposed on Russia because of Russia’s initial invasion are hereby lifted and full economic cooperation between the United States and Russia are now in force. Furthermore, we acknowledge that the Nord Stream pipeline will be back in place with shared costs of rebuilding and repair. Europe will have plenty of cheap natural gas again and will therefore not have to buy it from the U.S. and transport it across the ocean. Everyone stops fighting immediately and with peace will come much prosperity and safety for the people of all three nations.
Finally, folks, that is what I think should and could happen, but there are many things such as rebuilding that time will not permit me to cover in this report.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle recounts the atomic bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, Japan, around the 80th anniversary of the events and where it leaves us in the world today.
Transcription / Notes
COLONEL PAUL TIBBETS AND THE ATOMIC AGE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 8th day of August in the year of our Lord 2025. Two days ago, on August 6th we remembered the 80th anniversary of the atomic bombing of Hiroshima, Japan. Tomorrow the 9th of August is the 80th anniversary of the atomic bombing of Nagasaki, Japan. I will talk about those events and about where they leave us in the world today.
During World War ll the United States was in a technological race with Germany to develop a war winning atomic weapon. The U.S. had some of the smartest people on earth working on the weapon which came to be called “The Manhattan Project.” Einstein gave his theoretical advice and Oppenheimer ran the effort to build a potentially world destroying weapon. No one knew for sure what this weapon would do when it was unleashed. The only thing certain was that its explosive power would be like nothing seen before on earth.
I am certainly no scientist and I am not scientifically educated but as I understand it the microscopic particle that makes up matter, called the atom contains enormous energy and if it could be split that energy would be unleashed by way of explosive power. Some scientists were afraid that the explosion would not be able to be contained and would continue until it destroyed the entire universe but they went ahead with it despite the unknown.
The allies throughout the war fought a clandestine effort to prevent German scientists from finishing their work first. Many people gave their lives in that effort but eventually German industry was destroyed and only Japan was left. The decision to use the weapon against Japan was President Truman’s alone. I understand from much reading on the subject that he was in Europe to conclude the German surrender when he received word that the weapon known as “Little Boy” was ready. His response was “use it.”
Winston Churchill once famously said, “I think history will be kind to me because I intend to write it.” The point is that history is written by the winners not the losers. I have read many histories of the end of the war and the decision to use the bomb and my conclusion is that the historical perspective depends on your world view today. I read something this week which asserted that Japan was begging to surrender but Truman wanted to use the bomb so he ignored them. The supposed reason was to send a message to the Soviet Union that the same thing could happen to them.
The Soviet angle as a secondary reason makes sense but I see no evidence of Japan begging to surrender. In fact, after the surrender when MacArthur was proconsul in Japan surviving Japanese troops tried to lead a rebellion against the surrender. The real question for debate is, was the dropping of the atomic bomb justified or was it the most heinous crime against humanity in history. Everyone has his opinion, but from the perspective of the Marines and soldiers on the beaches and in the jungles of Asia I doubt that they wanted to invade the Japanese home islands. Perhaps if some of those who condemn the decision had been at Tarawa, Saipan, Iwo Jima, or Okinawa they would see it differently.
In any event on August 6th, 1945, a B-29 Super fortress flown by Colonel Paul W. Tibbets Jr and with a crew of 12 more men lifted off the runway on the island of Tinian and headed for Japan and a mission that would forever alter our world. I saw an interview with Colonel Tibbets just before he died and the interviewer gave him a chance to express his sorrow at what he did but he said no I have no regrets. “I viewed my mission as one to save lives. I didn’t bomb Pearl Harbor. I didn’t start the war. But I was going to finish it.”
Colonel Tibbets continued to maintain the same message discipline until the end. He retired form the U.S. Air Force as a brigadier general in 1966 never once expressing any remorse. He anticipated protests after his death in 2007 so he requested that no headstone be placed over his grave. Instead of a burial with highest honor in Arlington, his ashes were scattered over the English Channel by his French born widow, Andrea.
Most of the crew of the Enola Gay, the B-29 named after colonel Tibbets’ mother kept a low profile for the rest of their lives. The bombardier who released the bomb, Major Thomas Ferebee, who had seen much aerial combat throughout the war said like Colonel Tibbets, that he thought the bombing saved more lives than it took. The Navigator who guided the bomber to its release point, Captain Theodore Van Kirk, in a final interview in 2005 said, “War is war. And in war, you do what you have to do to win. It was a different time and a different place.” Captain Van Kirk died in 2014, the last surviving member of the crew.
One man, co-pilot Captain Robert Lewis, had a different perspective on the event. In his logbook written during the return flight to Tinian he wrote, “My God, what have we done.” Captain Lewis had problems with the event but some of his crew disputed the theories about his logbook and they reported that he expressed no such regrets. He expressed his emotional struggles in much writing throughout his life until he died in 1983. The photographs of the blast which became world-famous were taken by tail gunner Sergeant Bob Caron who was the only crewmember to see the blast. He lived a quiet and peaceful life after the war, and eventually wrote his memoirs called, “Fire of a Thousand Suns.”
I could go on and give you the reactions and personal stories of every man on that crew but time and space restrain me. The men all maintained personal pride and professionalism for their military duty, and they did not glorify the destruction itself. The men, as life went on for them, watched as the world was forever changed by what they did. Their single bombing mission became the centerpiece of global geopolitics and in many ways it still is. I will argue that even when it isn’t the centerpiece today, it should be.
To give credence to the Japan will not surrender theory, the Japanese leadership had been repeatedly warned that a new terrible weapon would be unleashed on them if they did not surrender but they refused. When Hiroshima was gone from the earth requests for surrender were again made and again they refused. August 9th, 1945, brought another B-29 on another mission this time headed for the city of Nagasaki and carrying a bomb known as “Fat Man.” After that attack about a week went by when the Japanese general staff were in constant discussion but on August 15th the emperor announced to his military leaders and to the nation via radio message that he had agreed to the allied terms of surrender.
That message brought much weeping from the Japanese people because surrender was not a concept they understood. The thing that made island combat so difficult against the Japanese was their determination to fight to the last man. Often in an island battle 10’s of thousands would die and only a tiny handful would ultimately surrender. The potential loss of life in an invasion of the home islands was therefore obvious. The surrender papers were finally signed on the deck of the battleship Missouri in Tokyo Bay on September 2, 1945. The war was over, but I suppose I should reserve that story for another anniversary on another day.
Where does the atomic age find us today 80 years later. If the theory about President Truman using the bomb to send a message to the Soviet Union is true it obviously didn’t work because it took the Soviets only about 3 years to develop their own weapon. So far. Fat Man was the last atomic bomb used in anger against an enemy but the danger, the horrible possibilities are always there. During the Korean War, General MacArthur wanted President Truman to authorize atomic weapons when China entered the war on behalf of Norh Korea but cooler heads prevailed.
In 1962 U.S. intelligence discovered that Russia had placed and was continuing to place offensive nuclear missiles in Cuba, just 90 miles from U.S. soil. Perhaps you are old enough as I am to have lived through the Cuban Missile Crisis, but it was a time of great danger and fear here in America. When I delivered my newspapers each day I could see the blankets hung over windows to prevent injuries from flying glass. People expected a nuclear attack to come at any moment but once again cooler heads prevailed. President Kennedy agreed to remove some missiles from Turkey at least those Khruschev could see from his summer villa on the Black Sea. Premier Khruschev agreed to remove the missiles from Cuba and the world was spared a nuclear holocaust.
Would that happen today or asked differently, do both sides still have cooler heads which hopefully would prevail. I’m not certain of the answer because the rhetoric coming from discussions or non-discussion with Russia are very disturbing. Disarmament treaties have been abandoned and Russia is surrounded by nuclear weapons. My fear is that at some point sooner rather than later, Putin will say no more. In response to a Russian warning Trump publicly ordered two nuclear attack submarines “to the appropriate places.” Something that would never have happened during the dark days of the cold war.
I could go on all day with a discussion about the coming catastrophic war but in the interest of brevity I will say that when events move inevitably forward day by day so that a nuclear armed nation feeling that its back is to the wall, makes a final decision that leads to catastrophe, then it’s too late. Cooler heads must prevail before that happens, but where are they today. President Trump has had some spectacular success with trade negotiations lately, but negotiation is the wrong word for him because he doesn’t negotiate, he dictates terms. Long-term allies seem to accept him as in charge and they have repeatedly given in to his demands.
I’m not sure that Russia can be treated like that without consequence. The Russians are supposed to make peace but how, and what does that even mean. Make peace by surrendering or what. Who knows I guess. Well. in a recent interview with the Atlantic, a publication long at odds with the President, and one he accused of printing damaging lies about him he explained his position on world affairs. “I run the country and the world. “That sounds like a clear definite statement of American hegemony over the world to me.
Finally, folks, when you are a nuclear armed superpower having cordial relations with other nuclear armed superpowers seems like a very good idea to me.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the results of the presidential election. What does Trump’s victory over Kamala Harris and the entire woke agenda mean or at least what does it mean to me?
Transcription / Notes
DOOMSDAY AVERTED—FOR NOW
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 8th day of November in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the most obvious topic in the world today and that is the presidential election. What does the overwhelming Trump victory over Kamala Harris and the entire woke agenda mean or at least what does it mean to me.
Doomsday averted—for now, what does that mean. It means that certain burdens the nation had been bearing for many years can now perhaps be lifted. There is at least hope they can be lifted. This election was about those burdens and the American people just do not want them anymore. Completely open borders with nations such as El Salvador, Venezuela, and Mexico emptying their prisons and insane asylums onto our border. Murderers and rapists invited into the country to prey on Americans with no accountability for their crimes.
Little boys and little girls sexually mutilated because of the parents’ mental illness or their school’s mental illness. Despite decades of legal effort to ensure girls have equal opportunity for school sports, they were totally disregarded while men who said they were women were invited into their locker rooms. Costly wars that threaten our future with no benefit to the American people at all. Crime rampant and out of control in our once beautiful cities. Businesses closing because in many places shoplifting and car theft are no longer even crimes. I could go on but those are at least some of the things that a large majority of voters rejected, but many on the left wail and ask why don’t the people want these things as we do.
The headlines in the New York Post on Wednesday read like this, HE’S DON IT AGAIN. Yes he’s done it again this man Donald Trump has completed a historic comeback despite very long odds. His determination, perseverance in the face of such hatred, his strength is rare for anyone especially rare for a 78-year-old man. Viciously attacked from day one of his first term, I suppose because the woke army would not surrender easily. Two attempts to impeach him were political assassination attempts, then two literal assassination attempts, lawfare attacks from corrupt prosecutors, and an extremely corrupt Department of Justice aided by a corrupt FBI. Despite all those persecutions the American people seemed to see through them and stuck with him.
He was facing a long string of legal actions once he decided and announced that he would run again. His enemies mobilized the corrupt, state-owned media and the various government agencies, including the Department of Justice and the FBI in an effort to stop him, but nothing stopped him. His coalition included the reliable Republican base of white men and protestant Christians, but he made significant inroads into traditionally Democrat strongholds as well. Harris could not rely, as democrats always do, on the base of Black men and Hispanics as Trump made strong inroads into both. His efforts among Black Americans and Hispanic Americans apparently made the difference in many cities and states.
His remarks in his victory address were words of inclusion and healing. “This was, I believe, the greatest political movement of all time. This is a magnificent victory for the American people, that will allow us to make America great again.” He added, “we are going to help our country heal. “I hope and pray that he is correct and the nation can heal and I hope it can somehow get off the road to war, inflation, bankruptcy and insanity. Do Americans really want to continue the same path down the same direction that leads to more and more war. No, thank God, it appears they do not. I have my doubts however, because democracy, usually thought of as the highest form of government, sometimes leads to tyranny. It leads to the tyranny of the majority and stamping out of individual rights. It leads to a search for equality which leads to mediocrity instead of excellence. Those are some of the reasons the founders feared democracy and instead built a republic. The Democrats who usually feel they are in the majority, often try to convince us of “our democracy” until sometimes we find ourselves saying it as well.
This country has spent somewhere between 6 and 8 trillion on wars that no one seems able to define what they have to do with us and no one can explain why we are still fighting them and no one can find any way for us to get out of them. The title of today’s report reads doomsday averted—for now. By that I mean that we are still involved in wars that have nothing to do with us and could not happen without our aid and support.
Debt continues to pile up at the rate of more than 8 billion plus per day seven days per week. That means that each day more of your tax dollars, the fruits of your labor, must be paid to various creditors than was paid yesterday. Day after day the federal government must finance and refinance more and more debt. It is hard to see how Donald Trump or any other human can make this story end well. There are, however, some hopeful signs and that is one difference this election makes. A Kamala win would have given us no hope but with Trump and the team he has assembled around him, at least there is hope.
For example, Dr. Ron Paul said recently in one of his Liberty Reports that Elon Musk asked him to help cut 2 trillion from federal spending. Dr. Paul said the last thing I need right now is another job, but I would be willing to help in any way I can. It will be very difficult to cut anything because only about 28% of federal spending is subject to cuts. The other 72% is already committed and already spent. In other words, the federal government is committed, long term, to spending about 2 trillion more each year than it can extract from us. It is necessary to cut spending if inflation is to be curtailed and our fiscal train is to be kept on the rails a little longer. More spending means more dollars in circulation thus devaluing each one and causing prices to rise. I remain guardedly optimistic that some of the people in Trump’s administration that he has promised that he would allow to oppose deep state interests, will succeed.
Old friend and economist Bill Bonner doesn’t believe they will succeed because, well, I suppose it’s because Bill is a student of history. He believes the quote from Shakespeare “There are tides in the affairs of men”. He applies that quote to today’s world and concludes that those tides apply in politics as well, powerful currents that have a life of their own. These currents are not driven by what people want or what they think, instead, like an unrelenting river, they carve the valleys, shape the stones, and erode the shorelines of human thought.
This all leads, as Bill sees it, to this conclusion; “And now, in what direction does the water flow? Whatever it is, the president is elected to follow, not to lead. He drifts with the Primary Political Trend; he doesn’t create it.”
Well Bill’s assessment is dead on what happened in the last Trump administration when he added more debt than any president in history. Will it be different this time? I believe it will, I pray that it will and those around Trump, Robert Kennedy, Tulsi Gabbard, Elon Musk, Tucker Carlson, among others give me reason to hope. I’ll tell you this, at least with Trump we know who the President is. We know that leadership is not in the hands of some unelected, unseen group of people that we don’t even know who they are. No committee will answer the 3am phone call for Donald Trump. Kamala Harris would have removed all hope from this country, but with Trump, we can at least hope that things will improve.
I haven’t said much about war to this point but it is the ultimate doomsday and the participation of the US in other peoples’ struggles and ambitions, which could not happen without U.S. help and encouragement, must stop. Trump has promised many times to stop the wars if elected and now he has been so we will see what happens. It is difficult and perhaps impossible to get the economy under control and headed upward unless the wars are brought under control and headed downward. War is the biggest and most dangerous threat to humanity today because it threatens human existence on a planetary scale. It pleases the globalist depopulation agenda but it does not please most sane people.
To prevent any hope of peace from developing, just last Saturday the department of defense announced a new round of expenses and commitments to the Middle East wars. US Secretary of Defense, Lloyd Austin has ordered the deployment of several additional Arleigh Burke-Class Guided-Missile Destroyers specializing in ballistic missile defense, as well as fighter squadrons, tanker aircraft and B-52 strategic bombers to the Middle East because, well, because tensions are continuing to mount. I suppose it doesn’t occur to any of these people that tensions mount because of US strategic forces deployed to the area, and their actions just pour gasoline on smoldering coals.
Quote from Air Force Major General Patrick Ryder; “Should Iran, its partners, or its proxies use this moment to target American personnel or interests in the region, the United States will take every measure necessary to defend our people.”
So, the United States is defending itself and its “interests” from Iran. Its obvious isn’t it that the US is really in this Middle East war to defend Israel and its interests. Why is the U.S. committed to doing it is the question of the day and once again Donald Trump must do something about it but will he. If the world can just hold together for another 75 days until inauguration we will see.
The American people then, have rejected all those things and have given Trump a mandate to fix them or end them. The news sites are full of stories about the total breakdown of the emotions of Democrats who don’t understand why this happened. They say you wanted cheaper burgers so you voted for fascism. That demonstrates a total lack of understanding of the problem. I don’t mind their weeping though and I will admit to some joy in their lamentations. I look at the weeping of Jocelyn Nungaray’s mother and they cannot compare. Jocelyn was a happy 12-year-old girl in Houston until she was kidnapped, gang raped, tortured, strangled and thrown in a river by five illegals invited in by Kamala and Joe so go ahead and cry. Their cries cannot equal the tears of Laken Riley’s parents since she was raped and murdered by an illegal invited in by Kamala and Joe.
Bernie Sanders is about the only Democrat I’ve heard who was close to being right in his assessment. He said the Democrat Party has abandoned working class people. Bernie is at least partially correct but he should go one step further and say that the Democrat Party hates working class people. They are much more comfortable around their Hollywood celebrity friends and they seem uncomfortable among ordinary Americans. Many of those celebrity endorsements picked up by Kamala are on Diddy’s party list and with her defeat I imagine they are quite nervous.
I’m not suggesting that Trump behave as a Ceasar or Mongol king driving his enemies before him and enjoying the lamentations of their women because that would make him just what the Democrat lies say he is. I am suggesting that he make this mandate a complete victory because it is perhaps the last chance to defeat the deep state and their globalist ambitions. The deciding question is who will serve in key positions in his administration. I hope and pray that no neocon names emerge. We cannot tolerate a repeat of 2016 but with Kennedy, Gabbard and Musk and the assurances he must have given them I believe it will be different this time.
I could do an entire Castle Report on the overwhelming evidence that now exists that Kennedy is right about the link between childhood vaccinations and autism as well as other chronic diseases. The evidence, long suppressed by the U.S. Government in conjunction with big Pharma, is now pouring out. Yes, the rats are running for their holes now that the lights are being turned on.
Finally, folks, almost everything government does is evil, stupid and the opposite of the right thing. The people have given Donald Trump a cutting torch and a mandate to use it. Time will tell if he knows how.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the wars currently ongoing on the border of Russia and Ukraine as well as the wars in the Middle East between Israel and other countries and various terrorist groups all supported and supplied by the various state enemies of Israel. The question is, do these wars have anything to do with our national interests and if not, why are we involved in them.
Transcription / Notes
FIGHTING THE WARS OF OTHERS
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 25th day of October in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking primarily about the wars currently ongoing on the border of Russia and Ukraine as well as the wars in the Middle East between Israel and other countries and various terrorist groups all supported and supplied by the various state enemies of Israel. The question for this Report is, do these wars have anything to do with our national interests and if not why are we fighting them and why are we even involved in them.
Next week I will be involved in some personal issues near week’s end and so I will not be with you next Friday. This is, therefore, my pre-election Castle Report but God willing I will join you again on Friday the 8th of November.
I suppose Ron Paul had the best line I’ve heard about the US commitment to fighting wars that have nothing much to do with American interests. “When you take on the role of the world’s policeman, don’t be surprised when countries who cannot fight their own wars call 911.” Yes indeed, that is what is happening now and it continues to threaten America and the future of our people by bankrupting them, by abusing and stealing their labor, and by threatening to drag them into another World War.
I read the other day that President Biden is concerned that he will be leaving office without having established a foreign policy legacy. I strongly disagree with that concept and with President Biden if that is indeed his concern. He has a foreign policy legacy. It’s one of expending American blood and treasure in wars that do nothing for America except advance the cause and careers of neocons and line the pockets of defense contractors. I don’t want to forget the satanic goals of the world’s globalists because his legacy certainly helps their cause of world depopulation and global government.
It seems right now that Ukraine is on the verge of losing its war with Russia that started as a US led and inspired coup in 2014. By the way, I noticed that the author of that coup, Victoria Nuland, a woman who has served each administration for 30 years, just retired. I supposed she was able to see the end of her dream of continuous never-ending war perhaps ending after the US election but who knows why she is stepping down from such a glorious stage.
A few days ago, the president of Ukraine, Mr. Zelensky, came to the United States to campaign for Kamala Harris and Tim Walz. He also used the trip to demand more money and more weapons from the American taxpayers. His real reason for coming was to present his victory plan to American politicians. His plan is delusional in its demands which if agreed to would have immediate catastrophic effects for the United States and Europe.
He wants immediate NATO membership for Ukraine which would of course plunge NATO, including the United States, into the quagmire. He wants NATO defensive strikes against incoming Russian missile attacks as well as permission to use US and NATO long range missiles for attacks into Russia including Moscow and St. Petersburg. His real intent is obvious and that is to draw the US and NATO into his war since he is down to the proverbial last Ukrainian. Step up he says, step up and fight the country with the world’s most nuclear weapons. Step up and join in a nuclear conflict that is completely unrelated to you.
Mr. Zelensky also gave information to the Washington Post that North Korean troops are training inside Russia for deployment to the front lines. He warned that the alliance between Russia and North Korea is more than just exchanging missile technology., He said several thousand North Korean infantry soldiers are undergoing training in Russia. South Korea termed the reports “highly likely” but Russia called it a hoax. I would call it complete nonsense and another false effort to get the United States to commit to a war that has nothing to do with us. The United States, with the most sophisticated satellite surveillance technology in the world, I am certain, could detect several thousand North Koreans training in Russia, so nonsense and think of something else Mr. Zelensky. But, if North Koreans are in Russia, I also remember when Cuba sent several thousand Cuban troops to Angola to fight for the communist world revolution and the US managed to stay away from that quagmire.
No, should be the US answer and a firm no at that. No more weapons, no more money, we can help you with negotiations for peace if you want but nothing else. The US finds itself in a position in the world where it is involved in two bloody wars neither of which concern the national interest of the United States and neither of which could continue without US assistance. The attack of October 7, 2023, by Hamas against Israel created a certain reaction of revulsion and anger within most of the people of the United States. We stand with Israel we hear quite often these days and we even hear it from the pulpits of many of our protestant churches.
Our reaction was one of outrage, grief and concern for the 1200 people killed and the many hostages taken by the Hamas terrorists. The stories of rape, torture and murder of women and children would provoke any civilized people to riotous anger. Right now, as a response to that attack Israel appears to have launched a war of annihilation against the Palestinians in Gaza. The same civilized world, outraged by the Hamas attacks is now seeing the corpses pile up in the streets of Gaza. Some 41000 corpses to be exact although I question where that figure comes from and I wonder if it is accurate. It is nevertheless a lot of corpses and apparently most of them are women and children.
The fact that the corpses are mostly women and children is not hard to believe since urban combat is the most destructive kind of war for the innocent civilians. There is a lot of propaganda and a lot of AI, I know, but sometimes videos and even pictures can be moving and convincing. The other day I saw a picture of a Palestinian woman holding the body of her dead baby and it moved me I’ll tell you that. The politicians and bureaucrats plan their wars and launch their attacks, but the soldiers and civilians fill the cemeteries of the world. I wonder when people will stop believing them and start saying no to more war for this cause or that most of which mean absolutely nothing for the rest of us.
The Israelis also apparently intend to invade and occupy the southern part of Lebanon, and of course they could not accomplish that without first degrading the military and command structure of Iraq and Syria. Once that formidable task is accomplished they would be free to take on and destroy Iran thus leaving the region virtually unopposed to Israeli objectives whatever they happened to be. The problem is that the Israeli military and the population of Israel have nowhere near the capacity to accomplish such goals alone. Thus, the need to bring the United States into the war to help attack and destroy Iran and its military just as Zelensky wants to do in Ukraine.
I look forward to the day when the leadership of the United States will say, no to such demands. The United States maintains a state-of-the-art military for the defense of the United States and its national interests and for no other reasons. We will not allow our blood and treasure to be sacrificed for the goals of others. If you want to embark on a war against a much stronger opponent or a combination of opponents against whom you cannot possibly prevail well then, good luck.
In support of Israel’s efforts to get the United States into the battle against Iran, the United States has agreed to station one or perhaps two THAAD air defense systems inside Israel each manned by about 100 troops to operate them. That these US military men and women are stationed inside Israel is an absolute outrage and we the people should express that outrage to our leadership and future leadership. They are illegally engaged in combat against an enemy that is not our enemy and worse, they are there as a tripwire to provoke the US to a reason to attack Iran.
The United States, in all likelihood, will soon start taking casualties inside Israel which will create a media blitz for more US involvement and retaliation. I would be in favor of giving Israel the same notice I recommended for Zelensky, i.e.no more money and no more weapons so figure a way out of this without conquering your neighbors or you are on your own. You are very good at making war so find a way to make peace or make your own war without us.
I know folks, I know, Hamas started it and Hezbollah is worse and they both deserve it, but we are civilized people are we not. We, as civilized people are not supposed to gloat while innocents are being killed. We don’t rejoice or just look away from the corpses of women and their babies in the streets of cities in countries that hardly any Americans could find on a map. In Vietnam, the United States dropped more bombs into those jungles than were dropped on Germany in World War II. In Iraq the United States was responsible for the deaths of some 500,000 Iraqis before the mission was accomplished, but it never was. The mission goes on and on in an endless cycle of war, famine, death and destruction and the average American can just watch it all on the news.
Those are real corpses though, and sooner or later those chickens will come home to roost. They are already roosting in some respects since the US has more than 35 trillion in debt and spends about two trillion more than revenue each fiscal year. Ominously, interest is getting ever closer to revenue. If that were all it would be bad enough but there are more and more problems with the new woke but high tech military and a genuine and thorough house cleaning seems to be desperately needed.
I had and still have high hopes for Donald Trump in all this although there are some disturbing signs. He says he can stop the Ukraine war very quickly and in his speech at the Al Smith dinner he said he will start work on that as soon as he is elected which means before inauguration. I recommend that speech by the way, it is about 30 minutes but well worth your time. What are the disturbing signs that I mentioned.
Nikki Haley is the first and most disturbing sign. She is Ms. Neocon and one of the worst people in the world. If you want continual war with no purpose except profit, then certainly you need Nikki. She has hated Trump so far but now has endorsed him and said she will campaign for him. Tell her no Donald. Tell her to go back to her Neocon world and stay out of your administration. Tell her that you have asked Tulsi Gabbard to be Secretary of Defense and that should do it. I so wish you would appoint Tulsi to that job because Neocon hearts would fail across the world.
The Neocons and their globalist friends, and I know that you know who I am talking about, are in this for the long game. They see any compromise as a victory and just another step on the road to their ultimate goal of a world government run by them. The Russians have an expression for that tactic they call it KTO KORO or Kee Ke Vo in the Russian. It was first used by Lenin and Stalin used it as well to mean the ultimate march to ultimate victory. You can negotiate and compromise from time to time but the march to the victory of communism over the Western economies would continue until victory was assured. My analogy today is that the globalists and Neocons are using the same tactics and I hope and pray that Donald Trump, if elected, will cast them away and tell them to never come around the White House again. These globalist depopulators are murderous in the implementation of their schemes. They live in a dark world where mass murder seems OK to them if it advances their agenda of depopulation and global control.
In conclusion, folks, American law has long forbidden the transfer of weapons and other aid to nations engaged in gross human rights violations. How can we continue to talk of a rules based international order and still support such things or engage in them ourselves.
Finally, folks, someone has been running the executive branch for Joe Biden for the several years that dementia has taken his mind from him. Who are those people because they would also run it in place of Kamala Harris. She is an actress playing a role, rather badly I submit, and people who vote for her must know that they are reducing the United States into a system similar to the Soviets in that a committee or secretariat makes the decisions in place of the figurehead. That’s where we are now and our future and that of our progeny depend on the good sense of the American people right now at this moment and that is nail-bitingly tense. Nevertheless, may God’s will be done.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until November 8th folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about a new Department of Defense directive 5240.01 which allows the US military to use lethal force against American citizens when assisting police authorities in domestic disturbances.
Transcription/Notes
MILITARY USE OF LETHAL FORCE IN AMERICA
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle report. This is Friday the 18th day of October in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about a new Department of Defense directive 5240.01 which allows the US military to use lethal force against American citizens when assisting police authorities in domestic disturbances. This Directive changes the relationship between the American people and their military and coming this close to the election might indicate civil disturbances, otherwise known as a coup, are expected in case of a Trump win.
Yes, it seems that politicians on the Democrat side of the political spectrum, apparently unable to articulate any position on any issue that might be of vital importance to the electorate or the American people in general, are unleashing their inner demons to fuel the fantasies of a few prominent people on the left. The DOD directive allowing the use of lethal force by the US military inside the US is particularly frightening to me for many reasons.
It seems to be a clear violation of the Posse Comitatus Act and the intent of that act which prohibits use of US military in a law enforcement capacity. Posse Comitatus originally passed in 1878, limited the power of the federal government in a law enforcement capacity. It was originally intended to get the military out of law enforcement in the south post-civil war. It has been expanded and reinforced many times, the last being the Defense Authorization Act in 2022. The act has some grey areas for politicians to wriggle through such as the fact that it doesn’t apply to the various state guards or even to the Coast Guard which has law enforcement responsibility offshore.
Generally speaking, I am on alert when the federal government starts to push into the grey areas like this latest directive does. In my opening paragraph I mentioned that it changes the historic relationship between the American people and their military and it weakens to the point of non-existence the concept of Posse Comitatus. Why now just before a very hotly contested election and why the specific permission for lethal force. I have a copy of the directive on my desk and it is about 22 pages of the usual bureaucratic gobbledygook but it does lay out some of the circumstances under which the military could be called on to use its lethal force against the American people. This specific authorization pushes the boundaries between domestic law enforcement and the military and should set off alarms that soon we may see armed soldiers on our streets as a form of intimidation and suppression of civil rights.
Am I overreacting to this directive, perhaps, but we will see, and I hope that seeing comes before it is too late. Opposition to Covid measures set up by the CDC but enforced locally could come under this directive potentially. People exercising their First Amendment rights would seem to me to be most at risk of this “lethal force.” Could a federal mandate to get vaccinated, wear a mask, or stay in your home be enforced by the US military or is that just too farfetched to believe. I think it could happen and I am not the only one. Why have this directive if there is absolutely no reason to use it.
Free speech could be chilled under the guise of protecting national security. Covid protesters have already been defined as domestic terrorists by some agencies so expanding that would be the natural thing to do. I am just fearful that this directive along with several of the things I have talked about recently points toward us being herded into a box canyon with no escape and only one point of view can ever be expressed. Farfetched, maybe, but I don’t think so. That is why every breach of civil rights and every Constitution violation by the government cannot be allowed to stand and become normal practice.
Fourth Amendment concerns are also raised by this directive. Why do we need such close cooperation between local law enforcement and the US military to the point that it is hard to tell the difference. The intelligence sharing between the two under emergency conditions raises privacy and unlawful surveillance and search questions. Again, I ask why this directive and why now. Americans have a right to due process of law under protection by the US Constitution and this directive causes concerns about how due process could be guaranteed before some lethal force or other life-altering act is taken.
This causes me to wonder once again why so close to this particular election. Could something ominous be in the works. No media seem interested in this story certainly not on a national scale so everything about it causes me to wonder and doubt whether something ominous is headed our way. I remind myself of all the various violations of US law and even international law by the people in power such as the lawfare attacks and other perversions of the Department of Justice and the call for the overthrow of the United States by calling for an end to the First Amendment. Could they also be planning to resist a peaceful exchange of power because of its terrifying exposure of their works of darkness.
That’s a pretty strong statement I know but listen to this before you conclude that I am over the top. Listen to presidential candidate Kamala Harris from May 2019. She was speaking to the annual NAACP Fight for Freedom Fund dinner in Detroit.
“We will put the Department of Justice of the United States back in the business of justice. We will double the civil rights division, and direct Law Enforcement to counter this extremism.” She went on to say she would “hold social media platforms accountable for the hate infiltrating their platforms because they have a responsibility to help fight against this threat to our Democracy. If you don’t police your platforms, we are going to hold you accountable.”
She or someone in her administration will decide what speech is acceptable to her and what is not. Enforcement means most likely both civil and criminal sanctions for what used to be called free speech. All we hear from her on the campaign trail now is joy and uncontrolled cackling but this 2019 speech I submit is the real Kamala. In other countries such as Great Britain and France people are already being arrested and prosecuted for their speech and I believe it is the global wave of the future. Many politicians I talked about last week have said publicly that the First Amendment is a hindrance to their desire to enforce only one point of view while punishing what they call hate speech and disinformation.
In recent years particularly after 9/11 the department of justice has shifted its focus from going after foreign terrorists to a concentration on what they call domestic terrorism. I quote now from page 13 of the Directive regarding lethal force. Thanks to Leo Hohmann of Gateway Pundit for his information and research on this topic. It appears that he is very concerned as I am about the direction the federal government is taking.
“Assistance in responding with assets with potential for lethality, or any situation in which it is reasonably foreseeable that providing the requested assistance may involve the use of force that is likely to result in lethal force, including death or serious bodily injury. It also includes all support to civilian law enforcement officials in situations where a confrontation between civilian law enforcement and civilian individuals or groups is reasonably anticipated. Such use of force must be in accordance with DOD5210.56, potentially as further restricted based on the specifics of the requested support.”
I keep saying to you that this is very ominous and going in a very bad direction. I trust that everyone listening to me or reading the transcript can see and visualize where they will most likely be in a short time unless something is done to reverse this one party, one view, one voice only is permitted. For many years the federal government has been colluding with and intimidating social media platforms to censure speech that differed from its propaganda. Mark Zuckerberg CEO of Facebook, admitted in a letter to Congress that he agreed to accommodate the federal censors and censor information about the vaccines and about Hunter Biden’s laptop.
Essentially, to avoid the appearance of violating the First Amendment, the federal government has outsourced its censorship to social media platforms and then said, what can we do, that is a private company. Most of their domestic terrorists turn out to be patriotic, usually Christian, Americans. The exceptions usually fit into some group of unwitting, unarmed, until the FBI arms them, suckers for the FBI’s false flag operation.
Word of warning to all Americans, the federal government has not started rounding up truthtellers and putting them in jail yet as other countries in the West have, but that is because England and France do not have a First Amendment so if the Democrats can just get rid of that pesky thing they will be clear to instigate one party rule. So, what is really the goal of all this that we can expect to see coming our way. Let me quote Leo Hohmann for his answer to that question.
“The goal is to require a biometric digital ID for all internet users at the ISP level. That means you won’t be able to log onto the internet without submitting your digital ID credentials, which will include your record as an obedient serf who only says what’s approved by the government, or a “troublemaker” who thinks independently and critically, always questioning official narratives and sometimes exposing them as lies. Everything you’ve ever posted online will be judged and scored for its level of obedience. No more anonymous commenting on articles. No more posting of articles that challenge the government narratives. All this will be monitored and ferreted out by AI.”
The attitude among members of the press and others on the left is very scary right now regarding the intrusion of the federal government into our lives. Several prominent Democrats including Michael Moore are advising President Biden to take drastic dictatorial powers in the last 3 months of his administration because they say he can get away with it. That seems to be the limit on federal politicians right now, can I get away with it, or will somebody stop me. The authority he is being advised to exercise doesn’t exist so, in effect, they are advising him to gut the Constitution and become a monarch. That is how close we are right now to disaster and that is why I am concerned.
These people such as Keith Olbermann and Michael Moore say they are advising Biden to take action to save Democracy. It is easy to see how ludicrous that is. The president, to accept their advice, would have to violate the Constitution, refuse the directives of the courts, and pursue his own list of desires without acknowledging any restraints all in the name of democracy. The line between tyranny and democracy is a fine one and can be quickly blurred and lost it seems. They want the president to assume the powers of an elected dictator.
The Democrats, of course returning to the advice of Saul Alinsky, accuse Donald Trump of what they are trying to do. Harris tells crowds in Pennsylvania that Trump will put them in camps. Rachel Maddow said he would use the Insurrection Act to deploy the U.S. military against civilians or exactly what Biden has authorized to be done.
Finally, folks, once our First Amendment rights to free speech are gone the rest of the bill of rights will follow quickly. Once lost they will never be recovered, and I submit that is what we are facing in this upcoming election.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the fate of the First Amendment, especially the freedom of Americans to speak their minds without running their thoughts through a government-controlled censor.
Transcription/Notes:
THE ANTI-FREE SPEECH MOVEMENT
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 11th day of October in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about what is perhaps the most important issue on the ballot this November and that is the fate of the First Amendment especially the freedom of Americans to speak their minds without running their thoughts through a government-controlled censor.
Should the federal government be the arbiter of what the public should be able to read or hear. That is the question I will talk about especially how some prominent Democrats have answered that question. Some of the richest and most powerful people on planet earth are now calling for Americans to be censured. That word sounds so benign that it has to be defined before it has any impact. The First Amendment to the United States Constitution guarantees that the government can not legally prevent Americans from speaking their minds or expressing their opinions verbally or in print. In other words, the government is not legally permitted to censor us. That is the basic foundation of free people and it is the First Amendment for a reason.
Hillary Clinton seems to have taken the lead in the campaign to restrict our freedom and she has taken her efforts globally by encouraging other countries to restrict the speech of their citizens. She recently asked European governments to censor Elon Musk because he permitted unregulated speech on X. She also went on CNN to talk about how discouraging it is that censorship is such a tough sell to the American people. She said the road the anti-free speech advocates have traveled on has been a rocky and difficult one. “There are people who are championing it, but it has been a long and difficult road to getting anything done.”
Yes, I can see why all those anti-freedom Democrats have had such a difficult time because it is not easy to convince free people to give up their freedom. I think it was Abraham Lincoln who said that to be considered a great man one has to free enslaved men or enslave free men so I suppose we are back to fighting those battles again. She is not the only one of course, only the point person for the effort. Even NPR has gotten on the anti-free speech, anti-truth bandwagon. The new CEO of NPR wants to get things done it seems but truth sometimes gets in the way. Yes, those Democrats want to get things done and the pesky First Amendment stands there as an impediment to their noble efforts.
This argument goes right to the heart of the cultural and spiritual war now raging in the West. Do you believe truth and freedom are a priority or just a hindrance to getting things done. To quote the new CEO of NPR; “Our reverence for the truth might be a distraction getting in the way of finding common ground and getting things done.” Well, I don’t think I would like walking on a common ground built on lies but that seems to be what he wants. That’s a mild position compared to what some other prominent Democrats have been saying.
So, perhaps the most important issue in this coming election is whether or not we as Americans will protect the Constitution and its guarantee of freedom or whether we will surrender to the one party, one mindset that many Democrats are trying to build. Given the control that mainstream media has over information, the freedom to speak our minds in opposition, especially on social media is vital. Things are bad around the world right now with wars, famines, and other such government instituted madness, but as long as we are free we have at least a fighting chance so of course, the enemies of freedom are working overtime to take that away from us.
John Kerry, speaking to the World Economic Forum:
“The dislike of and anguish over social media is just growing and growing. It is part of our problem, particularly in democracies, in terms of building consensus around any issue. There’s a lot of discussion now about how you curb those entities in order to guarantee that you’re going to have some accountability on facts, etc…our First Amendment stands as a major block to be able to just, you know, hammer it out of existence.”
Yes, he said the First Amendment is a block to regulating dissenting opinions out of existence and he sees that as a bad thing. I have to remind Mr. Kerry that the government is the worst purveyor of disinformation in the history of the world.
Bill Gates, speaking in an interview on CNBC, had some thoughts on the subject of totalitarian points of view as he usually does. “We should have free speech, but it you’re inciting violence, if you’re causing people not to take vaccines, you know, where are those boundaries, that even the US should have rules. “He went on to suggest that artificial intelligence could be used to censor or even alter dissenting speech since allowing dissent to his vaccines even for a day could be too long. During the covid years of 2020 and 2021 despite the fearmongering and vaccine promotion, social dissent on social media could not be completely suppressed and that is just too much for kindly old gentleman, Bill Gates.
Hillary Clinton went on CNN the other day to speak about the need to control social media saying that it should be at the top of every legislative agenda.
“We should be, in my view, repealing something called section 230, which gave platforms on the internet immunity because they were thought to be just pass throughs, that they shouldn’t be judged for the content that is posted. But we now know that was an overly simple view. Whether it’s Facebook or Twitter or X or Instagram or TikTok, whatever they are, if they don’t moderate and monitor the content we lose total control and it is not just the social and psychological effects, it’s real harm.”
“We lose total control” that is the purpose of the First Amendment Ms. Clinton to prevent people like you from having total control. The section 230 that she mentioned was put in place to keep the social media platforms from being liable for the content posted by their members. If I post on Facebook that I am opposed to the Bill Gates bioweapon that he choses to call vaccines, then Facebook would not be liable if that was determined in court to be harmful or defamatory. In Ms. Clintin’s world Facebook would be required to examine every post and determine whether or not it would pass the government’s censors so that only one view would ever be heard or read.
It is indeed difficult for the only one view only one world folks to deal with the idea that we can see and hear a different version of events without having that version filtered through their compliant media organs. We can now make our own determination when the media is lying and post our concerns and our own version. Freedom of thought allows us to see reality and when we come to see and understand the reality of what is being done to us it is frightening.
The current Democrat candidates for president and vice president have similar views regarding free speech. Tim Walz admitted in his debate with J.D. Vance that he intends to criminalize hate speech and misinformation or what he chooses to call speech he disagrees with. He apparently doesn’t think the First Amendment protects speech he disagrees with, but the First Amendment was created specifically for that purpose.
This is what law professor Jonathan Turley said about the position of Harris and Biden on speech they refer to as misinformation and hate speech.
“Governor Walz has been out there saying that misinformation and hate speech are not protected under the Constitution. And there’s a crushing irony there. I mean; in calling for censorship of other citizens accused of disinformation, the governor is spreading disinformation. He’s been told repeatedly by many of us that he’s wrong, that’s just completely and demonstrably wrong. The Constitution does protect those forms of speech.”
Professor Turley went on to comment on Hillary Clinton’s comment about losing total control by saying that she’s revealing where they want to go, so we can fight it. She’s doing it because they know they are losing control.
President Biden often claims that democracy is at stake in the upcoming election and that if Trump is elected he will end democracy. The problem that is obvious to many is that he, Joe Biden, has done more to hinder democracy as reflected in our ability to have a free discussion of issues that are, or at least should be, important to voters. He has operated his administration by fiat in his opening of the southern border to mass invasion by illegal immigrants many of whom are violent criminals thus exposing his fellow Americans to rape and murder. He committed the U.S. to participation in two wars neither of which has anything to do with American security at a financial cost of hundreds of billions. He has provided no justification for entering the conflicts let alone a declaration of war.
He has run his electoral campaigns based on the premise that his opponent was in collaboration with a foreign government which he happened to be conducting war against. Perhaps his worst example of corruption at the highest levels of government is his coopting of the national police, investigating, and intelligence agencies into nothing more than arms of his political party. His agencies, one of whom is the department of justice, conducts warfare attacks against his political opponent as well as instigates false flag attacks resulting in hundreds of political prisoners being held in long term confinement many of them without trial.
His cooption of the various agencies has resulted in their becoming incestuously involved with Biden and his political party to the point that he tried to form a “Disinformation Governance Board” within the Department of Homeland Security which was intended to be empowered to discredit citizens based on their complaints about what the government was doing and would describe these complaints as deliberate disruption of the function of government. This went all the way down to education and to parents who complained that their children were taught critical race theory and to question their own gender. Those parents were to be described as domestic terrorists because anyone who disagrees with government policy is a domestic problem and therefore, a domestic terrorist. That is why government officials continually list domestic terrorists as more dangerous and threatening than foreign terrorists.
The greatest fear, in my view, is not that government will lose total control over the internet as Ms. Clinton put it, but that it will gain and solidify total control and build a digital wall around us that will be inescapable. The internet is the single greatest invention for free speech since the printing press and that is why people like Ms. Clinton and Biden/Harris are panicked over losing control of it. If we can just remain true to our values, especially in the upcoming election Ms. Clinton’s Road to total control will continue to be a rocky one.
The elite top 1% may be completely out of touch with reality and with mainstream America but they wield most of the institutional power and they have built layers of regulatory power that are immune to the checks and balances of elections. They own and operate most media outlets and are therefore able to block or censor the views of most Americans.
Finally, folks, we know who they are and what they will do if elected. As a wise man once said when people tell you who they are, believe them. It seems that in the Democrat Party of today John Kennedy is dead but Joseph Goebbels is very much alive.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about Democrats in general and Kamala Harris in particular and their complete indifference to the suffering of the people in the Southeast of the United States along with their priority of making America a one-party state similar to the pre-breakup Soviet Union.
Transcription / Notes:
UNFIT TO LEAD
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 4th day of October in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about Democrats in general and Kamala Harris in particular and their complete indifference to the suffering of the people in the Southeast of the United States along with their priority of making America a one-party state similar to the pre-breakup Soviet Union.
Times of crises are the toughest test of leadership and in that regard our current non-leadership fails miserably. Yes, it seems that Vice President Harris is a lot more comfortable begging her Hollywood friends for money than she is providing aid and comfort to Americans who are suffering and have truly lost everything. Finally, after several days of photo ops and fundraising she was apparently told by the Secretariat of Democrats who direct her that she should go down to Georgia to show some sympathy to all those southern deplorable peckerwoods who have lost everything.
I thought about calling this Castle Report the devil went down to Georgia but I was afraid I might run afoul of whoever owns the rights to that song. It would also be an insult to the song and especially to Charlie Daniels. This disaster has been a different kind of disaster for Biden-Harris and her efforts to become President. Who would vote for this completely unfit and unfeeling woman after seeing her response to this disaster. Democrats and illegals I guess. Well, there are a lot of people in the Southeast United States who will not be able to vote at all this year except maybe the dead ones who can vote Democrat of course.
This is a tragedy of such immense proportions that sometimes a little humor is about the only way to deal with it. The federal government just doesn’t seem to care. George W. Bush took all kinds of criticism for flying over Hurricane Katrina damage but at least he went and released FEMA aid. The Harris campaign has proven so incompetent and uncaring and unable or unwilling to do anything to help people who are helpless that I don’t understand how anyone outside of Hollywood and the New York Times could even consider voting for her.
What happened to all that FEMA aid that was showered on Katrina victims. As reported by the Federalist it has been diverted to services for illegal immigrants. You heard that right folks more than a billion dollars of FEMA money provided by congress for disaster relief has been diverted to the service of illegal invaders who I’m sure will all vote Democrat. The allocation is called the Shelter and Services program to provide humanitarian services to noncitizen migrants from short-term holding facilities. That was a quote from the FEMA website. The director of Homeland Security, Alehandro Mayorkas said “FEMA does not have the funds to make it through Hurricane season.”
I
So, Kamala Harris surveyed the damage and did her mandatory photo op and then offered $750 to some of the victims. No military assistance, no Army, Marine Corps, and AirForce rescue helicopters and no aircraft carriers full of disaster relief. This is not Ukraine or the Far East after all it’s the Southeast United States. Perhaps all those deplorables perishing in the floods could find a Ukrainian flag and fly it and then the United States military would move mountains to help them. Yes, almost $200 billion for Ukraine but as for the Southeast sorry folks we are tapped out. I hope even Democrats can see how completely evil that is but no that is not something one should even hope for. The response of Donald Trump and Elon Musk, at their own personal expense to the floods has been extraordinary as has many civilian volunteers but this is not about the virtuous but the evil.
Speaking of Ukraine did you see where that pompous little guy in his sweatshirt came to America to campaign for Harris. Yes he strutted around Ohio with Biden and Harris and visited an ammunition plant where 155mm howitzer shells are made several million of which have been shipped to Ukraine to spread death and destruction to the populations of Ukraine and Russia. He and the Democrat governor of Ohio had a photo op signing the shells. I want to quote Senator Ted Cruz about Zelensky’s visit:
“Who the hell is Zelensky to be trying to interfere in our election. The arrogance of this guy and the guy I’ve got to say is an absolute moron for coming to the U.S. six weeks before the election and attacking Trump and Vance. This is just dumb on his part because if Trump wins, he’s got a huge problem that just got bigger.”
I credit Donald Trump with the best line about Zelensky when he said that Zelensky is the best salesman in the world because every time he comes to America he leaves with $65 billion. Personally speaking, I am glad he came because it illustrates to any of the American people who can manage to see and hear through the propaganda that the Democrat Party, once thought of as the peace party, is now clearly the war party. Yes, the party of John Kennedy and Robert Kennedy has now morphed into the servant party of the military industrial complex. I want to take a moment to remind all Democrats who might somehow be listening to me, of JFK’s peace speech at American University in 1963. Many people think it was the greatest call for peace ever and it could have ushered in a new era of peace in this world but sinister forces intervened to end the chance peace and JFK’s life.
“I am talking about genuine peace, the kind of peace that makes life on earth worth living, the kind that enables men and nations to grow and to hope and to build a better life for their children—not merely peace for Americans but peace for all men and women—not merely peace in our time but peace for all time.”
War is a disaster and perhaps the greatest disaster of all that is inflicted on humanity by its most evil people. Do we want people who actively work toward war and live to make it worse or people who want peace and who work to achieve it though they may from time-to-time, fail. We should expect our leaders to lead especially in times when disaster strikes America, and to exude confidence and courage which the people can at least take some comfort in. When this flood was unfolding Biden was at the beach in Delaware and when asked by reporters why he wasn’t in Washington commanding he said I was commanding by phone. Then he went on to elaborate that he had spent two hours on the phone and I guess for this president that is supposed to be quite impressive. I mean he actually interrupted his beach time to get on the phone for two hours.
Do you want these evil people to remain in power essentially forever because if America devolves into a one-party state that is what we will have. The Democrats are working feverishly to make sure that happens and we have one last chance at resistance. I know that people always say this is the most important election ever and if we don’t win we won’t get another chance at least since the early 1990’s but because of events happening now that might actually be true.
Whatever you might think of Elon Musk that is what he is thinking today and that is why he supports Trump. He hasn’t spent his life as a conservative by any means but he believes Trump’s election is vital to the future of America. In a recent Tweet he elaborated on how close we are to one party rule.
“Very few Americans realize that, If Trump is not elected, this will be the last election. Far from being a threat to democracy, he is the only way to save it. Let me explain: If even 1 in 20 illegals become citizens per year, something that Democrats are expediting as fast as humanly possible, that would be about 2 million new legal voters in 4 years.
The voting margin in the swing states is often less than 20 thousand votes. That means that if the Democratic Party succeeds, there will be no more swing states. Moreover, the Biden/Harris administration has been flying asylum seekers, who are fast-tracked to citizenship, directly into swing states like Pennsylvania, Ohio, Wisconsin and Arizona. It is a surefire way to win every election.
America then becomes a one-party state and Democracy is over. The only elections will be the Democratic Party primaries. This already happened in California many years ago, following the 1986 amnesty. The only thing holding California back from extreme socialism and suffocating government policies is that people can leave California and still remain in America. Once the whole country is controlled by one party there will be no escape. Everywhere in America will be like the nightmare that is downtown San Francisco.”
You may notice these days that Democrats don’t talk much about the issues that confront the nation. When asked about the illegal invasion they deny that it is happening. When asked about the thousands of violent murderers and rapists deliberately released into our communities they deny it but they offer no counter to the reality of what is happening. I recently talked about a 12-year-old girl in Houston who was kidnapped, tortured, gang raped, strangled and thrown in a river by illegals. I heard an interview with her mother who wants some justice for her daughter but her mother fell short of saying Kamala Harris, tortured, raped, and murdered my daughter as I would have said. Harris and Biden deliberately let those criminals into America so they could somehow retain power at any cost and they are therefore at least as liable as the illegal criminals. They care about nothing but power and they appear to hate the American people especially those who used to live in the Southeast.
Finally, folks, words come hard today because I am choking on my own rage and heartbreak for my beloved Southeast. I think I understand Satan, who he is and where he comes from. I am still able to read the bible after all. I understand that he has agents here on earth and I try to spot them when I can, but I simply cannot understand why people vote for them to hold power.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle continues his discussion of the two attempted assassinations of Donal Trump in light of the recently released 94-page report by the Senate Committee tasked with investigating the Butler, Pennsylvania attempted assassination in which Trump was wounded.
Transcription / Notes
THE U.S. GOVERNMENT MUST WANT TRUMP DEAD
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 27th day of September in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be continuing my discussion of the two attempted assassinations of Donald Trump in light of the recently released 94-page report by the Senate Committee tasked with investigating the Butler Pennsylvania attempted assassination in which Trump was wounded.
I really struggled with the topic this week because I normally try to look at the most important issue in the world and that is the brink of nuclear war on which the world now sits. In addition, Israel has alerted its armed forces to prepare for a ground invasion of Lebanon. Therefore, war involving the United States appears inevitable and even imminent. I decided, however, to continue with the assassination story despite the U.S. Government’s willingness to risk the destruction of the world in a nuclear holocaust. Perhaps Trump’s seemingly narcissistic statement that he is the only one who can stop World War III is not narcissism but truth.
Maybe that is why the United States Secret Service (USSS) which is supposed to be the best protective organization in the world appears to be completely incompetent. Yes, there are lots of coincidences appearing in the two attempts to kill Trump and the Senate’s 94-page report, while critical of the USSS, paints them as primarily mistakes and coincidences. I will try to look at all the smoke emanating from Washington, Pennsylvania, and Florida, and point out that there might be a little fire going on in all that smoke.
The USSS was established as a personal bodyguard for U.S. presidents and all things considered has done a fine job, at least until November 1963, that is. Unfortunately, the Service seems to be increasingly involving itself in U.S. presidential politics. Could the USSS have allowed what amounts to an amazing series of coincidences, twice, intentionally and not by incompetence. That is the question that caused me to ponder and then decide to look at it instead of the coming World War that this murder target the Service is supposed to protect, has pledged to prevent.
The Department of Justice released a 10-page pre-trial memorandum in support of pre-trial detention of Ryan Routh that set out within the body of the memorandum the accused assassin’s handwritten letter in which he offered $150,000 as a reward for anyone who is willing and able to kill Trump. Where would that money come from and how would it be paid are separate questions, but the real question is, why would the DOJ publish an offer to commit political murder for money. Why would the U.S. Department of Justice publish that reward offer to the whole world. It can’t be more incompetence or more coincidence at least that’s my opinion.
The DOJ decided to submit a 10-page memorandum to the court in the Southern District of Florida requesting pre-trial detention for Ryan Routh. In other words, they wanted him locked in jail until his case could be tried. Apparently, the DOJ lawyers thought that the fact that he was trying to kill the former and perhaps future President of the United States was not enough to keep him in jail. The memorandum included photos of the assassin’s gun and ammunition along with a close up showing that the serial number had been removed. Why was it necessary to include the would-be assassin’s handwritten reward offer with the memorandum.
I will spare you the entire letter, but I will quote just the most relevant part of it.
“Dear World, This was an assassination attempt on Donald Trump but I am so sorry I failed you. I tried my best and gave all the gumption I could muster. It is up to you now to finish the job. And I will offer $150,000 to whomever can complete the job. Everyone across the globe from the youngest to the oldest knows that Trump is unfit to be anything, much less U.S. president.”
The illogical message is obvious and that is that if everyone across the globe knows he is unfit then he has no chance of being elected and it would be unnecessary to assassinate him. No, Mr. Routh, the fear is that enough people do not share your paranoid delusion and your love of U.S. imperial ambitions to elect Donald Trump and stop the train carrying us to World War III. Perhaps enough people no longer want open borders and invasion by the third world into their communities. Look on the bright side Mr. Routh, perhaps those 10’s of millions of illegals already in America will all be allowed to vote for Kamala thus assuring a World War. I’m certain that a U.S. war against Russia would make you very happy and you could enjoy it from your prison cell.
Once Kamala is elected and until we are all subjected to nuclear winter, we can continue to struggle to buy groceries with the economy she and President Biden have brought to us. We would not dare say anything though lest we run afoul of one of her hate speech laws and we would not dare post on social media our distrust and dislike of this entire Democrat administration lest we be fined or even arrested as Democrat spokeswoman Hillary Clinton recently suggested on Rachel Maddow. Yes, that’s right she said people should be subjected to criminal sanction for posting misinformation. I suppose that could be defined as any speech that conflicts with the Democrat version of reality.
So, the Senate issued its 94-page report which listed several things that went wrong in Butler, Pennsylvania. Keep in mind that this report is talking about the vaunted USSS, the most competent protective organization in the world. Some of those listed failures were lack of a chain of command, poor coordination with state and local law enforcement, and inadequate resources to ensure the safety of Mr. Trump. Those are only a few of the most important failures and Chairman of the Committee, Gary Peters, speaking to reporters ahead of the report’s release said:
“Every single one of those failures was preventable and the consequences of those failures were dire.”
Senator Richard Blumenthal, who heads the permanent investigative subcommittee, said that it was almost like an Abbott and Costello farce with who’s on first finger pointing. It was stranger than fiction he said. Well, it was Mark Twain who said that the reason truth is stranger than fiction is that fiction has to make sense. I don’t expect the senate committee to be overly critical of the Service but the way they just accept this level of incompetence in such a critical division of the government is amazing. Do people really want to keep electing these incompetent Democrats to run the government. Perhaps they do, but we will see.
The level of coincidence involved in the two assassination attempts boggles the mind, but I suppose Washington is a perfect environment for a coincidence. In the Routh attempt the only thing that kept the attempt from being successful was the assassin’s mistake of sticking his rifle barrel through the fence so a competent agent could see it. If he had a little patience and just waited in the bushes and fired at the last second perhaps he would have succeeded. We know that there was no prior sweep done of the golf course and no drones aloft so he was practically invisible in the bushes until he revealed himself. Routh waited for twelve hours in his sniper’s hide but grew impatient at the last minute. Once again, the question that must be answered in the Routh case is how did he know when Trump would be on that golf course. Without that information we are left to wonder and speculate and develop those hated conspiracy theories.
The plot in Butler, Pennsylvania was a little different with a different type of assassin. The security for the speech in Butler was total incompetence from the beginning, so much so that almost nothing happened the way it was supposed to. The Service was so casual about protecting one of the most obvious targets in the world that indifference to his life or death is the word that comes to mind.
There were last minute additions to the schedule so that the First Lady was speaking that day and the Vice President was added to the schedule in another venue, at the last minute. Those two people drained resources away from the Trump team. The tall men usually assigned that duty, went to the other two people I mentioned and women from Homeland Security were placed on Trump’s personal protective detail meaning they were on the podium and were supposed to take the bullet instead of Trump.
That sounds unbelievable but nevertheless it is apparently what happened. The women received only a two-hour webinar as training. Yes, you heard that right. The people who were sworn to protect this man with their lives received a two-hour webinar as training. No canine teams, no drones, and improper people accessed the backstage area seemingly at will. The denial of sniper teams and additional trained agents to perform area sweeps etc. all had been denied to Trump for two years personally by USSS deputy director, now interim director, Ronald Rowe.
The denial of resources to protect Trump is reminiscent of the pleas by Robert Kennedy, Jr. for protection before he dropped out of the race and joined Trump. Kennedy had several legitimate threats including intrusions at his home but still President Biden refused to allow the Service to protect him. He tried to lay off the responsibility to Congress saying they should provide assets, but no Mr. President the USSS is your responsibility and this decision is on you. I realize that you don’t have the mental capacity to know, but its like in professional football when an injured player goes on the field. If he is out there he is a player and can legitimately be treated as such. If you can’t do the job, Mr. President, then do the honorable thing and resign.
Upon the resignation of Director of the USSS, Kimberly Cheatle, Ronald Rowe became interim director making him responsible for investigating the security plan the Service used. In other words, he was investigating himself and the failures, many of which he was personally responsible for. He personally made cuts to the Counter Surveillance Division (CSD) of the Service which was responsible for venue threat assessment. The CSD did not conduct an evaluation for the Trump rally at Butler and was not even present the day of the rally.
Rowe reportedly retaliated against agents who voiced concerns about security plans in the days leading up to Butler. Once again, we have a situation where it was so bad that a few agents who were dedicated enough to take their jobs seriously became what have come to be called whistleblowers. One such whistleblower stated:
“If personnel from CSD had been present at the rally, the gunman would have been handcuffed in the parking lot after being spotted with a rangefinder.”
Well thank you Mr. whistleblower, a day late and a dollar short. I could go on and on with the failures of the best in the world Secret Service, but it’s all in the reports. The Service could not properly provide protection, which is its job, so it could not do its job because it didn’t have proper assets to do it, and the ones it had were not properly trained or in some cases trained at all. The criminal defense lawyers would refer to this negligence in the face of attempted murder as depraved indifference.
In conclusion, the DOJ is advertising the attempted assassin’s $150,000 reward for killing Trump. Mathew Crooks failed in one attempt to assassinate Trump. Ryan Routh failed in another attempt to assassinate Trump. Their failures were both in spite of efforts by the Secret Service or at least the complete indifference of Service leadership. Routh offered a $150,000 reward or bounty and DOJ published that for him worldwide. Why would they release the letter offering a reward, and how did he know Trump’s schedule. Nobody outside the government seems to know but I for one would sure like to know.
Finally, folks, they are all in on it. They want him dead because he is too big a risk to prevent World War III. He is too big a risk of finding a way to at least slow the destruction of the country. This coming election is a lot more than a contest between the generational Marxist, Harris, and the billionaire, Trump. The real contest is between two completely different spiritual forces. It doesn’t matter if the contestants do not believe in spiritual forces, they nevertheless represent them.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the second assassination attempt against the life of Donal Trump.
Transcription / Notes
CRIMINAL NEGLIGENCE OR INTENTIONAL ACT
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 20th day of September in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the second assassination attempt against the life of Donald Trump in two months. The question that should be answered is, was this latest attempt just criminal negligence on the part of the federal government and its various agencies or was it an intentional act.
When I look at what happened this time I can’t help but wonder what is going on here with this political party in charge of our government. The same political party that tells us Donald Trump is a threat to democracy and a threat to America. Was this an amazing coincidence or could people inside the federal government and its ruling elite be out to stop Donald Trump at any price.
The two soft approaches that are available to a dissident’s enemies have already and are currently being tried. If the dissident politician has enough money to satisfy him so that money doesn’t tempt him, the next step is to publicly demonize him. Trump is usually referred to by any Democrat as a threat to democracy and a threat to America. He is a would-be dictator and if elected he would turn this glorious democracy into a dictatorship and end freedom forever. The other day I heard a lady interviewed on MSNBC who said that he is exactly the same as Hitler. I doubt that she has a good understanding of who Hitler was and what he did but nevertheless its obvious she has bought the propaganda hook line and sinker.
Lawfare attacks are brought against the target at the same time he is being demonized. Lawfare is a take off on the word warfare meaning that the law and its power to criminalize and financially drain a person is used to put an end to a target politician’s career. A simple bookkeeping transaction is converted into 34 felony charges and a hand selected judge and jury complete the process. Guilty, the jury says but only after the judge instructed them as to what they should find. It’s a perversion of justice but since these neocon Democrats are morally correct anything they do is justified to achieve the goal of stopping Trump.
So, it is incorrect to say the first two soft attacks didn’t work because they did work on many people, perhaps even 50% of the American people or close to that number, but they didn’t take their target out of the race. The only thing left then is the final solution and if you remember from history the final solution involves death, but that’s OK because the end is so noble it justifies any means.
In the first assassination attempt the Secret Service was understaffed because the first lady was speaking at the same time in the same state so understaffed. It turns out that many of the agents assigned to Trump for that speech and rally were not Secret Service at all but agents reassigned temporarily from Homeland Security. In other words, they were not trained in high value target protection at least not much. It didn’t work because Trump, although wounded, survived the assassination attempt. Well, I guess if at first you don’t succeed try again.
Please understand that the picture I just painted for you is nothing but speculation on my part and could possibly be completely false. There is an awful lot of smoke and an awful lot of coincidence and an awful lot of incompetence from people who are supposed to be the best in the world but I guess it’s at least possible that its all just a massive coincidence.
Last Sunday, September 15, the former president and one of his close friends decided to go out for a casual afternoon of golf at the Trump International Golf Club. There was no problem getting a late notice tee time since he owns the club and the course. The Secret Service did not sweep and clear the entire course but instead they cleared two holes ahead of the one Trump was playing. There were no agents outside the fence which was close to or within 400 yards of two different holes thus exposing the holes to outside the course people. The first is the fifth hole and outside that hole across the fence in some bushes designed to shield the view of a chain link fence, an assassin lay in wait for the Trump party to reach the fifth hole.
That is very significant because Trump’s round of golf was a closely held decision, unannounced and not on his public schedule, only his private one.. In spite of all that, the would-be assassin set up his sniper’s nest twelve hours in advance. How did he know that Trump would be playing at that time, inside information perhaps gave him access to the private schedule but who knows. The assassin used an AK-47 style weapon with a scope which would have made shooting from that distance very easy.
This time there was a competent Secret Service agent clearing two holes ahead of the Trump party. He saw the assassin’s rifle barrel sticking through the fence and he did not hesitate but opened fire. Unlike the counter sniper team on the first attempt, he did not wait until the assassin fired 7 or 8 rounds before engaging him. The agent fired three rounds and the assassin did not get a single shot off before he was forced to flee the scene.
He left two backpacks full of supplies and equipment and a go pro camera at the scene which indicates that he intended to film the event. He chose a place that had easy avenues of egress from the scene but unfortunately for the assassin he was seen by a passerby who took a picture of the black Nissan SUV that he used. He fled north on I-95 and made it 41 miles before he was pulled over and arrested without incident.
If anyone or any group of anyone’s sent this lone nut/patsy on his mission they made at least three mistakes this time and maybe four. No, on second thought it was four mistakes. The first is that this time there was an agent with the competence and guts to do his job thus thwarting the assassin’s efforts. The second is that this would be assassin was not very good and made the mistake of revealing his hide to a good agent before he was able to fire. The third was that this time the lone nut/patsy survived and was arrested. It is so much better if there is no testimony and the powers that be can just make up their own version of what happened and then just shut up about it.
The fourth mistake was that this lone nut/patsy, Ryan Wesley Routh, had a very clear political motivation so he was therefore a lot more than just a lone nut. He also had a history and was quite famous in his own right, having been previously interviewed by many media sources including the New York Times and many TV news services.
In one sense he was a very strange individual but in another he fit right in with the Project for a New American Century and other neocon plans for U.S. dominance over the world by military force. Sometimes his online statements made no sense and were virtually indecipherable, but at other times he sounded like a very determined Washington neocon or a man who thinks ideologically motivated military intervention in foreign conflicts is the right way instead of using diplomacy.
Routh made his political ideology and his political motivation very clear. He tried to take Donald Trump’s life because of Trump’s desire to bring a peaceful settlement to the Russia-Ukraine war. He was so pro-Ukraine that he traveled there and spent several months there to as he put it “assist in the conflict” by recruiting volunteers for the international legion. The Ukrainians rejected him as a military volunteer because he was 58 years old and he had no military experience. His publicly stated political ideology fit in a lot more with the political ideology of Joe Biden, Kamala Harris, and Dick Cheney than Donald Trump.
This is a quote on that subject from Jeffrey Sachs, well known professor at Columbia University and foreign policy analyst. This quote comes via the Tom Woods letter:
“I think its obvious there is one deep state party and that is the party of Cheney, Harris, Biden, Victoria Nuland. Nuland is kind of the face of all this, because she has been in every administration for the last 30 years. She was in the Clinton administration wrecking our policies toward Russia in the 1990’s. She was in the Bush administration junior, with Cheney, wrecking our policies towards NATO enlargement. She was in the Obama administration as Hillary’s spokesperson first, and then making a coup in Ukraine in February 2014. Not a great move. Started a war. Then she was Biden’s undersecretary of state. Now that’s both parties. It’s been a colossal mess. And she’s been Cheney’s advisor. She’s been Biden’s guidance advisor. It makes perfect sense. This is the reality. We’re trying to find out if there’s another party other than the uniparty. That’s the big question.”
Yes, Professor Sachs, there is a party other than the uniparty and right now the uniparty wants that other party dead. Hillary Clinton and Dick Cheney are two peas in a pod and act as cheerleaders for U.S. imperial ambitions. They are perfectly willing to suck the native population of America dry to fund their ambitions. Hillary refers to Trump as destructive of democracy and America and says he should not be allowed to serve because among other things he is a Russian agent. She has made no such disparaging remarks about the war criminal Dick Cheney. Harris may be a bubbleheaded actress but she will shut up and do as she’s told, and that is good enough for the uniparty.
It appears then, that this second assassination attempt happened because the leading figures in the Deep State/Uniparty that serve as Trump’s opposition wanted it to happen. This would be assassin was no lone nut/patsy and he was certainly no unhinged madman. He was an intelligent man who had travelled extensively and had appeared on many international news shows. He wrote a self-published book in 2023 titled “Ukraine’s Unwinnable War. “In his book he advised Iran that “you are free to assassinate Trump.” The book described Trump as a fool and a buffoon for both the January 6 riot which turned out to be an FBI false flag operation, but I digress, and also for Trump’s “tremendous blunder” in leaving the Iran nuclear deal.
Could this once again be a case of willful negligence on the part of the federal government. Is the government and the Secret Service really that incompetent. Joe Biden said “one thing I want to make clear is that the Secret Service needs more help. I think Congress should respond to their needs.” Well, Mr. President, the Service doesn’t seem to have any needs in protecting you, Dr. Jill, and Kamala Harris only your opponent who always seems to get the B-team.
The FBI and other government agencies were warned many times by many people that Routh was dangerous. One nurse told them that he said he wanted to kill all world leaders. One might sympathize with that thought but thank God we are rational enough not to act. Routh definitely fits the profile of a neocon terrorist, but the question is, was he the only one and did he act alone. The social media sites quickly scrubbed his accounts as soon as he was publicly identified. By a strange “coincidence” both he and Mathew Crooks appeared in a Blackrock commercial. Blackrock is perhaps the world’s biggest hedge fund so what are the odds. I would guess the odds are so great there is practically zero chance of it happening by random chance.
Fortunately, we have Ron DeSantis as governor of Florida and he said that the state would conduct its own investigation. He was disturbed by the relatively light gun charges filed against Routh. Quote from the governor:
“The State of Florida is conducting its own investigation into the second attempted assassination of former President Donald Trump. It is not in the best interest of our state and nation to have the same federal agencies seeking to prosecute Trump leading this investigation.”
Good on you governor but we will see if the Feds allow anyone to question Mr. Routh.
Finally, folks, Mr. Routh was ideologically ready to go and all he needed was a little cash and a little push. Somehow both suddenly became available to him. I admit it is just circumstantial from all the information I have seen but this man in Ukraine and then in a sniper’s hide in Florida has CIA written all over him.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about some of the people who have seen the light and decided to work for the election of Kamala Harris – Dick Cheney leading the way.
Transcription / Notes
PSYCHOTIC WAR CRIMINALS ENDORSE HARRIS
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 13th day of September in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about some of the people who have seen the light and decided to work for the election of Kamala Harris. Perhaps the worst and most disgusting, lying war criminal in American history, Dick Cheney and his designated successor, his daughter Liz went public with their endorsement of Kamala Harris.
She must be so proud to have received such a ringing endorsement from such a gentleman as Dick Cheney. I know she is proud to have the endorsement because she said publicly that she was proud. No, on second thought she didn’t say she was proud and I don’t want to misquote her. She said she was “honored” to have Cheney’s endorsement. So, yay, the man we were calling literally Hitler a few years ago just endorsed us. What does that say about us, about me, well folks, I guess we’ll just call that irrelevant for now.
Joe Biden, before he developed dementia, described Cheney as the most dangerous Vice President in US history. Now, when he was forced out of the race in a palace coup he left with his endorsement a woman who then acquired the endorsement of the very dangerous Dick Cheney. I’m just speculating here, but maybe Dick Cheney and Kamala Harris have found common ground as despised Vice Pressidents.
So, the news is now out that Dick Cheney and his daughter Liz are working to elect Kamala Harris. This situation is the latest demonstration that Washington has become a separate country from America and we are therefore ruled by a foreign cabal that some call the deep state and some call the Uniparty. This cabal has one thing in common and that is a hatred and fear of anything that might threaten the power of the deep state and might just dismantle it. That explains the unnatural fear of Donald Trump and speaks well of him.
The Democrats just a few years ago chided Republicans for their continued embrace of Cheney but now he was a guest of honor at their January 6th commemoration. Not all Democrats love Cheney though so I suppose a few still try to keep some honor. Left wing magazine Jacobin.com said this about the new marriage.
“Compared to Dick Cheney’s crimes against democracy, Trump is an amateur. Chaney reduced nations to rubble, shredded the Bill of Rights, and enacted programs of surveillance, abduction, detention, and torture more in line with the state terrorism of military dictatorships than the norms of liberal democracy.”
Democrat author, Chip Gibbons; “Dick Cheney is an enemy of democracy in America and a war criminal. His warm reception on the floor of Congress by Democrats yesterday at the January 6 Capitol riot commemoration was shameful and disgusting.”
Cheney did much of his destruction for money it appears. He supposedly made about $50 million from his Halliburton stock while America’s youth were killing and dying in the deserts of the Middle East, thus an article in The Atlantic called Remembering why Americans Loathe Dick Cheney:
“The United States had concluded that Iraq, Libya, and Iran supported terrorism and had imposed strict sanctions on them. Yet during Cheney’s tenure at Halliburton the company did business in all three countries. In the case of Iraq, Halliburton legally evaded U.S. sanctions by conducting its oil-service business through foreign subsidiaries that had once been owned by Dresser. With Iran and Libya, Halliburton used its own subsidiaries. The use of foreign subsidiaries may have helped the company to avoid paying U.S. taxes.”
The article went on to accuse Cheney of creating the surveillance state which set the stage for the Russiagate hoax and all the intelligence agency abuses that have been carried out against Donald Trump and other innocent Americans. I will add on my own that he set the stage for such corruption of the FBI that it was able to propagate the false flag “insurrection” that they invited Cheney to come celebrate with them.
Cheney admitted in his memoirs that he was involved in constructing the spying system against Americans known as the Terrorist Surveillance Program. Years after they had been going along with it the Department of Justice reached the conclusion that parts of it were illegal. He admits to spying illegally on Americans and it is now indisputable that he authored a program that spied on millions of innocent, non-terrorist, Americans without a warrant. He also wanted the program to continue after it was declared illegal.
If you don’t believe any of this stuff about Cheney I advise you to read his memoirs for yourself. The book was published in 2011 and is entitled In My Time: A Personal and Political Memoir. The book tells the story of his 40 years in politics and covers his involvement in some of the most important events in our recent history. Some of those events were the 9/11 attacks, the war on terror, the war in Afghanistan, the war in Iraq, torture, which he called enhanced interrogation, and many other things. He was assisted in writing the book by his daughter Liz. Many of his contemporaries such as Colin Powell, and Condoleezza Rice say their private conversations with him were different.
I don’t know about you, folks, but it is really weird to see this man the Democrats called a warmonger, Darth Vader, Adolph Hitler (literally), even Satan claiming he supports them and will vote for them and encouraging others to vote for them. Robert F. Kennedy, Jr had thoughts similar to mine. “Liberals, take note: If you support Kamala Harris, you are now on the same side as Dick Cheney.”
Podcaster Kanekoa the Great said, “Democrats have called Dick Cheney a war criminal for twenty years, and now, all of a sudden, they are clapping like seals to get his endorsement.” I will add that given the hatred, lies, and lawfare attacks against Trump and his supporters, Cheney fits right in.
The best endorsement and one I’m sure all good Democrats will treasure came from the best comedian on the world political stage today, Vladimir Putin. While addressing the Eastern Economic Forum in Vladivostok he said that Russia’s favorite son was Joe Biden but unfortunately he had departed the stage so the one he left for us is now the chosen one. We all know that Joe Biden was instrumental in creating the Russia—China alliance as well as the BRICS economic alliance so it makes sense that they would choose his natural successor.
Quoting Mr. Putin: “I told you our favorite, if you can call it that, was the current President Mr. Biden. He was removed from the race, but he recommended all his supporters to support Ms. Harris. So, we will do the same. We will support her. Ultimately, the choice is up to the American people, and we will respect that choice. As for the favorites, it is not up to us to determine that, it is after all, the choice of the American people.” He went on to say that her laugh is infectious and she laughs so expressively and infectiously that he presumes she is doing well.
You probably know that Donald Trump could not sit on the sideline while people such as Dick and Liz Cheney who together probably did more to damage America than anyone in recent memory except the one who signed all the open borders executive orders.
“Dick Cheney is an irrelevant RINO, along with his daughter, who lost by the largest margin in the history of congressional races. They couldn’t get Scooter Libby, who did so much for them (but was so unfairly treated), pardoned. I did it. He’s the king of endless, nonsensical Wars, wasting lives and trillions of dollars, just like comrade Kamala Harris. I am the Peace President, and only I will stop World War lll. What Liz Cheney did with the Unselect Committee of political losers is unthinkable. She and her unselects deleted and destroyed all evidence and information—It’s Gone. Much of it proved that Nancy Pelosi was responsible for J6—Didn’t Provide Security. Cheney and the others should be prosecuted for what they did, but Comrade Kamala is even worse.”
I suppose that as an afterthought or as icing on the cake or whatever Liz Cheney decided to endorse Ted Cruz’s opponent in the Texas Senate race. She endorsed Representative Colin Allred, the Democrat running against Cruz. Not only endorsing him but said she would be working on his behalf. The Cruz campaign pointed out that she lost her reelection campaign in Wyoming by a margin of 37 points, a record, I believe, for a sitting member of congress. So, her endorsement of Ted’s opponent did not frighten very many of them.
There are so many things that Americans should be aware of and watch out for in this theater of the absurd. It all really does seem like theater because it is a show put on for the rest of us. Many of us normal people see it the same way we view sports as entertainment. Politics has taken on that atmosphere to many in the public eye. They fight, scheme, cheat, lie, and steal to get their 15 minutes as Andy Warhol used to call it. The problem is that now with the FED and no gold standard or any other standard of measurement or limitation there is literally no limit on the vote buying ability especially of sitting office holders. If you and millions like you will vote for me I will give, loan, forgive or whatever it takes whether the Constitution gives me the authority or not.
So, its posturing and fake fighting for the sake of political theater to entertain us and keep deep staters in power. A process previously known to the Romans as bread and the circus. While all this is going on there are things of vital importance like due process and the rule of law at stake. It would be nice to have a politician who really believes in those things besides power and has the courage to defend it. I wonder how it feels to be a member, let alone a leader, of a political party but certainly a candidate of that party which is endorsed by the worst people on planet earth. Yes indeed, Kamala Harris can say proudly that one of the worst war criminals in American history and his evil daughter endorsed me and I said I was honored to have that endorsement.
Democrats must really be starting to wonder about what they stand for. Now the queen of pop Taylor Swift has lent her name to the Dick and Liz Cheney bandwagon. I wonder if Taylor spent any time contemplating what it means to be in bed, figuratively speaking, with Dick Cheney. I will give the Democrats this, they have been able to attract some of the worst people to their cause. Dick and Liz Cheney, Vladimir Putin, although I admit Vlad was speaking tongue in cheek, Hamas, I mean who wouldn’t want to be on that list.
Finally, folks, if Kamala Harris will really do all the wonderful things she tells us she intends to do then why doesn’t she do them. Joe Biden is nowhere to be found and she is apparently the de-facto president so why doesn’t she do something. I know why she doesn’t but I’m certain my Democrat friends presume its because she is applying with us for the job of head of state or leader of the deep state, the destroyer of lives and the enemy of freedom and truth.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle continues to discuss how important free speech is to the American view of freedom with an emphasis on how Vice President Harris views our right to speak freely as revealed by her own words.
Transcription / Notes
SPEECH IS A PRIVILEDGE TO KAMALA HARRIS
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 6th day of September in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be continuing my discussion of free speech and how important it is to the American view of freedom with an emphasis on how Vice President Harris views our right to speak freely as revealed by her own words.
It seems that to Ms. Harris, as a faithful authoritarian, speech is something that has to be regulated and controlled by the federal government which she hopes to lead someday soon. I wonder if she has ever stopped to consider that when the government claims the authority to regulate speech it is no longer free. It seems that despite all the “joy” attached to her campaign by the media she is the same person she has always been.
Most of her free speech attacks came long before the January 6th controversy which has been the Democrats lynchpin for why Donald Trump should not be allowed to speak freely. She was advocating that his speech be censored on social media back in 2019. Referring to social media sites, she said that there has to be a responsibility placed on them to understand their power.
“They are directly speaking to millions and millions of people without any level of oversight or regulation and that has to stop.” She went on, “There has to be a responsibility placed on these social media sites to understand their power.” Translation, if they don’t police content to conform to government approved narratives, they will be shut down. I am certainly no social media expert, but I know that these sites don’t speak to millions, the users speak to each other and she wants that controlled by people like her.
That statement and her attitude should send a chill down the spine of any American voter and should disqualify her from receiving a single vote for the office of President of the United States but unfortunately very few understand the Constitution anymore and even fewer still understand that it is the safeguard of American liberty.
She is concerned that Facebook and Twitter, now X, have different operating standards. She said they can’t both have separate rules despite the fact that they are private companies. What she is talking about with the comparison is that since Elon Musk acquired Twitter it has started allowing its users to speak freely and is resisting efforts by the federal government and people like her to control and regulate what people say on the site.
Last week I talked about Facebook and its CEO, Mark Zuckerberg, and how he admitted in a letter to congress that Facebook cooperated with the government in censoring the speech of the American people. He admitted to restricting the information people were allowed to see about COVID and allowing only the government’s version of information to be available. Facebook also suppressed truthful information about the Hunter Biden laptop story and led people to think that it was not truthful or real thus depriving voters of vital information.
So, before Zuckerberg’s letter, she expressed dismay that Twitter is freedom while Facebook bends its knees to the government or Democrat Party line. They can’t have separate rules she said, but just think of the implications of that reasoning. She wants the federal government to be able to legally control the world’s largest flow of information so that only government approved speech is allowed. I can’t understand how anyone could listen to that and not conclude that she is disqualified from the office she seeks. I will give her the courtesy of assuming that she herself is smart enough to understand the implications of what she said but maybe she isn’t.
Let me ask you this folks, has the federal government ever lied to us about anything. The federal government is nothing but lies and truth is like kryptonite to the federal government. So, this woman who seeks to lead the federal government wants the American people to be restricted to the continuous lies of government as their source of information. It is the kind of position the leader of a Communist dictatorship would hold and she seeks to apply it in America. Just to reiterate, to her, free speech, guaranteed by the First Amendment to every American, is impermissible without oversight and regulation by her lying government, and has to stop.
That is not the only really frightening and stupid thing she said about the “privilege” of speaking. She also said “he (Musk) has lost his privileges and it (X) must be taken down.” To her, free speech, the bedrock of freedom, protected by the US Constitution, is a privilege granted by government, and by refusing to accept the federal government’s censorship of speech Musk has lost his “privilege” to operate a social media company which must be taken down.
The First Amendment and the Constitution in general is America. Without the Constitution this would be a different country if it existed at all. Quoting Dr. Paul Craig Roberts:
“Without the Constitution, we would be some other country—which is what they want. The goal is a compliant population with no rights, only privileges that can be revoked for non-compliant behavior. They oppose the idea that government is accountable to people. Their goal is a people who are accountable to the government. Once Kamala is in office, the transformation will be complete.”
The First Amendment is unambiguous and within it the government’s power is non-existent. The words of the Constitution are clear of course, and they stand on their own and speak for themselves but the thought I just expressed has been upheld by many Supreme Court decisions over the centuries.
We didn’t know who Musk was when he started looking at Twitter because he said he was appalled at its government compliance and restrictions on speech. You can’t say that, or that’s the wrong pronoun for that person, was all we had known. If we said the vaccine is killing people and that is not a failure or undesired side effect but the intended purpose of the vaccine. If we said something like that, Twitter and Facebook made sure that no one saw our statement. We didn’t know what to expect and we didn’t know how committed he was to free speech at the time but we are at least beginning to find out.
The attacks on Musk tell us just how desperate the authoritarians are to shut us out and maintain their suppression of our thoughts. God forbid we are able to speak our minds online without their ability to send our thoughts through their filter. Musk, unlike the government, isn’t trying to shut you up or make you speak the right words, instead he is offering a microphone to the world and those who rely on control through lies simply can’t tolerate that.
The campaign of Ms. Harris is one of “joy” instead of issues according to her PR people in the media. The media in general serves as her PR company, but the difficulty is in trying to put the best spin on her nervous cackle. That laugh, now sold to us as uncontrollable joy, is just an indication that she has nothing of substance to say. She can’t answer a question, no matter how simple, about the issues that confront the nation. She knows nothing about economic matters and she accepts no responsibility for her complete failure and refusal to act as “border czar.” The media serving as her agent seeks to cover and explain away one of the most catastrophic failures in American history and yet she seeks higher office. Democrats want her to fail up, I guess.
She supported the defund the police movement in 2020 thus contributing to the wave of violent crime sweeping the nation. In the face of an illegal invasion, she supported cutting police budgets so many vulnerable cities lost many of their experienced officers. She tells us that the migrant invasion is just an illusion or a figment of our overactive imaginations. However, the New York Police Department (NYPD) tells us that migrants make up less than 10% of the population of the city but they make up 75% of those arrested for assault, robbery, and domestic violence. On behalf of New Yorkers, thank you Kamala for this diversity gift.
NYPD admits that the sanctuary status of the city makes it difficult to keep accurate records, so 75% is a ballpark estimate. The city as a whole, and all the boroughs, report similar numbers. In Aurora, Colorado, armed gangs of Venezuelan criminals have taken over an apartment building and are using it to extort the residents. No one in public office seems to care about the American people anymore so nothing is done about it. The politicians lie about it, but the local police on the scene do not lie and tell us what is happening. The Democrats are all trying to follow orders and protect Kamala’s campaign, but the Venezuelans don’t seem to care about her campaign.
The violence from the Venezuelan gangs is spreading across Denver and other cities as the gangs are emboldened by the lack of resistance. Homeowners are continuing to report violent break-ins, etc. Now, a group of 32 armed Venezuelans have taken over an apartment building in Chicago. This is the kind of problem we’ve never faced before. These Democrats now led by Kamala Harris have literally invited violent third world countries to empty their prisons on our border. To make matters worse the United States treasury department continues to make matters worse by sanctioning the third world not for their illegals but because they will not economically comply with U.S. demands, thus inflaming them against us.
For example, earlier this week the United States seized a plane owned by Venezuelan President Nicolas Maduro in the Dominican Republic reporting that they found its purchase violated U.S. sanctions and export controls. Homeland Security flew the $13 million plane back to the U.S. landing in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. Attorney General Merrick Garland said the plane was illegally purchased through a shell company and smuggled out of the United States for use by Nicolas Maduro and his cronies. However, according to U.S. officials the plane has been flown almost exclusively out of a military base in Venezuela.
Why do I make such an issue out of the seizure of Maduro’s plane. I do it to demonstrate how stupid the foreign policy of the U.S. under Biden/Harris really is. They treat Americans in a similar fashion. You will obey me or else. You will obey me or suffer the consequences. We invite you to empty your violently corrupt country’s prisons and lunatic asylums onto our borders and we welcome all the diverse visitors, but we will take your president’s plane if he doesn’t bend his knee to us. Yes the 75% of violent crime in NYC, the violent takeover of apartment buildings in Colorado, and in Chicago, the armed home invasion robberies, the rape and assaults on American citizens all I guess are crimes that Americans won’t do.
In conclusion folks, in the mind of government and its agents is there a valid reason for social media companies to exist. Yes, to advance the government’s morality as it is assigned to us.
Finally, folks, let me close this Castle Report with another quote from Paul Craig Roberts:
“Dear insouciant American, try to understand that the November election is not about abortion rights. It is not about inclusion. It is not about any of those issues about which you are being indoctrinated. It is about whether you have any prospect of continuing life in freedom.”
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about a letter written to the House Judiciary Committee in which Facebook CEO Mark Zuckergerg admitted to Congress and the American people that under pressure from the Biden/Harris Administration, his social media platform censored American content related to COVID and Hunter Biden’s laptop during the 2020 election.
Transcription / Notes
THE FEDS ADMIT THEY CENSOR AMERICANS
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 30th day of August in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about a letter written to the House Judiciary Committee in which Facebook CEO Mark Zuckerberg admitted to Congress and the American people that under pressure from the Biden/Harris Administration, he censored them. He admitted to a censorship campaign that targeted content related to COVID and Hunter Biden’s laptop during the 2020 election.
Yes folks, in addition to donating hundreds of millions to the Biden/Harris campaign, Zuckerberg admitted to depriving Americans of real information and feeding them false information that was designed to affect their health, possibly fatally. That wasn’t enough for Zuckerberg and Biden, they also had to cheat, lie, and steal an election all the while telling us that trump is Hitler and a threat to democracy. If you don’t lie down while we steal this election through subterfuge we will tell the rest of America that being a MAGA Republican is akin to being a NAZI.
In a government the size of America the typical voter is hopelessly torn to bits by the flood of information that is constantly fed to him and her. Who is to know what is worthwhile and what is not so one is just blown along by the winds of relentless propaganda fed to him by his own government through its various ministries of propaganda like Zuckerberg and Facebook. The voter hasn’t met any of these people and he doesn’t even know anyone like them. He normally doesn’t associate with power obsessed people but nevertheless they are out there looking to deceive him in order to gain and keep power at any cost.
The elite media seek to wash the voters’ minds collectively and individually clean each day. They control the government and they tell him they have a higher moral purpose that involves a better use of his money than he could ever make. They have to save the planet from climate change and from all those evil Russians. They have to stimulate the economy so their fake numbers will be even more fake and they must feed all those poor and sick. Their fake claims are just ways to distribute more and more of the fruits of the labor of hard-working Americans to powerful insiders. The higher purpose is nothing but an illusion and a swindle.
So, Mr. Zuckerberg formally admitted to Congress that he allowed himself and his company to be a part of this swindle of the American people. Facebook, he said, implemented a vast digital censorship regime on behalf of the federal government to suppress the speech of American citizens. Freedom of speech or the protected right of Americans to say what they think and want to say whether it offends or not, is the most basic of freedoms and without it no American is free whether he is a MAGA Republican or a totally sold out Joe Biden/Kamala Harris Democrat.
Zuckerberg’s letter admitted and outlined how Facebook colluded with officials from the federal government including White House representatives to silence content contradicting the establishment consensus regarding COVID and Hunter Biden’s laptop. Quote from Mark Zuckerberg:
“In 2021, senior officials from the Biden administration, including the White House, repeatedly pressured our teams for months to censor certain COVID-19 content, including humor and satire, and expressed a lot of frustration with our teams when we didn’t agree. Ultimately, it was our decision whether or not to take content down, and we own our decisions, including COVID-19 related changes we made to our enforcement in the wake of this pressure.”
He went on to express regret at his company’s accommodation of the government’s “requests”. Somebody, and perhaps a lot of somebody’s, should have to respond in damages for what they did if not also in jail time. They deserve jail much more than the J-6 political prisoners sitting in jail because of an evil false flag event conducted by an evil government led by evil people. This is probably happening right now and will continue because the government is staffed by devoted ideological leftists who believe passionately that they are so morally superior that their end justifies any means.
Zuckerberg’s regret doesn’t resolve the issue, not by a long shot. It really means that he was feeling the heat from congress and needed to get ahead of the game. Joe Biden is a lame duck and already well under the bus. He was removed by Democrat elites so that Harris could pretend to be washed clean of his dirt as if she had nothing to do with it. She might possibly just be low enough on the IQ scale to not know but the same elites who ran the country when Biden was pretending to be president are running it now and will run it if she is elected, and then pretends to be president.
The various social media platforms are now so closely associated with the government that they are virtually one and the same. Free speech conducted and denied on these platforms affects your health i.e. denial of helpful information about COVID and the vaccines as well as wealth, safety and general happiness and enjoyment of life. It seems very wrong to me to allow the federal government to legally provide false information to us about vital events, etc. but the case of Murthy v. Missouri seems to allow it. In that case the Supreme Court ruled that states and individual plaintiffs who challenged the Biden administration’s censorship programs don’t have standing to sue because they cannot establish a clear link between the government’s pressure and the platform’s actions. In light of this Zuckerberg letter what will congress and the state AG’s do now that the link is clearly established and admitted.
In addition to providing us with government lies about COVID, Facebook spiked the Hunter Biden laptop story thus affecting the election or said differently, allowing or assisting the theft of a U.S. presidential election. Everyone, including the Democrats’ Stasi, otherwise known as the FBI, now admits that the laptop was real and if known could have affected the election outcome. The laptop revealed a lot more than the obvious story that Hunter is a drug addicted sexual pervert. It revealed Hunter’s traveling the world from Communist China to Ukraine, to Romania, to act as broker in the selling of the political influence of his father, the big guy. So, Zuckerberg and Facebook contributed to Joe Biden’s coverup and theft of the presidency.
The fact that this is now a better late than never situation does not detract from the impact of Zuck’s letter. Americans can now look at it and say oh my God Zuck, you lied to us, deceived us, and let us think that Biden was good and Trump was literally Hitler. He admitted that he was “wrong” to suppress information about Hunter’s laptop and that he regrets doing so. That’s nice isn’t it because his regrets are so meaningful almost four years after the stolen election.
I wonder if Zuck regrets helping Democrats flood the country with illegals thus allowing unprecedented violent crime including rape and murder of many women and little girls. Does he regret assisting Biden with taking us to the brink of nuclear war in two parts of the world while working to foment another in the Pacific. What about the radicalization of our K-12 children to the point that parents are shut out, not listened to and even prosecuted. I don’t give Zuck a pass on anything because he said he regrets giving in to certain demands, not to all demands, so I suppose he picks and chooses his regrets.
Donald Trump had something to say about Zuck’s letter; “Zuckerberg admits that the White House pushed to suppress the Hunter Biden laptop story and much more. In other words, the 2020 presidential election was rigged.” Yes, it was rigged, but in light of this admission if we had a real Republican Party and a real Speaker of the House with the courage to do the right thing, perhaps something could be done, but oh well.
Why would it take so much courage for the Speaker of the House or any other public figure to do the right thing and bring forth the charges that this admission deserves. If you take positions in public that have not been approved by the consensus that makes up the powers that be, no one will come forward to debate you, instead you will be referred to as a kook, a nut, etc. The most admirable politicians of our era have been treated that way. Ron Paul was called all those names and much more, often by people in his own party and often by people unworthy of him. Influential people told Americans that Ron was a nut so they repeated it as if they believed it.
Ron tried to tell the American people that the Federal Reserve was robbing them and he tried to tell them that the military industrial complex was doing the same thing with the Federal Reserve’s help. People wouldn’t listen and they shunned him as a nut but those of us on the outside listened and the young helped bring him forward, but once again the establishment wasn’t having any of it. The Republican nomination in many states was denied to him in what amounted to unfair tactics to deny him votes. It wasn’t as blatantly obvious as what the Democrats have done with Kamala Harris but cheating, nevertheless.
So, here we are just about two months from the 2024 presidential election and the Democrats have selected their chosen candidate for us. Ms. Harris got zero votes, has so far given zero press conferences, zero interviews, but she and Tim Walz did stage buying a bag of Doritos all I suppose to make them look normal. The people who selected her have inflicted a ridiculous anti-democratic joke on the American people. In reality, she is a bubbleheaded actress with the right skin color for today’s Democrats, the right hair and the right smile. It’s all choregraphed without a single original thought.
It is especially distressing when you consider how far American elections have degraded. We are at the point now where candidates who stand in opposition to those selected for us are charged with non-crimes and indicted and convicted of basically nothing and if that isn’t enough they are shot at, wounded, then the alleged lone nut shooter is cremated before evidence can be processed, just like in the removal to China of World Trade Center evidence and debris. We are supposed to look at it and just say well that’s politics so just move along, nothing to see here.
Nothing having to do with the federal government can be believed or trusted anymore. The department of justice covering the FBI which is supposed to be investigating itself in the Trump near assassination should get a long look as should the government within a government, the CIA but who has the courage.
I’m sure you are aware that Robert Kennedy, jr. has dropped out of the presidential race and endorsed Trump. Tulsi Gabbard, still on the Terrorist watch list, also endorsed him. I read an article in the Babylon Bee humor paper which said that Trump wanted Kennedy in the campaign because he would draw most of the sniper fire away from Trump, funny and a little sobering.
Tulsi said, “We are closer to the brink of nuclear war than we ever have been before. This is one of the reasons I am committed to doing all that I can to send Trump back to the White House where he can once again serve as our Commander-in-Chief.”
Finally, folks, I close this Castle Report once again with the words of the great H.L. Mencken:
“Every normal man must be tempted at times, to spit on his hands, hoist the black flag, and begin slitting throats.”
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the announced plan of Kamala Harris to “fix” the American economy along with a discussion of that most undemocratic of institutions, the Democrat Party.
Transcription / Notes
THE HARRIS PLAN TO “FIX” THE ECONOMY
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 23rd day of August in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the announced plan of Kamala Harris to “fix” the American economy along with a discussion of that most undemocratic of institutions, the Democrat Party.
Why do I refer to the Democrat Party as undemocratic. There are many reasons but primarily that Party seems to regard the will of the people as nothing but a nuisance to keep the ruling elite of the Party from having their way. For example, Hillary Clinton received more primary delegates than Barack Obama but he was nominated because he had more “super delegates.” The current nominees, Kamala Harris and Tim Walz received no delegate votes at all, not a single vote but they have the nomination and not Joe Biden who received 14 million primary votes.
Far a perfect explanation of American politics, and the entire election process I turn to the incomparable H.L. Mencken:
“The state—or, to make matters more concrete, the government—consists of a gang of men exactly like you and me. They have, taking one with another, no special talent for the business of government; they have only a talent for getting and holding office. Their principal device to that end is to search out groups who pant and pine for something they can’t get, and to promise to give it to them. Nine times out of ten that promise is worth nothing. The tenth time it is made good by looting A to satisfy B. In other words, government is a broker in pillage, and every election is a sort of advanced auction on stolen goods.”
I search in vain for a finer explanation of the American political system and American politicians than Mencken’s, but what of Kamala Harris and her solutions to our troubles. I will focus my attention right here at home for now because we have so many issues and despite the dangerous climb up the escalation ladder abroad, I look inward for today. Home where our families live and home where we struggle to feed them in spite of various government decisions which try to keep us from doing so. Inflation is obviously a problem right now and Kamala Harris wants us to know that she is aware of it and intends to fix it. Her solutions are even more interesting since she is now vice president and has been in that office while inflation was embedding itself in the economy.
The consumer price index has charts available that tell us what inflation is and how it affects our daily lives and our ability to maintain our standard of living. When we notice, little by little, that our living standard is slipping away the information from the consumer price index tells us at least partially, why that is true. For example, a U.S. dollar from 1971 is equivalent to $7.77 in 2024 an increase of 677%. So, the real value, or purchasing value of a dollar decreases over time. Does your income increase correspondingly because if not then your standard of living is declining. In some areas of the country, Ms. Harris’s California for example, the change has been even more pronounced. Politicians such as Kamala Harris will try just about anything to solve the problem of inflation except the only solution that will actually work. The only solution is cut public spending drastically or raise taxes drastically or both but those things will not buy very many votes.
The great economist Milton Friedman famously put it like this, in his dictum, “inflation is always and everywhere a monetary problem.” In other words, if you’ve got inflation as we have today, you are printing too much money. Who wants to live within their means in this day and age of empire and entitlement. We want to run the world and we want to stay in power and those things cost a lot of money. They cost a lot more than can be extracted from working people therefore the answer is not stopping spending, but it is obviously borrow more, and print the payments.
These things, empire and entitlement, may seem reasonable at the moment, but in the long run we pay dearly for them. For example, the Covid stimulus checks we got of about $1200 provided some immediate relief for what the government was doing to us but in the long run we pay dearly for them in terms of how much more food and fuel cost today as a result. It must be terribly hard for politicians to think long term because long term thinking is hard and the solutions to problems caused by politicians are usually painful and difficult. You won’t persuade many to sell you their votes by promising to cut government spending.
The Vice President of the United States and potentially the future President of the United States has a plan for solving the problems that we, as working Americans, have. When I heard her first idea that she promises to do if elected I cringed because of the simple-minded stupidity of it. She said she would provide up to $25,000 in down payment support for hundreds of thousands of first-time home buyers. Notice that she said I will provide this money, or I will give this money so I thought that’s really nice of her and she must be a lot richer than I thought.
It turns out that her statement was unfortunately just a figure of speech because she will not be giving, but instead she will be stealing. Yes, she plans to steal this money from working Americans or add it to the already $35 trillion debt thus destroying the standard of living of our children and future generations. On an annual basis there are 1.8 million first-time homeowners in America. Using that figure would result in $45 billion in annual spending but I’m certain it would trigger a lot more applications than 1.8 million so the cost would be much higher. That’s not much I know, for people who give $120 billion to Ukraine, but still, it’s money the U.S. does not have.
I will give you just a few of my thoughts about this idea of hers or whoever thought it up. It does not result from simple-minded stupidity, but it is instead an obvious vote buying scheme. It’s a way of saying to her base, I know you are whores so I’m just curious, how much do you charge. It has no productivity attached, so zero benefit will be returned. It will, in turn, make homes more expensive so the average buyer now and in the future will be less likely to be able to afford a home. In other words, this idiotic idea will make the “housing crises” a lot worse, but it might buy enough votes to win and gain power. Finally, it would put a lot of people in homes who can’t afford to live in them thus sparking a mortgage foreclosure crises that we saw with the Obama years. That’s why I suspect he probably thought it up.
That is unfortunately, not the only tried before, stupid idea that she has in store for us. She is going to “ban corporate price-gouging” at grocery stores. Yes, she resents the 1% to 2% profit in the food and grocery industry. She’s OK it seems, with the 10% to 15% profit in the defense industry. See folks the reason food costs 10% per cent more this year than last is not her administration’s idiotic, bumbling with the economy because it’s all those 1% to 2% margin grocery stores that are just price-gouging. She is going to use the most totalitarian method of good socialists everywhere to make this problem much worse and that is to tell grocery stores they can’t raise prices. So, if their suppliers raise their prices what is the store to do. Don’t worry about that because she has the answer. Just tell the suppliers they can’t raise their prices either and tell the transport people the same thing.
O.K. Madame President, what if the allowed prices are below the level of profitability for my business or what should I do if it cost me more to produce than I get from your prices. Well folks, anyone with a functioning brain and anyone who has even a modest understanding can see that this type of top-down control always results in disaster. She promises to do it joyfully though so at least we have her joyful cackle going for us. The bureaucrats in Washington are so much better at turning us into Venezuela, Cuba and other such places than actual producers could.
O.K. what else can she do to damage this country. How about a government home building program to put another nail in our coffin. Yes, she will build three million new housing units at a proposed cost of $40 billion. The cost would be worth it you see, because it would create a lot of shovel-ready jobs. Adding three million new government homes should bring down the cost of homes, especially if they are built in your neighborhood. It would bring down the cost of your home and that’s for sure, but I would wager that the chances of all the homes being built are close to zero.
So far, we have added $100 billion to the annual deficit and debt with zero benefit to the country or its people. The only result so far would be a probable food shortage and crises resulting and inflation being made much worse, not better. Can it get any worse than this, well yes it can and we can depend on VP Harris to find that way. Once again, she said she proposes to give each newborn child $6000 to help end child poverty. What would be the best treatment for child poverty, lower inflation by reducing government spending and cutting unnecessary regulations so their parents can work to earn a living.
I’m always interested when I find one of the many forms of government hypocrisy. I’m going to give $6000 to each newborn implies that she thinks she actually has that authority, and with the office comes this vast pool of money she can do with as she chooses. The only reason more money isn’t “given” to people who vote for the giver is because of selfishness. We don’t have the money so that’s easy just add it to the debt but then you have the interest until the final demise of the nation the advent of which will be accelerated by the gift. Speaking of hypocrisy, she will give money to newborns while at the DNC there is a bus providing free abortions and free vasectomies.
This woman who wants to hold the office of President of the United States is clueless and that makes her even more dangerous than the not even sentient Joe Biden. When he was sentient, a long time ago, I doubt very much if he would have gone for such a destructive plan. This lady is proposing full-fledged tyrannical totalitarianism.
According to information released by the Harris-Walz campaign she doesn’t see it the same way I do. She will make tackling inflation a day one priority and she will outline her plan to lower costs for middle class families, take on and defeat corporate price gouging, and just simply lower costs for all Americans. The costs of all these giveaways, according to Ms. Harris, will be paid by taxes on the rich and powerful. She doesn’t say that those rich and powerful people are the very same elites who now control her and the Democrat Party and the tax system and policies of the nation.
Most likely, the costs will not be born by the rich and powerful, but by us normal Americans since it will simply be added to the debt and eventually paid for by the people for whom she tells us she is doing it. So, I guess we already have on our books $35 trillion of vote buying and war making boondoggles and idiotic wasteful schemes so what is a few $100 billion more. The costs always end up on the least informed and least protected group and that is we the people.
To this extent each candidate is in on the rigging of the game and that is that neither will do the one thing that would help reduce costs for middle class families and that is cut back on government itself. Cut everything and eliminate a lot of things if you sincerely want to save this country for future generations. Instead, both of them propose new costly programs to expand its reach and intrusion into our lives.
In conclusion, what Ms. Harris seems intent on doing is setting racial and ethnic minorities along with Third World immigrants against the middle class of American society for the purpose of transferring a free and self-ruled country into a corporatist totalitarian left-wing globalist state. I’m sure she knows that if the nation does not continually inflate its currency thus devaluing its debt the interest on the debt could not reasonably be funded so as Mencken said it’s all lies and posturing fabricated to cover the Democrats real agenda.
Finally, folks these Democrats, now led by Kamala Harris, a simple-minded, inarticulate woman have grown so comfortable with lying that they have no problem with turning the American people out as whores selling their votes. They and the people have lost their way and have sunk into moral darkness so deep they can no longer see any way out.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about former member of Congress, Tulsi Gabbard, and how she has been investigated, followed and branded publicly as a potential domestic terrorist under the government’s new “Quiet Skies” program.
TERRORIST OR FREEDOM FIGHTER
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 16th day of August in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about former member of congress Tulsi Gabbard and how she has been investigated and followed and branded publicly as a potential domestic terrorist under the government’s new “Quiet Skies” program.
Yes, it seems that Tulsi has upset all the wrong people or all the right people depending on your point of view, and she has been placed on what amounts to a dangerous terrorist watch list under the Quit Skies program. She has been and is being tracked by government agents in a program that reminds one of the surveillance regimes of the Soviet Union or perhaps East Germany before the Soviet breakup.
This all came to light because one of those agents was disturbed by what he was ordered to do and became a whistleblower by contacting an organization called Uncover DC. The whistleblower said that Tulsi was singled out as a terror threat and Tulsi said his report matched her experiences and explained why she had been having so much trouble moving about the world in recent days. She went abroad for a short trip just a couple of days ago and was harassed at each leg and in each airport of her journey.
She and her husband had their boarding passes marked with the quadruple SSSS designation which means Secondary Security Screening Selection. The quad S is usually a marker that tells the agents of TSA or any other airport personnel that the person so designated is a terror threat. So, from this point just imagine Tulsi as a threat to commit an act of terror. Perhaps she might say or write something the regime that seems to be in control of all Western nations considers to be not in compliance, but actual terror.
For Tulsi the quad S meant delays of up to 45 minutes every time she went through an airport security process. Tulsi, an Iraq war veteran and current Army reservist said she usually packs light but sometimes that made it even more difficult because it was easier for them to go through and examine with their eyes and their hands each item of clothes she had in her carry-on bag. She said she had a couple of blazers; workout clothing and underwear and they squeezed every inch of each item at each airport change for her trip.
Agents unzipped the lining inside the roller boards of her suitcase and examined every inch of the liner. She was ordered to take out every piece of electronics and turn each one on including her military phone and computer. Tulsi said she normally uses her military ID to get through security but for several trips including one trip to her reserve base in Oklahoma, the ID failed to get her through. One agent saw the quad S and said how can you be quad S and be in the military. I suppose that’s a good question would have been her answer but that’s just a guess.
She reports that on one flight there were at least six agents doing her screening, along with dog teams. There were dogs in Dallas and dogs at the gates where she had to wait. Yes, indeed Tulsi Gabbard is quiet the terror threat. The whistle blower said that she had been placed on a domestic terror watch list. According to him she had two explosive detection canine teams, one Transportation Security Specialist (for explosives), one plainclothes TSA supervisor, and three Federal Air Marshalls assigned to every flight she boards.
Uncover DC said she was placed on the list July 23 and the trio of Air Marshalls began flying with her on July 25. So far at least three Marshalls have flown with her on at least eight flights. The goal, according to the Quiet Skies program, is to surround people with human watchers. There are potentially 15 such Marshalls or human watchers assigned to each gate where the quad S flyer is waiting.
Tulsi said, “this is not a woe me situation, instead it’s bringing to the forefront how brazen the political retaliation and abuse of power continues to be under the Biden-Harris administration.” It seems to me that all this abuse heaped on Tulsi has served to confirm that she has been right about things all along. Tulsi’s not the first to be tracked by this Stasi imitation government that we are under right now and she won’t be the last, but she is perhaps the most high-profile target and I might add the most obviously undeserving of such treatment.
The quiet skies program was expanded to identify and follow each person who could be identified as having been in the capital on January 6th, 2021. The government does this by pressuring their servants in the corporate world to hand over credit card information for every person who purchased anything within several miles of the capital that day. They also examined every camera in the capital and used facial recognition software to track each individual.
It’s bad enough that Americans are so corrupt that they will follow other Americans for no reason, but Tulsi is different. She is a war veteran with no connection to January 6th or any other government false flag operation. Her appearance on a terror watch list is an indication that the event we were warned could happen has in-fact happened. The surveillance powers surrendered by congress to the various intelligence agencies that make up homeland security have been turned against the American people who through their words demonstrate that they are not one hundred percent in lock step with the regime.
How does Tulsi feel about all this and about how she has been treated by the government she risked her life to serve. “I enlisted because of the terrorist attack on 9/11. I was like a lot of Americans. We enlisted to ensure the safety, security, and freedom of the American people and go after the terrorists who attacked us. And so now to have confirmation—I guarantee there are other men and women in uniform or veterans now being targeted. I can’t think of a word that adequately captures how I feel. The closest I can think of is the deepest sense of betrayal. It cuts to the core.”
I know she feels betrayed and it has left her with a sadness that she lost something precious. I can see it in her face when she appears on video and I can hear it in her voice. She went on to talk about the Homeland Intelligence Experts Group which was led by psychotic lunatic John Brennan and former Director of National Intelligence, James Clapper. The documents recently released identify Trump supporters, people in the military, or religious people as indicators for extremism or terrorism. The intelligence community she tells us is therefore targeting people of “many stripes”, but especially those who wear the uniform or have worn the uniform.
Why Tulsi, why put her on the list when she is so obviously not a terroristic threat. She has been a persistent critic of the politicians in the current administration. She was a member of congress in the Democrat Party from the State of Hawaii but she left congress for her own reasons and ran for President in the 2020 Democrat primaries. Her rebuke of Kamala Harris ended Harris’ campaign without a single primary delegate. Perhaps that has something to do with her current persecution.
The day before she was apparently placed on the list she appeared on the Ingraham Angle and criticized the “proxy war” in Ukraine. She said the administration was using “crap” excuses to turn Ukraine into another Afghanistan. Her put down of Harris during the campaign, I imagine stung and was not forgotten by the newly chosen one. She put over 1500 people in jail, Tulsi said, and then laughed about it when asked if she ever smoked marijuana.
There is absolutely no legitimate reason for Tulsi Gabbard to be placed on the Quiet Skies program. Being listed as a potential terrorist, followed by 9 Air Marshalls and three canine teams everywhere she goes is horrible even by the almost non-existent standards for decency of this administration. This is an administration that opens the border for anyone who wants to enter thus permitting the rape and murder of women and little girls across the country. The new candidate for vice president on the ticket with Kamala Harris said he wished he could give ladders to all those people so they could climb in easier.
So, what is Tulsi to do about this persecution that has been cast upon her. She posted on X this statement. “My own government, my president, my commander-in-chief is targeting me as a potential domestic terrorist, the closest word that comes to mind is a complete sense of betrayal. After serving over 21 years and continuing to serve in our nations’ military, my own government has labeled and is targeting me directly now as a domestic terrorist. They’re using people like the air marshals as weapons and pawns to target their political opponents. Of course, there’s no explanation given, which is why we are taking legal recourse.”
What does she mean by taking legal recourse. It’s a little too early to know right now, but there has been some action. Empower Oversight is a firm that has represented whistleblowers and others in the Quiet Skies program as well as the IRS special agents who testified in the Hunter Biden case. Their lawyers sent a letter to Homeland Security demanding an immediate investigation into the Tulsi Gabbard matter. However, Empower says that it has learned that instead of calling off the dogs (literally) assigned to Tulsi the government is proceeding against the Quiet Skies whistleblowers.
Quiet Skies says that this is a program using a risk-based approach to identify and apply enhanced security measures on some domestic and outbound international flights. Simply applying this risk-based rule to passengers does not necessarily mean anything derogatory, etc. so on and so forth, or said this way blah, blah blah. You don’t have to worry about whether these people have probable cause because they admit that almost none of their search’s results in court proceedings so probable cause is unnecessary. I’m sure that if a court proceeding did result, then probable cause would be found very quickly.
Homeland Security tells us that the terrorist watchlist has greatly expanded lately. The new targets are not Muslims flying in from the Middle East, but domestic terrorist threats. You know all those grandmothers who visited DC on a particular day. They also have to pay very close attention to grandmothers who prayed in DC on January 6th. Yes a 72-year-old lady who had lived her life squeaky clean without even a traffic ticket was just sentenced to a fine of $103,000, 6 months house arrest, 12 months’ probation and loss of internet privileges. Yes, I said privileges because speaking is now a privilege in this country and speaking the truth is a crime. Rebecca Lavrenz is known by her friends as the praying grandma, but the Biden Administration says she is a criminal.
In conclusion, Tulsi said that a TSA agent told her that he had noticed that the well-known Quad S targets he had seen were most often supporters of a former president. Can the deep state be dismantled or can the toothpaste be returned to the tube. It’s very doubtful but a good start would be to dismantle George W. Bush’s Department of Homeland Security with a hard look at each of its 270,000 employees to see whether each can continue under the component agencies. Without freedom to speak our minds we are definitely not free and the Government of the United States of America is working night and day to criminalize speech and deprive us of freedom.
Finally, Folks, it’s too bad about Tulsi. She is a woman who should be honored and lifted up by the government as an example for all of us but instead she is persecuted. She is persecuted because the government is wicked, evil and satanic, and simply will not tolerate dissent. I understand why she is persecuted, but I don’t understand why people continue to vote for the descent of our country into satanic evil.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the Secret Service and its recent series of abject failures to perform its function even modestly let alone in the fashion we have come to expect from that vaunted agency.
Transcription / Notes
THE SECRET SERVICE’S FAILURE OF IMAGINATION
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 9th day of August in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the Secret Service and its recent series of abject failures to perform its function even modestly let alone in the fashion we have come to expect from that vaunted agency.
I decided to resist my natural instinct to devote all my attention to the coming war in the Middle East which I predict the United States will find it impossible to resist and instead devote my attention to something just about as dangerous right here at home. Yes indeed, the Secret Service is the rock of the United States Government and is filled with the most highly trained and dedicated agents in all of government, right. Well, no folks that is no longer right as we will see in this Report.
The Service is secret because its agents are supposed to be invisible. They are seen but not seen as part of the landscape you hardly notice them but they are always there. The philosophy of the Service as well as the agents who staff it has been similar to doctors. The doctor doesn’t rejoice in the recovery room when his work is successful, and he doesn’t weep in the cemetery when it isn’t, he just tries to find out what is going on and then keeps going. The agent doesn’t care who he is assigned to protect he just does his job with professionalism and competence putting his own life on the line in the process.
The agents are not responsible for the behavior of their protectees, only their protection. If the protectee cheats on his wife or is a drunk or does business with underworld characters that is not the agent’s concern, only safety. Things seem to have changed at the Service in recent years to the point that we have come to expect lying, stonewalling, and obfuscation regarding the failure of the agents to properly do their jobs. It is very clear right now that the Service has not been forthright with the investigation of the attempted assassination of Donald Trump. So, the American people can no longer depend on the Service to protect its assigned protectee unless that person happens to have a political philosophy and agenda in line with the Service and its controllers.
What we can depend on with certainty is the Service lying about its failure to do the job with which the American people have entrusted it. Little by little information about the attempted assassination leaks out from whistle blowers inside the Service and with each revelation it looks worse. The series of security failures was so large that it seems obvious that the Service is no longer even competent let alone elite. Lies follow lies but some are just too obvious. The director of the FBI covering for the Service by saying that perhaps Trump was not shot. His lie was quickly put to rest by doctors but why would he tell such a lie. Perhaps it was a cover for the Service but more likely just a difference of political views.
My favorite lie though, was from the interim director of the Service, or perhaps it wasn’t a lie just simple incompetence and lack of intelligence. When director Kimberly Cheatle resigned a new director or interim director had to be appointed and that was Ronald Rowe, a man with 24 years of service. While being questioned by members of Congress about how this attempted assassination could have happened he said it was “a failure of imagination.” The Service never imagined that anybody would want to take a shot at Donald Trump. The more you think about that response, the more hilarious it becomes and it could take us down a number of rabbit trails, but nevertheless that was his answer.
So, the Service just could not imagine that we live in a dangerous world and that is why its agents were tasked with protecting one of the highest profile and most polarizing people in the world. I can’t help but wonder how such a man managed to rise to his position in the federal government. A lack of imagination then, caused the Service’s counter sniper team to not attend the pre-event coordination meeting with local law enforcement and had zero communication local SWAT teams.
That is only one of a series of failures and inexplicable things that happened during this event. In fact, it is harder to find things the Service did right than it is to pinpoint mistakes. One wonders if all these failures to properly do the job of protecting Trump were just stupid incompetence or whether something more sinister was going on. In many countries around the globe, those we often refer to as 3rd world, we would immediately assume the incompetence was a cover-up for something more sinister. Here in America, we are the essential and exceptional nation, and above all that and we walk with pride in the knowledge that we are not just physically and intellectually superior, but morally superior as well.
Government conspiracies are very difficult to pull off as we all know because they usually require the silence of hundreds, perhaps thousands of people, which would be very unlikely. On the other hand, if the people heading the event were as obviously incompetent as Kimberly Cheatle and Robert Rowe who denied resources to Trump’s security detail and assigned inexperienced agents to it, perhaps there is something to it. There are many problems here, but all we know for certain right now is that resources were strangled and substandard agents were assigned to the team. Is that enough to suspect something sinister, perhaps but it gets worse.
What we have been discussing is all pre-shooting failures and incompetence. Once shots were fired the incompetence continued. When the alleged shooter, Thomas Mathew Crooks, was killed by counter sniper fire (apparently) there was an autopsy of his body. By the way isn’t it interesting how the lone nut always has three names. Lee Harvey Oswald, Sirhan Sirhan Sirhan, James Earl Ray and now Thomas Mathew Crooks. Post shooting investigations of the lone nut’s background usually reveal that he was never referred to by three names, but that is how we are to remember him.
I have seen reports of the autopsy from this past week but the Butler County Coroner’s office released cause and manner of death on July 21st. Cause and manner do not constitute an autopsy as any good lawyer can tell you. It seems that an autopsy has been conducted but it is doubtful whether we will ever be able to see its results. Virtually everything having to do with physical evidence in this case including position of the body, location of wounds, consistent with the sniper rifle that supposedly killed him, all are being guarded like state secrets. Why, nobody seems to know why the public can’t see this evidence. What all the secrecy does is fuel doubt, and cause speculation and a belief that something sinister is going on.
It seems to me that it is incumbent on the part of the Service, its boss Homeland Security, and their boss, the President, to be more forthright with their answers. I’m a little sick of their, go away peon attitude. If you want to know why everything seems like a conspiracy it’s because they make it so. What is the burden of proof here. Is it the criminal standard of beyond a reasonable doubt or the civil standard of its more likely than not because using that standard it’s starting to look bad for the service.
The Service has many other issues that might lead one to the belief that leadership is less than forthright with us. Somebody left cocaine in plain view in the White House but the Service has no clue who did it. The cocaine, it has now been revealed, was in a container which had DNA evidence in it but still we the people are not entitled to know who left and apparently used cocaine in our house. A Secret Service Uniformed Division officer found the bag of cocaine on July 2, 2023, on a Sunday while the President was in Camp David. The ensuing dispute between the Uniformed Division, the Forensics Services Division, and the Secret Service leadership became public knowledge. The leadership, meaning Kimberly Cheatle, apparently wanted to protect her friends and boss in the Biden family but the other divisions refused to go along. That is the story now that Kimberly Cheatle is no longer the director.
Secret Service Agents took Vice President-elect Harris to the DNC, that’s the Democrat National Committee, before the January 6th protest, riot, insurrection, or whatever you choose to call it and whatever you choose to believe. I realize that it is extremely hard to discern what to believe and too often it comes down to a person’s pre-conceived political biases. The sketchy information, otherwise known as lies, is revealed to us piecemeal and in a fashion that tells us what to believe. For example, the pipe bomb placed on the bench outside DNC headquarters that day was clearly visible on video. Children played near it but no one stopped them. The supposed bomb was of the comic book variety with a timer like a large kitchen clock.
So, for the Service and for this government some questions need to be answered. There are many others but some that occur to me are these. Was the pipe bomb inert or active. Why was EOD people not called to dispose of the bomb. If it was an active as opposed to inert bomb, why didn’t the explosive detection dogs find it. Why did it take the Service more than a year to reply to the Inspector General’s request for January 6th documents. When the Vice President-Elect said she felt threatened or that her life was in danger, why did it take a year to learn that she was not even in the capitol complex that day. Why did the Service and its agents and leadership sit by while people they knew to be innocent were given enhanced sentences because of a threat to the Vice President-Elect.
There are many questions to be asked and answered about the attempted assassination as well as cocaine gate and insurrection gate. Once Director Cheatle fell on her sword, why was no one fired for incompetence. The answer is the same shuffling one that we always get and that is that the investigation is ongoing, etc. Some in congress and even some in the conservative press are suggesting that because of this administration’s emphasis on diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) the standards may have been lowered to the level of incompetence in favor of identity politics.
The Service’s web site is revealing and might give one reason to think that might just be the case. Its various categories for recruitment include outreach to African Americans, Pacific Islanders, Hispanic, Indigenous Nations, Federal Women’s Program. LGBTQ, Persons with Disabilities/Disabled Veteran, Office of the Ombudsman, and Inclusion and Engagement Council. What is missing from this list is merit and there is nothing about being willing to take the bullet meant for the protectee.
This makes me think that morale and job satisfaction among all those dedicated dark suits and dark glasses can’t be very high. To be thought of as an incompetent failure must be difficult for them and being politically correct and loyal like a good lapdog is not much of a compromise. Whatever happened to honor and the refusal to compromise or what used to be known as character and integrity.
Finally, folks, the lack of imagination the interim director blamed for this debacle cost a man his life and deprived his family of his love, provision, and protection. It also caused several people to be wounded and a presidential candidate to be wounded and almost killed. Is the destruction and dissolution of our society planned. Quoting the interim director, the investigation is still ongoing, etc.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the real meaning of the Paris Olympics.
Transcript / Notes
BEHOLD A PALE HORSE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 2nd day of August in the year of our Lord 2024.I will be talking about the Paris Olympics and explaining to you why I can’t watch the greatest spectacle in sports anymore, at least not this Olympics. Look at me, the Paris Olympic Committee says, look upon my gross ugliness both inner and outer. Look upon the banal ugliness of my subculture of tiresome neurotics who cannot seem to drudge up from their souls one single beautiful thing so they must tear down, destroy, smudge in their filth and dirt everything that is beautiful, creative and without malice.
As a backdrop to this Report, let me tell you some of the things going on with the 2024 Olympic Games. This is France so you know the sports and the athletes cannot just stand for themselves. No, in France there has to be an ideological statement thus the opening ceremony. There are some other things the French want to get across to us so we can look at a few of them. This was to be a green Olympics with no air conditioning but the athletes could not sleep because of the heat and they could not open their windows because of mosquitoes so they had an emergency order of window units. They were going to feed the world’s greatest athletes fake meat of the lab grown variety. The food made them all sick to eat it and even to think about it so steak, the real kind, had to be flown in on an emergency basis. The beds were all cardboard to keep the athletes from having sex with each other, so they don’t want them having sex, but they are allowing male boxers to fight women. This is what first world France has done to itself. In the meantime, the Seine River is so polluted and filled with e-coli the triathlon could not be held there.
I’m sure you all know by now what the opening ceremony of the 2024 summer games was all about but I will endeavor to refresh your memory just a little bit today. Included in the opening ceremony was a parody of the Last Supper as it was portrayed by Leonardo de Vinci in his famous painting of Jesus and his disciples. In Paris, all the disciples were drag queens and Jesus was portrayed as a fat lesbian. There were transvestites along with one child in the scene and in front of them was a French actor virtually naked except for blue body paint. He moved sexually in an attempt to portray the Greek god Dionysus.
Sex dominated the scene as other actors displayed their sexual organs and it included a menage a trois with three young people or at least I think they were people. This was a mockery of one of the most sacred moments in the Christian faith and for all Christians for all time. These were the very founders of Christianity having their last meal with Jesus on this earth. To mock such a scene is immoral obviously, but to do it in front of an audience of millions is despicable. The Olympic games is supposed to represent the coming together of mankind through sport unburdened by politics and the other things that divide us. To perform such a mockery in such a setting is to consciously use their depravity as an affront to the holiness of God.
So, instead of honoring athletes and sport and recognizing the best athletes from every corner of the globe so that one by one they can stand on the podium before the whole world and say today I was the best in the world at what I do. Instead of that the athletes were dishonored by allowing themselves to be used as a weapon in a satanic war against Christianity. This Olympics should forever be known as a tribute to drag queens and child grooming and an attack on everyone who believes the gospel. This was a conscious attack on our Christian brothers and sisters around the world many of whom died as martyrs for the faith. We don’t have to be that dramatic of course, we can just remember our mothers, grandmothers, wives, and husbands who lived their lives holding on to that faith with nothing else to hold on to.
Aside from the Last Supper, the ceremony included a depiction of a headless Marie Antoinette, the last queen of France, who was married to Catholic King Louis XVI. Louis was executed by beheading during the revolution in 1789 and his queen followed him later at the age of 37. There was also a golden calf portrayed along with some type of horned beast which I took to be a satanic goat. A pale horse with a rider in pale white armor galloped down the Seine River thus the name of this Castle Report.
Revelation 6:8 “I looked and behold a pale horse! Its rider was named death, and hell followed with him. They were given power over a fourth of the earth to kill by sword, famine and plague, and by the wild beasts of the earth.”
This is evidence of a war against religion that is ongoing. There seems to be an understanding that if the vile, wicked, and satanic are to prevail in this struggle then God must be discredited and destroyed in the minds of the people. Once God is destroyed the people will worship the true god of state power. That god fears truth like superman fears kryptonite. That god equals authority and a desperate quest for prestige, power and honor. Ther is a constant fight among adherents of the state religion to control the state god and that is fine as long as all participants in the struggle acknowledge that the state is god.
The state god equals authority and its authority must be final. There can be no other gods before it. Its word is final and ultimate. Since it is the supreme authority it cannot withstand rivals because otherwise it would fall into question and since it is supreme it cannot allow that to happen. Its hypocrisy becomes evident because although it mocks and degrades any perceived rivals it cannot endure mockery or ridicule. Once its undeniable incompetence is exposed to the whole world it is ready and willing to fight, kill and destroy
This challenge to the state as god was used in France to neutralize the influence of traditional Christian views of sexuality in favor of the new views evolving through the sexual revolution. Christian rites and imagery are a threat to the new sexual revolution because they stand in opposition. Sadly, many Christian denominations protestant and catholic have bought into the new way as a form of unity and inclusion, but how can we unify with such things and still be Christians. Their way is a perverse, sexualized, anti-human version of the real thing. They want the Christian imagery to be just another token presented in their perverse world as a competitor.
So, there is a war against religion, not just Christianity, but against all religions. I can’t see Mr. Macron doing to Islam what he did to Christianity, can you. If he did he would not get the peaceful Christians voicing their objections, but he might instead get thousands of immigrants burning down Paris. You have to pick enemies from among those who won’t fight back and are therefore weaker to the point of being defenseless. The French did recognize what they have done and at least made a token effort at apology. To me, no apology, no matter how well meaning is acceptable because I’m concerned with what is inside of you, not your meaningless words.
Yes, they apologized to anyone who was offended during the opening ceremonies. It’s more like another attempt to say something about inclusivity than an apology. They include all forms of perversion, but not the religion of billions. Here’s the quote from the committee’s news conference.
“Clearly there was never an intention to show disrespect to any religious group. On the contrary, I think with Thomas Jolly, we really did try to celebrate community tolerance. Looking at the result of the polls that we shared, we believe that this ambition was achieved. If people have taken any offense we are, of course, really, really, sorry.”
So that is just so much clap trap because it’s the old non-apology. I don’t apologize for what I did but if it offended you I’m sorry. People from around the world including even the European Union voiced their objection. Many athletes demonstrated as they could by wearing crosses etc. but not everyone shares my view of the ceremony and that gives us a chance to know who we are up against when we vote. When you look at all the various things a person does or says just think about which ones hold the person you call Lord in the kind of contempt the French Olympic Committee does.
The First Lady of the United States attended the ceremony and thought it was “spectacular.” “So, last night, it was spectacular, the rain did not dampen our spirits. Every step of the way, I was thinking to myself, oh my god, oh my god. How are we going to top this?” Dr. Jill was referring to the summer games scheduled for Los Angeles in 2028, but fortunately Dr. Jill you will not have to worry about topping it. Kamala Harris, Vice President of the United States also praised the ceremony and said it was beautiful and spectacular. I wonder how Christians justify in their minds voting for people who hold them and everything they hold dear in such contempt.
The Pope has, as yet refused to condemn the ceremony, but Archbishop Vigano is guilty of no such refusal. Vigano, recently excommunicated by the Pope was not shy about expressing his view of the ceremony.
“The opening ceremony of the Paris Olympic Games is the latest in a long series of vile attacks on God, the Catholic Religion and natural morality by the antichristic elite that holds Western countries hostage. We had seen no less disconcerting scenes at the 2012 London Olympics, the 2016 inauguration of the Gotthard Tunnel, and the 2022 Commonwealth Games, featuring infernal figures, goats, and terrifying animals. The elite who organize these ceremonies demand not only the right to blasphemy and the obscene display of the foulest vices, but even their mute acceptance by Catholics and decent people, who are forced to suffer the outrage of seeing the most sacred symbols of their Faith and the very foundations of the Natural Law desecrated.”
I like the way the archbishop worded his rebuke in saying decent people are forced to suffer the outrage. How can we avoid the outrage of this insult to what we consider to be sacred? By not watching and by not buying the stuff their sponsors sell. By way of disclaimer, I will submit to you that there is literally no one who has loved the Olympic games like I once did. For most of my young life I dreamed of making the Olympic Track Team. If I could just run a qualifying time I could make the trials and who knows, anything could happen, but it never happened for me. I knew the names of every track and field athlete at each level of the trials and the final team and I watched every minute of it.
So, sports, which I have spent my life enjoying and watching and competing in are over for me. Kneeling for the National Anthem ruined football, the Dodgers Anti-Catholic transvestite pride night with drag queens dressed as nuns ruined baseball, which I loved more than anything and now this has ruined the Olympics. What will I do now is the question I keep asking myself. How can I not only stop watching, but also stop caring. I have loved European Bicycle racing since I was old enough to ride and race, but now I can’t watch the road race in the Olympics although once this grotesque spectacle is over I can go back to watching the tour of Spain and the world championship of cycling.
So, I’ll stop watching and I know that will get them. You see that empty seat on my couch, well that one is mine so take that. No, folks, its not that I think I can personally affect them or their bottom line its instead that I actually believe all that Christian stuff so I have to put my money where my mouth is. In conclusion I came across a great quote from the late great baseball player, Rogers Hornsby via Rabbi Michael Barclay’s column in PJ Media. When Rogers was asked what he did in the off season he said I stare out the window and wait for spring. I guess I will be staring out the window pretty much the year around now.
Finally, folks, I close this Castle Report with some good news from the bible in Matthew chapter 5:11-13.
“Blessed are you when they revile and persecute you and say all kinds of evil against you falsely for My sake. Rejoice and be exceedingly glad, for great is your reward in heaven, for so they persecuted the prophets who were before you. You are the salt of the earth; but if the salt loses its flavor, how shall it be seasoned? It is then good for nothing but to be thrown out and trampled underfoot by men.”
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the attempted assassination of Donald Trump, the resignation of the Director of the Secret Service, the withdrawal of Joe Biden from the presidential campaign, but especially what it all says about America today.
Transcription / Notes
DEMOCRACY, REPUBLIC, OR OLIGARCHY
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 26th day of July in the year of our Lord 2024. I be talking about the attempted assassination of Donald Trump and the continuing saga surrounding it including the resignation of the Director of the Secret Service, Kimberly Cheatle, the withdrawal of Joe Biden from the presidential campaign but especially what it all says about America today.
I am going to assume that you know the difference between democracy and republic and that the United States Constitution makes this nation a republic. Just to reiterate something you already know democracy is government by the will of the majority but republic is government by the elected representatives of the people who in turn are recognized as having individual rights. In a republic the majority does not rule when the majority’s decision interferes with the protected rights of individual Americans.
My argument is that a republic is what the founders bequeathed to us in the Constitution, but today our system of government has evolved until we no longer have a republic or a democracy but instead we are ruled by an oligarchy. That word comes from an ancient Greek word meaning rule by a few. Aristotle explained it as not only rule by a few, but rule by the worst few who usually take power by force or subterfuge. Rule by a few, but the best few, is an aristocracy.
The people who hold and wield power want those who don’t to think it is a legitimate process, or that they achieved power through a legitimate process, but often they don’t. For example, when President Biden notified the people of his decision to withdraw from the presidential race he did it by way of a letter on his social media account which is written and posted by others. It was written on his stationery instead of presidential stationery and it carried no presidential seal. Most importantly, it was not his signature because it did not match any of his many previously signed letters or orders.
We are not supposed to notice and there is to be no investigation into who wrote the letter, who signed the letter, did the letter reflect the president’s decision, or did others make that decision for him. If it was made by others, obviously none of them are president and many or all of them are unelected. Who is running this country and who is making the decisions about who runs it. Joe Biden received many primary votes from the members of his party who are now expected to have their decision wiped away in favor of someone who has never received a single primary delegate.
Rumor has it that the elite of the Democrat Party, primarily Nancy Pelosi, the Clintons, and the Obamas went to the president and said Joe we can do this the easy way or the hard way. You can let us resign you from the race and continue your term, or we will remove you through the 25th amendment. A palace coup in other words, but one which only started when the interests of the ruling deep state were noticeably affected. The ones who exercise power were not granted that power by the people but somehow they have it. They have known for years that Biden is and has been unable to perform his duties as president, but they chose not to mention it because they were in charge.
They decided he could not beat Trump so they set him up for a debate long before the convention so the world would notice his condition but there would be time to replace him before the Democrat convention. Notice that the voters have nothing to do with this process because it is totally orchestrated by power brokers who endeavor to remain unseen as much as possible, I suppose to keep up the democracy appearance. I wonder how the process of replacing Biden with Harris is any different from when the KGB decided it was time for a new leader more acceptable to their will.
I read that when Khrushchev was getting old and a little infirm and the KGB decided that Brezhnev, who was one of them, would be more suitable they made the change in a similar but less public way. Mr. Khrushchev had a state visit somewhere and when he returned someone appeared in his office with a letter, put it in front of him and said sign this, and he was never seen in public again. In China, everyone knows that they live in a state completely owned and operated by the Chinese Communist Party. The interests of the Chinese people are not important or even considered unless their interests somehow align with the Party and will strengthen and expand its power.
How is that process different from what we are seeing with the Democrat Party today and even the Republican Party has its chosen ones. This is all very important especially in terms of foreign and domestic policy as it is made today. Who makes policy today. Who commits the United States to having 700 military bases around the world with a defense budget 8 times bigger than Russia and 3 times bigger than China. Why can’t we have a leader who defends the Constitution by ending perpetual war, ending the massive intrusion of government into our private lives, and changing to an agenda of national prosperity. The reason is that it would not expand and solidify the power of the deep state and those who maintain it and profit from it.
That’s all background into our political system to help explain what is happening now with the Democrat non-choice for president as well as the attempt to eliminate the competition by assassination. I have mentioned many times before the three ways to get rid of a pesky politician who won’t follow the script. First, you can offer him or her money and if he already has enough like Trump, and Kennedy, you can find something of value to serve as money such as some plum job in government like when Hillery Clinton became Secretary of State.
The second method is scandal which is easy to generate because the FBI has dossiers literally on everyone. When I was a candidate for president in 2016 I talked to an FBI agent once who sent a little chill up my spine when he told me a little of what the FBI knew about me. Sex is the most obvious scandal with video tapes of little boys or little girls or some other Jeffrey Epstein type thing in the backgrounds of evil people. When I say evil, I mean that only the evil get to a position to be considered for membership. If you are not truly evil they don’t worry about you because they know you are not wicked enough to do what it takes to challenge them.
They all have skeletons and even if they don’t, skeletons can be invented. When people have no conscience at all and they conclude that power is literally everything and that to achieve or maintain power they must please their global masters, then skeletons will be found and the law is no barrier. The law, which is supposed to be a barrier between the people and their government, becomes a weapon in the hands of the government. They will find corrupt prosecutors to bring false charges and use corrupt juries and judges to get false criminal indictments and convictions. They will raid your home and plant evidence and give perjured testimony about what was found in the search. They will send hundreds to jail on false charges usually without trial or due process and then blame you for the false charges. They will look through your past for a disgruntled person in order to turn a non-crime into a felony.
Sometimes the offer of money or something else of value is rejected and the scandals do not stick. There are those who just seem to feed off scandal and use it to get stronger. That effect usually means that the public, the people, have become wise to the game and see the one being pursued as a hero. He becomes a persecuted martyr and people admire his courage and unwillingness to cave in. They know the ones creating the scandals are many times worse than the one they persecute.
When money and scandal don’t work the only thing left is the final solution, which has been used many times and can be pointed out to the one who just won’t listen. The Kennedys, Martin Luther King, even Ronald Reagan found out the hard way that the third way is the hardest but it usually works. Even when not totally successful as in Reagan’s case, it works if the target loses his hold on power as Reagan did. In the case of Donald Trump, the assassin was not successful in killing, but perhaps he was successful in neutering the opponent of the deep state. If you don’t like the name deep state, then choose your own but we are talking about the invisible, unelected ones who are the puppet masters and who do not take no for an answer.
For example, the secret service has been trying to tell Donald Trump to stop holding large outdoor rallies. It’s just too hard to protect him from assassins outdoors and unfortunately the deep state seems to be succeeding. We are told now that Trump’s team is looking for large indoor arenas like basketball arenas. So, let me get this straight Ms. Cheatle, unless Trump stops doing the things that attracted voters in the first place, you can’t promise him the safety of history’s greatest empire. The other thing is that Trump was obviously affected by the assassin’s bullet so that it changed his demeanor. Was it the bullet or someone in his ear that changed him into a unity candidate. I hear now that he is looking at the head of one of the Wall Street banks as his secretary of the Treasury. That would be a big mistake and is the equivalent of letting the fox guard the henhouse. If you want to kill the deep state, and that is the basis of his popularity, then you don’t unify with it, you terminate it.
The lone nut/patsy who supposedly fired the bullet that almost killed Trump did not kill him but he did manage to bring down the director of the Secret Service. Yes, Kimberly Cheatle fell on her sword the other day instead of answering a few basic questions. The questions were designed to trap the director into admitting that she and the service were negligent. Democrats and Republicans went after her with the same questions and she danced around the questions well and supported her unknown bosses by not answering and instead resigning.
None of the House members who questioned her were looking for an answer to the question of who did this Ms. Cheatle. Did the Service refuse Trump requested resources and did the people they assigned to him have enough of the right stuff to do the job. The answer to those questions is no he didn’t get the resources, and no they weren’t up to the job but the right questions were not asked and certainly not answered. Did you account for every bullet that was fired and did ballistics match them to the lone nut/patsy’s rifle. How many spent brass cartridges did you recover from where, what calibers, and how do you account for the forensics evidence of a second shooter. How can one person fire from two places at once.
Ms. Cheatle is the service making any investigative effort to determine if the audio evidence indicates a plot to kill Trump. Removing the director of the service makes everyone in Congress happy. They got their scalp hanging from their belt so they can feel good but the second shooter, if one exists as evidence seems to indicate, is still at large and the deep state can rest easy until it has a chance to try again. Maybe Trump has been neutered by his millimeter from death experience. A bullet passing close to one’s head has an effect that is perhaps hard to measure and varies from person to person.
Finally, folks, I close this Castle Report with a quote from Paul Craig Roberts.
“Cheatle is correct that the Secret Service failed. It failed to assassinate Trump.”
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle offers his opinion on the attempted assassination of Donald Trump.
Transcription / Notes
MALICE OR JUST MASSIVE INCOMPETANCE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 19th day of July in the year of our Lord 2024. Like everyone else, I now offer my opinion on the attempted assassination of Donald Trump. It’s tempting to say we must wait for the investigation before we speculate on what happened, but I suspect that we know as much about what really happened as we ever will. JFK, RFK, MLK, and many others around the world are evidence of that.
This story, on the surface, is preposterous and it makes no sense at all. The full resources of the most powerful empire in world history at its disposal and it still cannot protect one man. The United States has 17 intelligence services all of which are supposed to investigate, observe and provide information to the decision-making people in charge. Normally, that would be the president but right now who knows. There are literally thousands of highly trained, highly skilled people on the payroll to protect the nation’s leaders from attack and they all failed miserably. There is an agency called the Secret Service that has a reputation for hiring and training the biggest, strongest, bravest, most intelligent, people available in this country to protect its human assets. That’s its job and at that job it failed when the nation needed it the most.
How could all these people with unlimited resources fail to stop a wimpy, nerdy, 20-year-old kid from getting into a position to take a shot that missed killing Donald Trump by only millimeters. If Trump had not turned his head just slightly at that exact moment, he would be dead right now and the nation would be trying to sort it out or perhaps descending into chaos. So, a kid with a ladder he bought at a hardware store, and 50 rounds of ammo he bought that morning foiled a billion dollars’ worth of professionals. Maybe it’s similar to the billions spent on munitions fired at the Houthis but the Red Sea is still dangerous.
Even this early the entire Secret service/FBI created scenario of an explanation is starting to breakdown and fall apart. We are not supposed to look at facts and ask questions but instead just nod our heads in the affirmative and go along. Yes, we believe the story you have concocted although it makes no sense and is therefore most likely a lie. If we admit to even suspecting that you are lying then we are tin foil hat conspiracy theorists or at least that’s what we are programed to think.
I have personally fired thousands of rounds through a rifle almost identical to the one Thomas Matthew Crooks apparently used. It was an AR-15 style rifle firing 5.56 mm rounds and mine was an M-16 but they are essentially the same. The M-16 has an automatic fire selector switch and that is the primary difference. I served in the Marine Corps more than 50 years ago but I qualified with that rifle out to 500 yards and at that range it is really problematic with windage and ballistics affecting accuracy. At 150 yards where Crooks fired, a moderately trained shooter should be able to put his rounds in a 1-inch group most of the time. The AR is light and has almost no recoil with 5.56 ammunition so I will wager that I could have Joan, who has never picked up a rifle in her life, firing in a one-inch pattern within a day of practice. This all means that almost anyone could be a lone nut/patsy with that rifle.
What I am trying to say with this rambling explanation is that there is something really wrong here and we the people better insist that it is looked into honestly. If we want to keep some semblance of this country, never mind what it once was, we better not accept another JFK lone gunman, RFK only Sirhan, explanation. The FBI tells us that there was only one shooter and he acted alone which is what they always say. Crooks was not a Marine sniper or even a competent shot before the incident. He tried and failed to make his high school rifle team and the coach said he couldn’t hit the side of a barn, but as I said with that rifle and at that distance, he didn’t have to be competent. He and his father were apparently members of a rife club where he went to shoot and practice. So this shy 20 year old who couldn’t hit the side of a barn but was extremely bright showed up wearing hunting attire, found a line of sight shooting position, remained in public view with his rifle for up to 30 minutes, scared off local police who saw him, then firing from about 150 yards hit Donald Trump’s ear, killed another man with a head shot, and wounded at least one other person.
That all happened before two trained Secret Service snipers sitting in a firing position in overwatch above the speaker’s stand even fired at him. Once Trump was hit and down, they killed the shooter with one shot. Perhaps when they saw Trump go down bleeding, they assumed he was mortally wounded and dead men tell no tales, so they were clear to kill the shooter. I don’t claim to know the motivation of those men, but I do know that it is very bad policy to wait until your protected person is shot before you react. Crooks was allowed to fire about 7 or 8 rounds before they reacted and shot him.
There is audio evidence now that the sounds and video have been analyzed by forensic experts, that suggest the presence of at least one other shooter besides Crooks and the Secret Service sniper. His rate of fire might also indicate the presence of another rifle in the area shooting at Trump. The FBI hasn’t released much information about the rifle except the style and caliber. I’ve seen nothing on whether it had a scope, or was upgraded in any way, but those things would not have been necessary at that range for a shooter of moderate ability. I personally don’t believe the second shooter theory because with the incompetence of the Secret Service detail Trump’s head was exposed for several seconds after his ear was hit so a second gunman would have killed him then. No, it seems reasonable to think that once the Secret Service snipers saw the man they were sworn to protect go down they assumed he was mortally wounded and they were cleared to eliminate the shooter.
He must have had help, if not in shooting, then in logistics, scouting, etc. He scouted the area including the building for several minutes as the crowd was gathering in the arena. He seemed to know the roof was unguarded although there was a counter sniper team from local law enforcement inside the building where he was located. When the director of the Secret Service was asked why they were not on the roof she said it was a sloped roof so she thought it might be dangerous.
That is obviously an absurd statement but that’s what she said. It was not too dangerous for the assassin but just for law enforcement. Snipers in Vietnam, Iraq, and Afghanistan occupied and fired from the most difficult and dangerous positions imaginable, but these Secret Service shooters could not fire from a sloped roof. The two snipers who finally killed Crooks fired from a sloped roof behind the podium from which Trump was speaking. The assassin wondered the area for 30 minutes, retrieved a ladder and a rifle from his car, was seen by several bystanders climbing to the roof, and bear crawling across the roof but still nothing was done to stop him. A local law enforcement officer climbed up to the roof and looked at him but Crooks pointed his rifle at the officer who then retreated just before Crooks began firing.
The most difficult question for me is that the two Secret Service snipers had him in their scopes for perhaps three minutes before he fired, but they waited until he or perhaps more shooters than just him, fired and Trump was hit before they engaged him. That all allowed him to fire 7 or 8 shots before he was engaged by gunfire and killed. None of that makes any sense and none of it speaks highly of the Secret Service. The vaunted service, consisting of many agents who do all kinds of things besides protecting high value individuals, comes across as nothing but a bunch of keystone kops. They are supposed to take their best people, literally the best of the best and assign them to presidential protection. To be assigned to that detail is a reward because it is a way of saying you are the best we have. Each of those agents knows that he or she is expected to take the bullet instead of the one they are protecting.
This was the first assassination attempt on an American politician since Ronald Reagan in 1981. Forty-three years is a long time but when it comes to explanations not much has changed. Can there be any doubt that the shooting will be attributed to a lone nut. It’s never for political reasons or someone’s political agenda but always just a lone nut. Despite eyewitness reports of 8 shots coming from different directions there was only one shooter and he was a lone nut. In this case it looks like the shooter was a lone nut but lone only when he shot. Another word for lone nut is patsy.
In an article in the UK Guardian, we are told that multiple people who were listening to the speech outside the rally said they spotted Crooks as he approached the area with an AR style rifle and climbed to the roof. Law enforcement agents and officers did not react to their warning. He was allowed to climb to the roof and assume a perfect firing position because even though they were warned by several witnesses, they refused or neglected to confront him. The other thing they neglected was to cover Trump or remove him from the podium in light of the threat.
Mr. Trump, along with most of the government-controlled media and its politicians all lauded the Secret Service for their quick reactions to the danger. I understand their words at the moment of the shooting were clouded by emotion, but now it seems the Service could and should be criticized for not noticing a man with a rifle climbing to a roof with a direct line of fire some 150 yards away. They could also be criticized for letting Trump get to his feet, with wounded ear clearly visible exposing him to another shot for 3 or 4 seconds. That is a dangerous act indeed if there is a second shooter just aiming, but perfectly OK if you know the lone nut or patsy is already dead. They could be criticized for having the lone nut in their rifle scope but not firing while he fired 7 or 8 rounds. When asked why they didn’t fire as soon as they saw him with the rifle the director of the Secret Service said they were waiting for permission.
When the director of the Secret Service is as grossly incompetent as Kimberly Cheatle, I suppose all this impossible, unbelievable, series of events is a little easier to believe. The lone nut killed former fire chief Corey Comperatore, who had more sense and more guts than all those highly trained agents combined. His daughter reported that as his last living act he covered her with his body thus shielding her from gunfire. When the Secret Service finally noticed the lone nut/patsy on the roof, they opened fire and killed him so there will be no testimony from and no trial of the lone nut/patsy for an attempted assassination.
Applying that theory means that all the gross incompetence and failure of this once vaunted Service was simply a cover-up for a planned assassination of Donald Trump. If so, it further means that those who want to retain power at any cost are so incompetent they can’t possibly pull it off. No wonder every agency from the White House to the military to the FBI, to the CIA, appears to be broken, corrupt, and unsalvageable.
So, what happens now that Trump survived assassination. He has survived so many attempts on his life, his career, his politics, and his money I would say it puts him in a unique position in American history. He has more money than he can use, buildings with his name on them, golf courses, a beautiful wife and family so what amounts to the American dream realized so why does he persist in the face of such hostile forces. Perhaps he really does see his country in peril and believes he is in a unique position to help.
He is more popular than ever because with each attack by his enemies he grows stronger. However, his calls for unity are nothing but a pipedream. There can be no joining on an equal basis with evil, only resistance or surrender.
Finally, folks, the directors of the Secret Service, FBI, and Homeland Security, should be suspended pending investigation with the least of their punishment being firing. Their demonstrated incompetence justifies firing in disgrace but my guess is that Kimberly Cheatle will receive the presidential medal of freedom but only if Jill Biden stays in office long enough.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the ordeal of Julian Assange and what his case tells us about what it means to be a real journalist in today’s world.
Transcription / Notes
THE DARK SECRETS OF WAR
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 12th day of July in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the ordeal of Julian Assange but also what his case tells us about what it means to be a real journalist in today’s world. In essence his case tells us that the truth no longer sets us free and telling the truth has become a crime.
Before we get into the matter of Assange perhaps a little background is in order. A free press is vitally important to American freedom and if I can convey nothing else to you today it is that the press, and by that, I mean real, genuine, journalism is there to inform the people of what their government is doing. Those in government should be looking out for and expecting the press to expose their works of darkness, if they have any. That sentiment has been spoken by many from the founders all the way to the Supreme Court in the modern era.
I will illustrate my words with a quote from Justice Hugo Black in the case of The New York Times versus The United States decided in 1971. His quote came to me from an article written by Scott Ritter in his newsletter Scott Ritter Extra.
“The press was to serve the governed, not the governors. The government’s power to censor the press was abolished so that the press would remain forever free to censure the Government. The press was protected so that it could bare the secrets of the government and inform the people. Only a free and unrestrained press can effectively expose the deception in government. And paramount among the responsibilities of a free press is the duty to prevent any part of the government from deceiving the people and sending them off to distant lands to die of foreign fevers and foreign shot and shell.”
That quote is one of the most important in American history because it is fundamental to liberty. The press is supposed to be the servant of the people, not a wholly owned subsidiary of the government itself, and certainly not of any one political party. The case quoting Justice Black goes back to the Vietnam days of Daniel Ellsberg and the Pentagon Papers.
Ellsberg was not a journalist but an employee of the U.S. Department of Defense working in the Pentagon. He was involved in the production of a report ordered by secretary of Defense Robert McNamara that was a history of U.S. involvement in Vietnam from 1945 to 1968.
The Times printed the report on its front pages and further stated that the report showed that the Johnson administration had lied systemically to Congress and the American people about U.S. entry into and conduct of the Vietnam War. McNamara claimed that he only had the report prepared because he wanted to leave a written record for future policy makers to prevent them from making the same mistake. The report revealed lots of things the government was lying about including U.S. troops raiding into North Vietnam, etc. The optimistic picture of the war presented by the government was false and the government knew the war was unwinnable and a waste of lives. It was top secret information and although Ellsberg was not a journalist he was disturbed by the report and he violated his security clearance by sending it to the Times who then chose to publish it on the front page.
I lived through that time so I remember it well. I was not happy that Ellsberg released classified information and I wanted to see him punished. I admit now that I really didn’t understand what was happening and what was at stake. Ellsberg sent the information to the New York Times but that paper made the decision on its own to publish it. The Times was perhaps not an affiliate of the Democrat Party at that time as it is now and also the Times along with other media was generally hostile to the war and happy to see it discredited. President Johnson was a lame duck and, on his way out, with Robert Kennedy predicted to be his successor.
Julian Assange is, in many ways, the opposite of Daniel Ellsberg in that he didn’t steal any government top secret documents and release them to the media. Assange was, in fact, the media because he was the founder of the internet site, Wikileaks, which endeavored to hold government accountable by revealing its secrets. People sent him information that they had obtained and he decided whether to put it out on Wikileaks or not.
He received a video that was obtained by a U.S. Army Corporal consisting of gun camera footage shot from a U.S. helicopter. When he saw the video, he knew that it was dynamite and potentially could bring severe retaliation against him if he published. The video shows a helicopter crew being ordered to fire on civilians huddled together on the ground. Nine civilians were huddled together in the street and the machine gunner reported them as civilians but the order clearly given to him and clearly heard was “light em all up.” There was hesitation on the gunner’s part and then the order “come on, fire.”
The people all went down but one and he was killed as he was running away. That is pretty obviously an international war crime and very graphic for those who saw it. Few, if any, outside those involved knew of it until Assange decided to publish it on Wikileaks and that decision sealed his fate. The U.S. came after him for espionage and treason although they never explained how a foreign national can be guilty of treason. Assange is Australian and the crime of treason can be committed only against one’s own government. Espionage was enough, however, to have him relentlessly pursued until his life was destroyed.
He was living in London at the time and was granted asylum by the nation of Ecuador in their British Embassy where he remained for seven years. He actually lived inside that building for seven years and his wife was unable to see him during that time. During that seven years the President of Ecuador, who had granted asylum, was replaced by one who was more susceptible to American pressure. He was handed over to British authorities who put him in Belmarsh maximum security prison while his lawyers fought American requests to have him extradited to the U.S. where he would have faced long term imprisonment.
He spent five years in Belmarsh most of it in solitary confinement in a cell 23 hours a day. Keep in mind that he was not a criminal and had not been convicted of anything. He had no real due process for 12 years because he knew that his American fate had already been decided. I think I said that Assange was opposite Daniel Ellsberg and that is because he was the New York Times, not Ellsberg. The U.S. went after Ellsberg at first for espionage, but later thought better of it and left him alone. The New York Times, in the case I mentioned, proved that free press was alive then, despite the government’s best efforts.
Assange was the New York Times because he was the publisher of the information. Can you imagine the publisher or editor of the New York Times being confined for 12 years without any charges. The government wanted to make an example of the only one who had the audacity to practice real journalism. Living in a tiny cell 23 hours a day for five years is, according to the UN Special Rapporteur for Human Rights, a crime that cannot be justified because it imposes severe mental pain and suffering beyond any reasonable retribution for criminal behavior and thus constitutes torture.
Before someone is so confined in solitary, he should at least be charged with a crime and perhaps even be guilty of one. In Assange’s case the state won and let everyone know that it claims the right to conduct its war crimes and other such deeds in total darkness and the light of day will not shine on it. If you think otherwise, then take a look at Julian Assange and be very afraid. The state sends this message to all would be journalists out in the working press and those in journalism schools. We are everything and you are nothing. We are superior and exceptional and morally correct and our ends justify any means so don’t think about opposing us.
If you try to oppose us you will be ostracized by your fellow journalists and that will be the least of your troubles. Just come join us like all your comrades and spit out the propaganda as we give it to you and your life will be one of ease.
In Julian Assange’s case he is guilty of no crime, but they won because they broke him after 12 years. The news of his release was met with joy, but then I started thinking about what it really means. He won his freedom, but to do so he had to compromise and plead guilty to a crime he didn’t commit. The state made him say that he was guilty and that he is sorry about his guilt. He was forced to acknowledge that what he did was a crime and so lying became the price of freedom. The government doesn’t think anything about lying and has become a master at it so making him lie is no big deal to them.
Anybody who says anything the U.S. government doesn’t want him to say is in danger. You could be arrested and thrown into prison for years with no charges and no trial. His attorneys were finally able to negotiate a plea deal whereby he pled guilty to one felony charge of illegally obtaining and publishing U.S. government documents of various kinds, many of them evidencing war crimes and human rights abuses, and a few others exposing some political crimes during the Clinton campaign. His plea deal justifies the government’s history of abusing his rights along with denial of press freedom because after all, he was guilty of espionage.
One interesting thing about the plea deal is the choice of locations. There is a federal courthouse on the island of Saipan in the Northern Marianas, a U.S. possession. The reason that island is a U.S. possession is because a few thousand U.S. Marines paid for it with their lives in June 1944. That’s right we just memorialized the 80th anniversary of the D-Day landings in France but just one week after that on June 15, 1944, U.S. Marines landed on Saipan in what was the largest Pacific landing to date. The U.S. was so powerful it could conduct the two largest amphibious assaults in world history on opposite sides of the earth at virtually the same time. So, now I must ask you what’s happened, what’s become of us.
Apparently, it was Assange’s lawyers who wanted that location because it was under U.S. jurisdiction, but not in the U.S. It is fairly remote but also fairly close to his native Australia. I saw a video of him seeing his wife who waited all those years for him. He didn’t want to set foot on U.S. soil, that bastion of liberty that so many were willing to die for in 1944. If he had landed in Washington there would have been no way to prevent the government from reneging on the deal and bringing him to trial in Washington D.C. It’s a shame that his lawyers had good reason to think that a fair trial was not possible.
The New York Times shied away from the Assange story for much of his ordeal, but finally published an article entitled, “Assange Agrees to Plead Guilty in Exchange for Release, Ending Standoff with the U.S.” The best I can make of the deal is that he is free and that is good. What it means in a bad sense is an overturning of the case of New York Times versus U.S. It is an assault on the first Amendment and the concept of the 1st Amendment as a guardian of a free press, and the vital importance of a free press. So, Julian is free, but the press is not.
Finally, folks, are there any people left who still practice real journalism? Yes, a few because although Julian is free, he can’t work anymore, at least not without extreme risk. Some others perhaps, definitely Tucker Carlson, definitely Glenn Greenwald, definitely Matt Taibbi and perhaps I would include Bari Weiss as well.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the recent presidential debate and what it says about America today.
Transcription / Notes
WHO GOVERNS AMERICA?
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 5th day of July in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking today about the recent presidential debate and what it says about America today, and since this is Independence Day weekend, I will be mercifully brief.
Yes, it’s 4th of July weekend here in America when most people have 4 days off from work, but this lonely podcaster sits here on the 16th floor of Memphis, Tennessee to bring you a few words from his heart. I suppose that everyone saw the debate between Joe Biden and Donald Trump a few nights ago. If you didn’t see it, you undoubtedly know what happened, but perhaps you are not as terrified as I am. In one sense it was a disaster of epic proportions and in another sense, it was just eye opening and mind boggling.
It was a disaster in that the whole world could see that the person who is supposed to be running this country can’t possibly be doing so. That is the important question for us to consider right now. The issue is not will Biden continue as the candidate or will he be replaced, but who exactly is running this country. Do you know what terrifies me even more than wondering who is in charge. What if its him because he can’t possibly be president. When someone wakes him and says Mr. President, we have detected a nuclear launch from, Russia, China, North Korea, wherever what does he do, He would have literally only minutes to execute launch on warning thus putting us into global nuclear war. That would be scary for anyone but right now it is terrifying. It seems to me that the nation is in extreme peril without leadership that is cognizant of what is happening in this world.
There are other issues that one wonder about but the finger on the nuclear button is of course what he is responsible for. Who signed all those executive orders and policy directives. I know it was the president but was his mind so diminished that he didn’t know what he was doing. Who decided to permit and even invite mass illegal immigration without any vetting so that the crime rate is falling in Venezuela and El Salvador but soaring here because those countries are emptying their prisons onto our borders. Who decided to foment climate change policies so austere that our economy would be slowed perhaps permanently.
Who decided to fuel a proxy war in Ukraine that threatens to draw us into a catastrophic war with nuclear armed Russia. Who decided to give unqualified support to Israel no matter how disproportionate their response to the terrorist attacks of October 7. Was the president behind all or even any of those decisions and if so, how would we know. His mental state was laid bare for the whole world to see the other night. His responses were incoherent, confused, lost, without the ability to complete even the most basic thoughts.
This is a period of national shame and the country is left without any confidence as to in whose hands our future lies, at least humanly speaking. It is so funny that it is hard not to laugh at the president’s responses but when one realizes the magnitude of what is at stake it becomes sobering indeed. Do you think Mr. Xi, Mr. Putin, the little rocket man, and the Mullahs were watching that debate. You know they were, and I would guess they are wondering the same thing I am, and that is whose finger is on the nuclear button.
The deep state of unelected bureaucrats which the Supreme Court has been trying to chop at the branches of but not the roots of, must be in charge. It is obvious now for the whole world but especially Democrats and most importantly Democrat media that we have been walking on uncharted ground since the 2020 election. Joe Biden was not in 2020, and is not currently, fit or able to discharge the duties of the world’s most important job. His enablers and handlers from his own family to the Democrat power brokers continue to exploit him and the country for their own personal benefit.
Right now, we are indeed walking on uncharted ground but I think army colonel Douglas Macgregor said it best:
“It is time to ask; who truly governs this country? Is it we the people, as our founders intended, or have we surrendered control to unelected bureaucrats, sprawling federal agencies, and affluent donors who do not have the best interests of ordinary Americans at heart? To say it is a national shame is an understatement. This travesty should end immediately. It is now obvious that the governing power to determine our nation’s destiny lies in unelected hands.”
Yes, the colonel’s analysis is spot on. This nation that we are constantly told must protect “our democracy” is neither a democracy nor republic. When we point out that constitutionally this nation is a republic not a democracy we are called fascists, etc. The truth is now out and can’t reasonably be denied and that is that people who have not been elected are exercising power of an immense nature and are doing a very poor job of it. These unelected people, whoever they are, have something other than the best interests of the American people in mind or else they must all be complete idiots.
The real question that needs to be addressed is not who will replace him because at this point it’s impossible to have any confidence in any Democrat politician. The real question that the news media should be asking but isn’t asking, is how long have you known and why didn’t you tell us. That question is being avoided instead of asked so it’s obvious that the captive media is in league with the devil serving as his assistant instead of reporting his actions.
Did he suddenly lose his mind in 90 minutes or have you known all along and kept it secret from us. People knew before his campaign when he ran it from his basement. Government and media have been perpetuating a hoax on us and that hoax is that for this entire administration’s time in office, someone other than the president has been running the country, someone not answerable to voters. Who are these people who live in shadows, answerable to no one. The media cover-up for them, they don’t ask who they are.
Finally, folks, the system is supposed to work in reverse of how it is currently working. The media is there to protect the governed from the government, but instead it protects the government from the governed. That has to change if we are to live without fear of an out-of-control government, or no government at all. If we reward these people by reelecting them I guess we deserve what we get.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle argues that the one who enables the dangerous animal to walk out of his cage at the zoo is more responsible for the animal’s actions than the animal.
Transcription / Notes
WHO LEFT THE ZOO UNLOCKED?
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 28th day of June in the year of our Lord 2024. I take a brief break from war today, at least from foreign wars, and talk about the war going on right here in America. I will be talking about horrible subjects, such as murder, torture, and rape of children. My argument is that the one who enables the dangerous animal to walk out of his cage at the zoo is more responsible for the animal’s actions than the animal is.
Animals live and survive by instinct unlike humans who have souls and self-awareness. The rattlesnake doesn’t want to strike you but if he feels threatened, he will strike. The tiger and the leopard kill the deer and the antelope, not because they hate them, but because they are their food and they act out of instinct to survive.
Not everyone has the opportunity to see exotic animals like big cats and dangerous reptiles in their natural habitats so we have zoos, even in our big cities people can go to the zoo and see a tiger, leopard, or cobra safely held in cages. What would happen if the zookeeper was a deranged lunatic or just someone who hated his fellow human beings, and he intentionally left the cage doors open. It would be even worse if he opened the cages and then left tasty snacks around the local neighborhood just to whet the appetites of the hungry animals.
When the animals leave the zoo, having no conscious and never hearing that voice that says no don’t do that because it would be despicable, vile, disgusting, and human society will punish you if you do. The animal is devoid of that capacity to reason so simply reacts on instinct and he kills. The unfortunate victim of the animal just happened to be available when the animal felt the instinctive drive of hunger or fear. In the wild the tiger and the leopard will look at the herd of antelope to determine if there are any sick or crippled in the herd because they would be easier to catch and less able to defend themselves.
The sick, diseased, animals who live and circulate among normal humans pretending to be human themselves operate the same way. Their victim is usually a child or a vulnerable woman. Why do we never hear about a Navy Seal, or Delta Force Trooper being raped and murdered by the animals among us. The answer is the same as the leopard and the antelope and the reason the leopard picks the slowest not the fastest.
My point with this introduction is not to argue that the humans among us who prey on the weak and helpless, are without guilt, far from it. In my opinion the laws designed to protect us should offer more concern and compassion for the victim while respecting the Constitutional right of the accused to be judged fairly. The debate about the death penalty for horrible crimes is for us to take up another day. My argument today is that the one who intentionally leaves the zoo cage open and entices the leopard into a civilized human neighborhood is more guilty of the crime than the leopard.
The leopard has to be put down because he is now a human killer. That is because in a civilized society we respect human life and put a high value on it. That value is so high that if you unlawfully take one, you just might forfeit your own. In order to start the process of regaining our way as free Americans we must begin to respect and protect human life again. The issue in this Castle Report is who is the most responsible when the leopard kills a child, the leopard or the zookeeper.
President Joe Biden and his Secretary of Homeland Security, Alejandro Mayorkas, are the zookeepers in America today. People voted for Joe Biden, but no one voted for Mayorkas except those in the United States Senate who confirmed him. Blame falls on them as well as on everyone with any capacity to remove these men from public office and who fail to do so. Mr. Mayorkas, who I realize is just the gun in the hand of Joe Biden, was born in Havana, Cuba in 1959. I wish his family had remained in Cuba where Alejandro would undoubtedly have been more comfortable living under that communist system.
I might be wrong about that on second thought because the Castro brothers would probably have been less tolerant of child rape and murder than our present Democrat administration. Let me speak now about specific crimes of the most horrifying nature, at least they would be to any normal human. These two men are guilty of these crimes just as if they had literally committed them by themselves because they left the zoo cage open and they invited the leopards into the surrounding neighborhoods, and they did it intentionally.
Women are at risk from men and always have been. Our laws are designed to preserve the lives of the weak and helpless from the monsters who live among us but lately this country through its president has been importing monsters in record numbers. These monsters have been going about their animalistic crimes in a mind-numbing number of places around the country. Snatching random women off the streets, raping, torturing, and murdering them seemingly at will. Horrifyingly, many of the victims have been children so let me take just a moment to calm down because this triggers something in me. Perhaps it is a long dormant training from 50 years ago which taught me that we were to fight to protect the women and children back home.
To speak of all the victims would numb our minds and might even be disrespectful to the victims. I would never use the names of these women and children under normal circumstances but their deaths have been so publicized that their names and pictures are all over the internet. If you don’t use the internet for news and rely on the New York Times, the TV networks, or your local paper, well then you might have a different view and one that is less clear than mine.
I will give you just a few examples to illustrate my point. Please keep in mind that these examples are just the obvious and most publicized but there are literally dozens of rapes and murders and they are happening far too often to keep up with. Rachel Morin, mother of five children, 37 years old decided to go for a run on a quiet trail in her peaceful, suburban, hometown of Bel Air, Maryland where she was raped and murdered.
Twenty-three-year-old Victor Martinez Herandez was finally arrested after DNA evidence linked him to the crime. He was invited into the country in January 2023 after murdering a woman in his home of El Salvador. Once in America, he attacked and brutalized a mother and her 9-year-old daughter during a home invasion in March 2023 in Los Angeles. DNA linked the two cases together and tied them to Mr. Herandez. Ms. Morin’s murder, according to the sheriff, was the second in Harford County, Maryland in two years, by an illegal from a criminal gang in El Salvador. We are 1800 miles from the border so this should not be happening, he said. This is where I point out that absent the invitation of Joe Biden and Alejandro Mayorkas, Mr. Herandez would be sitting in an El Salvador prison or dead. To put it bluntly, dozens of women and girls would be alive and safe today if it were not for Joe Biden and his henchmen.
Here’s the latest atrocity, at least the latest that I am aware of. A 12 year old child, Jocelyn Nungaray, was found strangled to death in a creek in Houston, Texas. Two illegal aliens from Venezuela were arrested for her death. Those two men are Johan Jose Rangel Martinez, 21, and Franklin Jose Pena Remos, 26. Mr. Ramos had his bail set at $10 million. The two men reportedly lured the child under a bridge where they assaulted her for hours before they murdered her and left her body in a drainage canal.
Mr. Ramos was detained by the Border Patrol in El Paso, Texas on May 28, but under the catch and release orders of Joe Biden, they released him to rape, torture, and murder this poor child.
According to the local District Attorney, Kim Ogg, both suspects could face the death penalty so I must assume that she wasn’t appointed to her position by George Soros. I know that down in Texas, if you kill one of theirs, sometimes they kill you back so let’s hope justice is done. No, on second thought, justice is not achievable because the real rapists, torturers, and murderers are protected and above the law. This November, literally tens of millions of Americans will vote to endorse what the real killers have done.
Texas Governor Gregg Abott said, “kill kids in Texas you get the death penalty. That little girl would be alive today if Biden enforced immigration law at the border”. Donald Trump called the child’s mother to offer sympathy and support, but Joe Biden issued a press release saying he wished condolences to the family, the identical statement to the one for the mother of five who was murdered and raped in Maryland. The community around Jocelyn’s neighborhood has contributed to her Go Fund Me account as one might expect, and that is fine but nothing will bring Jocelyn back and nothing will relieve the suffering of her family.
One more case to let you know that some children are able to escape from their rapists and murderers despite the efforts of the undocumented guest. Last week a 13-year-old girl and another child were walking home from school in Flushing Meadow, New York. It was about 3:30 PM so the attack occurred in broad daylight in a public place. Her attacker, Christian Inga-Landi, was from Ecuador and entered the country, it is believed in 2021. Inga was ordered by an immigration judge in New York City to leave the country on February 2, 2022, but he didn’t. He crossed the Mexican Border on June 25,2021 with his son and entered Eagle Pass, Texas where he was captured, processed and released. The two were deemed inadmissible by the Border Patrol, but under the Biden rules, what can you do.
He grabbed the girl and a male friend and forced them with a machete into a secluded area where he tied them with shoelaces and raped the little girl. He stole their cell phones but did not kill them which was an unusual act of mercy for a wild animal. I imagine the child will remember the event for the rest of her life, but I hope and pray she finds some peace. Everyone in the system contributed to her suffering from the agents who are just doing their jobs all the way to the White House. Joe Biden is, however, responsible for her rape as he is the leader who invited it by opening the zoo cages.
Here are just a few more some of whom I have talked about before. February 22, 2024, Laken Riley a 22-year-old nursing student went for a run on her college campus and was kidnapped, assaulted and bludgeoned to death by illegal, Venezuelan, Jose Ibarra.
July 27, 2022, Frederick, Maryland, yes, it looks like Maryland is dangerous but I surmise it’s just close to D.C. the very epicenter of crime. Kayla Hamilton age 20 was raped and strangled to death with a phone-charging cord. He was 17, the murderer, so a juvenile and his name wasn’t released but he entered the country illegally in 2021 despite his known affiliation with the violent El Salvador gang, MS-13. His tattoos, even his shirt screamed violent MS-13, but they let him in anyway because that is their orders
I could go on all day with examples because Joe Biden, and Alejandro Mayorkas, are allowing their invited guests to go on raping and murdering at a phenomenal rate but enough is enough. The Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean, a division of the United Nations, tells us that sexual violence against females is rampant in Latin America. In fact, what the organization calls femicide is soaring in Latin America and is one of the drivers of immigration. OK, hearing that, why do our leaders want so badly to create the same atmosphere of fear and violence in America, and why do American women vote for it.
Democrats Joe Biden and Alejandro Mayorkas know the people they are inviting into the country are rapists, murderers, criminals, thieves, and monsters, along with those just seeking a better life, but they just don’t care. I have to assume they are getting what they want from it but I do wonder why so many women support them. I don’t want to be too hard on Democrat women because it seems they are so committed to abortion that everything else is just lies and fake news. It’s Baghdad Bob again, i.e. you are not seeing this and this is not happening.
Finally, folks, there are three levels of guilt here. The first is the murderer and rapist who is just the gun in the hand of the zookeeper. The second is the zookeeper who is Joe Biden and his toadies. He is the most responsible and most guilty of the rape, torture, and murder of at least dozens of women and girls in America on his watch. The third are the people who vote to put such people in power I suppose because they don’t believe the stories. To those Democrat women who don’t believe the stories I would suggest calling Jocelyn but I remember now she was raped and murdered.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about how the world seems to be arming up for global war which now appears more and more likely and less avoidable.
Transcription / Notes
PREPARING FOR GLOBAL WAR
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 21st day of June in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about how the world seems to be arming up for global war which now appears more and more likely and less and less avoidable. The apparently unstoppable movement toward world war is very reminiscent of the start of World War I as the world celebrates the 110th anniversary of the start of World War I this August.
Once again, I find myself talking about war which is ongoing and threatening to spread out of control. The U.S. in particular seems intent on making the war in Ukraine into a global war against Russia and Russia is lining up its partners who are willing to sign on to resist the financial control of the U.S. and its Western allies. Old friends like Thailand and even NATO member Turkey have applied to join the BRICS. Putin was in North Korea to meet with the little rocket man this week, and they signed a mutual defense agreement.
Yes, there are ominous trends happening in the world which any sane leader would pay attention to but in the West, it appears that few, if any, are listening. In the Middle East Israel is fighting on two fronts as hundreds of missiles and rockets rain down on northern Israel. A broad, vicious, and very dangerous war is in the process of getting underway against the Iranian sponsored terrorist group Hezbollah, as hundreds have already died.
In Ukraine the United States has a proxy or ally if you prefer, which is led by a president who refused to allow elections to be held and refuses to leave office after his term expired. Mr. Zelensky is therefore illegitimate, or if you prefer the term, a dictator. He is what the Democrats in the United States have accused Donald Trump of being.
Mr. Putin tells us that the longer the range of U.S. missiles being fired into Russia the deeper the buffer zone between Ukraine and Russia will have to be. In other words, the missiles accomplish nothing positive and have many negative results. The missiles and any other weapons sent to Ukraine cannot resurrect the depleted and dead Ukrainian army so it seems to me to be an excuse to involve NATO in a broader war and an excuse for NATO troops in Ukraine. Let’s find a way to make it worse if we possibly can and never seek peace.
If that were to happen the French seem to be the chosen ones to lead the effort. Words fail me in my efforts to convey to you how stupid and pointless this all is. I’m sitting here reviewing what happened in 1914 all over again. Didn’t the world just go through this 110 years ago and didn’t it learn anything. Well, the French have a violent history with Russia don’t they, having spent some time there in 1812 just 212 years ago this month so I guess history is repeating itself or politicians are repeating the same stupid mistakes.
The last time the French army went into Russia it sent a Grand Army of 680,000 men and about 26,000 of them were able to return to France alive so it seems the French are slow learners. Despite the French people’s efforts to reign in their out-of-control politicians nothing seems able to slow the egotistical drive toward war of Emmanuel Macron. In recent parliamentary elections Marine Le Pen’s conservative party beat Macron’s pro mass immigration, pro war, pro there is no such thing as French people party, but that doesn’t seem to have stopped his drive to get France into a world war.
President Biden just made a deal with Ukraine to supply funding and weapons for 10 years. There is absolutely no advantage or benefit to the United States in the agreement whatsoever but that doesn’t stop the rush toward suicide. I suppose it’s a kind of insurance policy in case Trump wins the election so that his hands would be tied and the madness would continue.
It seems pretty simple to me that the more weapons the U.S. sends to Ukraine the less that it has available for its own defense and the less it has for the other wars it is fomenting around the world. Another thing about U.S. shipments to Ukraine and Israel as well is that adversaries have been able to examine the high-tech cutting-edge U.S. smart weapons and develop counter measures for them. The result is that the weapons are not so cutting edge and not so smart anymore because they have been reengineered and tested by our enemies.
For example, the long-range missiles fired into Russia have allowed Russia to figure out how to jam the guidance systems coming from U.S. satellites and so their targeting is no longer as accurate as before. The same is true in reverse regarding the U.S. Patriot anti-missile defense system and the Iron Dome system supplied to Israel. The Russians and Iranians have hypersonic missiles and if they are not truly hypersonic what difference does it make. The point is that they are getting through and several of the defense batteries have been destroyed.
This comes at a time when it appears that U.S. politicians have lost touch with reality. If so, that would be very appropriate with all the videos and audio recordings evidencing President Biden’s obvious lack of hold on reality. The U.S. media, including his minister of propaganda at the press corps, tell us that we are not seeing this and that its just fake. For example, when he was in Italy for the G-7 conference and all the heads of state were watching a skydiving exhibit arranged by Italian Prime Minister Giorgia Meloni, and he wondered off from the group like some inattentive lost child.
Prime Minister Meloni casually, without attracting attention, just went over and took him by the arm and brought him back to the group. My opinion of her, already high, went up about 100% by the way she handled the situation. She then went on to defy pressure from Biden to include statements supporting abortion on demand as well as pride month in the G-7 statements about the conference. No, she said, we will not do such anti-family things in Italy as it would be “profoundly wrong “so good on you Prime Minister.
This all comes at a time when the U.S. has $35 trillion of debt up from $5.6 trillion in 1999 so in about 25 years it has added about $30 trillion. The interest this year is predicted to finally approach or even exceed the bloated trillion-dollar defense budget so a good dose of reality would serve us well in Washington. To grease the wheels of our decline even more on June 9 the 50-year deal with Saudi Arabia commonly known as the Petro Dollar deal expired and the Saudis said they would not renew it.
Simply put the deal allowed the U.S. to export its dollars and the Saudis to export their oil. If you wanted to buy Saudi Oil, and everyone did, you had to use U.S. dollars for the purchase. The Saudis would then use the dollars to purchase U.S. Treasury Bonds thus continuing the cycle to infinity and beyond. The added incentive for the Saudis was that the U.S. would use its military to keep the Saudi Royal Family in power and off the backs of Israel. To emphasize the importance of the deal it was probably, but I admit I’m guessing, the reason the U.S. attacked Iraq and Afghanistan rather than Saudi Arabia after 9-11 since almost all the hijackers were Saudis. One doesn’t go attacking a nation that is a major holder of its debt.
Everything the U.S. does now costs a lot more than it costs the people they do it to. For example, the U.S. and Uk Navies have been fighting the Houthis in the Red Sea and Gulf of Aden in an effort to keep shipping lanes open. The primitive Houthi tribes, supplied with missiles and drones by Iran, have proven incredibly resistant to annihilation. According to reports of the U.S. military more than $1 billion has been expended in munitions alone. The navy has conducted bombing strikes inside Yemen but I get the feeling that if the U.S. Navy dropped a nuclear bomb the desert Houthis would crawl out of the rubble with an anti-ship missile.
Remember that every time President Biden has some new “gun control” measure pending he comments on the idea that arms were necessary to the founders to reign in an out-of-control government. In other words, to resist tyranny guns are necessary and a right of Americans. He always gives the same response he gave the other day just a little slurred. If you want to fight the government you can’t do it with guns, you need F-16’s and nuclear weapons.
Well, Mr. president I have to point out that after 20 years of war you offered an unconditional surrender of American forces and its weapons to a bunch of primitive cave dwellers in Afghanistan. They had no F-16’s and no nuclear weapons just their guts and blood but they drove the U.S. powerful, high-tech military out of their country. The Houthis have proven to be made of the same stuff. The Red Sea is still a deadly corridor and many companies are avoiding it because of those primitive tribes, with their gunboats and missiles as well as some Iranian drones.
That story of Joe Biden’s lack of understanding of what the modern world is like is illustrative of what the U.S. government has apparently come to believe and through its captive media has been able to convince the American people of. The story is that the U.S. is invincible and can strut around the world provoking nuclear armed countries with impunity. As a result, the U.S. has reacted to its lost war in Ukraine in two ways. The first by threatening to send NATO troops with the French as the lead cannon fodder. The 2nd is to supply ever longer-range missiles to hit deeper into Russia, I suppose to provoke Russia to an attack on NATO thus justifying something they apparently already intend to do.
To keep all this madness going and to keep the plates in the air for a few more days the U.S. House, last Friday or one week ago passed the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) by a vote of 217-199 largely, but not totally, along party lines. The Republican majority managed to get several amendments added in an effort to prevent some of the social engineering being conducted in the military right now. Most Democrats voted against the bill due to the conservative amendments and most Republicans voted in favor so we will see what the senate does with it very soon.
Continuing the theme of our title and in preparation for global war, the bill also contains an interesting new section that might be of interest to anyone between the ages of 18 and 26. Most people apparently don’t know this but all-American males are required to register for the draft when they turn 18. Most people just ignore the requirement and I would guess that many don’t even know about it. Apparently, the Democrats are anticipating a big global war because a Democrat Amendment to the NDAA passed by voice vote.
“Section 531. Selective Service System: Automatic Registration. Sec.3. (a)(1) Except as otherwise provided in this title, every male citizen of the United States, and every other male person residing in the United States, between the ages of 18 and 26, shall be automatically registered under this Act by the Director of the Selective Service System.”
So, if the bill passes in its current form Congress will take steps toward automatic conscription of your children. The new law will automatically register them so they can’t just ignore the requirement. They will be notified in writing that they have been registered and are required to provide date of birth, address, social security account number, phone number, and email address. Congress wants your children to know that wars of stupidity and wars of aggression have consequences and those consequences might just be their lives.
There are currently more than 16 million eligible males in this automatic registration and if it is extended to females as some members of congress advocate there would be over 32 million. About 1.5 million undocumented immigrants are also subject to this new law so perhaps they could be persuaded to return across the border rather than be conscripted to fight an unnecessary, debt funded, stupid, pointless war that can only end badly and has no upside except the stock prices of defense contractors.
In conclusion, I am indebted to Dennis Kucinich for much of the information on the automatic registration section. Dennis has been out of Congress for 10 or 12 years I believe, but he is running again in Ohio as an independent.
Finally, folks, I close this Castle report with a quote from President Biden’s recent D-Day speech quoted from Politico, “The price of unchecked tyranny is the blood of the young and the brave.” Well, yes indeed Mr. President, you have never spoken truer words.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the words of U.S. Senator Lindsey Graham, a Republican from the state of South Carolina, speaking on Face the Nation on CBS last Sunday. He explained why we can’t afford to allow Russia to prevail in Ukraine.
Transcription / Notes
UKRAINE IS A GOLDMINE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 14th day of June in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the words of U.S. Senator Lindsey Graham, a Republican from the state of South Carolina, speaking on Face the Nation on CBS last Sunday. He said that we can’t afford to allow Russia to prevail in Ukraine because then Russia would have access to Ukraine’s vast mineral wealth and it would share it with China, so it would be better if it were available only to the U.S. and its allies.
I am grateful to the senator for finally saying out loud and in public for the whole world to see and hear the reason the United States is fueling the war in Ukraine and seems to be trying to constantly make it worse. He emphasized the immense value of Ukraine’s critical mineral resources, estimated to be worth between $10 to $12 trillion, and the strategic importance of these assets for the U.S. and the Western World. He also underscored the necessity of supporting Ukraine to ensure those resources do not fall into the hands of Russia and China.
So, my thanks to the senator for confirming that the politicians, bureaucrats, and billionaires who run the U.S. government are not sacrificing hundreds of thousands of Ukrainian and Russian lives along with the infrastructure of an entire nation, as well as more than $120 billion of U.S. debt for no good reason. The sacrifice is not for such nebulous old-fashioned concepts as freedom and democracy, and it is not for the self determination of the Ukrainian people.
Most importantly, it is not for the peace and security of Europe because Russia seeks to rebuild the Soviet Union and that would obviously threaten a great deal of Europe. It is not because Russia wants to recapture the Baltics first, then move on to Poland, Romania, and so on and so forth. No, it’s not any of those things which are now revealed to be lies and more lies as I have been saying since the U.S. inspired coup in 2014. It is money, just filthy lucre and it always has been money. Quoting the senator:
“They’re sitting on $10 to $12 trillion of critical minerals in Ukraine. They could be the richest country in all of Europe. I don’t want to give that money and those assets to Putin to share with China. If we help Ukraine now, they can become the best business partner we ever dreamed of. That $10 to $12 trillion of critical mineral assets could be used by Ukraine and the West, not given to Putin and China. This is a very big deal how Ukraine ends. Let’s help them win a war we can’t afford to lose. Let’s find a solution to this war. But they’re sitting on a gold mine. To give Putin $10 to $12 trillion of critical minerals he will share with China is ridiculous.”
That performance of Senator Graham’s was quite an eye opener but I promised myself I would not overreact. I will not allow my base instinct to control my thoughts about the senator’s explanation of the war, therefore, I will not call the senator a corrupt war mongering hypocritical insane lunatic. The mask of morality with which U.S. politicians have always covered their actions has now been removed. The posturing about whether Russia has designs on the Baltics and the rest of Europe is just so much BS. So, thank you Senator for telling us the truth, finally.
Do you think the senator told the nation the truth because he thought we would find his reasoning appealing or because he thinks we are just too stupid to understand him. I wonder if he thinks the average American would be more than willing to push the world to the brink of nuclear war to help the U.S. corporate bottom line. In addition to being vile, disgusting, and morally repugnant, it is completely flawed reasoning. It makes no sense at all unless you own or at least are heavily invested in the resource companies that will benefit from all the death, destruction, chaos, and risk.
If the U.S. is simply making an investment that’s one thing, but it sounds a lot like gambling with life and death for millions to me. The secretary of defense told us early in this poker game that our purpose in funding it and thus making it a lot worse was to weaken Russia, to bleed Russia, and thus degrade the Russian ability to make war. I can now safely assume that the reasoning is far simpler than it seemed to me at first. If Russia is bled dry as the secretary put it, then Russia would be less capable of resisting U.S. efforts to steal or purchase through munitions and warfare, the Ukrainian natural resources.
The senator is a longtime hawk, especially when it comes to Russia, but a hawk toward war in general. I always thought it was because he is a raving, power mad lunatic, but now I see that much of it is cold and rational. He referred to Vladimir Putin as a megalomaniac who is attempting to re-create the Russian empire by force of arms. That is straight out of Saul Alinsky who used to counsel his young radicals like Hillery Clinton in his book, Rules for Radicals, where he said accuse your enemy of what you are doing. So, I guess when the senator says this is a war we can’t afford to lose, he means that literally.
He also said that the U.S. should speed up efforts to steal $300 billion of Russian sovereign assets and he made a demand that Russia be designated a state sponsor of terrorism under U.S. law. I have to ask whether Russia is the terrorist since the real goal of the war has been so forthrightly revealed by the senator.
By a strange coincidence, one day prior to senator Graham’s remarks, Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orban argued that the West wants Kiev to win the conflict with Russia so that it can control Ukraine’s wealth. Orban was interviewed by Hir TV about the war and he accused the U.S. and its allies of seeing Ukraine as a potentially huge source of revenue which they will be able to control, provided Russia is defeated. He also noted that the conflict is a major boost for Western arms suppliers, creditors, and speculators, noting that this is the reason the war has dragged on for so long.
I have spoken well of Mr. Orbin before because I have always found him to be honest, forthright, with a love of his country and a desire to do his best for the Hungarian people. Those are honorable traits and I can think of no other Western leader who has them. Western leaders normally want the cloak of morality to cover their wars and their violations of human rights and their murders, but when the cloak is lifted the insides are pretty ugly to look at.
Russia has stated over and over throughout this conflict that its goals are to protect the largely Russian-speaking population of Donbass against persecution by Kiev, and to ensure Russia’s own security in light of NATO expansion toward its borders. Russia has never expressed an intention to take over Ukraine let alone Europe and that includes Ukraine’s natural resources. These goals are apparently the ambition of the United States and its allies, at least according to Senator Lindsey Graham.
Graham has been the escalator in chief especially during all of 2023 and so far in 2024. His constant demands for escalation, his constant complaining that weapons shipments are not enough along with his demands that more and more sophisticated weapons should be sent have kept this conflict going and have made it much worse. He certainly bears a great deal of responsibility for bringing the world to the brink although the bottom line is still Joe Biden. The president signs off on everything, or else it does not go. If Biden doesn’t sign the order, then the weapons don’t go and if Biden doesn’t give Zelensky permission to attack inside Russia with U.S. weapons it would not happen, therefore the escalation is American.
Long range precision guided missiles being sent deep into Russia to attack military targets but most importantly to attack Russian early warning radar systems are especially troubling. They are troubling to me because if I were Vladimir Putin, I would not put up with it and I wonder how much longer he will. The missiles must have targeting systems linked to satellites and maintained by people in NATO countries on the ground. The origins of the missiles, their supply chains and maintenance facilities are legitimate military targets and that would mean Russia attacking NATO countries thus triggering a probable article 5 NATO response.
I wonder if there is anyone left in the U.S. government who has any sense at all. The steady path toward World War III continues and no one will vary from it. Russia meets each escalation with its own escalation. Each U.S. escalation has been a tactical failure so far but that hasn’t stopped the flow of new weapons and tactics. If there are any rational leaders left in the West, when do they consider the possibility that the war is lost, deescalate, and seek a treaty to end it. That might be a monetary loss for senator Graham though, so I won’t count on it but still, I can’t help but wonder.
In the latest escalation the U.S. and its NATO allies have green-lighted missile attacks deep inside Russia using U.S.-made ATACMS ballistic missiles with a range of about 190 miles. The attacks have hit both civilian and military targets such as the Russian nuclear missile warning system. These attacks are prompting severe Russian responses including the destruction of the entire Ukrainian power grid. Using U.S. supplied drones and missiles to attack the Russian early warning system for incoming nuclear armed missiles is about as provocative as it gets without an actual nuclear attack.
Both the U.S. and Russia adhere to a nuclear philosophy that is called launch on warning. That means that as soon as an incoming nuclear missile is detected you launch and you don’t wait for them to hit their targets. That’s why attacking the early warning system is such an eye opener and has never been done by either side. Ukraine doesn’t have nuclear missiles so why would it have any reason to attack a nuclear missile early warning system. Ukraine launched these missiles into Russia, but it could not have done so without U.S. and NATO supply and most importantly U.S. satellite targeting information.
What would the U.S. do if Mexico launched missiles supplied by Russia with targeting data also supplied by Russia, to attack U.S. early warning system radars. Hitting a radar system that is a part of nuclear defense leaves a gap in that link, that system. The launch on warning is then even more on a hair trigger and even more sensitive to detection and launch. Therefore, the world resides on a hair trigger and remains just one split second decision or mistake from disaster. Is the natural resources wealth of Ukraine worth nuclear war. Apparently, some lunatics in Washington think so but they never bother to ask us normal people if we think it is.
The Russian reluctance and restraint, rather than a compliment, has become a hinderance to peace because it creates the belief that because they haven’t attacked NATO, they never will. That reaction is more evidence to compliment Tucker Carlson’s interview with Putin in which Putin appeared rational and not a bloodthirsty lunatic. He doesn’t appear to want war with the U.S. and NATO but I wonder how much longer he will permit his country to be attacked without consequences. The other day Russian deputy chairman of the Security Council. Dmitry Medvedev told the world that Russia knows where the attacks are coming from.
“I would like to warn American leaders against miscalculations that could have fatal consequences. For unknown reasons, they underestimate the seriousness of the rebuff they may receive.”
Mr. Medvedev is wrong about one thing though. The reasons are not unknown. It is because the West is led by illegitimate, incompetent, and reckless people who don’t seem to know or care what nuclear war is and they are driven primarily by money and power. They assume they can play with fire and not be burned.
Finally, folks, it seems to me that this is an illegitimate criminal system that seeks to benefit from cannibalizing other countries by way of mass death and destruction all the while cloaking itself in a flag of false morality. How can we support that?
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the conviction of Donald Trump on 34 felony counts in New York last week in America’s first Stalinist show-trial designed to be an example of what could happen if you challenge the prevailing ideology of our new post rule of law, post bill of rights, nation.
Transcription / Notes
CHALLENGING THE POWERS THAT BE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 7th day of June in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the conviction of Donald Trump on 34 felony counts in New York City last week. This was America’s first Stalinist show trial designed to be an example of what could happen to normal people if they challenge the prevailing ideology of our new post rule of law, post bill of rights, nation.
Before I get into the conviction, I will remind you once again that yesterday, the 6th of June was the 80th anniversary of the D-Day landings on the coast of France. Hundreds of thousands of young men were sent ashore in Normandy to confront the Nazi army that enslaved Europe. Thousands of them died that day but they all knew that death was a real possibility for them and yet they went anyway. When I see the thousands of crosses in the Normandy cemeteries today my first thought is what a terrible waste.
What private at Omaha Beach or Lieutenant on Utah would have become a great doctor, but now many thousands have been deprived of his care. What Canadian sergeant would have become prime minister of Canada thus sparing us the horrible Pierre Trudeau and his much worse son Justin. These are all things that we can’t know because they are all dead, but there is one thing of which I am certain and that is that the nation is no longer worthy of them because they fought to preserve something that has been squandered as you will hear in this report.
In my analysis of Trump’s conviction, I looked around for some quote, and some example with which I could illustrate what happened and reveal the depths to which we have sunk as a people. The best quote is from the chief of Stalin’s secret police Lavrenti Beria. “Show me the man, Ill show you the crime.”
Professor Alan Dershowitz said that Judge Merchan took Stalin one step further because a day after the ruling and verdict he still didn’t know what the crime was. The prosecution didn’t bother or was unable to define the alleged crime that Trump allegedly committed. That didn’t matter because the judge told the jury in his instructions that they didn’t have to agree or even know what the crimes were as long as they had a belief that criminal acts were committed. This was, therefore, one of the greatest miscarriages of justice in U.S. history.
So, what was the crime of which he was supposedly guilty? We still don’t know exactly what the jury decided because apparently even they didn’t know what the crime was. A biased judge who refused to recuse himself apparently because he was hand selected for the purpose of a conviction. A biased jury and a biased prosecutor who ran for office on the promise of finding a crime to prosecute Trump for. The prosecutor and the system tried to follow Chief Beria’s statement but try as it did no crime could be found so they just made one up or invented one.
This is a stain on the system of law and justice in America and it makes it difficult to ever respect such a system again. If this verdict holds then be afraid because this is no longer America but instead it has morphed into a Stalinist system of terror from above. If we are to have hope for this country, for our system of individual rights, this decision must be overturned without a lot of delay and bureaucratic wrangling.
There used to be a sacrosanct system of standards and everyone knew that the integrity of the system for all of us was more important than the evidence or lack of it against any one criminal defendant. First, there had to be a victim, a step missing from Trump’s trial. Victims would come forward to the system and allege that a crime had taken place. Professional police officers and detectives would investigate and if evidence warranted a suspect would be found and then prosecutors, separate from the police, would bring charges. The suspect, as we all know, would be presumed innocent until the prosecution proved every aspect of the law beyond a reasonable doubt. Now, that sacrosanct system is completely distorted and broken.
Politicians run for elected office like District Attorney or State Attorney General with the same zeal and the same promises to the same people as any other politician running for any other office. They are often funded by people like George Soros who want them in office because they will help him unleash chaos, disrespect, and doubt into the system. Most of all, they bring fear because no one is safe from their prosecutions or from the criminals they release to prey on the innocent.
They used to investigate a crime to find an individual suspect if one existed, but now they investigate a specific individual to find a crime even if it means inventing a crime where none exists. They then select the jurisdiction most suitable to them where virtually no one in the potential jury pool holds any political view different from the prosecution. The jurisdiction must be one where the defendant is hated so there is no chance whatsoever of a fair trial. That’s not enough for our new system though, the prosecutors must find a judge who is completely corrupt and sold out to the new ideology.
In our present case the judge’s daughter is a fund raiser for the Democratic Party and has raised millions for them. The judge imposed a gag order on Trump to keep him from talking about it and would allow no testimony about his daughter. The judge also contributed money to the Biden campaign. Oh yes, I know Joe Biden had nothing to do with this trial that is evident from his smirk after the verdict. That’s why the Biden department of injustice sent a prosecutor to New York to handle the prosecution because Bragg didn’t have the skills or confidence to do it.
Sad, but this is our system now. A member of the ruling elite, whichever one is in power at the time, can just point his thumb up or down like Ceasar at the Colosseum and that means death for the accused who had the audacity to oppose Ceasar. Today it isn’t gladiators who deliver the killing blow but dozens of federal agents with a laundry list of charges.
Since we are talking about ancient history or the Roman Empire let me take you to ancient Greece for a moment where this thing we now refer to as democracy began. The word justice comes from the Latin word justitia which means righteousness. Quite appropriately those who applaud the verdict are full of righteousness albeit the self- righteousness-kind. Their cheering at the demise of the centuries old American system of law and individual rights adds emphasis to the fact that we have given our system over to a group of ignorant barbarians who only know they won. They, from the president on down, don’t seem to care that their victory has destroyed the protection of law for all of us.
What was Donald Trump’s crime that so offended Ceasar? He had the audacity to run for political office again and he refused to back down. Democrats were advised after the verdict by the son of George Soros, Mr. Alex Soros, to always refer to Trump as a convicted felon so the word was out to the media from the man himself. Maybe these end-zone celebrations will backfire and start to bother even those who hate Trump and despise his opposition to this evil system as it now exists. Perhaps their referring to him as a convicted felon will be a rallying cry and a badge of honor. Perhaps this trial will make it more likely that Trump will be elected rather than less likely.
Americans have always had a soft spot for the underdog. Who would not want a team to prevail if they knew that the referees had been cheating for the opposition and therefore the victory was not justice but injustice. It appears that they are very afraid of Donald Trump and that is itself a badge of honor for Trump. Anyone they are afraid of must be someone to be considered worthy. This case had nothing to do with law and those of us who are not totally perverted know it. This case is disgraceful and as Tucker Carlson said anyone who defends it is a threat to you and your family.
This is an age-old dilemma that we face as Americans but we have always relied on our Constitution and the law to protect us from the perversions of individuals. Just to reiterate a few things, it is a case brought by a prosecutor who could show no one harmed. It is doubly frightening because there are literally no legal grounds for bringing it and yet the powers who are supposed to rule over and protect the system said nothing. The bar associations, the law schools and most of all the media said nothing. None of the watchdogs said anything and that scares me more than the verdict.
This age-old dilemma with which our enemies were confronted was that getting Trump was so important that it justified any means, even perverted ones. This is the decision of fascists everywhere as learned from their mentor Benito Mussolini who decided that joining the Nazis was OK if it could help him restore the Roman Empire. We see quite often today the bogey man who is so bad that unjustified war or unjustified perversions of the system are now justified. Since the real crime of Trump was attempting to get elected, the prosecutor and judge have interfered with and perverted the election of the next president.
The people who are cheering the verdict will one day fall victim to this perversion and I wish they could understand that they have destroyed the system. One day, inevitably, they will say the wrong word, use the wrong pronoun, or have a wrong thought. Perhaps they will fail to bend the knee to Ceasar or fail to obey Ceasar when he gives them the thumb up or down. Perhaps they will refuse or regret not participating in whatever virtue signaling is next on the self-righteous woke agenda. If any of those happen, they could end up on the business end of the perverted justice system they just helped to create. They are full of blood lust now, but this new legal standard applies to them as well.
By a strange coincidence, the day of Trump’s verdict, May 30th was the anniversary of the death of Joan of Arc. 593 years ago. That fact came to my attention because of an article written by Msgr. Richard Antall for Crisis Magazine. Since I am a lifetime admirer of Saint Joan, I mention her struggle to you now. Saint Joan was burned at the stake on May 30, 1431, when she was just 19 years old. She was a peasant girl born to a family of sharecroppers in rural France. She was a devout catholic as was most of France but she kept having visions that God told her he wanted her to lead an effort to free France from English occupation. Her time was near the end of the Hundred Years War between France and England, so desperate times for France.
Despite the objections of many, including the church, she led the French army to victory at the battle of Orleans. Her time was much like ours in that those who oppose the powers that be would not and could not be tolerated. Joan was persecuted and vilified over the next year and a kangaroo court made up of English and even French traitors convicted her of blasphemy. She was executed by burning on May 30th, 1431, at age 19. In 1920 she was made a saint of the Catholic Church and a bronze statue of a heroic Joan in full battle armor on her warhorse stands in Paris. The date of her death is a national holiday in France so it took a while and a revolution had to destroy the church and the royalty, but the French people refused to let go of this peasant girl who became a great warrior.
Will the American people eventually see Donald Trump as valiant warrior who refused to back down to a group of corrupt officials, and one who sacrificed himself for us. Time will tell I guess, but one wonders whether we will ever welcome him into history as a national hero as the French people finally did for Joan. One thing is for certain and that is that his enemies who hate him and wish death for him have elevated him to be one of the most important Americans in history.
Finally, folks, I don’t think this will end here. Perhaps Donald Trump will pull on his armor, mount his warhorse, and lead his people to victory, sacrificing himself in the struggle. Perhaps those enemies of individual rights, of the truth, of the light, of the church, will prevail. Time will tell.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the state of our society and the politics that drive and govern it.
Transcription / Notes
ASLEEP AT ARLINGTON
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 31st Day of May in the year of our Lord 2024.I will be talking about the state of our society and the politics that drive and govern it. I argue that politics and demonic Hollywood are moving ever closer to one and the same. Politicians are worried right now because they can’t seem to figure out why more of the American people are becoming wise to their game of weaponization of the law and have stopped believing their propaganda.
Please bear in mind that this Report was prepared before the verdict in the Stalinist Show Trial came in so I will have to discuss that at a later date.
The reason I chose the title, “Asleep at Arlington” was in reference to the president visibly falling asleep on the podium while the secretary of defense was speaking at the annual memorial ceremony in Arlington National Cemetery on Memorial Day. There are many things the president could have told the nation during that moment but he chose to make it about himself as usual. Donald Trump is often accused of making every speech about himself and I guess that criticism is valid, but when Trump talks about himself he normally tells stories that he believes to be true unlike the president. I’ve never heard Mr. Trump tell how his son was killed in Iraq when he wasn’t, but that is the same story President Biden tells each time he speaks to veterans, their families, or to the nation in general about the military as he did at Arlington.
What could he have said instead, but I understand that he gets a pass to some degree, because he obviously has dementia and can’t remember which story he told the last time. I thought the president had a staff of speech writers but I guess he has trouble staying on script. He could have said for example, that next week, the 6th of June is the 80th anniversary of the D-Day landings on the coast of France. He could have said that hundreds of thousands of young men were sent to the beaches to liberate Europe and save civilization from Naziism and that tens of thousands died that day. It was a good opportunity to remember them for as General Eisenhower said, we may never see their like again.
He was speaking at Arlington National Cemetery so he could have used the memorial ceremony to mention that he, as Commander in Chief, is aware that the suicide rate among active-duty military personnel is 2.5 times the national average. Why is that, would be a good question and what we can do about it would be the answer. Does that figure say anything about foreign policy and how it is being conducted now?
He and his friends in the media and especially in Hollywood, have other things to worry about than military personnel taking their own lives. He must think about reelection at a time when it’s hard to think about anything. A nagging, persistent question that he must be struggling with is why have my personally orchestrated lawfare attacks against Donald Trump not turned the American people against him. Maybe they are not as stupid and naive as I assumed they were.
The concern about the chances that Biden could lose the election is growing ever closer to panic as is reflected in the growing number of media stories advising the president on how to conduct his campaign. Is advising the president a media responsibility, no but its just something the are expected to do for Democrats. He is advised from time to time to show some empathy on the economy. The media can at least sense that people are sick and tired of hearing how great Bidenomics is when they must pay 10% more for food this year than last year. Very few people can enjoy a 10% raise in pay each year so the real effect is that they are losing their standard of living more and more each year.
If the president could just show some concern, even if he feels nothing for normal people if he could just pretend that he does it might help him defeat the hated Orange Man. The New Republic asks its readers the question “How the hell can people be nostalgic for Donald Trump? Yet-they are.” Well, maybe I could help explain that millions of illegal migrants swarming across the border, wages shrinking, not rising, war in at least two places and a third looking ever more likely. I suppose people somehow some way just don’t like the idea of their children mustering to fight a stupid, empire building war against a nuclear armed country. All those things may be factors, but you know the average American so go figure.
Fear is palpable now and it appears to be eating into the Democrat base. Minorities and the young are starting to reject the propaganda of always vote Democrat and don’t think just do it. Maybe even the young, white liberals are tired of being told, we will fulfill all your pet projects like climate change and other regulations that restrict business and cost jobs. Inflation, no savings, unable to live without accumulating unpayable debt, maxxed out credit cards, no end in sight to deficit spending, I mean, who wouldn’t want that. In response what they see is the president falling asleep at Arlington.
Meanwhile, Trump’s dominance in the polls continues and the Democrats can’t seem to understand it. Can a billionaire be an underdog in America? Yes, it appears that a billionaire can be an underdog in America if he is being constantly persecuted unjustly by Democrats solely for political reasons. The more the Democrats accuse Donald Trump of being a threat to democracy the more contempt they show for the will of the people and even people who always vote Democrat can see it.
Trump’s trial for his accused non-crime is concluding in the once great city of New York, but the real prosecution of Donald Trump is being conducted by Joe Biden and the Democrat Party and even Democrats are starting to see it. They are concerned though, so concerned that they decided to engage in a little blatant jury tampering for a future jury pool. The total corruption of the system of law and justice is on display because there is no one to reign in their open cheating to convict. They are so blinded by hatred of Trump that nothing matters anymore. The integrity of the system doesn’t matter at all it seems. Why can’t we hurt Trump’s poll numbers with bogus charges and cheating in the trial. Maybe it’s because the public can see through it and they believe the charges are politically motivated so they prefer him to Biden.
For jury tampering purposes and as a demonstration of total panic the Biden Administration brought out demonic actor Robert DeNiro to speak from the steps of the courthouse and demonstrate that he really is washed up and delusional. His once immense talent now completely gone, he must find it hard to live without millions of adoring fans. The delusional part of his personality seems to be that in his mind he is still stuck in the role of Travis from Taxi Driver. Listening to him speak I expected to hear him say “are you talking to me”, but instead he said something far worse and thus my demonic accusation. I quote Travis DeNiro:
“I don’t mean to scare you. No, wait, maybe I do mean to scare you. If Trump returns to the White House, you can kiss these freedoms goodbye that we all take for granted.”
So, is he delusional or just a blatant liar or both. Does he think he is living in a movie script because if he does, he is likely insane. Just wait folks because it gets worse.
“And elections, forget about it. That’s over. That’s done. If he gets in, I can tell you right now, he will never leave. He will never leave. You know that. He will never leave. What does that mean? Is that the country we want to live in? Do we want him running this country and saying I’m not leaving I’m dictator for life.”
But Travis, Trump has been in office before and I don’t remember him refusing to leave the Whitehouse. Oh, I get it now, you are probably referring to his having the audacity to question Democrat cheating and ballot box stuffing and tens of thousands of ballots mysteriously appearing days later but only in important states. I guess you are upset that he refused to simply remain silent in the face of obvious fraud. Travis isn’t through unfortunately, so listen to this.
“I hope this new ad campaign reaches outside the bubble to remind supporters of what a danger he is to our lives. This is not a threat. This is a reality. And that’s why I joined the Biden-Harris campaign. Because the only way to preserve our freedoms and hold on to our humanity is to vote for Joe Biden for president. We don’t have a choice.”
Travis persevered in his delusional attack despite car horns and jeers from locals so I will give him that. He comes across as a nut job and Biden comes across as a panic-stricken pathetic loser for trotting out this washed-up actor. Biden has to this point pretended to be disconnected from the trials even when it was obvious that he was very involved so this performance by the once talented Travis DeNiro is evidence of total panic. In the meantime, Donald Trump held a rally in the Bronx the other day and he had a different message for New Yorkers.
“No matter where you went on this planet, everyone knew that. When you said, “I’m a New Yorker,” it meant you had smarts, you had grit, you had energy and above all else you had heart. Big, big, beautiful heart. Everybody wanted to be here. New York was where you came to make it big. You want to make it big. You had to be in New York. But sadly, this is now a city in decline. All my life, I’ve seen New York through good times and bad. Through boom times and crime waves, through market crashes and terrorist attacks. But I’ve never seen it quite like this. We have filthy encampments of drugged out homeless people living in our places that we’ve spent so much time with children where they used to play. We have lunatics, killing innocent bystanders by pushing them onto subway tracks…”
It all serves to make me wonder what happened to America. I don’t expect an actor like DeNiro to suddenly turn into Thomas Jefferson or James Madison because his job is interpretation. His craft requires that he interpret America and in that task he fails miserably. What has happened to America and where did it go. It seems to have been made over in the image of some low talent, fake humor Democrat politician overflowing with crudeness and vulgarity. Hardly anyone can express a thought, even the Vice-President of the United States, without using the F-Word as emphasis.
I offer an opinion here in this Castle Report as to what has happened to us and why the America we once knew and loved has disappeared and, in its place, we are offered only a crude, vulgar, version of a Hollywood that once interpreted our virtues rather than only our vices. Somehow tremendous political power has shifted from the people to the hands of a self-serving class of ideological incompetents. Throughout history, fighting costly, wars on the other side of the planet and plunging the nation into unpayable debt has been a recipe for disaster, not progress.
Now, between inflation, wage stagnation, and massive debt necessary for people to just live generations of Americans have missed out on upward mobility and prosperity that the generation that survived World War II enjoyed.
Government lifers, both elected and unelected bureaucrats run the show from their offices buried deep within the wood that is Washington. Who thought it was a good idea to start a proxy war against nuclear armed Russia. Who decided it was a good idea to open the southern border to anyone in the world who wanted to cross. Do we have any of these questions on the ballot? Not so we can recognize them through the maze of propaganda which constantly bombards us.
Finally, folks, can we vote our way out of this? I would never advise you not to vote, but I wish you good luck when they count the ballots.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about war today with an emphasis on how artificial intelligence is changing everything we once thought about war and how wars are fought.
Transcription / Notes
THE CHANGING FACE OF WAR
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. I will be talking about war today with an emphasis on how artificial intelligence is changing everything we once thought about war and how wars are fought. The wars in Ukraine and Gaza, both funded by the taxpayers of the United States, are serving as crucibles for perfecting the new methodologies of modern warfare.
Yes, my beat is war today and that is very appropriate because this coming Monday is Memorial Day when we pause to remember those who died in the nation’s wars. If you have suffered through these Castle Reports with me for a few years you know that I talk about war a lot because war is one of the great tragedies of the human experience. It often comes from the dark recesses of one or maybe two human minds, but it affects millions.
We are currently in the early stages of an epic change in the way wars are fought. You have probably heard many times the statement that generals tend to fight the last war and that is happening today with one variable. Warfare is evolving and changing rapidly in real time while the wars are being fought. Nothing trains a soldier or an army for war like actual combat. I had a law professor who taught evidence and he used the example of a train robbery for the importance of his subject. You can practice train robbery and even rehearse the event, but until you are inside the train with a gun in your hand you don’t know what train robbery Is like.
The first epic change in the evolution of warfare was the discovery of metalwork which allowed the building of new weapons made of metal rather than wood. The second was the discovery of gunpowder which allowed for the building of guns and ended the armored knight era. It took thousands of years to get from the first to the third epic which was artillery and massed artillery fire which evolved over a couple of hundred years so that armies who had the most effective artillery usually won the battle and the war. The fourth epic was airpower and the vital necessity of an army gaining air superiority. The fifth epic was precision guided munitions so that fortified bunkers and layers of concrete and steel were no longer effective and it allowed a 2000 lb. projectile to be sent through a target’s window from miles away.
Americans learned a lot about war from World War ll and that knowledge and manufacturing base has led the world until now. The Germans had better tanks, but the Americans caught up and won the war. The Japanese had better airplanes and pilots, but the Americans killed their pilots, built better airplanes, and won the war. Coming out of the war the Americans had unlimited funds and the arms industry to lead the world, but fighting the last war has finally started to catch up again as it always seems to.
Washington has provided Russia, Ukraine, and Israel with the battleground and even the funds to make great leaps in the epic of war developed and hardened in the cauldron of combat. There are always reasons given for Washington’s wars. Normally, the first reason is that you must stay committed even if the struggle after Washington enters is proven to be pointless and unwinnable. The second reason usually given is what in Vietnam was called the domino effect. If you let your enemy prevail, he will use the victory as a springboard to attack other countries and they will fall like dominos. Neither of the stated reasons have been proven to be true although they have been tested many times.
Ukraine is a war of attrition because that is how Russia has chosen to fight it. That means that just as in World War ll when they had more men and could take more casualties than the Germans, they would ultimately succeed despite the Germans having better and more mobile equipment at least during the first two years. If there’s always been one characteristic of the Russian army it is that that they are not casualty averse. No amount of additional funding or new arms shipments will change the mass number differential. The West can clearly see the Russian tactic of whittling down the Ukrainian forces until now they have few if any replacements, but they continue to tell us Ukraine is winning. The same propaganda was used in Vietnam and Afghanistan to keep the flow of men and weapons and money going down the ratholes.
Russia has been systematically attacking the Ukrainian infrastructure so that more and more Ukrainians are fleeing to Europe to avoid the war. Estimates are that about 7 million have fled the country so far. I have read reports from Ukraine of desperate efforts at conscription so that now the average age of recruits is 43 years old. Young recruits are probably dead or have fled the country. Western sociopathy in discussing Ukrainian casualties is very disturbing. It is cheaper, they say, to let the Ukrainians fight and die in this pointless and unwinnable struggle because it will mean fewer Americans and Europeans will die later. Endless death and destruction paid for with the labor of American citizens has revealed a side of Americans that is shameful and shocking to me.
NATO has prolonged this destruction of an entire country and I find the concept sociopathic or worse. I suppose young men and women of America are expected to line up to jump into a war with Russia once the last Ukrainian is dead or has left the country. Ukraine is losing or has lost and is on the verge of collapse. Their manpower is exhausted and cannot be mustered to mount even a counteroffensive. My very real fear is that in the minds of the elite, World War lll is now inevitable and acceptable and therefore, they are just prepping us to accept an expanded war with Russia.
That brings me to the sixth epic of war and it is probably the most terrifying of all. The epic change in how war is conducted has been made possible and is being perfected on the killing fields of Ukraine and the rubble of Gaza. The new epic is killer drones powered by artificial intelligence. Completely autonomous weapons with no human involvement are being used in both Ukraine and Gaza right now. In Israel, the kill lists are prepared automatically and apparently with no human decision, using a program code-named Lavender. Israeli officers have been given wide authority to adopt the Lavender kill lists with no requirement that they check why the machine chose those people to kill. This has resulted in many civilian casualties as the killer drones select targets and attack buildings to kill one target if they determine he is inside, but it may also have 40 civilians inside.
Israeli officers admit that the machine looks for targets in their homes because it is easier to attack a family home than a military installation. I was told in the material I read that the officers are supposed to verify that the targets are male but often they have only about 20 seconds to do so. The machine finds huge numbers of targets to kill, usually many times more than flesh and blood soldiers could kill. The officers said they developed more trust in the machine kill lists than they had in their own soldiers especially if the soldier had a buddy killed a day before because that made them emotionally erratic.
So, imagine that you and/or a man residing in your home is marked for death by a line of code. It is admitted that Lavender made errors about 10% of the time and the target could not be connected to any militant group. There are many people in Washington and Tel Aviv who want to see more AI on the battlefield because they believe it will do a better job of target acquisition than soldiers sorting through intelligence reports from satellites or eyes on the ground. Israel calls its unit, thought to be using the AI kill lists, Unit 8200. It has a reputation as the best and foremost such unit in the world but Israel will neither confirm nor deny its existence as is their custom.
Israel is not the only country using AI powered killer drones as they are in wide use in Ukraine by both sides. Data is the key to warfare and AI Can find data and use it faster than any human. Armies of the future will be powered and staffed by machine solders it appears. Soldiers without pity, mercy, or emotion, but instead they are literally killing machines. This is not science fiction folks it is happening right now and the Israelis, Russians and Ukrainians are using it widely. One reason I believe this is the sixth epic is because mass hardware is rapidly becoming obsolete. Someone can go into a store and buy a $500 drone and rewire it to carry high tech explosives and send it to destroy a $2million tank. There are videos available of the steps Russians and Ukrainians are having to take literally at the moment, on the battlefield, to defend million-dollar tanks against relatively cheap drone killers.
Swarms of high-speed drones are carrying explosives against armor for both sides in Ukraine. I’ve seen video reports of the countermeasures being developed but so far you should bet on drones. Remember the massive attack by hundreds of drones Iran launched against Israel. They were all reported to cost less than $500,000 collectively but it cost $1billion to shoot them down. A $25,000 drone can now destroy a $2million tank and they are doing so.
OK, folks here’s where it gets weird and terrifying and where the world, we live in will never be the same. Right now, those killer drones are being linked to all the cameras and facial recognition software worldwide to send the drone on a search for the target which it is apparently a lot better at finding than mere police officers or detectives or soldiers. You might be thinking that technology will be used against criminals, but I am thinking political dissidents. So, you are sitting in your office on the 75th floor of a building in downtown Manhattan, and a drone the size of a honeybee finds you.
So far, to the best of my knowledge, that technology, those killer drones with artificial intelligence, are only being used and perfected in the wars of Ukraine and the Middle East at least that’s the story we are expected to believe. It seems obvious that if available, and it is, they will be used here soon. The other point of all this is that Washington concentrates on heavy hardware, or what guys in the military refer to as big iron. They take pride in having the biggest, fastest, and most heavily armed tanks with the biggest and best guns. They want the best fighter jet with both stealth and short take-off and landing capability even if they cost $100 million each and can be shot down by a $50,000 drone. So again, we think in terms of what was needed in the last war which was in the Middle East where we could rely on superior technology and firepower, but the world is catching up, and third world armies are finding cheap soldiers and weapons with Artificial Intelligence.
Now, what is the good news; there isn’t any. It’s hard for me to find good news or even a good side in either Gaza, or Ukraine. At my best, I might be able to find sides that seem to be less bad than the other. One side thinks the Palestinians, and I guess that includes Hamas, at least according to the students, is fighting for its freedom. The other side thinks Netanyahu and the Israeli government is defending Israel and has done nothing wrong. Between the Hamas terrorists, rapists and child murderers, and the builders and bombers or the teeming refugee camps in Gaza its hard to pick a side maybe a pox on both is the best attitude, but I must say the video recently released by Hamas is a game changer. If you want to fill your enemy with a burning rage just release a video of bloody children and rape them on camera, but that is Hamas and that is what terrorists with no conscience do.
In Ukraine, one side thinks the Russian invaders have launched an unprovoked attack against a completely innocent land that was going about its business not bothering anyone. The other side thinks the Russians were responding to threats against the Russian homeland consisting of an enemy alliance on its border and an alliance which instigated a coup to overthrow the duly elected government of that country which happened to be friendly to Russia. Who are the good guys in a struggle which kills at least one half million and displaces to other countries, millions of refugees. Many blood-soaked years have now gone by in the eternal struggle in the Middle East and the wars fought on the plains of Ukraine. Hamas ignores and apparently cares nothing for Palestinian lives, or any other lives for that matter. The Ukrainians, led by Zelensky, refuse to hold elections, and apparently care nothing for the millions of Ukrainian lives being forfeited.
Finally, folks, as usual, it seems that our weapons are more intelligent than we are. We are all prisoners of our biases to some degree. It’s best if we can cling to a foundational principle based on morality but machines can’t do that can they.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the proposed World Health Organization’s (WHO) Global Pandemic Treaty. It covers pandemic preparedness that would grant WHO absolute power over global biosecurity and would mean the end of representative democracy and with it the end of human dignity.
Transcription/Notes
WHO’S ODIOUS PLANS FOR HUMANITY
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 17th day of May in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the proposed World Health Organization (WHO) Global Pandemic Treaty on pandemic preparedness that would grant WHO absolute power over global biosecurity and would mean the end of representative democracy and with it the end of human dignity.
The Pandemic Treaty, if implemented, will change the landscape of health globally and will strip people of some of the most basic rights and freedoms that we enjoy as Americans. The Who would have the power to implement digital identities, vaccine passports, mandatory vaccinations, travel restrictions, lockdowns, standardized medical care and more. Your doctor would become nothing more than an employee of a gigantic unelected, unchosen by you, bureaucratic, global control mechanism designed to stamp out human freedom and dignity.
The sovereignty of the world’s nations would be and in fact is under attack by this proposed treaty. Your ultimate authority over your own body is also under attack. I really don’t think its much of a stretch to say that we would no longer be autonomous human beings but we would be relegated to the status of cogs in a gigantic machine.
There are 194 member nations in the World Health Assembly which is the assembly of the World Health Organization (WHO). It will meet in Geneva, Switzerland from 27 May to June 1, 2024, to consider this treaty. The meeting start is only 10 days away folks. Members will consider the treaty along with revised health regulations to accompany it. It takes two-thirds of the members voting yes to approve and implement the treaty.
Approval would give the WHO and its Director General, Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, full power in matters of health and climate change over and above the health sovereignty of individual members. This treaty would mean the end of Representative Democracy or rule by we the people in the various nations of the world because health is the most basic of human freedoms. It would be the end of decision making in affairs of health worldwide but it is also the beginning of something far more important and that is global government made possible by digital tyranny.
All countries and their health records would be interlinked globally and digitally. That would give this worldwide unelected conglomerate leverage and control over virtually all aspects of our society. Just see it as the Covid Pandemic and its worldwide system extended indefinitely. To bring the importance of this decision home to you, if WHO ordered that you be injected with some poison that would give you heart disease or cancer you would have no say in it. If WHO ordered your daughter to be injected with a poison that would prevent her from ever bearing a child so be it.
The very sinister people who control this drive for world domination have been in existence since man first started to record his time on this earth. God created us in his image, but that wasn’t good for the satanic evil that confronted mankind and still to this day seeks to dethrone God. Now, they have concocted a way to gain control over world health through their own private interests all based on pharmaceuticals which is, of course, part of the same petrochemical industry we have known our entire lives.
You must, at this point, be thinking, the people don’t want this and will not submit to it, and you might be correct, but these people don’t care what you want or don’t want. For them, this is the final piece of the puzzle that cloaks our culture in satanic hate. They have been trying to fit the last piece into the picture for 6000 years and now the global technological system of digital control makes it all possible for them. They only need enough corrupt people in enough places and they obviously have that, and for evidence just look at Covid. The whole world bought their story quickly and went like lambs into the slaughterhouse with hardly a word of objection. Those who did object were the enemies of mankind, the pariahs of our society.
Who are the people who seek to do such horrible things to their fellow humans. Who controls Dr. Tedros, I use only his first name because his last is unpronounceable. Who controls Joe Biden and all the other figureheads. That is a very good question and I admit I can’t answer it with any confidence, only speculation. However, I might not be able to tell you who they are for certain but I can certainly tell you what they are.
I am talking about an interlocking network of evil which links the institutions of this world with darkness. They deform our lives and deny our growth and potential. The most important thing about these people is that this is their world and they are apparently tired of letting us live in it although they don’t seem to mind our paying for it. They continually devise shocks and rumors to destabilize our world, i.e. Covid. They continually destroy peace globally and even any peace we may be able to find personally. A continual state of anxiety seems to infect the world so we are so busy fighting for survival we can’t come together to defend ourselves from their onslaught.
You don’t want to hear any of this, I know you don’t. Some people might even say Darrell has slipped over the edge but keep in mind that awareness comes first. No government, including this one, is going to tell you the truth. Perhaps if you just remain very still nothing will happen to you or your family. Perhaps you will not be required to accept an injection of poison from satanic evil. Maybe this is all just fantasy and you can go about your middle-class life safe and secure from all this global evil that I have been talking about. I really do hope and pray that you are right and I am wrong.
If this treaty is as horrible as I say it is then why does it have a good possibility of being implemented. During Covid nations spent billions complying or at least attempting to comply with WHO’s guidelines for mitigation. The more they spent, the more their people died. That’s why the WHO had to single Africa out for special treatment this time around. Special treatment means coups, regime change, etc. which are all in process now or have already occurred. Africa spent little to no money in WHO compliance so it had little to no deaths compared to those in full compliance. It stands as a living example of the truth to what I have been saying about the guidelines.
That example is one of the reasons the new treaty and new guidelines must be passed. The control must be taken out of the hands of individuals and their governments who may believe compliance would violate some religious practice or they object for other reasons. WHO aims, with the new treaty, to dictate how individual nations and their doctors practice medicine. That requires bypassing the normal democratic process thus avoiding the growing populist movements in various countries. Treaties supersede the national law of most countries so if implemented, the people’s desires or what they want would no longer be relevant. Each nation, therefore, must be pushed and intimidated into adopting something that would grant power over their own policies to WHO.
Rather than admit that WHO policies caused massive death from Covid, WHO uses those deaths as evidence that this new treaty, with new power must be implemented so the all-knowing, all caring, very benign people in the WHO and their masters, of course, can dictate global power over all our health. The idea of this new treaty began in 2020 when it was first proposed at the G-20 summit. The proponents said they wanted to be sure that the nations handled future pandemics in an “appropriate” manner. Since then, policies and various edicts have tried to use the boiling frog approach to get us ready for it.
There are questions existing and being debated today about when exactly an international treaty supersedes national or here in America, state law. The treaty seeks to bypass all the populist movements against it by superseding local laws and customs. The proponents don’t want local legislators to realize what is happening until it is too late, but fortunately that cat is already out of the bag.
The texts of the treaty reveal a few things that can’t reasonably be denied.1. The documents propose a transfer of decision-making power to the WHO regarding basic aspects of societal function. 2. The WHO Director General will have sole authority to decide when and where they are applied and remember this is not just for pandemics but for other health hazards as well. I think climate change is a definite health hazard under the words of this treaty. 3. These proposals are intended to be binding and supersede national law according to international law.
The powers the treaty intends to convey include controlling where people can travel, forcing people to quarantine, implementing contact tracing, mandating treatment and/or vaccination, and very importantly, prohibiting competing treatments. It will determine what you can’t do for your own health, and what you must do. Many of the provisions of the treaty violate existing laws of civilized nations, i.e. mass surveillance, medical privacy, revocation of intellectual property rights requiring nations to share information about their citizens with other nations and of course with the WHO.
At the risk of leaving you totally in despair I will say that there is some good news out there. The information about this treaty is being widely disseminated and when people hear they start to understand. The Republicans in the senate are on record as opposed to the bill. The Republican attorneys general of 22 states have written a letter to President Biden calling the treaty unacceptable and pledging to resist any effort to enable the WHO to set public policy directly or indirectly for our citizens. The letter spells out the “unprecedented and unconstitutional” powers over the United States and her people these international instruments could give to WHO.
Every Republican Senator signed a letter calling on President Biden to withdraw his support for the treaty. The letter stated that these accords would radically transform the nature of WHO from an advisory, charitable organization into the world’s governor of public health. Does President Biden care what the Republican Senators and Attorneys General say or think. At this point he doesn’t seem to because the last word I have is that he contends this is not a treaty requiring senate ratification but only an agreement which he has authority to implement on his own.
In conclusion folks, if you think everything I said about the people behind this treaty is nonsense, there are some facts which are not nonsense and only the completely blind or oblivious could choose to ignore. The story of vaccine injuries has exploded on the national spotlight and is now hard to deny or ignore. Almost every family has at least one person who has been injured or at least has some mysterious condition which cannot be named or perhaps a cause of death listed as died suddenly. WHO is not backing away from those facts but wants even more control on a global scale. Even the vaccine companies such as AstraZeneca and Pfizer have admitted to severe side effects including death and loss of reproductive ability. They have no fear because they are completely immune from litigation. The vaccine courts attack the American taxpayers, not the companies causing the injuries. The big pharma companies are just the gun in the hands of a system of global, satanic evil and a 6000-year-old drive for world domination.
Finally, folks, what do we do now. The message of 2nd Corinthians 6:17 is pretty good advice:
“Wherefore come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you.”
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about wars in Gaza and Ukraine along with other events in our world today, and asks who are the good guys, and who are the bad guys. Further, how are we to know for sure?
Transcription / Notes
WHO ARE THE GOOD GUYS
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 10th day of May in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be looking at the wars in Gaza and Ukraine along with other events in our world today, and asking who are the good guys, and who are the bad guys, and how are we to know for sure. Does black and white even exist anymore or is the reality of today’s world nothing but grey.
My beat is philosophy today as I look at real events happening in our world and how the media that is supposed to reveal facts to us, but often is no more than the propaganda arm of the regime in power at the moment. Sometimes, it seems, it is even difficult to know what or who is the real regime in power at the moment and what or who is just an illusion.
For example, the nation of Israel as it now exists, and I, are approximately the same age having both been born in 1948. For all my life I have thought of Israelis as the good guys, but now the media gives us the idea that roles might be reversing and Israel’s neighbors are suddenly wearing the white hats. I have seen the wars fought by Israel since 1948 and admired the courage and intelligence of the little country defending itself against much more populous enemies.
The Israelis are also the good guys because they are a Western nation with Western values, right in the middle of a lot of countries still mired in the Middle Ages. The bad guys fight with terrorism, denigrate women to 2nd or lower-class status, and throw gays off buildings. Now we seem to be witnessing a role reversal whereby the Israelis are presented to us as the terrorists and those in Gaza are the victims. However, the Speaker of the House, Mike Johnson, said recently that the Israelis are fighting terrorists and that means end of story, of course. The speaker was trying to justify passage of the Foreign Aid Bill which indebts Americans for $95 billion for the benefit of foreign governments and their wars.
The U.S. tells its people and the world that Hamas is terrorist, and therefore should be fought with Israeli blood and American money, but Washington also sends $9 billion to Hamas, I mean Gaza. It’s all very confusing and making sense of it seems close to impossible. Remember that on October 7th of last year Hamas attacked civilian targets inside Israel killing 1400 and taking some 250 hostages they still hold or have killed. There are also horrific images of rape and child murder presented to us. Now, however, virtually the entire world’s media tells us that the Israelis have used the wrong tactics in their war against Hamas and many women and children have been killed. Civilians in Gaza are starving they say, and recently I came across a story of dogs eating corpses in the streets of Rafah which is now subject to Israeli invasion.
The people in Washington who make our decisions and do our thinking say that the Israelis should not invade Rafah. In response, the Israelis say we are going to invade Rafah with or without American help, so President Biden makes a decision to withhold shipments of vitally needed ammunition to Israel. I suppose the president is having trouble deciding who the good guys are in this struggle as well as anyone else. Maybe he is concerned about his base that is being reflected to him from college campuses across America right now. Democrats don’t need or want enemies on the left and the chants of Genocide Joe must raise alarms about reelection.
I want to point out that Hamas is the government of Gaza although Gaza is under Israeli military control. Hamas is not a traditional military force and has little traditional military capability. It has no tanks, no air force, no long-range artillery and no navy. It is vastly outgunned by the Israelis who have a seemingly endless supply of high-tech weapons from the Americans. Its military campaigns, as a result, tend to be of a terrorist nature usually conducted with the support of other terrorist groups in the Middle East. Lack of a high-tech military is not an excuse to attack non-military targets, just an explanation.
The Israelis are Jews and that is part of the problem. Many people believe they are God’s chosen people and therefore America must support them by sending weapons and money and by attacking their enemies. Many other people see the Jews as the real enemy and they apparently believe God chose the wrong side. It is really very difficult to know, especially given the distrust of the media and knowing that media is most of all the ministry of propaganda. The young profess to know, and they camp out on Ivy League campuses to let the world know that they know. We then find indisputable evidence that many of the young are being paid handsomely to know. They are paid in cash by George Soros and his various front organizations.
Armed with the knowledge that many of these college students are not students at all but paid organizers and disrupters, the authorities in various states, cities, and campuses send in the police to break up their camps and send them home. That’s an advantage the kids at Columbia and UCLA have over the kids in Gaza, they can just go back to class comforted with the knowledge that they tried and made their point. I invite you to look at the statistics widely reported but especially so by Statista, and you will see that since George Bush’s war on terror began, about 20,000 people have been killed in terrorist incidents most of them in the Middle East. How many have been killed fighting terrorism, who knows, but I would wager its millions, so once again, the action is the reaction.
Let’s go back to God for a moment and try to discern whose side he is on in this struggle. Is he on the side of his chosen people who, after all, are simply defending themselves. Could he be on the side of the women and children starving in the rubble of Gaza. Whose side is he on, well that’s a good question. Who knows these things for certain because aren’t those who claim they know immediately suspect. What decision does God want one to make with his own children. What discipline, if any, should be imposed, what school, if any, should they attend. These are all important, often mind-boggling question let alone the questions of life and death that people in Gaza and Israel face each day so who does God favor in this struggle.
We can discern patterns from history, sometimes going back centuries in this ongoing struggle. Purges, genocide, ethnic cleansing, concentration camps, mass murders, and crimes so horrible they are hard to think about. Speaker Mike Johnosn tells us we are killing bad guys with our debt, that is our money, and it is very obvious that we are killing a lot of them. How many bad people have been killed in all the unnecessary wars since World War ll that Washington just had to fight. I don’t claim to know, but I will bet it’s a lot.
Let’s not forget that Washington is funding other wars in addition to Israel-Gaza. The recently passed Foreign Aid Bill provides money to keep the Gaza war going and make it worse, money to keep the killing fields working in Ukraine, along with money to provoke a future war with China. That act also included something called the REPO Act which authorizes the president to steal any Russian assets including U.S, Treasury securities that fall under U.S. jurisdiction. So, Russia invested in the safe haven of U.S. debt by purchasing Treasure bonds. Washington repays the Russians by telling them that not only is it going to steal their bonds and not repay them but it will give them to Zelensky for his proxy war against Russia.
Only about $10 billion of Russian assets are subject to U.S. jurisdiction so Washington’s instinct to steal is somewhat limited. However, Washington’s NATO allies in Europe have about $290 billion of Russian assets under their control and they are apparently being pressured by Washington to steal those assets and contribute them to the Common Ukraine Fund. That would obviously mean that Russia would be funding its enemies for years to come and the death and destruction would continue indefinitely. The decision of whether to steal on a massive scale will apparently be made in June at the G-7 summit in Italy. Putin would probably retaliate by confiscating or stealing all international property inside Russia so the saga continues.
So, what, if Russian property is stolen thus making a pointless and stupid war even more so because Ukraine is wearing the white hat and Putin the black hat. Congress told us the other day that little Ukraine is in the right. Ukrainian flags flew in the U.S. House, very inappropriate to me, but what do I know about which side is the right one. It was a little reminiscent of all the Hamas flags flying over U.S. colleges. If God is on the side of Ukraine, then he must think that 500,000 dead are just the beginning and Ukraine must have at least a few very old or very young left to sacrifice. Perhaps Washington’s plan is to bleed Russia using Ukrainian blood until NATO can more safely intervene to make it really bad, perhaps even global.
Let’s take a brief look at what Washington tells us and try to discern a few simple facts without rancor or propaganda. In 2014, the U.S. backed a coup in Ukraine which included Crimea, that deposed a duly elected leader who happened to be friendly toward Russia and replaced him with a leader friendly toward the U.S. Three months later Putin annexed Crimea and made it part of the Russian Federation.
In 2021, NATO, despite many promises not to do so, began formal talks to admit Ukraine as a member. If accepted in NATO then NATO and probably U.S. missiles would be less than 300 miles from Moscow. In February 2022, Russia began what Putin called a special military operation in Ukraine. The result has been the deaths of some 500,000 Ukrainians and an unknown number of Russians, but Ukraine has not been admitted to NATO. So far Putin hasn’t proven to have been bluffing. When he told the West he would do something he did. He recently said that if the West steals Russian assets he will seize all the property of Western investment in Russia currently owned by huge Western corporations. He just seized $440 million from JP Morgan.
President Biden seems to know better than I do that God is on Washington’s side in this struggle. He told us that while we are helping the people in Ukraine we are also rebuilding and modernizing America’s military infrastructure. By that he means that the transfer of more than $100 billion in U.S. munitions has greatly depleted U.S. stocks and if Washington is going to continue funding death and destruction then supply chains, ammunition plants, and the like will have to be rebuilt and modernized. The result is that U.S. defense stocks are a very good investment and will be for some time in the future.
This whole thing of financing this war with U.S. debt and Zelensky’s demand that Washington enter into a 10 year funding plan with him smells like desperation to me. Ukraine is running out of men and equipment and the Russian army is much larger than it was before the war. Perhaps Washington will soon regret, if it doesn’t already, poking the bear. I don’t know for sure who God favors in this struggle. Maybe he watches in amusement or maybe he watches in sadness, but in any event, he seems willing to let stupidity and hubris rule in the minds of men.
The danger of escalation is extreme and as Ukraine runs out of grist for the death mill it looks to Europe. Would France send troops to Western Ukraine to free up Ukrainian troops stationed there to be sent to the meat grinder. That decision would likely cause the war to spread across Ukraine to NATO’s borders. House Democrat leader Hakeem Jeffries appearing on 60 minutes recently said we can’t let Ukraine fall because that would mean that U.S. service men and service women would have to be committed. Folks, that man doesn’t need to be a U.S. congressman let alone a minority leader, although he does let us see the absolute madness in the minds of U.S. leaders. They are willing to carry the insanity all the way to the last dead American I suppose. Hopefully, Mr. Jeffries was simply trying to bully and intimidate the American people to keep funding the debt.
Finally, Folks, I will close this Report with a few words from Doctor Ron Paul:
“When President Biden signed the $95 billion bill to keep wars going in Ukraine and Gaza and to provoke a future war with China, he called it, “a good day for world peace.” Yes, and “war is Peace.” Debt is good. Freedom is slavery. We are living in a post truth society where billions spent on pointless wars are “not a whole lot of money,” But the piper will be paid and the debt will be cleared.”
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the foreign aid bill recently passed by congress and signed by the president.
Transcription / Notes
MAKING WARS WORSE FOR ALL MANKIND
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 3rd day of May in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the foreign aid bill recently passed by congress and signed by the president. My take is that its intent is both destabilizing and most of all hypocritical. In other words, it will not deliver what it has promised and it will do far more harm than good.
My beat today is war once again but along with war comes many other things such as larceny, corruption, deception, and most of all hypocrisy. The foreign aid bill recently passed is my starting point so what was in that bill and what did the president tell us it would accomplish. The president in his own words described what the bill would do.
“It’s a good day for America, it’s a good day for Europe and it’s a good day for world peace. It’s going to make America safer; it’s going to make the world safer and continues America’s leadership in the world and everyone knows it. We are going to begin sending equipment to Ukraine for air defense munitions, for artillery, for rocket systems and armored vehicles.”
The president’s words were complete nonsense and except for what would be sent, not a single word was true. Let’s look at what is actually in this roughly $95 billion of additional U.S. debt. Keep in mind that the bill contains no offsets so the entire amount goes right on the bottom line as debt. I have mentioned before that the U.S. has no money to give away, only debt, so future generations will pay interest on the “gift” for as long as the U.S. continues to exist.
The aid package includes $60.8 billion for Ukraine, $26.4 billion for Israel, $8.1 billion for Taiwan and other Indo Pacific allies, and $9.1 billion in “humanitarian aid to Gaza. Yes, you heard that right the U.S. through its debt, will fund both sides of the Israel-Gaza war just to make it worse. The humanitarian aid to Gaza highlights the total and complete hypocrisy of the whole thing. Officially the aid packages is entitled “Migration and Refugee Assistance” and “International Disaster Assistance.”
The amount going to Gaza is so huge that it amounts to more than four times the annual GDP of the entire Gaza Strip. So, Gaza will soon be swimming in American money. The money is also on top of the $10 billion given to Gaza’s proxy boss, Iran, last year. Gaza is completely controlled by Hamas, which launched the October 7, 2023, attacks which began the war. I’ve seen estimates that only about 20% of humanitarian aid makes it past the hands of Hamas terrorists. Just to reiterate, the U.S. is giving more than $26 billion for Israel’s defense against the same people the U.S. is giving more than $9 billion to. It’s more than a cliché to say that that the U.S. never met a war it could not make worse.
Morton Klein, President of the Zionist Organization of America summed it up: “Biden and this administration knows that almost all of it, that is, the aid, is stolen by Hamas. That leads to an inescapable conclusion: We are funding Hamas. Do you realize the nightmare of this? We are funding Hamas with $9 billion. What is wrong with this administration?” What it really means is that U.S. taxpayers and their progeny will be taxed to provide for the upkeep of terrorists in Gaza under the guise of humanitarian aid. That money along with the $10 billion of sanctions relief provided to Iran should fuel Jihadi terrorism in the Middle East and around the world for years to come.
This bill was completely bipartisan and you know what that means when the evil and stupid parties come together for bipartisanship. Yes, it means it is both evil and stupid. Speaker of the house, Mike Johnson said “Israel’s very survival is at stake.” Those clever Israelis don’t seem all that worried about it because they spend only 5.3% of GDP on defense. Shouldn’t a nation whose very survival is at stake commit totally to its defense as allied nations had to do in WW ll. They don’t have to because they have America, the essential nation, to cover the costs for them. You can see that my real purpose in this report is to present the total madness and hypocrisy of this entire project.
The bill also includes a larceny element as I said earlier. The bill allows the U.S. government to confiscate or steal property including bank deposits belonging to Russians. This, once again, makes clear the hypocrisy of the entire thing. It’s all dressed up in fancy language but when you cut through the stylish exterior it stinks to high heaven. The property stolen from Russians will be given to Zelensky and Ukraine to do with as they see fit.
The vote in the house was not as easy as the president thought it should be but eventually it passed. Many Republicans opposed the bill without some provision for U.S. border security. Enough of them however, led by speaker Mike Johnson, came together with Democrats to pass it. The president said it should have come faster but what it means is that America stands with our friends, we stand against dictators, we bow to no one, especially not Vladimir Putin. That’s complete hogwash of course and just about the opposite of the truth.
Mitch McConnell, second only to Lindsey Graham as chief warmonger in the American senate, agreed with the president that the bill should have been passed earlier and much easier. The reason He gave for taking so long to pass it was that Tucker Carlson disagreed with it. When asked about it he said, “you know the reason, Tucker Carlson.” That sentence amounts to a Nobel prize or some other such prize for Tucker as about the only real journalist remaining out of prison. It is indeed incredible that a mere talk news host could stop or delay a bill such as this monstrosity from being passed.
I assume that when all the neocon warmongers managed to get Tucker fired from Fox, they thought he would no longer be a problem for them but they were wrong. It is now very clear why he was fired if it was not already clear, however, with his own internet talk show he has far more viewers than he had on Fox. The people must appreciate hearing one voice in opposition so they tune in to his interviews, his commentary, by the millions. That gives me hope because sometimes I sense that there is no one left with the courage and integrity to depart from the acceptable views presented to us by the ruling elite.
I know the danger, that Tucker is just a shill, or controlled opposition, but his interviews with the least accepted, and most hated say otherwise. He gave an impartial interview to Vladimir Putin which upset all those people who really need to be upset because their lies are being exposed. Americans were able to see that Putin is not the power mad lunatic he is portrayed as by American politicians and media. Either he is very different or he is a very excellent actor.
Recently though, he has done something much worse than interview Vladimir Putin, he has questioned Israel and the U.S. relationship with Israel. He usually manages to report or state facts which are hard to refute because they are facts. Israel provides no advantage to the United States was one of his facts that is hard to refute. If that statement is not a fact, then what are the advantages, but the answer is not forthcoming. Tucker interviewed a pastor in Jerusalem named Munther Isaac which caused the attacks to intensify. I watched that interview and the pastor leads a Christian congregation that includes a lot of Palestinian Christians. He mentioned among other things that he appealed to the Israeli government to protect or save the Palestinian Christians but his efforts were all refused. He is very concerned for the well being of his people as any good pastor would be.
He was attacked up and down the line by the American media who usually presented Israeli Rabbis to attack him. He was accused of descending into moral relativism and muddying the line between good and evil. As an aside I will point out that the line is sometimes pretty hard to discern, and very muddy, especially considering that propaganda is disguised as news today. First, he went to Moscow and told us he was “dazzled” by the city’s gleaming subways and orderly fast-food restaurants. Then he had the audacity to interview the world’s leading despot and liar. Well, good on you Tucker, and keep up the good work.
Back in America we have some issues with what used to be called free speech. The powers that be, whether Lyndon Johnson’s administration or Joe Biden’s administration would prefer that everyone sing from the same songbook. That has not proven to be the case over the years primarily because of students at American colleges and universities. Those of us who continue the fight for freedom and individual rights recognize that free speech has to be supported everywhere, especially in our universities. Students, at least to some extent, turned the tide of opinion against the Vietnam War which led to the American withdrawal. Now, it seems, they are trying to do the same thing with Israel’s war in Gaza.
How can American college students affect the policies of foreign governments. They can’t because they are here in America but they can sure affect the policies of the American government. The demand is for America to cut off aid to Israel and demand a ceasefire to end what they call genocide in Gaza. Memes have started to appear referring to President Biden as genocide Joe. It reminds me of the chant that was on the news constantly in 1968, “hey, hey, LBJ how many kids have you killed today.”
We don’t have to agree with those who protest. We may even hate their views, but we still must defend their right to speak and protest peacefully. That’s the issue of course, is it peaceful and is it depriving some other people of their right to be free of intimidation and most of all to attend a college to which they have paid tuition. Some universities such as Columbia for example have closed classes for this school year. Some including Columbia have sent Jewish students home because it was too dangerous for them on campus. That is not peaceful protest, but what is causing the violence, especially toward Jews, to spread among college campuses around the country.
Attorney Alan Dershowitz tells us that George Soros is funding the radical pro-Palestinian groups on campuses around the country. According to Mr. Dershowitz, an organization called Jewish Voice for Peace is a front group funded by Soros. That group has included many Jews protesting the genocide in Gaza. I saw an interview with one Jewish woman who said she was a Holocaust survivor and what she endured as a child is what the children of Gaza are enduring right now. Soros is the enemy of all humanity and especially civilized humanity. His goal seems to be to destabilize the world through funding crime, violence and those who want to use those methods.
Right now, he is assisted in his efforts to reverse thousands of years of civilization by the method of warfare conducted by the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF). What is that method and how has it failed to this point. Hamas is still functional and still conducting attacks. The war has generated very high casualties, especially among the civilian population of Gaza. Hamas is still intact, the hostages are still in their hands or dead, and civil unrest has been fueled in America, undoubtably by Jihadi penetration of American institutions especially universities. Finally, and most important, the war in Gaza has been so poorly fought using area weapons that most of the world is on the side of the Hamas terrorists and thinks the Israelis are committing genocide.
There is one other aspect to this saga that also has a George Soros feel to it and that is control by the forces seeking global government. For example, the Biden administration has reportedly greenlighted the impending indictment of Israeli leaders by the International Criminal Court. Supposedly, in short order Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu will be indicted by the ICC as a war criminal and an international warrant will be issued for his arrest. If that is true then it doubles the hypocrisy of this administration.
On the one hand the Biden Administration funds both sides of a war and wholly funds the continuation of another war which could not be fought without the Administration’s financial support. Then they approve the ICC’s indictment of one of the leaders their money supports. They fund death, destruction, chaos, and mass slaughter around the world and they do it with your money.
Finally, folks, the things I have described are very shameful and the Biden Administration would be ashamed if those who occupy it were capable of shame. They have sweet words like making America and Europe safer while they sell or give away death and destruction.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the recent attacks by Iran against Israel and discusses the growing violence with an emphasis on the Israeli decision of whether to retaliate again and if so how.
Transcription / Notes
DON’T
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 19th day of April in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the recent attacks by Iran against Israel and discussing the growing violence with an emphasis on the Israeli decision of whether to retaliate again and if so how.
Yes, my beat is war this week and there is no shortage of war to talk about. The powers that be love their wars and so they tend to make them happen. There are other issues, of course, like the criminal trial of Donald Trump by George Soros funded proxies in New York City, but war trumps everything, no pun intended. I will also take this introductory paragraph to remind you that there will be no Castle Report next week since I will be attending the Constitution Party National Convention. If you are there look me up, I would love to talk with you.
I also remind you that yesterday, the 18th of April was the 82nd anniversary of the Doolittle Raid on Tokyo and other Japanese cities. The 80 men who took part are all dead now, but I take this moment to honor their act of courage and sacrifice.
Yes folks, I know this news must be shocking to you but there’s war in the Middle East. President Biden did his best to stop it with one word but it hasn’t worked so far. However, his word serves as the title of this Castle Report. Don’t was the one-word warning given by the President of the United States regarding whether Iran would attack Israel. I suppose that word was meant to convey the message that the president is a tough guy and not someone to be trifled with. The Iranians apparently did not get the message because over last weekend they launched hundreds of attack drones and cruise missiles against Israel.
The Iranians said the attack was in retaliation and a “punishment” for the Israeli attack of April 1 against the Iranian Consulate in Damascus Syria which killed 7 Iranians including two general officers. The Israelis said that attack was in response to the October 7, 2023, attack by the Iranian proxy group, Hamas, against Israel in which some 1400 Israelis died. It seems that one Middle East country or another is retaliating for something just about every day of the week. The nations of the Middle East seem to be run by people who can never forget anything so consider these examples for a moment.
1953, the CIA and British Mi6 helped Iranian royalists depose the elected Iranian president, Mossadegh in a military coup code named Operation Ajax, like the cleaner. The Shah was allowed to extend his power and ruled as absolute monarch for more than two decades until the Iranian Revolution in 1979 in which Ayatollah Khomeini was reinstalled as leader. You probably remember the hostage crises resulting from all that intrigue, but the point is this was all about regime change in Iran to a regime more suitable to the U.S. and I think that is still the case.
When the U.S. signed the Algiers Accords ending the hostage crises it agreed to never again participate in regime change against whatever regime ruled Iran. The Mullahs have been clinging tenaciously to power ever since constantly retaliating for one thing or another. The most recent attack against Israel was retaliation for the April 1 attack against the Iranian Damascus Consulate as I said, but also for the January 3, 2020, killing in Baghdad of General Qusem Soleimani. The general was a very important Iranian leader and a beloved figure in Iran.
That attack was conducted by the U.S. and was reportedly personally signed off on by President Trump. Was it ordered by Israel? I’m sure the Iranians think it was, and so we continue in an endless cycle of retaliation and violence. Where will it all lead or what will happen next because each act requires something even worse as retaliation. A region-wide war or something even worse seems inevitable. The Israeli attack against the Iranian Consulate killed 7 including 2 senior defense officers one of whom is believed to have trained and planned the Hamas attack against Israel of October 7. Under International Law, embassies, consulates, and other diplomatic structures are sovereign territory so an attack against one could be said to be an attack against Iran itself. So, a direct attack against Iranian soil had to be retaliated against and the cycle of war and violence continues.
The Iranians reportedly passed on a message to the U.S. through Turkey that the attack was coming so it was known 3 days in advance and a coalition of NATO and Middle East countries made ready to intercept it. President Biden apparently told the Iranians, O.K. but your response must be “measured.” So, on one hand he supposedly says don’t, but on the other hand he says it must be measured. I suppose that was all so those people running countries in the Middle East could keep their manhood. In any event, because of the 3-day warning the attack had little or no chance of succeeding. Perhaps the attack had motives too subtle for me to discern.
According to the Jerusalem Post, no drones or cruise missiles breached Israeli airspace. The only casualty was a seven-year-old girl from a Bedouin village who was seriously wounded. I guess I’m just too soft to ever be a leader of nations because to me that little girl is worth it all. Isn’t she a representative of all of humanity. We just want to live our lives, but these “leaders” must be allowed to keep their manhood. The last report I had about the unnamed girl was that she was still in intensive care and her life was still at issue.
The regional alliance coming out of the Abraham Accords is apparently still intact despite all the conflict. Virtually all countries in the Middle East have been very critical of Israel’s response to the October 7 attacks. They all criticize Israel in the press for the way Israel has dealt with Gaza and the Palestinians, but when Iran attacks, they respond to help defend Israel. If I were an Iranian official that would alarm me because it would tell me that I could end up fighting not only Israel, but NATO and the entire Middle East region.
United Arab Emirates, Bahrain, Jordon, Egypt, Morrocco, and unofficially, Saudi Arabia, all came to Israel’s aid. I doubt if they love Israel, but its obvious they hate the Shia Mullahs in Iran more than they hate Israel. Perhaps all the rumors that they fear Israel intends to spread all over the region in what is usually called “greater Israel” are just that, nothing but rumors. They must believe that those stories are just nonsense, but Iran is another matter. They apparently fear that the Mullahs intend to spread their brand of Shia Islam across the Middle East and that would threaten the ruling elite of all those countries.
Those countries all hated the Shah because he was an absolute dictator as they all are, and he was too secular. They thought the Shah’s nihilistic approach to religion and his friendly relations with the West would spread region wide so they wanted him gone. They fear the Mullahs because they are absolute dictators and too religious. Can a person be too Islamic for Saudis, apparently so. Many in the region including especially Mohammad bin Salman in Saudi Arabia, but also the Gulf Arab States are trying to modernize and take steps into the 21st century, but the Mullahs said no we will remain in the 8th century except with nuclear weapons.
I guess I got a little carried away with Middle East history but, I suppose a little background doesn’t hurt. This report is about Israel and its perspective on what happened. Keep in mind that Israel is a tiny country of about 9 million people which is surrounded by hundreds of millions of potential enemies. Regional alliances and a live and let live attitude are vitally important at this point in the 76 years of today’s version of Israel. The people in the Middle East have notoriously long memories so I would wager that there are people there who are waiting to retaliate for slights that happened 1000 years ago. That is why this regional coalition is so important for stability today and why I would advise the Israelis to consider that when they plan their next round of retaliation.
It all sounds like some version of the Godfather or some other American mob movie and there are certainly similarities. I’m not saying don’t retaliate, I’m just saying consider these other nations when you do. They will retaliate, those Israelis, because the Jerusalem Post says they must. I don’t know if the Israeli media is like the American media whereby it is just the propaganda arm of the regime spewing out regime propaganda daily but it could be.
The Jerusalem Post in its headline of April 15 said, “In a decisive moment like this, Israel has to reaffirm its strength by striking back.” The article goes on to criticize leadership for being unwilling to escalate. The Post admits that the threats Israel now faces go beyond its borders and could have global implications. I imagine that is a reference to the constant American habit of criticizing Israel and urging restraint while going soft on Iran. The going soft includes the desperate efforts to reinstitute the Iranian nuclear deal and the release of $10 billion in Iranian funds that had been confiscated by sanctions.
For example, the Biden administration made it clear that the United States would not participate in any offensive action against Iran should Israel choose to retaliate for the hundreds of drones and missiles fired at its territory. “We don’t seek a war with Iran. We’re not looking for escalation here.” That’s how national security spokesman John Kirby expressed it to NBC News on April 14. My guess is that the U.S. agreed to allow the Iranian attack and to stand down if it was measured and that way under Biden rules, all the affected parties would be able to keep their manhood. The administration apparently thought Israel would give in and follow its directive but the Israelis have a mind of their own it seems.
Remember when shortly after October 7 U.S. Senator Lindsay Graham told the Iranians that if they or Hezbollah fired missiles at Israel the U.S. would give the President the authorization to use force which is today’s way of saying decare war. That would then result in a U.S. attack against Iran’s capacity to pump, refine, and ship its petroleum products. None of that happened and speaking of keeping your manhood, how about keeping your mouth shut at least occasionally.
The Jerusalem Post advises retaliation because it believes Iran was trying to isolate Israel and fracture the Sunni alliance that had been forged while using it as cover to continue development of its own military capabilities and nuclear capabilities. Here is what the Post thinks the Israeli government should do:
“Israel’s strategic response to such provocations needs to be as calculated as it is decisive. According to the Post’s military correspondent Yonah Bob, the Israeli military’s use of advanced F-35 stealth fighters to penetrate deep into Iranian territory and target key nuclear sites is a testament to the high stakes involved. Such an operation would likely involve complex navigational challenges possibly requiring flights over hostile or contested territories such as Syria, Iraq, or even the Persian Gulf.”
So, I take that to mean that the Post is advising through editorial, the Israeli military to use fighter jets acquired from the U.S. to attack Iran’s nuclear sites. Appeals for restraint poured in from around the world as world leaders expressed fear of a wider conflict. That would present an opportunity for Israel to save face by saying, O.K. out of respect for the wishes of our friends who helped us repel this attack we will exercise restraint. However, the chief of the Israeli armed forces vowed to respond anyway.
Prime Minister Netanyahu met with his War Cabinet late Monday to discuss all options available to them. The U.S. appealed to China to intercede with its friends in Iran, but the Chinese said the Iranians could handle the situation on their own. In other words, from China, this is not our fight its your fight, but we will be there to profit from the mess you make.
Finally, folks, the coming Israeli response, I predict, will commit the nation to be permanently at war. Unlike U.S. war permanence where the Military Industrial Complex allows Washington to fight in other people’s as long as they get the money, the Israelis would be fighting right in their own neighborhood for as long as they exist. I just hope the little Bedouin girl recovers and is able to tend her goats.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until Friday, May 3, 2024,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the war in Ukraine and how the NATO forces opposing Russia are growing increasingly desperate as Russia continues to grind down the Ukrainian military.
Transcription / Notes
DESPERATION IN UKRAINE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 12th day of April in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the war in Ukraine and how the NATO forces opposing Russia are growing increasingly desperate as Russia continues to grind down the Ukrainian military. The state of the war is becoming obvious and hard to ignore to all but the most ardent anti-Russia types.
My beat is war again and this time it’s a war that is all but forgotten with the war in Gaza starting to take Ukraine from the minds of the media. The increasing desperation is evidenced by the threats of French President Emmanuel Macron to send French troops to Ukraine. The Russians, in response, said that French troops would become priority targets if they entered Ukraine. These French troops would be independent of NATO, but that would still put the U.S. on a dangerous path that could lead ultimately to nuclear war.
It should be obvious to any rational person that Russia has thousands of nuclear weapons and if Russian backs are against the wall by NATO on its border would use them. Unfortunately, it appears that there are a lot of irrational people running foreign policy in the U.S. and other NATO countries. Things could and probably would escalate quickly if Macron sent French troops to Russia’s border. The vice president of the Russian Duma which is the equivalent of Congress or parliament is Pyotr Tolstoy, a descendent of the great Russian, Leo Tolstoy. He warned that it would take only two minutes to nuke Paris.
The Russian air force is becoming more and more active in Ukraine because Ukraine’s air defense system has been degraded by the war so, in response, NATO says it will step up the schedule for delivery of F-16’s. I’ve mentioned before when the F-16 decision was first announced that Ukrainian airfields cannot accommodate those aircraft. They would, therefore, need bases outside Ukraine in NATO countries and Putin has warned that those bases would be legitimate targets. Russia has hypersonic missiles that are extremely difficult to defend and that would, of course, require a NATO retaliatory response. Where would all that madness lead, I wonder.
The listed reason for all this escalation is that Russia poses some existential threat to NATO and/or Europe but that premise is clearly absurd. The U.S. has already caused severe damage to the economies of most European countries, especially Germany by destroying the Nord Stream Pipeline, so who is the bigger threat to Europe. Isn’t that destruction a message that says obey me or else. The reason I say that the idea that Russia could invade other countries in Europe is absurd is that Russia has nothing to gain by it. The Russian military has struggled for more than two years to occupy a small territory on its border with Ukraine.
Why would Putin want to trigger an Article 5 NATO response when none of those countries can do anything for him and would put him on a fast track to nuclear war. Sometimes people point out that Putin once said, “whoever doesn’t miss the Soviet Union doesn’t have a heart.” They conveniently leave out the rest of the sentence which was, whoever wants it back doesn’t have a brain.” He has a brain and he has no intention to restore the Soviet Union. Russia does, however, have strategic interests like any great power.
Ukraine, and especially Crimea, have always been strategic interests of the most vital sort to Russia. So, Washington says that Ukraine is a free and independent nation and can join NATO anytime it wants and doesn’t need Russian permission to do so even though it is on Russia’s border. The U.S. is free to declare the entire Western Hemisphere off limits by way of the Monroe doctrine which means keep out because it’s ours. A great power like Russia has no say at all in the decision to allow an enemy alliance on its border. Given Russia’s long history of being invaded especially from the west, its no wonder Putin may be a little paranoid. Just look at a map and you will see that parts of Ukraine are east of Moscow and less than 300 hundred miles away. The U.S. was famously not interested in allowing Russian strategic missiles in Cuba about 450 mile from Washington.
To me, this war is total and complete madness and anyone who supports continually funding it should never be allowed to hold an office in the U.S. government again. Ukraine cannot continue fighting without U.S. aid and therefore would be forced to make peace through some accommodation to Russia. That fact leaves Washington totally responsible for the continued deaths, destruction, and risk of nuclear annihilation caused by the war. Will Washington continue its funding even though it is destructive and totally pointless. Yes, of course it will. Another $60 billion will soon be on its way to who knows where to accomplish who knows what in Ukraine.
Meanwhile, back in the U.S.A. according to the Congressional budget office (CBO) the net interest on the federal debt exceeded defense spending in the first half of fiscal year 2024 which began in October with the six months including March. It seems that the federal government has no money to give away, only debt. So, I ask you to consider the insanity of a country that votes to give away over $100 billion in military aid so another country can fight a war against a much bigger opponent. The country has no money, only debt so it funds other people’s wars with debt the interest on which has now, at least for the last six months, exceeded its own defense costs.
That seems like both insanity and extremely irresponsible behavior. Let’s say you sit down with your wife to figure out a budget for the upcoming year. You write down your mortgage, your average utilities, your fuel costs, your food budget and all the other things families need to take care of themselves and send two children to school. When you get it all added up and match it with income your wife says wait a minute we don’t make enough to fund all this. You tell your wife, yes, I know, but we will fund it anyway, and we will borrow enough to give our neighbor a few thousand so he can fight a long, pointless legal battle against our other neighbor.
The U.S. is proposing a budget which is almost twice as much as revenue and still funds other people’s wars around the globe. Bread and circus at home I understand because it is how power addicted people maintain their power. For example, Joe Biden’s economic policies are so bad he is ruining the lives and futures of young people and he obviously knows that as well as I do. What does he do, does he change course and preserve their futures, no, he tries to buy their votes by cancelling student loan debt thus making them prostitutes and him their pimp.
Net interest on the U.S. public debt cost an estimated $440 billion in the first half of this fiscal year or the period from October through March according to the CBO. That was an increase of 43% over the same period last year so things are rapidly spinning out of control. What is left for Social Security, the biggest source of spending which also increased from $652 billion in six months to $711 billion this year. The costs of Medicare and Medicaid both dramatically exceed last fiscal year’s numbers. What is left for those items that the American people need to live after all the funding for other people’s wars and other people’s chaos and calamity around the world, not much except more debt for our children to bear. To illustrate, in February, the federal government spent $567 billion against revenue of $271 billion so does that make sense to anyone.
Those who think it makes sense tend to look at the situation like this; many people who have serious disease and/or obesity continue to eat too much unhealthy food, thinking I suppose that nothing has happened so far. Their eating habits may be unsustainable, and their children may be left without parents, but so far, so good. Those who ignore the accumulation of public debt with the idea that well we haven’t killed ourselves yet so it must be OK are very reckless people who are leading us to destruction.
The people who purport to lead us today seem to have learned nothing from history. Well, perhaps they did learn that if you oppose the military, intelligence, security, industrial complex you just might pay with your life, but very little else. The trust between the U.S. and Russia coming out of the Cuban missile crises should be an indelible memory because when the world saw the brink of nuclear war, they took steps to calm the tension. Today, so many promises have been made and broken that there is no trust anymore. Nuclear disarmament treaties painstakingly built over many decades by many people on both sides have all been dismantled. The attitude about nuclear war now seems to be oh well, let’s push a little harder and see what happens.
If anyone with decision making authority in Washington cared or had any sense at all they would stand down, seek peace and disarmament, but no, they would rather continue the brinksmanship and their insane push to nuclear war. Its so bad right now I’m starting to think Biden is taking orders from George Sorus who has publicly said that direct war between Russia and the U.S. would be necessary. I suppose it is necessary for his doctor Strangelove dream to be fulfilled.
The think tanks in Washington are starting to send people to the Sunday morning news shows to give their opinions that it might be necessary to send NATO troops into Ukraine to avoid a catastrophic defeat of Western efforts. That is straight out of the Robert McNamara playbook entitled how to lose 60,000 dead in Vietnam. First you talk about it just to get people used to the idea, then you are just advising the indigenes people, then you have 500,000 troops committed and people are being drafted right out of high school for war is a young man’s game. It helps if the young men are uneducated and naïve, if possible.
The U.S. currently has soldiers in Moldova which is on the border of Ukraine between that country and Romania. Romania has been intimidated into a new law that would allow them to intervene in a foreign conflict, even when Romania is not threatened. There is no Russian army with enough soldiers and weapons to defend the entire Russian border with NATO at least with conventional arms so that leaves only nuclear madness as a possibility.
I suppose the average normal person cannot stare very long at reality or else he would experience suicidal depression. There is no shortage of conmen and pitchmen waiting to deceive him so he goes to the polls and does his duty and votes. He votes because he thinks he has found the difference this time and his vote will make things change. I conclude that he wants to be deceived because reality is just too painful. He cherishes his deceptions such as the laws of economics can be repealed by the wise people who inhabit Washington. Deficits do not matter and income never has to equal or exceed expense. Prosperity really does come from a printing press and money comes from that press; therefore, money and wealth are the same thing.
All the examples of history like Zimbabwe, Venezuela, Argentina (many times), Weimar Germany, count for nothing because its different here. The U.S. is predicted by the CBO to exceed 130% debt to GDP ratio in the next presidential term, and that has only happened 52 times in world history. 51 times the nation has collapsed at least economically and only Japan carries on by buying the debt of the United States as a reserve. The Japanese use their debt to buy U.S. debt and then use the interest payments from the U.S. to buy more U.S. debt. Yes, folks if that sounds crazy, that’s because it is. I wonder if any politician anywhere is concerned about the growing debt as I am. There might be a few others because I understand that economist David Stockman, who favors drastically reducing debt, is now advising Robert F. Kennedy Jr. but unfortunately, he has close to zero chance of being elected.
Finally, folks, if none of this makes any sense to you, well then, you must be normal, but look at it like this. Each dollar printed increases the demand for increased interest rates and increased inflation. Events that happen follow patterns that have occurred over centuries. We are supposed to learn from past trials and errors and not repeat them but those are hard lessons. You tell your kids that you made the mistakes so they don’t have to, but sometimes they don’t listen.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the Christian High Holy Day of Easter or Resurrection Sunday and how President Biden chose to use the day to honor Transgender Visibility Day.
Transcription / Notes
SPIRITUAL WAR
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 5th day of April in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the Christian High Holy Day of Easter or Resurrection Sunday along with Transgender Visibility Day which tragically this year occurred on the same day thanks to the President of the United States. Yes, my beat is spiritual today although I admit that theology is not my strong suit, I will endeavor to do my best.
Whether or not you are a Christian and whether you are a believer in the biblical account of creation, i.e. “In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth,” Genesis 1-1: there is a sentence that humanity has understood throughout man’s time on earth until just a few short years ago. “So God created man in his own image, in the image of God he created him; male and female he created them.” Genesis 1:27. That sentence says there are only two genders in the created order, two sexes, male and female.
Sunday, March 31st was Easter in 2024, the holiest day on the Christian calendar. It is a day that Christians believe Jesus died to pay for the sins of created humanity not to celebrate those sins. It is the day when we Christians celebrate the resurrection of Jesus from the dead. If Jesus did not rise from the dead, then he is still buried somewhere and we as Christians are lost and Christianity fails. God saw all of humanity, created in his image, condemned without a way of redemption so he gave his son as the sacrifice for that sin so we would not have to pay it. That, I argue, is the very essence of Christianity.
This past March 31st was doubly tragic because it gave those who reject the created order of God a chance to celebrate that rejection through Transgender Visibility Day. I ponder this because its not as if this tiny section of the population is not already the most visible segment of people in America. The president, who says he is catholic, used the day as a chance to make political points with his base. I tell you right now folks that his base must be a pretty strange group of people if they still support Joe Biden after this.
The president welcomed Transgender Visibility Day by saying “Today, on Transgender Day of Visibility, I have a simple message to all trans Americans: I see you. He went on later to say, “You are made in the image of God, and you are worthy of respect and dignity.” He went on and on about the travails of the group of people he celebrated. His official language concluded with this emphasis, “in the year of our Lord.” Many churches, corporations, and politicians joined him in celebrating his words and his proclamation.
Apparently, the president did not come up with the idea of Transgender Day of Visibility on March 31st specifically to insult Christians but he simply chose not to move it or ignore it despite the fact that he would be spitting in the faces of Christians across the world. My understanding is that the day was started 15 years ago by president Obama who chose March 31st to set it apart from the Transgender Day of Remembrance in November and Pride Month which is the entire month of June. He also had to work very hard to keep from bumping into one of the many days already set aside to celebrate that condition. Let me just take a minute to list some of the days of celebration we already have:
January Third Friday: International Fetish Day. February 12: National Freedom to Marry Day. February 25-29: Aeromantic Spectrum Awareness Week. March: Bisexual Health Awareness Month. March 1: Zero Discrimination Day. March 20-24: National LGBT Health Awareness Week. March 31: International Transgender Day of Visibility. April 6: Asexuality Day. April 22: Day of Silence. April 24-30: International Lesbian Visibility Week. April 26: International Lesbian Visibility Day. May 7: International Family Equality Day. May 16: National Honor Our LBGT Elders Day. May 17: International Day Against Homophobia, Biphobia, and Transphobia. May 19: Agender Pride Day. May 24: Pansexual and Panromantic Visibility Day. June: Pride Month. June 26: Anniversary of Same Sex Marriage Legalization.
July 6: Omnisexual Visibility Day. July 10-16: Nonbinary Awareness Week. July 14: International Non-Binary Day. July 16: International Drag Day. September 17-23: Bisexual Awareness Week. September 23: Bisexual Visibility Day. October: LGBTQ History Month. October 8: International Lesbian Day. October 11: National Coming Out Day. October 18: International Pronoun Day. October 19: Spirit Day. October 22-28: Asexual Awareness Week. October 26: Intersex Awareness Day. November: Trans Awareness Month. November 5: Trans Parent Day or Transgender Parent Day. November 8: Intersex Day of Remembrance or Intersex Solidarity Day. November 12-18: Trans Awareness Week or Transgender Awareness Week. November 20: Transgender Day of Remembrance. December 1: World Aids Day. December 8: Pansexual Pride Day. December 10: Homosexual Rights Day.
Mercifully, I am finished with the gender confusion calendar. That doesn’t excuse Joe Biden from bringing forward this lie year after year. He must have known, or at least I’m sure whoever is running things knew that Easter would eventually fall on March 31. His proclamation was designed not to heal but to divide. His spokesperson said that he would never abuse his faith for political purposes, another obvious lie. Christians and those who are just conservative responded with outrage which gave him the opportunity to heal but instead he screamed bigot at them.
There is valid reason for outrage if one is a Christian or even if one remembers the faith from his parents. Jesus told us about those who mock us and hate us for he said they first hated me. Its all about Jesus because these satanic people hate him therefore, they hate us. In Revelation 3:1 Jesus said those people appear alive but they are dead. The lie of the president rubbing our noses in his blasphemous perversion is evidence of a deeper lie.
Did God really make us male and female? Did he really make only two genders? Perhaps God made a mistake and forgot that he made many genders or perhaps these genders evolved over time like the evolutionists believe a lungfish crawled out of primordial ooze. Perhaps Woody Allen was right and God is an underachiever. What did Biden mean when he said you were created in the image of God? How many images does God have? Are they made in the image of God before or after they are surgically mutilated and/or chemically altered? Maybe God realized he made a big mistake so he created doctors with surgery skills and invented chemicals to alter his original creation.
People who choose to advise and counsel others to mutilate and chemically alter themselves are perhaps worse than those who do it. Who is harmed the most by these lies, perhaps children. These unfortunate children are born in the wrong gender apparently due to some mistake by God and the only thing that can help them is a lifetime of surgery and chemical experimentation and they must fight constantly throughout their lives for acceptance into the correct gender. If they were born male but want to be female then women want them off their soccer and swim teams not to mention basketball teams and they are very unwelcome in the locker rooms of female athletes.
So, Christians were outraged when the president declared Easter Sunday the Transgender Day of Visibility. In his press release announcing the proclamation he said, “I am proud to have appointed transgender leaders to my administration and to have ended the ban on transgender Americans serving openly in our military.” Why would he later disavow the proclamation?
The president’s political opponent called the president’s action disgusting. The speaker of the house told the press that the president had disrespected and insulted Christianity and his actions were “outrageous”. When a reporter called the speaker’s statement to his attention the president said, “he is thoroughly misinformed, I didn’t do that.” Biden’s handlers later explained that President Obama established the day in 2009, thus rendering it a mere coincidence but that explanation strains credulity for Christians and even for Conservatives in general. I suppose it was Easter’s fault that it fell on such an important day.
What does all this mean for our society today and going forward? In practical terms it means a society in which power and force, not self-rule and human rights, or any universally accepted moral principle or universal objective truth, rule the day. The pagan ethos exhibited by this Democrat administration has always been a rejection of reason and objective moral truth. That pagan idea and pagan culture has existed across the span of human existence and has always fought truth for space in ruling our society. The creed can be summed up as nothing is true, and everything is permitted.
The Democrat Party and Joe Biden in particular, it appears, are making war on Christianity and Christians but there are other wars being waged by those people such as the war on law and order. The war against Christians is epitomized by the proclamation of Transgender Day of Visibility on the holiest day of the year for Christians, Easter. The war on law and order is epitomized by the tragic death of 31-year-old New York City Police officer Jonathan Diller. Officer Diller left a widow and infant son after he was murdered by a man who had 21 prior arrests for violent felonies with no sentences to incarceration. He was running around New York, not only free but with a gun and knife.
There was a wake for officer Diller in which former president Donald Trump attended. He went in and spoke to the widow and other family members and gave a generous check to help pay off the family’s mortgage. After the wake he stopped and gave a brief two-minute statement to those present. That two minutes, in would wager, were the finest two minutes of Donald Trump’s public life. No vulgar demeanor, no narcissism, no lack of self-awareness, no mean tweets, and no look at me kind of words. The statement was just compassion, tragedy, concern, and we’ve got to stop this. It was what America should expect from a leader and nothing more.
Outside, waiting officers applauded when he came out and when he was going to his car hundreds of police officers chanted, Trump, Trump. Do you think they chanted Trump because they like all those distasteful traits? No, it was because at that moment in their grief he was there and he was a leader and he was one of them. He was also a compassionate voice to that man’s wife and infant son. What about the other side of the political spectrum, President of the United States, Joe Biden.
Well folks, the difference could not be more stark. The president was across town meeting with Bill Clinton, and Barack Obama for a fundraiser for Biden’s presidential campaign. Tickets cost between 100,000 and 500,000 each depending on the donor with the goal of raising 25 million. Voters know all about Donald Trump because he has been in office and is a known commodity. They know also that he will not change so they either love him or hate him. On the other hand they also know all about Joe Biden who has obviously also served as president. The people who applauded Trump most likely see Biden as a senile, corrupt, incompetent, who doesn’t care about any normal person and who has flooded the nation with illegal immigrants.
Finally, folks, it’s a spiritual war alright, but there are many other wars like the border of the U.S. and the actual war in Ukraine and Gaza. Come to think of it those are probably spiritual as well.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the new way of looking at things or the new general consensus that emanates from a disrespect for the constitutional framework of law and justice.
Transcription / Notes
THE NEW CONSENSUS
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 29th day of March in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the new way of looking at things or the new general consensus based on how the system programs us toward a general agreement on a preconceived set of outcomes for a particular series of events. I will argue that the new consensus emanates from a disrespect for the constitutional framework of law and justice now being taught in America’s law schools.
This is not just Friday but Good Friday, three days before Easter Sunday. Good Friday commemorates the day more than two thousand years ago that Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a borrowed donkey to great fanfare. He was the king, but he did not look like what the system thought a king should look like. He did not ride in on a great warhorse, he wore no battle armor, and he carried no sword and so the system and the people rejected him and called for the Roman, Pontius Pilate to order him crucified. The consensus went from hosanna to the son of David to cries of crucify him in a matter of hours.
Please don’t think that I am comparing anyone alive today with Jesus because that is not my intent. I am just trying to show how the consensus can change quickly and how that can sometimes subvert the entire system of law and justice. Consensus today goes something like this; there’s widespread agreement that something must be done; there is a growing consensus in the country; the general consensus is this; the study shows a strong consensus so let’s take a vote.
Trouble arises with the idea of a consensus when we forget that America is a country based on law and the rights of the individual. Each individual American is protected by law and assured that his rights cannot be taken from him without a fair and proper hearing called due process of law. The hearing must not be an already decided sham of the law based on what the consensus has already decided. The system must not, whether by consensus, or by the dictates of one individual, declare a person or group as tainted or already guilty.
The act of labeling someone as tainted was common in the English Crown days and was occasionally used against the American colonists so they specifically prohibited it in the U.S. Constitution. That prohibition is in Article one Section 9, paragraph 3: “No Bill of Attainder or ex post facto law shall be passed.” The term ex post facto means a law that was not in effect when the accused supposedly violated it but was passed later.
These two things specifically prohibited by the supreme law of the land are being used against one person and those who support that person today right here in America. Yes, Donald Trump, it seems, is not liked by those in charge and has been declared “tainted” by them. The idea of due process and presumed innocent are now just quaint memories from our history, interesting but no longer there to protect individuals who are tainted. I will also tell you that the obligation to provide due process of law cannot be met when the accused has been declared guilty by the system before the process starts.
I have been a lawyer for more than 40 years having gone to law school in the mid 1970’s so I admit to having a love for the rule of law and its protection of the individual American. Here in America some overzealous prosecutor or judge is not allowed to override the rule of law because they think someone or some group of some ones is tainted and outside the protection of law. I scratch my head and I wonder how the system could have changed so much in the 45 years that I have been a lawyer so I read, I investigate, I try to discern what happened and I reach conclusions.
In my day we were taught and we believed that as lawyers we were officers of the court and protectors not just of our clients but of the system of law and justice in America. My investigation of system changes led me to talk with lawyers, law professors, and retired lawyers around the country. I have looked at the new instruction in many places from obscure state schools to the Ivy League and the West Coast schools. The ideas being taught to lawyers today are definitely different from my day.
I wonder, along with many others, how lawyers in prominent positions, often elected positions, such as the district attorneys of Atlanta and New York City, can commit obvious fraud and confess to felonies under oath and nothing is done by their state bars. Lawyers used to have a code of ethics drummed into them constantly and even had to pass a special ethics section of the bar exam before they were licensed as lawyers.
Most lawyers live in fear of running afoul of some obscure section of the code of ethics because they might suffer discipline by the bar like a public reprimand, censure, or if the violation was bad enough, disbarment. The discipline would be bad enough but the embarrassment of being labeled as unethical would be the worst fear. To face your fellow lawyers who knew you had been disciplined would not be pleasant.
The district attorney in Atlanta, Fani Willis, appears to have confessed under oath to felony violations thus adding perjury, allegedly, to the violations. The district attorney in New York City, Letitia James, campaigned for office on a platform of getting Donald Trump, which should be an ethical violation by itself. They don’t seem to care whether this man is guilty of anything or not because the fact that he is politically “tainted” is all the evidence they need.
So, what is different and what has changed? My investigation revealed that what is being taught to law students today is not respect for the rule of law but disrespect for the entire system. The curriculum now seems to be that the Constitution, which says it is the supreme law of the land, was written about 250 years ago by racists who owned slaves. The fact that the founders of America, the authors of the Constitution, lived in an era when ownership of other human beings was commonplace and accepted, invalidates everything they did.
Since they were racists, the Constitution need not be followed today or even treated with any respect. What follows from that reasoning is that all those individual rights like those in the Bill of Rights may be violated at will by those in authority if their victims are “tainted” or outside the consensus of political acceptability. I oppose this person politically, therefore, anything I do to him inside or outside the law is justified because the end justifies the means. Good fascists agree that Mussolini was correct in fascist Italy when he allied his country with Adolph Hitler because he incorrectly thought that Hitler was the strongest power in Europe. The end, which for Mussolini was the building of an Italian empire like the Roman Empire, justified the war which was used to build it.
The end that justifies the evil deeds of our various district attorneys and their coconspirator judges is keeping Donald Trump off the ballot and ruining him financially. The fact that he is not guilty of any of the “crimes” of which they accuse, indict, and persecute him is irrelevant because the end justifies the means. The fact that many of the charges aren’t even crimes or at least they were not at the time he supposedly committed them is also irrelevant.
Even the President of the United States is caught up in these works of darkness. There is now growing evidence that the president and/or officials of his department of justice colluded with the corrupt district attorneys to bring the false charges against his political opponent. He, according to the special prosecutor, is guilty of one of the charges himself but is too old, infirm, and forgetful to be charged.
The president, in one of his recent speeches, bragged that some 800 people had been prosecuted for the “insurrection” of January 6th. The fact is that more than 1300 people have been tried, convicted, sentenced to incarceration, or forced to plead guilty to the FBI’s and CIA’s false flag incident of January 6th. Not a single one of the 1300 was tried and found not guilty. A 100% conviction rate is amazing so congratulations to the Washington D.C. system of injustice.
Finally, folks, where does this disrespect for the law lead us and what will be the result? Time will tell I suppose, but my fear is that it will lead to something resembling Stalinist Russia so that there is no law, no justice except that defined by the authorities in power and along with it only approved speech allowed and fear of running afoul of the consensus would dominate our lives.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about debt and the effect it has had and is having on the nation and its people.
Transcription / Notes
THE FIRST 205 YEARS
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 22nd day of March in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about debt and the effect it has had and is having on the nation. Debt as the U.S. government has accumulated It, is very bad and it has been accelerated by the ruinous nature of fake money, and the siren’s call of money without limit. I will argue that money without solid backing is perhaps the most corrupting influence in America today. Money, whether fake or real, is power, and power corrupts the mind and morals and thus our nation and its tradition of law and justice are corrupted.
I have more than 40 years’ experience as a bankruptcy lawyer and I, therefore, have a lot of experience dealing with debt. Debt can be used for production or to increase revenue and then it is good but otherwise it is an albatross around the neck of the debtor. The bible tells us in the book of Proverbs that the debtor becomes the slave of the lender. Lately, the U.S. has used debt to make war and pacify its people with bread so they will not see the circus that is Washington.
It took the United States 205 years to accumulate its first $1 trillion of debt, but now the process is accelerating. Washington was at $5 trillion by the administration of George W. Bush and now stands at $34.6 trillion at the time of this recording. The United States now adds $1 trillion of debt every 100 days. The latest projections show $60 trillion by 2034 or just 10 years from now. Keep in mind that projections almost always fall short of reality because economic conditions change as do the desires of politicians.
$60 trillion of debt would put the interest payment at around $3 trillion per year at average interest rates. Please keep in mind that total revenue in 2023 was $4.1 trillion and the president’s proposed budget for this year is $7.3 trillion, and yet Washington still functions and still funds war. The end result always takes time to play out. For example, even when Rome had debased its currency and looted the known world to gain the resources to continue its profligacy the barbarians took time to complete their work.
What if interest rates had to rise because the federal Reserve was afraid of out-of-control inflation. The what if is probably more like when and then all those estimates I just gave you are wrong. What about what increased rates would do to the average American. The median price of an American house is now $435 thousand up from $25 thousand in 1970. An average priced house at 12.9% which rate has happened recently, would cost a monthly payment of $4,676 interest only. I wonder what rates like that will do to the housing market and to the lifestyle of the average American. Even at a modest rate of 7% the payment would be about $3 thousand, or more than the average family can afford.
Would the house price come down as a result? Yes, most likely because of new houses not selling as well, but as the demand for credit increases, and it will because people have to use it to live, a debt crises might result whereby people are forced into bankruptcy and liquidation. Increased bankruptcy rates by people damage or destroy tax revenue on a national scale. People I talk to seem to think that debt, public and private, is no big deal because nothing I have been predicting has happened yet. That is because with public debt, even more debt using more fake money, has been the answer to paper over Washington’s profligacy. The situation now is different because it is increasing so exponentially that the entire system is threatened by it. As my friend Bill Bonner would say, when you jump out of an airplane in flight for a moment you feel suspended in the air just floating, but gravity will have its moment in your life.
The problem is rather complex and very simple at the same time. The debt of the nation and of its people should be handled the same way with the same effect except that the nation has been able to just create money without anything to back it, to cover its obligations and boondoggles and add the resulting debt to its bottom line thus suffering no consequences. That is until now when the interest is rapidly approaching revenue. Unless that ship of state changes course, income will not even cover interest and that road is the one which leads to default or more dishonestly, hyperinflation.
The simple part is that the more current income you must devote to past spending, the less you have left over for current spending. People who have less money to spend are poorer than others.
You’ve all heard the quote from Hemingway many times I’m sure, “How does a man descend into bankruptcy—gradually at first—then suddenly.” My contention today is that the United States government has passed through the gradual stage and entered the sudden part of the equation. Those who decide these things in the U.S. have been able to accomplish every 100 days what it took their ancestors 205 years to accomplish so I suppose they think that’s progress. This causes sorrow to build in me because it seems impossible but there you have it.
I fear the debt is assuming an exponential aspect whereby it cannot be stopped until we reach default or hyperinflation and the Washington politicians have packed up and fled out of town. If only the nation’s gross domestic product could keep pace with its debt, then we could maintain the system but alas they have ruined that too. The GDP is old and decrepit and the debt is Usain Bolt in the Olympic 100 meters. To illustrate my point and emphasize my paranoia, at the current rate the debt will reach $50 trillion in 4.7 years or in the year of our Lord 2028. Meanwhile, the Congressional Budget Office projects annual GDP rate of growth at 1.8% annually through 2028.
The famous multiplier of Doctor John Maynard Keynes, which for many decades has allowed the average Washington hack to turn water into wine, and dross into gold has finally decided to show us the reverse. Yes, this miracle that has allowed the U.S. government to buy and control the world is reversing and now is starting to turn wine into water. To paint a clearer picture, one from my childhood, the golden goose has been killed and lies flopping on the ground while his bloody head is on the chopping block for the whole world to see.
To give you the affect of all this on the present generation of Americans I quote economist David Stockman:
“All the spending and borrowing since 1970 has encumbered future generations with an insuperable debt albatross, even as it has left present-day Americans with hardly a fraction of the economic improvement rates enjoyed by their parents and grandparents a half century ago.”
If I may interpret David’s economic words, he’s saying that kids today have little to no chance of realizing that portion of the American dream of parents for more than two hundred years and that is that the children would have better lives than the parents.
According to the Washington Post interest costs are the fastest growing item in the budget and are accelerating past defense costs. What will be left for Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, war and chaos/ How will the United States of America continue the bread and circus ritual to which the population has become addicted. Jeff Bezos at the Washington Post says that democracy dies in darkness but perhaps he is wrong and it dies in debt instead.
Are there any solutions to this dilemma? Yes, I can think of a few solutions but two of them, the most desirable two, require people of goodwill in charge of the federal government which is very doubtful right now. The first step would be to bring the level of debt acceleration below the rate of GDP growth. That would at least stop it from getting any worse for a while. This would have to start with a commitment to a drastic reduction in spending. Every department would have to be cut and many of them eliminated. Sacred cows would have to be slaughtered for that common good the Democrats are always talking about. See new president Javier Milie in Argentina for an example of how this program can work to revitalize a country. Do you see any leader out there on the political landscape who might be willing to lead such an effort and sacrifice himself or herself in the process. I don’t see any who have a possibility of being elected.
The most likely scenario is something that I have talked about many times and have always feared as a solution we are being set up for and that is some type of globally managed, i.e. the World Economic Forum, central bank digital currency. The two debt outcomes of which CBDC is the second is also the most likely because it gives more control to our ruling elite and their global masters while keeping us enslaved, and without privacy. Perhaps we ordinary Americans could avoid some of the control by going to bitcoin or some other digital currency. You may hear the powers that be express a disdain for bitcoin, but if so, you should wonder why if digital is so bad that CBDC is so good.
Bitcoin just hit an all-time high and many see no where for it to go but up given the attitude of the government toward debt and privacy. Bitcoin and gold are hitting record highs as the world seeks alternatives to the debt burdened dollar. Since the Bretton Woods agreement after World War ll the dollar has been the world’s reserve meaning that other currencies have to be converted into dollars before international commerce could be conducted.
Other nations did not have to worry because their assets were as safe and solid as the dollar but then the U.S. decided to change the equation and stop all this live and let live libertarian nonsense. Russia got into a border war with another Eastern European country, a very common action to which hardly anyone cared or paid attention to. The U.S. let the world know that this is an international rules based global order and the U.S. makes those rules and decides who is in good graces and who isn’t. Russia was punished by having $300 billion in assets stored safely in the dollar, sanctioned, or confiscated by the ruler of the global order.
Other countries were sanctioned as well whenever they were out of compliance with U.S. rules. The U.S. decided to involve itself in the Russia-Ukraine war not just by giving money and weapons to the Ukrainians but also by using the international banking system in an admitted attempt to bleed Russia dry. Foreigners began to see how easily they can run afoul of the U.S. and how that can mean their assets are no longer safe and secure. The U.S. could use its control of the system and its reserve currency status to literally shut down their economies.
This series of events led Russia to look for alternatives and for alliances outside the dollar system. It was a gigantic mistake as Russia sought and found alliances with other nations that believed they were being bullied and were open to new alliances. The Biden administration apparently failed to realize that Russia’s vast deposits of natural resources insulated it from the bullying. If these alliances continue and the U.S. continues its meddling and bullying then the dollar could lose its reserve status and that would be a catastrophe for a nation with more than 34 trillion of debt and climbing every day.
Finally, folks, to avoid default and/or hyperinflation resulting in mass poverty and a much lower standard of living, deal with debt growth before it’s to late. Cut spending, close unnecessary government departments, come home and mind your own business.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the dark and angry State of the Union Speech and asserts that there was no optimism or hope, but the content was all based on lies.
Transcription / Notes
A STATE OF THE UNION BASED ON LIES
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with Today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 15th day of March in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the dark and angry State of The Union Speech delivered by President Joe Biden last week and I point out that there was no optimism in it and no hope for the future of America and the entire premise is built on lies stacked on top of lies.
A lot of things are happening in the world right now that we could be talking about such as the 4th anniversary of 15 days to stop the spread which is tomorrow. That is another lie for which honorable scientists and doctors are still being persecuted. The 2024 presidential election seems set now since Biden and Trump seem to be assured of a rematch. Elections in at least 64 countries with about 50% of the world’s people are scheduled to be held this year. Those topics would all make good subjects for this report but only one election is part of the speech, except our own of course.
The most important election outside of our own is being held in Russia this weekend. Putin will win by a large margin and that makes the election a sham according to the American press. However, Putin is very popular in Russia and his election by a wide margin does not therefore mean that it is a sham. His policies have produced high growth for Russia with low unemployment and inflation lower than ours. His finding alternate currencies to take BRICS nations outside the dollar system seems to be resonating with a lot of the world’s people.
The world is changing as people look for leadership and some example of moral authority. In Argentina, for example, the election of Javier Milei was in December, but his policies are being felt now. When he took office the inflation rate was 143% and the Argentine currency had collapsed. The people were desperate for an answer since 40% of them lived in poverty. He implemented a radical policy based on reality instead of debt leading to default repeatedly. He cut government spending by 50% and eliminated many departments and government subsidies. He stabilized the currency and has already eliminated the massive deficit. When the Argentine legislature will not support his ideas, he goes to the provincial governors for their support locally and it seems to be working. I mention the Argentine election to show that despite our troubles we can still succeed if the people will allow it and demand it.
Here in America the president tells us that his political opponent is the equivalent of Adolph Hitler. The president and his department of justice are currently affecting a campaign of lawfare against that opponent he referred to as his predecessor. I suppose it’s all because their Russia-gate hoax of 2016 to 2020 timeframe has not worked so well and he needs a new one. Speaking of Russia, the leader of that country is Hitler too according to President Biden. Putin is going to tear through Ukraine but he won’t stop there. No, unless America sends tens of billions more in money and weapons to Ukraine the evil Putin will roll up all of Europe and reinstate the Soviet Union.
That is all just complete nonsense and fantasy with not a word of truth in it but apparently this man and the people who write his speeches expect us to believe it, and unfortunately many people do. He got rousing applause with each lie he told as if the SOTU speech was a sporting event. I suppose Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi set the tone for that when she made a show of tearing up Donald Trump’s transcript while he was delivering the speech. No sense of decorum or dignity is left in the congress or president.
Tiny Ukraine can defeat massive Russia, of course, if we Americans are willing to continually add to our children’s debt load the interest payments to continue forever. We Americans are supposed to deliver perhaps 30% of our combined labor for this man’s fantasy support for the American arms industry. Speaking of the arms industry, let me stop criticizing the speech for a moment and tell you why this world seems to be at war and in chaos all the time. I know it sounds bizarre but the cause is fake money resulting in an empire not subject to reality. Governments typically control their militaries with money. The money available allows them to keep the military and its millions of soldiers and supporting casts on a short leash. If you can’t afford to finance regime change wars all over the planet there are no wars and the planet can remain somewhat stable.
With the removal of the dollar’s ties to gold as a limiting and stabilizing factor, money was no longer available strictly in limited quantities based on the labor of the American people. The government could simply print as much as it wanted in unlimited quantities. For example, the revenue from taxes in 2023 was 4.1 trillion and the president’s proposed budget for this year is 7.3 trillion. There is no longer any limit on the buying of votes to retain power or the spreading of chaos and war around the earth. Fake money lets the Pentagon off the leash that civilian authorities are supposed to keep a tight grip on.
Pentagon budgets continually increase and especially so after the Soviet collapse in 1991 so there is always plenty of money to spread around to congress. Military officers spend their careers in close working relationships with defense contractors then go on to lucrative jobs in the defense industry after retirement. The defense industry is made up of many powerful groups who want more power and they must be restrained by reality or they will get it. My point is this folks and that is that the wars across the world always have an American thumbprint on them because there is no limit to how much money can be available to fund them.
No regime change in Ukraine in 2014 means no war in 2020. No billions in U.S. “aid” would mean a very short war, and we certainly can’t have that. No billions in aid to Israel means a very short war in Gaza but Washington would rather posture and fence sit trying to appease those who support Israel and those who support Palestinians at the same time. Reality based real money would limit government spending. Take a kid into a candy store and tell him there is no limit to what he can buy and eat and see what happens. On a national scale what happens is that a lot of rat holes get stuffed with fake money and the biggest rat hole in this world is the defense industry.
What can keep the coming catastrophe away for a while longer. Nothing I’m afraid, because of the way the system works now. There are supposed to be built-in checks and balances but they have all been removed. Congress bought and paid for by military contributions and the ever-present dire international threats and enemies abroad votes for one increase after another and each year it builds and gets worse. Politicians acting more like prostitutes must outdo each other by being strong on defense. They would not dare encourage diplomacy with Russia, China, and the rest because they would appear weak and besides that’s not what all those campaign contributions are supposed to accomplish.
Well, thanks for allowing me to rant for a moment now back to the speech. January 6th was the greatest threat to democracy since the civil war. Once again, we now know that reality is somewhat different, but despite all the evidence of corruption he tells these lies as if he expects them to be believed. We know that Liz Cheney on the Nancy Pelosi committee for January 6th withheld exonerating evidence and altered evidence to make it appear different. We know that Kamala Harris, Cheney, Pelosi, and the rest colluded with Fani Willis in Atlanta and other corrupt DOJ officials to bring fabricated charges and indictments against their political opponent, Donald Trump.
The corruption at the very heart of the Department of Justice, the FBI and the rest is all justified, of course, because Donald Trump is really Hitler. They talk constantly about Trump being a threat to democracy and how he wants to be a dictator. They collude, at the same time, in dark cabal to prevent the democratic process from taking place by bringing false charges based on a stream of lies against a person they apparently think might just be the choice of most Americans. The people see Trump as their champion because he seems to be a victim of the corruption and is thereby opposed to it. The people are tired of all the corruption and fake government although they may not completely understand it, they are tired of it, and with each fake assault Trump gets stronger.
The vaccines saved us from Covid and now we have recovered from the lockdown the 4th anniversary of which is tomorrow. That is so obviously a complete lie that it is obvious to any rational human being. The vaccines which did not prevent the virus which they were supposedly designed to prevent and did not stop the spread of the virus somehow saved us from Covid. That pack of lies proves the premise that some people will believe any lie that is told to them if it comes from an authority figure. We’ve come back from Covid, he said and now our economy is the envy of the world.
Here’s another one from the president delivered via the state of the union address. The border crises has been caused by Republicans especially his predecessor. Who knew that it was Donald Trump who took down all border barriers and ordered the Border Patrol to assist illegal migrants into the country. Who knew that it was Donald Trump’s policies which allowed the illegal migrant into the country who murdered Laken Riley. By the way, upon embarrassing nagging by Marjorie Taylor Greene he did mention Laken’s name although he got it wrong and called her Lincoln. That would not be so terrible except that Lincoln Riley is the head coach of the University of Southern California football team.
Anyway, we shouldn’t worry about crime because it is plummeting and if you think otherwise, you must not be paying attention. Perhaps you are one who has been carjacked, burglarized, a victim of armed robbery or just murdered. The governor of New York apparently believes crime is a problem because she just sent 750 national guard troops to patrol the NYC subways along with 250 state troopers. Nothing says welcome to New York like a uniformed soldier with a battle rifle saying open your backpack.
Remember to be of good cheer because during the next four years this very bright, very energetic, very alert president will solve the climate crises, any problems with crime, the border crises, impose a set of fair taxes on people he deems to have more money than he does, end gun violence, and yes, he is a president for all Americans and there is no effort to divide us in his heart.
In conclusion: What would have happened if President Biden had just told the truth to Congress and the American people. What if he said look folks, our situation is rather desperate but we still have a little time to at least begin recovery. You’ve got to stop spending more than you make the same way American families are expected to do. We have set a terrible example for all those families and that is why their household debt is at a record 17.3 trillion. It’s because our official, admitted to debt is over 34 trillion. It was 5 trillion under George W. Bush but now it exceeds 34 trillion. Very soon the interest payments will exceed income and we will have to borrow interest which will accelerate our freefall to warp speed and we will all be on a rail out of town. I point you to Argentina as an example of what can be done when one has courage and determination.
He could have gone on to say, I don’t represent special interests or the donor class anymore, I represent the general welfare of the nation. The budget hasn’t been balanced in half a century except for three years under Clinton. Yes, he slighted the Social Security Trust Fund to do it, but we have looted that fund far worse than he did and now there is no fund, so my point is we’ve got to stop and we are going to do that now. My poll numbers are at an all-time low and I take that to mean that the people are getting wise to the lies I’ve been telling them so it’s time to change. Send me a balanced budget and I will sign it. Do not send me anything that is not balanced because we are starting the long road back to sanity right now.
Finally, folks, if he told the truth once in his life it might cause paralysis I don’t know, but it certainly would cause screams of outrage among the special interests. The people would rally behind him though if he just told the truth.
It least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the law and how vital it is to the people of any free nation to be protected by the law from the abuse of those in power.
A SHIELD OF THE PEOPLE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 8th day of March in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the law and how vital it is to the people of any free nation to be protected by the law from the abuse of those in power. The law must serve as a shield of the people if we are to be any different from dictatorial regimes, 3rd world corrupt regimes, and the like. Lawfare is not a shield but a weapon to be used by those in power against those considered to be without power or at least without the protection of law.
One often hears the term lawfare, but many or most people wonder what that term means. They don’t understand its literal meaning and therefore they don’t understand why using the law as a form of political warfare is destructive of the rule of law and reduces our form of government to tyranny. I have traveled this world from one end to the other throughout my lifetime but I have always been glad to get home. Whether in a 3rd world war zone or a glamorous capital I am always glad to see America where the law protects me and I have rights that cannot be arbitrarily abused or disregarded.
The term lawfare doesn’t make sense because it seems to be two words of opposite definition cobbled together. It indicates violence whereby the parties to a dispute, usually two or more nations, fight each other with their very existence at stake. Law and warfare are opposites and should not exist as one but today, unfortunately, they do. For purposes of this report, I will define lawfare as the use of law and the legal process to destroy political and ideological enemies but law, standing alone is the opposite because it is a way to settle disputes peacefully without resorting to violence.
Whether you have personally been to a war zone and witnessed war’s destruction, its indiscriminate violence, or you have only seen it in pictures and films, you are aware of it and you know how horrible it is. I wonder if you know that a society can be destroyed by the misuse of law just as it can be destroyed by bombs and bullets. The law can destroy people, their reputations, their careers, their financial and emotional well-being, and their ability to pursue normal peaceful lives. The law can be used to bankrupt people, keep them defending themselves in court for years while the press goes about its business of supporting corruption and destroying the reputations of the innocent.
I’m a lawyer by profession having practiced law in the courts of my city for more than 40 years so I submit to you that I know something about how it works. In the best of circumstances, the law can be a shield against the guilty whether in criminal court where people’s freedom and even their lives can be taken from them or in civil court where damages, normally monetary can be imposed against them. This is all done according to strict rules discovered and implemented over centuries and judges are supposed to be well schooled and determined to enforce and abide by those rules to ensure fairness.
None of that is true when the law becomes lawfare. The users of that weapon are so convinced that their position is correct that the ends justify the means. They know what the result should be and by their hand will be before the court proceeding ever starts. It is one thing to have a mistake due to mistaken identity whereby a person is thought to be the one but through evidence is later found to not be the one. In lawfare that is not only not the case but often lawfare is used to convict of a crime that did not even happen. It’s one thing to be misidentified and convicted of bank robbery but in our case it’s not just misidenity, there was no robbery to accuse anyone of. The people who use, pervert, and corrupt the system in this manner have a little power and they will keep it if they have to destroy our entire system of law and justice in order to do so. They have an ideological agenda and the law is just another weapon in their arsenal to achieve that agenda.
So, the law is damaged and the system degraded, so what? A system of protection for people has been denounced in the minds of the people and their confidence has been destroyed. They doubt the law, and they doubt the system upon which the law is based, but so what if my enemies have been destroyed and my objectives achieved? Lawyers, prosecutors, and judges scour the pages of lawbooks going back sometimes 100 or 200 years looking for anything they can use as lawfare and they also have thousands of new pages being added constantly that hardly anyone has even read.
Most importantly today, lawfare is being used against any legitimate journalists that still exist. Legitimate in today’s terms means they are willing to pursue the truth even if it makes the power structure appear to be corrupt, or weak. There aren’t many true journalists left, but when one is found or when one reveals himself, he has to be protected like an endangered species. Such a journalist, I submit is Steve Baker, now with The Blaze News service, a Glenn Beck company.
Steve was not with the Blaze on January 6th now more than two years ago, but he has since joined that company. Journalists report the truth of the story they are following or at least that’s what they are supposed to do. That fateful day of January 6th the story was inside the capitol building so that is where Steve went. There were more than 60 journalists in the capital building that day including a reporter for the New York Times who went in through a window as the 5th person in and certainly ahead of Steve. None of the other journalists have been arrested except for Steve and a Trump supporter from Alabama and it took more than two years for the DOJ to get around to Steve.
He was told to report to the Dallas field office of the FBI last Friday morning to be arrested and booked on four misdemeanor charges. For your information a misdemeanor is one where the criminal sanction is less than a year in confinement so they are often called 11/29 charges or 11months and 29 days. He received instructions to come to the Dallas field office of the FBI wearing shorts and flip-flops to make it easier for agents to place him in an orange jumpsuit, handcuffs, and leg shackles. He was not apprised of the specific misdemeanors with which he was to be charged because they told him they were afraid he would post them on X.
What was this man’s crime that required such treatment? Was he a violent and dangerous offender that had to be kept from the public, no that is not it. Supposedly he went to the Capitol building on January 6th. He was there not as a rioter or insurrectionist, but as a member of the press. He went into the building and took pictures, took videos, and made notes about what he saw happening. He did not destroy anything, he did not steal anything, he did not chant, sing, or make a speech. He did what good reporters are supposed to do by recording the facts. There is a lot of video and photographic evidence to prove that.
The Blaze noted that according to Steve’s attorney, it was not until Steve began publishing news articles about January 6th on the Blaze that he found himself targeted by the Department of Justice. His reporting challenged the official storyline that we are expected to accept because that’s what the power structure says happened. His reporting tended to be embarrassing to those who preferred that the public accept a different view of what happened that day. Steve contends that the reason for his arrest can be tied to corruption at the top levels of the Capitol Police, and that information, he says, comes from his confidential source.
“They know where all the bodies are buried. They know who buried them. They know who’s sleeping with who—they know everything, and they are the personal security guards of Congress. That’s why they are so powerful.”
The court in D.C. at which he must appear on March 14 made the charges available to the Blaze. They said he approved of the incidents of January 6th and was heard to remark that he wished he had access to Nancy Pelosi’s computer. It seems that journalists out of political favor, not members of the royal court, do not have the luxury of comedy today.
Steve was interviewed on the Blaze and I will give you some brief words from that interview. The Blaze brought up to Steve the idea that prosecutors across the country refuse to prosecute violent criminals and refuse to demand bail for them and yet they put you, a misdemeanor defendant, in leg chains. Steve’s answer:
“Well, let’s start ourselves with the bigger question, and work our way to the answer. This is the first time in history, since January 6th, that the FBI is even involving themselves in misdemeanor offenses and misdemeanor defendants. And swatting misdemeanor defendants. With 50, 20, 25 agents, swatting misdemeanors. The FBI has never done that, in their history, until ordered to do so, by Merrick Garland’s DOJ after January 6th.”
Steve went on to say that when he asked his attorney why they are doing this to me his attorney said you know why. You have been poking them in the eye for three years. This is retribution. The Blaze said if they’ll do it to Trump, you don’t think they’ll do it to you? Steve pointed out the selective prosecution because they counted more than 60 journalists inside the building but only one other Journalist was charged and that was a reporter for a TV station in Mobile Alabama and he worked on the Latinos for Trump Campaign. He had only a misdemeanor charge but the judge put him in prison for 8 months.
It is really evil to destroy people’s lives that way but we already know the character of these people. I am personally very grateful that I am still free to write the things about them that I often do. Sometimes I wonder why they let me continue the Castle Report but I was told by a journalist friend who was canceled off social media that it is because my audience is not big enough to be a threat to them. So, I suppose that is my new goal to build my audience to the point that they say we’ve had enough of him. Not many other news services, including conservative ones are talking about Steve and what the DOJ and the FBI are trying to do to him and his family. The attacks on Steve are really attacks on all of us and I hope everyone listening or reading this understands that is the case.
In conclusion, I will leave you with a few words from the Blaze.
“And it is a given that the mainstream media will rejoice over this development. After all, they believe that Baker, the Blaze, and anyone who does not bend their necks to lick the right boots deserve what they get. CNN, MSNBC, the New York Times, The Washington Post, and all the rest will enjoy the show and use it as a dire warning about the dangerous MAGA Republicans and Christian nationalists lurking among us. What these people forget is that once you start licking boots, you have no choice but to keep licking whether you like the taste of shoe polish or not.”
Finally, folks, as I keep trying to tell you, this is not about Donald Trump. The people who support Trump are simply giving the middle finger to the establishment with their one vote. They realize, as I do, that once you decide to lick boots you can’t stop. Your only option is to continue obeying orders. You have given up your right to hold or express a thought contrary to the narrative. Those on the left who may support this madness fail to realize that they are in as much danger as the rest of us.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the crises of illegal immigration or what many describe as a crises but the federal government doesn’t seem to see as a crisis. In fact, the federal government maintains an immigration policy that makes murder of Americans by illegal invaders inevitable but no one seems to care.
Transcription / Notes
MURDER BY EXECUTIVE ACTION
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 1st day of March in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the crises of illegal immigration or what many describe as a crises but the federal government doesn’t seem to see it as a crises, in fact, the federal government maintains an immigration policy that makes murder of Americans by illegal invaders inevitable but no one seems to care.
A lot of things are happening at the border right now and those things are likely to make it a top focus of the 2024 presidential election. I know that if I were a presidential candidate this year the border would be my main focus followed closely by stupid, pointless foreign wars. The millions of migrants assisted into the country by Joe Biden are causing havoc for a lot of people and states, but my focus today is about how that problem affected one person.
That one person was a 22 year old nursing student in Georgia named Laken Riley. I hope her family will forgive me for using her name, but I could see no other way to tell her story. Laken was a beautiful young woman with a great future in front of her until she was brutally murdered by Joe Biden’s immigration policy. Yes, that’s right Joe, this one’s on you so just go ahead and eat your ice cream while her family grieves.
She was an Augusta University nursing student, a graduate of River Ridge High School where she was a great student and star athlete. She was enrolled at the University of Georgia until she transferred to Augusta to pursue nursing. She went out for a run one day and when she didn’t come back her friend reported her missing. Accolades of her young life poured in from her relatives and those who knew her. Her younger sister described Laken as her best friend. The superintendent of schools sent condolences as did the pastor of the Riley’s church.
Neighbors who knew Laken said they just could not fathom what happened. “We were heartbroken because we have a daughter that could very well be in the same situation. Our heart goes out to the family. I just cannot even imagine; you think of the young ladies that you know there and it makes me worried. I grew up, my mom always said, you do everything in numbers, you never do anything by yourself and that is what I’ve taught my daughter.”
Well yes, it’s shocking and one’s heart goes out to her family but I do understand it and I do know what happened. She was murdered by a man invited into the country by the policies of one of the most uncaring, unfeeling people to ever occupy the White House. Law enforcement did their jobs and arrested a suspect right away, but that doesn’t bring Laken back or relieve the suffering of her family. Somehow it would be nice if Joe Biden could be required to respond in damages to that family for the incurable grief he caused. He should be able to cover it easily from his Burisma deal.
The illegal arrested for Laken’s murder crossed the border into Texas September 8 of last year and was sent to a processing facility there. I supposed the border patrol looked at him and said he looks like one of the people Nicholas Maduro released from a Venezuelan prison so come on in and welcome. His name is Jose Antonio Ibarra and he and his wife Layling Franco and her 5-year-old son entered El Paso together but were then sent to New York City on September 15 where Jose posted happy, smiling pictures of himself on social media. He apparently enjoyed his time in New York at the expense of the people of New York. They, like their president, Joe Biden, invited it by voting themselves a sanctuary city.
He worked a few jobs like Door Dash, Uber Eats, and a local restaurant when he was arrested in August for endangering the welfare of a child, after he was caught in Queens riding a gas-powered moped with Franco’s son on the back, without any head protection or restraint for the child. In November the couple split up and Jose went to Georgia to live with his brother Diego who apparently once worked at the University of Georgia.
Laken’s body was found last Thursday in a forested part of the UGA campus after she had gone for a run. Ibarra was arrested and charged last Friday with malice and felony murder, aggravated battery, kidnapping, concealing the death of another and related charges. Police referred to it as a crime of opportunity. If it was a crime of opportunity then I know who gave Ibarra the “opportunity” and that man is Joe Biden.
Ibarra’s brother, Diego, who was arrested for drunk driving in Georgia in September, and arrested again this week for presenting a fake green card to police as they questioned suspects in Laken’s murder. He used a fake green card two weeks ago to get a temporary job as a dishwasher at UGA. Too bad he couldn’t have waited a couple of weeks because he could now go to NYC and get a $10,000 prepaid debit card with no use restrictions, courtesy of mayor Eric Adams.
The media has been reporting for months the story of Governor Greg Abbott’s stand against illegal immigration into the state of Texas. Since the border patrol at the orders of the Biden Administration has turned into an agency to make the illegal crossings easier, Texas felt it necessary to do something on a state level. The Texas state guard was mobilized and they strung concertina wire along the border at the most active crossing points. The border patrol started going behind them cutting the wire and helping the illegals into the country so Texas barred the border patrol from certain areas of the border.
A lawsuit was filed by the federal government which quickly went up the ladder until the fifth circuit issued an injunction against the border patrol. There is a pretty good rule of thumb now in the federal system and that is if you are a Democrat, you will eventually find a Democrat judge who will give you the decision you want. In this case it was the United States Supreme Court which lifted the injunction by a 5-4 vote. That decision is what started me on this long rant because what it really means is that there is no longer a border and without a border there is no country.
It is not enough that we are at the mercy of every psychopathic criminal in every Democrat city in America because Democrat George Soros funded district attorneys will not prosecute them and Democrat judges often do not even set bail for them. Now we are subject to the criminals from every third world country which wants to empty its prisons along the Rio Grande.
What, if anything, can be done about a federal government that has lost its way? I mean is this a Fort Sumter level event going on down in Texas. My answer is that it could be but there are a few things that could be done first. This all depends on whether Biden is more committed to destroying this country than Greg Abbott is to saving it. My advice to the governor would be to test that premise by barring the border patrol from Texas not just from the border. Tell them you have 24 hours to leave the state with all your weapons and equipment. Whatever you are unable to take with you, whether weapons or equip will be confiscated and turned over to the Texas state guard. Notice I don’t refer to them as national guard because I assume the governor would refuse attempts by the federal government to federalize them. Tell the border patrol that any of them left in Texas after 24 hours will be arrested.
Would Joe Biden call the governor’s bluff. If he did, he would find out that it is not a bluff. What is the federal government’s response to such a thing as what I am suggesting. Here is where we go into a different Castle Report for a different Friday because the topic is money. Ever since President Nixon took us off the gold standard in 1971 the federal government has had an unlimited supply of money i.e. debt, to buy all things and all people. They have basically bought the entire world and all its chickens but now those chickens are coming home to roost.
Here is where the feds say we are going to cut off your money supply and without that you are done for. All those benefits like food stamps, Medicare, Medicaid, Social Security, and a million other things are all gone. We would then see what the governor and the people of Texas are made of because if this is Fort Sumter then Texas would have to survive on its own so my answer would be to tell the feds that I am confiscating the income tax of all Texans and using the money to provide those benefits ourselves with real money not federal debt.
How far are you willing to push this Joe, because I’m prepared to go all the way with it, and if you are well, let’s get it on. The people of Texas have been fighting your stupid no win, no point wars for about 80 years no so we should be willing to actually fight for something important like independence. None of this is necessary, however, because there are reasonable alternatives for reasonable people to pursue. The problem is that right now the federal government does not have any reasonable people to negotiate with.
There is a little bit of good news out there and that is that recent polls from multiple sources show that for the first time in history the American people by a sizable majority favor a border wall. An even larger majority think immigration is a very serious problem. For those who won’t even say it is a very serious problem, I wonder what Laken’s family would say to them. We have got to stop or at least slow down the influx of criminals, drugs, and terrorists and that will require the will of the people to accomplish. There are ways to stop the flow and deport those who need deporting. Before you start, I’m not talking about some poor Mexican grandmother who has cleaned hotel rooms for 20 years. No, you know exactly what kind of people I’m in favor of deporting.
There are other ways to avoid conflict between people of goodwill. Do people in our discussion have goodwill on both sides. I’m willing to give the benefit of the doubt to anyone but I suspect that the feds would expect to dictate terms and not bargain in good faith. Deportations would have to happen but in return the Bracero Program could be reinstated. That program ran from 1942-1964 and it worked very well to stabilize the border. People could enter the U.S. to work without their families. They would be free to send the money home to their families and since much of the work was seasonal, they could leave and come back whenever they wanted. Families were cared for and the U.S. welfare system was not overtaxed. Most of the welfare we have now didn’t exist then, so the benefits we have now should be restricted to American citizens only. Is that a reasonable demand, well yes, it seems more than reasonable to me. That would help solve the border crises if we had the resolve to build and man barriers, and it would also restore the value of citizenship.
Finally, folks, my heart goes out to Laken’s family for the unnecessary loss of this young woman. That one and many others are all on you Joe. Thanks for nothing.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the recent verdict in New York in which Judge Arthur Engoron imposed a fine against Donald Trump of about $355 million accelerating the total to about $455 million with interest.
Transcription / Notes
NEW YORK SENDS THE DEPLORABLES A MESSAGE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 23rd day of February in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the recent verdict in New York in which Judge Arthur Engoron imposed a fine against Donald Trump of about $355 million accelerating the total to about $455 million with interest. The fine was for a verdict of civil fraud and as the law normally defines fraud what Trump did was not fraud because no one was injured and there was no victim. This case demonstrates that in New York and certain other Democrat cities, the law is a political weapon and not a protection.
I have loved New York for my entire life or at least what I can remember of it. The Yankees have always been my team and Mickey Mantle my favorite athlete of all those who have played there over the years. New York used to be the most exciting and wondrous place in the world but that was before the city and state were turned over to those who view the law as nothing but a weapon to be used against political enemies.
For purposes of this report, it doesn’t matter if you hate Donald Trump, if you think he is a threat to democracy, that he wants to become a dictator, that he tried to overthrow the U.S. Government by force, or whatever he is in your mind. Through whatever lens you view Donald Trump, it is impossible, if you are familiar at all with the lawsuits and prosecutions against him, to see them as anything but a distortion and perversion of our legal system to achieve a political goal.
A brief review of the “fraud” he supposedly committed is roughly like this. A real estate developer builds a building that he says is worth $400 million. He goes to a bank for a loan and the bank does its own due diligence and says no, it’s only worth $200 million and to make sure the bank is safe we will only loan you $150 million. It is basically just negotiating or haggling and it is done every day in business up and down the line from the biggest to the smallest deals. If you want to sell your house and you value it at $300 thousand but the bank says no, only $250 thousand that is essentially what happened.
If that scenario I just presented is fraud, then every real estate investor across the country should have his assets looted by every corrupt prosecutor and judge in every American city. The other thing I will point out is that fraud normally requires a victim. Someone must be defrauded or lose money and no one lost a penny in any of Trump’s deals that were the subject of the lawsuit. In fact, the banks with whom he supposedly committed civil fraud, testified in his favor at trial and said they wanted more business from him. Deutsche Bank, which loaned him hundreds of millions testified that it always used its own guidelines when making these loans.
So, New York prosecutor Letitia James contended that Trump deceived lenders and insurers by giving them overstated financial statements. The banks testified that they reviewed all documents and financial statements and found them to be acceptable and furthermore they made money, lost nothing, and wanted more of Trump’s business. Sometimes the banks pegged his net worth lower than he did but did not find that to be alarming or even unusual. It is common practice in the real estate world. Even the New York Times said that it could not find a single case in history where this statute was used against an individual or company that left no financial victims.
So, once again, this is not about Trump but the American system of law and justice. The foremost reason that capitalism works better than socialism or Marxism is that in the American system individuals have rights. By that I mean that our system is all about each of us as individuals, not what the collective thinks. In theory, if every person in the city and state of New York thinks Donald Trump is a horrible person he cannot be convicted of anything unless he violates the law. I can’t overemphasize that we as individual people have rights that the collective cannot legally take from us.
That system has now been corrupted, perverted, and damaged. To emphasize this, I quote real estate investor and shark tank star Kevin O’Leary:
“I don’t care about Trump in this. I care about America, and I care about entrepreneurship, and I care about democracy and the fairness. The judicial system is now being criticized. People are asking themselves—the bar of New York—is this judge rational to charge $355 million in a case where no one lost any money? Is that good for the people of New York? Should the people of New York wake up to this and say what’s happening to us? Why is this becoming so perverse? Why are we the focus of this injustice? It has nothing to do with Trump. I’m not supporting Trump, I’m supporting American entrepreneurship, and New York is slowly becoming the number one loser state in America. I’m sorry. That’s what’s happening.”
What have Letitia James, a Democrat Party activist who campaigned on getting Trump though he had committed no crime, sued Trump for civil fraud and judge Arthur Engoron, another Democrat Party activist went along with the deal. From a moral standpoint their crimes are far worse than anything that Trump was accused of for they have perverted the entire system of American law and justice. Will their actions damage New York? Undoubtedly, they have damaged New York, but to what extent. Investors are upset and vowing that they will no longer do business in New York, which is already suffering from an exodus of high-net-worth individuals.
Quoting Mr. O’Leary again:
“It’s appalling, its unjust. I would go so far as to say it’s unamerican. It doesn’t matter what the governor says, New York was already a loser state. Like California’s a loser state. There are many loser states because of policy, high taxes, uncompetitive regulation, it was already on the top of the list of being a loser state. I would never invest in New York now, and I’m not the only person saying that.”
Mr. O’Leary went on to say that if this sticks every real estate investor must be jailed or put out of business. This decision must therefore be appealed, but this Democrat judge was very clever in what he did. Under New York law, the entire amount plus interest must be deposited into a court account in order to appeal and that amounts to about $455 million. Even for Trump $455 million liquid is very hard to manage without liquidating a lot of assets.
Mr. O’Leary also repeatedly said “this is not about Trump.” My question then is if it’s not about Trump then what is it about. It is about sending a message to all those deplorables like me out there taking up space in America. I don’t mean that I’m a MAGA Republican for as most of you know I’m a member of the Constitution Party and a former presidential candidate for that Party. I am though a deplorable as Hillery Clinton defined deplorables and there are millions of us out there who get this message loud and clear. The message I am hearing is that you don’t count and you are not getting this country back, we have stolen your country and now we will lie, cheat, steal or do anything to keep it. Power is what Letitia James and Arthur Engoron want because with power they can disenfranchise and loot the rest of us who have the courage to disagree.
What I’m trying to say is that deplorables are ordinary people. They are the truck drivers who say they will take no more loads to New York. These people have no real estate investments and they are not multi-millionaires, they are people who work for a living, pay taxes, and love their country. They love their country and their champion is Donald Trump and he is being unfairly looted and everyone of them knows that they are not after him but them.
They heard Trump when he said they are not after me they are after you, I’m just in the way. They know in their hearts that he was correct and they feel the hatred in their souls. They feel the hatred of those who are perverse and corrupt but have gained control of the system. They use the system to lie, cheat, and steal and they unleash waves of violent crime into the neighborhoods of people like them. They are people who work for a living but have been robbed by people in control for decades. They tried to protect themselves by forming unions but now they discover that their unions are part of the corrupt system as well.
It turns out that members of the Democrat Party are not the only ones afraid of the champion of deplorable. Yuval Noah Harari, high ranking acolyte of the World Economic Forum recently was interviewed and asked why Trump is so frightening.
“If Donald Trump is elected again, it is likely to be the kind of, like the death blow to what remains of the global order. And he says it openly. Now, again, it should be clear that many of these politicians, they present a false dichotomy, a false binary vision of the world as if you have to choose between patriotism and globalism, between being loyal to your nation and being loyal to some kind of, I don’t know, global government or whatever.”
Well yes, Mr. Harari, that’s exactly what we think and thank you for articulating it so well. We must choose between being loyal to our country, you know the ones our forefathers fought and died for, and some kind of global government. We choose a country where people are free to own property and eat meat. We choose a country where not every natural phenomenon is blamed on climate change, a country where innocent people are free to go about their lives without being persecuted and looted by those in power.
Oh, how I wish that Donald Trump was the person that Letitia James, Arthur Engoron, and the like seem to think he is. I could certainly get behind that man if he were just ideologically committed to something so that I could see what it is. He is very committed to the aggrandizement of his own ego, but sometimes he doesn’t seem to understand that there is a political and legal system going back about 250 years that has to be protected for future generations.
Journalists, real journalists, used to dig out such information and inform us about it. Journalism at its best makes the powerful accountable, but when journalism is also corrupt then any real journalist is also attacked such as Tucker Carlson and Julian Assange. Journalism now sees its job as not informing the public of the truth but in deceiving the public into believing any lie the power structure wants them to believe. That system is not journalism but propaganda which has been with us as long as humans have been around for one reason. It works. How can people stand for this. There is no shame, no sense of responsibility in the department of justice or the media which is tasked with holding it accountable. How can people stand to see the entire system so callously stolen from them.
Finally, folks, Donald Trump apparently deserves a lot more respect than I have been willing to give him thus far. Maybe he is the anti-globalist, anti-illegal immigration, champion of ordinary people that they seem to think he is. If that is true then I see why Democrats and establishment Republicans are terrified of MAGA.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the unrelenting efforts to deliver the nations of the world into the arms of an unelected but very powerful group of people who think of themselves as super wise and super entitled to rule over the entire creation of God. Are their results inevitable or can we find flaws and cracks in their schemes that will allow us to defeat or delay their plans?
Transcription / Notes
IS GLOBAL GOVERNMENT INEVITABLE?
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, September 8, 2023. I will be talking about the unrelenting efforts to deliver the nations of the world into the arms of an unelected, but very powerful group of people who think of themselves as super wise and super entitled to rule over the entire creation of God. Is the global government of a ruling, all-wise elite inevitable, or can we find flaws and cracks in their plans that may enable humanity to defeat or at least indefinitely delay their plans.
Once again, I return to the wise words of Archbishop Carlo Maria Vigano, I continue to bring you his words because I have come to respect his uncompromising battle for the truth in a religious world in which he is apparently the only one to do so. The first interview of the archbishop was conducted with French media, but I picked it up on The Remnant which is a catholic news service with a conservative bent thus it will dare to print the words of the archbishop. In that French interview he defined what is meant by the term globalism in his mind.
“Globalism is, so to speak, the staging, the script and the scenario that must prepare humanity for the political ascent of the Antichrist, to whom the leaders of the world—his servants—will cede national sovereignty so that he becomes a kind of global tyrant.”
The archbishop draws a comparison between the Deep State and its mechanisms of subversion and the mechanisms of the Deep Church and concludes that they are identical. “The element that, in my opinion, must be understood—for the denunciation to be complete—is the mirror relationship between the coup d’ etat of the Deep State in the civil sphere and that analogous equivalent of the Deep Church in the ecclesiastical sphere. The modus operandi of subversive actions is identical, as are the principles that animate them and the objectives they set for themselves .”
This conclusion that the same forces that have subverted and captured governments are also the forces that have captured and subverted the church is one I have held for a long time so I was ready to finally hear someone else, someone within the church say it. When asked if he is the only prelate who held this view, he said that he is the only one who is willing to publicly state the view. He equates the rise of globalism, of global government, with Satanism and says that globalism in its essence is Satanic.
The heart of the argument is what I have said many times and that is that in order to succeed the globalists will have to erase God from the minds of the people. The archbishop says that in order to bring about the kingdom of Antichrist it is necessary to erase what remains of the kingdom of Christ in the institutions, in the culture and in the daily life of the citizens. Moral dissolution is one of the simplest means of subjugating the masses, encouraging them to vice, ridiculing virtue, and by destroying the natural family, the fundamental cell of society.
Once the family is successfully destroyed, then children become commodities, products to be ordered over the internet, thus fueling a vast criminal enterprise. Divorce, abortion, euthanasia, homosexuality, gender mutilation have all proven to be very effective tools in the destruction of the human family. They are also tools that are being used to eliminate God, faith, and the other tenets of natural law in the minds of the masses the globalists seek to control. A new religion thus comes to us and imposes itself on society. It is a religion backed by massive resources that has been able to replace God for many people.
The new religion has goals diametrically opposite those of true faith. It is imbuing its dogma into all institutions, laws, education, culture, the arts, and virtually all other human activity. The globalists have used the principles of faith, i.e., people in the faith are all brothers, but they have substituted another for the natural head of society. Globalism comes to us proclaiming democracy as the highest good, but openly seeks to undermine and destroy the concepts of nation state and individual liberty. It seeks to bend and subjugate everyone to its will including ultimately the natural head of all-natural law.
The evidence for my position and that of the archbishop is all around us but just look at the fact that the globalists seek to have the whole world follow their direction in lockstep. The global leaders are all members of the same club whether they openly admit it ala Justin Trudeau in Canada, or whether they deny it ala Vivek Ramaswamy. They have been placed intentionally at the highest levels of governments and international institutions. To again quote the archbishop:
“There is clearly a single script under a single direction. It is planned as an instrument for the establishment of a totalitarian regime, connected by unelected technocrats who are devoid of any sense of democratic representation.”
Who is the World Economic Form or what is the WEF? Who attends its conferences and once invited why do they so gratefully accept? The truly powerful of the world. The rulers, prime ministers, CEO’s of newspapers, television CEO’s, bankers, social media directors, heads of international corporations, directors of government agencies, presidents of global foundations, so-called philanthropists, and of course heads of state. They all share the same agenda and they are so confident of their own power they now proclaim their agenda publicly with impunity. To shut off other opposing views they embrace censorship and propaganda.
The situation I just described is obviously hopeless, right. No, I don’t think it is hopeless because with God we always have faith that we will ultimately prevail, but in the here and now there are those among us trying their best to undermine all opposition. I’m not sure when neocons captured American foreign policy and set the country on a course toward the “New American Century” and I thought with the demise of the second Bush administration the impetus was somewhat blunted but no, that apparently is not the case.
President Biden just elevated Victoria Nuland to Undersecretary of state which makes her second only to the secretary, Anthony Blinken. Why is that important? It is vital because it is evidence of the single unipolar world that the U.S. has been trying to create since at least the fall of the Soviet Union. Ms. Nuland’s husband is Robert Kagan, who along with William Kristol, co-founded the Project For a New American Century. The U.S. had a chance to bring about a more peaceful world, but instead its neocon leadership, including Mr. Kagan, chose the path of war which is also the path of death, misery, and suffering. The good news for the neocons is that most of the money they confiscate from the American people goes directly into the pockets of the defense, or said better, the war industry and then it comes right back to them as campaign contributions.
What does all this have to do with global government? IT has everything to do with it because it is the military arm of global rule, or what the recent BRICS meeting seeks to avoid. The BRICS+ as it exists now, is determined, it seems, to undo some of what the reincarnation of Dick Chaney better known as Victoria Nuland has done. She is the mistress of coup, or the master of using death and destruction to achieve her new American century goals. She is the chooser of war and never peace, and the decider of disputes by the most violent and destructive means. BRICS+ is trying to build a second pole to Ms. Nuland’s unipolar world, at least a second pole economically, which will hopefully also prevent some military destruction of the earth. My wife is fond of telling me that they meant it for evil but God meant it for good, as she says that when something seemingly helpful evolves out of something very detrimental.
The U.S. sent a very disturbing message to the BRICS nations with what it did to Russia and out of that message came BRICS+. When Russia invaded Ukraine the U.S. not only sanctioned Russian oligarchs, banned U.S. investment in Russia, kicked Russia out of the SWIFT international system, froze and stole Russian assets, it froze and stole the U.S. dollar reserves of the Central Bank of Russia. That move was a very blatant act of forceful theft and I suppose it was inevitable that it would return to haunt the thieves.
When other countries saw the U.S. abandon the moral leadership it once held, and grab the assets of a major central bank, they looked at each other and asked: What if some U.S. neocon decides he doesn’t like my policies or actions, will the U.S. steal my central bank assets too? China, India, and Brazil thought the answer was yes, so they immediately started selling U.S. denominated assets. So, Joe Biden, guided along by his neocons, and their bloodlust, blundered into the potential destruction of the dollar as an international reserve. So, the dollar is threatened not only abroad but also by its own Treasury.
By seizing Russian assets, in particular the Central Bank Reserves of Russia the administration demonstrated to the whole world that it cares nothing for the rule of law internationally or otherwise. Just as the administration unlawfully directed the DOJ against a political opponent, Donald Trump, and unlawfully directed it away from son, Hunter, it turned the law into a weapon. We in the U.S. have little recourse except voting and even that is of questionable value today, but other countries do have recourse and they are using it. They have banded together in an effort to find or form a currency safer than the dollar for their assets.
BRICS+ issued a 26-page summary or description of their recent meeting and in that summary, they did not mention a new currency but the implication is there. For now, BRICS+ will trade in the currency of its members. To have a stable gold-backed currency the price of gold would have to increase significantly so, when you see the gold price rapidly rising you can measure the decline of the dollar quite easily.
BRICS+ plans to dominate the energy markets and the seas that control them. Make no mistake, the U.S. Navy still rules the waves, but BRICS+ rules the chokepoints and coastlines. With the rising tide of woke officers and sailors in the Navy perhaps it won’t be long. The new BRICS+ controls about 30% of global GDP and about 45% of the global population. They dominate a long list of vital resources including most importantly the oil markets. Whether we measure by population, military weapons, economics, energy, other natural resources, or sheer mass, they are clearly in a position to challenge the G-7 and other organizations of the West.
Our current administration seems oblivious to all this as it stumbles along the road to ruin. It and its neocon owners have pushed the middle class to the brink of extinction but no one seems to care. When we had law, internally and internationally, we sent those who steal to prison but not anymore. Now, we set the example for thieves everywhere by stealing on an international level. Others are taking note and trying to find harbors safe from the predators who run the U.S. Government.
What does all this have to do with global government? It is perhaps a monkey-wrench, but time will tell whether it is permanent or temporary.
Finally, folks, the archbishop advises us to resist the call to build back better and instead join groups that together can rebuild what has been destroyed. My sentiments exactly.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the summit of BRICS nations held in South Africa, which concluded August 24th with a momentous decision regarding expansion. What does that decision mean for the United States and the rest of the world?
Transcription / Notes
SIX MORE BRICS IN THE WALL
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 1st day of September in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the summit of BRICS nations held in South Africa, which concluded on August 24th with a momentous decision regarding expansion. The five BRICS consisting of Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa decided to add six new members. What does that decision mean for the United States and the rest of the world?
For the first time since 2010 the decision was made to expand membership and six new nations were accepted with full membership to begin January 1, 2024. Saudia Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, Egypt, Argentina, Ethiopia, and Iran were all admitted to membership. Just as the U.S. is the leader of the rules based international order and the enforcer of the rules, China and Russia are the heavy weights of the BRICS order and their decisions regarding who gets in and who doesn’t seem to be very persuasive.
The full effects of the decision will take time to fully manifest themselves, but one thing is known for certain and that is that BRICS now has eleven members and they are on the way to greater political power and most likely a new currency union. They are all now suffering from the weaponization of the U.S. dollar and they were all under pressure to support the U.S. imposed sanctions against Russia, but none agreed to do so. Weaponization of the dollar and the freezing of dollar-denominated reserves is a real fear as that is exactly what happened to Russia.
Nations are told that the U.S. dollar is the world’s reserve and the safest and best place for their foreign reserves so that is where they put all the reserves that they have. The U.S. then decides that they have not followed the rules of the rules based global order and their reserves are confiscated never to be returned. The freezing of reserves cuts a nation off from international commerce because they must now have cash since the U.S. has frozen them out of the international banking system.
Their answer is to band together and start a new currency union big enough and diverse enough to offer the exchange of goods and services and perhaps even credit that can bypass the dollar. The new currency will not be easy and will take time, but for now the members will explore trading in their own currencies as Russia and China have been doing. India is the world’s largest importer of Russian coal and it has been buying that coal in the Russian currency. China and other oil import dependent members have been buying Saudi and Russian oil in the Chinese currency. No wonder the sanctions on Russia appear to have inflicted more economic harm on Europe and the U.S. than on Russia.
If I had control of the expanded BRICS I would use the membership and coordination to reconstruct the global structure of money, trade, use of military power and other things that would come to mind. To accomplish that, I would focus on energy, especially oil and the international oil trade. If the U.S. demanded or tried to muscle me on the use and development of fossil fuel, I would tell them to go pound sand no pun intended. I would use my dominance in oil to put my members at the center rather than the bottom of the world agenda which would mean the return of a multi-polar world and the end of U.S. dominance and hegemony.
Time will tell whether I could accomplish all that, but time, I would argue is on my side because at least 40 other nations have applied for membership including Mexico. These nations would be considered one by one and year by year as new members were absorbed. I would, in other words, push back against the “New American Century” and all those neo-cons who seem to be running American foreign policy. The “Rules Based World Order” the U.S. diplomats tend to cite to justify a U.S. based outcome is not appreciated by much of the world and now they are coming together to resist it.
Global oil has traded only in dollars since 1974 and the dollar has been the world’s reserve since the end of World War ll. That allows the U.S. to buy an endless supply of foreign goods and pay for them with pieces of paper printed on a press and later by using mere blips on a computer screen. The U.S. as a result, has had its choice of the world’s supply of oil and had only to ship pallets of paper in exchange for super tankers full of oil. This allowed American politicians to pretend to be environmentalists by pontificating about no new drilling, at least in America.
The new additions to BRICS, then, are all about oil. They are also about the use of dominant military power around the globe which the new alliance or association seeks to change, so let’s look at how oil changes things. All the six new members have something to do with oil including ancient enemies Iran and Saudi Arabia. Part of the Petro-dollar agreement with the Saudis was the U.S. guarantee of protection from Iran but now both are BRICS members. China has been able to convince both to stop fighting and come together to break the Western dominance over them. The addition of the United Arab Emirates (UAE) along with Iran and Saudi Arabia encircles the Persian Gulf and the Strait of Hormuz through which much of the world’s oil must pass.
This is obviously a BRICS-OPEC alliance that at first glance could be extremely difficult for the West if it doesn’t achieve energy independence as Donald Trump was able to do. Russia and Saudi Arabia are two of the top oil producers in the world and now they add the others to an oil alliance. Brazil is also an oil producer of great importance with its offshore deposits. China and India are two of the top oil importing nations in the world and now their supplies are assured. This all indicates a massive shift away from the use of dollars in international oil markets.
Every barrel sold in a currency other than dollars means neither buyer nor seller needs American currency nor do they need American banks and bankers. My view in trying to assess the impact is that all those truckloads of dollars sitting in accounts all over the world will be coming home soon to buy American assets, especially real estate at rock bottom prices. This will contribute to inflation and the sure knowledge that we are now owned, to some extent, by foreigners and are, therefore, to some extent, at their mercy. Maybe my assessment about this is wrong and I hope that it is, but I don’t think so.
Egypt is also a new member and while Egypt’s economy is tiny compared with the others it is geo-strategically located with control over the Suez Canal, a key transit point for oil and natural gas from the Persian Gulf to the Mediterranean and Europe. Egypt also has a strategic coastline along the Red Sea and a great deal of Mediterranean Coastline as well. I’m sure that Egypt hopes that a new BRICS membership will help transition its weak economy into something befitting its strategic location. The coastlines control vital choke points and shipping routes just like the Naval officer and theorist Alfred Thayer Mahan listed as necessary in his book “The Influence of Sea Power Upon History.”
War colleges including the U.S. Naval Academy still require Mahan’s book to graduate. I’ve read it and I’m sure someone in China has read it too, but perhaps not anyone in Washington, D.C. What about Ethiopia makes it worthy of consideration? Isn’t Ethiopia just an insignificant little country in Africa? China and Russia are both committed to Africa and to driving out Western influence, but there must be more reasons than that. Ethiopia is located at the bottom of the Red Sea with Egypt at the top. That makes it also a strategic location point in terms of international shipping and the passage of oil from producers to end users. Ship traffic in and out of the Red Sea is now clearly controlled by BRICS members. It is also a likely build-up point for trade into the heart of a developing Africa.
That leaves Argentina at the southern tip of South America. Why would that nation with its runaway inflation and history of defaults to Western Banks be of interest to BRICS nations. It is rich in minerals including the new critical elements like copper and lithium. Those minerals are apparently the future of energy since the West is desperate for them to make batteries for electric cars. Argentina also controls the strategic sea lanes around the tip of South America. Antarctica is also an up and comer mineral wise and Argentina is the closest land mass to it. So, South Africa controls the tip of Africa and Argentina controls the tip of South America and both are members of BRICS.
Alfred Thayer Mahan viewed sea power, i.e., the ability to project military power via a navy—as critical to control of the oceans of the world, and by extension control of the coastlines and vital chokepoints of the oceans of the world. His book once again, is entitled “The Influence of Sea Power Upon History” and was published in 1890. It was and is the bible of the U.S. Navy and many other navies of the world. The great sea power empires like Great Britain and Japan have all relied on it. Sea power is essential for trade in the modern world and a nation must be able to protect its trade routes and coastlines to protect its commerce in an increasingly dangerous world.
Should you read Mahan’s book, you will see that military power is the first derivative of a nation’s industrial power. If there is no strong industry at home, it is impossible to develop and maintain a powerful military force. Countries who refuse to industrialize, who deindustrialize, or who ship their industry to cheap labor countries will not long remain militarily powerful. This new BRICS-OPEC alliance is laid out and strategically planned to dominate the sea lanes across the world. Those sea lanes have been under the control and protection of the U.S. Navy since World War ll, but now a new force has arisen to challenge that dominance.
The world is changing rapidly and in ways not seen in perhaps a few centuries. Energy, mineral resources, food, and the U.S. dollar as the standard are all in play and none can be taken for granted anymore. This situation reminds me a little of the Far Side cartoon in which two dinosaurs are talking and one says to the other “there’s a new ice age coming” and the other says, “yes, and we’ve got brains the size of walnuts.” I don’t think we have brains the size of walnuts, but I do think we as a nation are projecting weakness around the world and the world is taking note.
We have a weak president who is suffering from undeniable mental and physical decline. The military is often the first and only answer to every problem. Diplomacy and the opportunity to make agreements that benefit both sides seem to be an art lost on U.S. diplomats. Since we rely exclusively on our military, logic teaches that we should protect and strengthen it, but we seem to be doing the opposite. My opinion is that our 78-year financial dominance has given us an inflated picture of our own power and now others are intent on taking away that dominance.
What about climate change which we in the West are told is the most critical problem facing humanity? These nations do not care even a little about climate change. They contain the largest exporter and the largest importers of coal in the world. They may pay lip service to it in order to appease the West, and they may join some “accord” to finagle money from the West, but they do not care about it. They see this as economic warfare and they have chosen sides and intend to win.
Finally, folks, the BRICS spokesmen say that they are not trying to compete with the West but I don’t buy that. BRICS eleven is just the beginning and it is very obviously an attempt to compete with and minimize the G-7 which Russia was kicked out of when it was the G-8. It is, in effect, a new world order, and whether the West can compete with it, or defeat it, or whether the West will splinter with many joining the BRICS remains to be seen. It also seems that the U.S. has badly underestimated Russia both militarily and economically.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about anti-human, anti-God, anti-life actions recommended and taken by very powerful and influential people and organizations under the guise of saving the planet from the ravages of climate change. Transcription / Notes THE LUNATIC ASSUMPTIONS OF CLIMATE PARANOIA Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 25th day of August in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about anti-human, anti-God, anti-life actions recommended and taken by very powerful and influential people and organizations under the guise of saving the planet from the ravages of climate change. These people and organizations hate humanity, they hate God and his creation and most of all they seek to usurp his rightful place in the universe. Wealth, status, and enjoyment of the simple pleasures of life, along with those God given things that make life possible on planet earth must be taken from those who currently have them in order to save the planet for more deserving god-like people who know and understand the science of climate. The elite lead the struggle to save the climate and with it the planet, they are bound together by blood, class, education, marriage or some combination and the rest of us are merely sheep like voters for their power seekers, and cannon fodder for their wars. We ordinary people are far too busy with our personal lives, with earning a living to understand or care about the agenda of our betters. The desire to dominate, to be the alpha, is I suppose, inherent in the human species. One is slave and one is master, one wins and one loses, one lives and one dies. To control these primitive urges mankind forms together into groups, tribes, factions, nation states and alliances. That system has worked fairly well for mankind’s existence except for the occasional wars between the tribes, but the system that has organized mankind for its existence is collapsing under the weight of technology that allows worldwide, synchronized, propaganda, under the guise of saving the planet from the ravages of climate change. Yes, it’s an old story about dominance, control and enslavement that has been told since ancient days but now, finally, the technology has been perfected to allow those who master it to achieve control of the whole world. These people and their groups, tribes, and diabolical organizations are not just masters of technology, but masters of the propaganda that is necessary to panic the herd and drive them into the corral. I realize that the preceding introductory paragraphs are very bold statements and therefore I will give you a few examples of what I am talking about. Professor Jim Skea is a professor of sustainable energy at Imperial College in London and chairman of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change which is the top UN body on climate change. Professor Skea, in a recent interview with the Evening Standard Newspaper, said that climate change, the worldwide green agenda, and the movement away from fossil fuels must be forced on the world. He means that through governmental action, backed by relentless propaganda from controlled media, the masses will voluntarily submit to their enslavement in order to save the planet. This is just one geeky scientist, right? No, this is the United Nations speaking and that speech is backed by the World Economic Forum. I saw a video recently from Klaus Schwab, head of the WEF and he said quite clearly that we should just get used to our new lives because they are coming whether we like it or not. Their approach is no different from that made by Caeser, Nero, Caligula, Genghis Khan, Nepoleon, Lenin, Stalin, Hitler, and many others. Their directives to us have all been the same enforced with the existing technology of the day and that was then and this is now. They tell us subtly, there is a new world coming and I run it but you do not. You can do nothing to stop this world so you might as well get used to it and adjust and who knows, you might even enjoy your slavery. The difference between the ancient conquerors and those of today is that today the technology to enforce the system on the entire world is at their disposal. The other difference is that all or virtually all governments, especially ours, are in on the deal. Part of the agenda of those who torment us and who live to starve and enslave us is to deprive us of the life-giving nourishment of meat and dairy products. Consider this Castle Report a warning that this is no scare tactic or fiction because this system will be in your neighborhood very soon unless something is done to reverse course. In America, 14 cities have joined a coalition which aims at banning meat and dairy consumption and the use of private automobiles by 2030. That’s just seven years from now folks. I have told this story before just a few weeks ago but it bears repeating until it has an impact on those who prefer to be at least somewhat free. The C40 Cities Climate Leadership Group has a target which the group intends to impose by force if necessary. Their target by 2030 is zero meat consumption, zero dairy consumption, only three new clothing items per year, zero private vehicles and one 950-mile flight per person every three years. This organization is connected to the ones I previously mentioned but its effort is largely funded by billionaire Michael Bloomberg. Funding by a single billionaire is a point of vulnerability for them and they don’t have many so that is something to remember. Nearly 100 cities across world make up the organization and its members in America include Austin, Boston, Chicago, Houston, Los Angeles, Miami, New Orleans, New York City, Philadelphia, Phoenix, Portland, San Francisco, Washington D.C., and Seattle. The second part of their agenda is advocating for climate lockdowns just as was done in the Covid test case. Everything from locking us into our homes and feeding us with a universal basic income as one would a caged bird along with banning air travel are all being discussed. These proposals are obviously meant to destroy the world’s economy and independence and make it totally dependent on an all-wise group of billionaires and their running dog toadies to manage. The Los Angeles Times has opened the discussion of climate lockdowns and climate blackouts on a regular basis as a method of satisfying the total hysteria of many California residents. Maybe us peasants just need to learn to live with more power outages and to live periodically without our cars if that would help our elite betters manage us. Keep in mind that gas plants power 42% of California and they can’t manage to keep the grid up with everything available let alone on wind and solar. This idiotic and insulting plan can only mean one thing and that is the intention to imprison us and let us rats figure out how to survive under their prison system. So, that’s all bad enough isn’t it but believe it or not folks it gets worse. How could it be worse than being locked in a city by a group of elitist lunatics, well I’m glad you asked. A bioethicist named Dr. Mathew Liao, from the World Economic Forum’s Great Reset agenda and who is also director of the College of Global Public Health’s Center for Bioethics at New York University, has called for human beings to be genetically engineered to become smaller in size and meat-intolerant to fight climate change. “People eat too much meat, and if they were to cut down on their consumption of meat, then it would actually really help the planet.” The professor and scientist went on to say that making humans intolerant to meat through chemical and hormonal interventions is now possible. He says that many people will be unwilling or unable to give up meat voluntarily and he might even be one of those people, but never fear he has an answer. Some people are intolerant to dairy and some are allergic to seafood so we can simply use human engineering to make us intolerant of meat, especially beef. He mentioned a tick that if it bites you, will make you meat intolerant and we can learn a lot from the modality of that tick. Referring to the professor as a tick or some other insect might be appropriate but that is not the end of his dreams of planet saving science. We can engineer people to be smaller and therefore they will consume less energy and need less food, etc. He believes that solving this horrible problem of climate change must start with changes in the individual. His proposals are immoral, anti-human, anti-God, absurd and maniacal. He is a megalomaniac with delusions of God-like power, but keep in mind that he works at one of the nation’s great universities and probably its most international university. In addition, he is directed by the most powerful people on planet earth so he must be taken seriously. The global elite and their leaders take his proposals very seriously. The Gates Foundation and its stepchild the World Economic Forum are working hard to force them upon the human race. A recent WEF conference in Davos had a topic on its agenda entitled Human Engineering and Climate Change and within that topic was a discussion of the “Planetary Health Diet”. That diet and plan proposed shifting humans to a plant-based diet with alternative sources of protein like insects and lab grown meat tissue such as Bill Gates’ product, Beyond Meats. Quote from the WEF “worms for dinner? Europe green-lights insect-based food.” Why would anyone not want to eat bugs, or worms instead of a steak? Well folks, you will probably think I’m joking or perhaps demented, but people who won’t eat bugs are racist. Yes, the WEF now says that if you don’t eat these things and support their agenda you are racist. I have barely been able to discern their reasoning, but I think it is the idea that we are all, regardless of means, going to have to voluntarily accept the most abject poverty and if you don’t want to be poor and eat bugs you are racist. That is true for us sheep, us voters, us cannon fodder, but of course it’s not true for our global all-knowing, all-wise masters. This is madness and the ravings of the completely insane isn’t it. Yes, it is and I agree completely, but these people are on course and this is being implemented as I speak so listen up, gird up your loins, because this coming war will be very difficult. The enemy of humanity is slaughtering animals all over the world. Belgium is one of the world’s greatest farming communities and supplies much of Europe with beef. The farmers are trying to rise up as 3000 farms have been seized by the government and thousands of cattle slaughtered. Ireland supplies much of Europe with dairy so many thousands of Irish dairy cattle have been slaughtered as well. Here in America Senator Bernie Sanders chimed in on the climate change subject but since he attacked a cow (no pun intended) sacred to both parties, I had to get his article from a UK publication. The sacred cow is war of course, and it is sacred to both parties. They can differ over window dressing issues but on war they are always in lockstep. Well, Bernie said that the U.S. and China should put aside their differences and stop fighting so they could cut their defense budgets. I am in agreement with the senator on that point, but then he said the money saved should be used to fight climate change. There are many flaws in that reasoning such as $32 trillion debt, but since he called for avoidance of war he bears listening to. Interestingly, he actually...
Darrell Castle talks about the social contract or the agreement between the government and the people, that holds the system we call civilization together and what happens when it is deliberately damaged or destroyed. Transcription / Notes SABOTAGE OF THE SOCIAL CONTRACT Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 18th day of August in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the social contract or the agreement between the government and the people that holds the system we call civilization together. I argue today that the social contract has been deliberately damaged or destroyed perhaps permanently and with its destruction comes the destruction of the republic and civilization itself. What exactly is the social contract between citizens and government? In simplified terms the people, by and through their elected representatives, formulate laws and they agree to abide by those laws. They also agree to pay taxes to the government for physical protection individually and collectively by the government through its agents. The government agrees to force everyone to abide by the laws, not just timid, nice people or those out of favor with the powers that be. My argument today is that the government has so deliberately failed in its obligations that the social contract is no longer valid. In addition to breaking the contract the government has symbolically spit in the faces of the people whom it obviously considers powerless. The most amazing thing about the allegation I just made is that the people, by a majority, repeatedly vote into office those officials who have just broken the contract and laughed about it. The most recent and perhaps best series of examples comes to us from the state of California. Armed with bear spray which they used to neutralize the already ineffective guards, a group of 50 or more people swarmed a Los Angeles mall and made off with an estimated $100,000 worth of luxury merchandise. The Nordstrom store was at the Topanga Mall in Woodland Hills. Topanga police were on the scene quickly and have numerous “leads” the LAPD said in its statement. There were, however, no arrests and the thieves fled in a probably stolen BMW and other luxury vehicles. This case is evidence that American society is broken because it has been destroyed by barbaric savages and by that I don’t mean just the thieves. The government, at all levels, refuses to enforce its side of the contract and protect people. This means that the social contract has been abolished so why should we pay taxes anymore or fulfill any part of the contract. The government unilaterally abolished the contract the same way it unilaterally abolished the border. The answer to my question is that the government has more and bigger guns than we do. Perhaps that is why there is a constant effort by government to disarm law abiding citizens but not the criminals. The American social contract is more binding and extensive than that perhaps of any other country because of the US Constitution, which is supposed to be the supreme law of the land, but now is apparently just a piece of ancient parchment, but I digress so let me continue. The second example comes again from the golden state of California. That state is apparently what the destroyers of civilization have in mind for the rest of us sane people. The federal government built a new federal building in the heart of San Francisco at a cost of hundreds of millions. It is, of course, surrounded by other federal buildings to serve the employees who work in the federal building. This is a typical set up that is found in cities across the country as the feds have been on a campaign to rebuild and update federal structures. The building in San Francisco is named for former speaker of the house Nancy Pelosi. The difference between the Nancy Pelosi Federal Building and others across the country is that the federal government has directed its San Francisco employees who work in the new building not to come to work because it is too dangerous. I know, you think I must be joking or at least misguided, but no I assure you I am correct. It seems that Nordstrom, Crate and Barrel, Gump’s and many other luxury stores are not the only ones to abandon San Francisco. Government employees have been told to work from home due to rampant crime outside the Nancy Pelosi Federal Building. Nancy Pelosi herself urged the federal employees to stay away from the building named after her because it is too dangerous. Quoting from the San Francisco Chronicle: “Dozens of dealers routinely plant themselves on, next to, or across the street from the property, operating in shifts as users smoke, snort, or shoot up their recent purchases. The property’s concrete benches are an especially popular site for users to get high, socialize, or pass out.” Now the chronicle gives us the government’s response to the problem. “The safety of workers in our federal buildings has always been a priority for Speaker Emeritus Pelosi, whether in the building or on their commutes. Federal, state, and local law enforcement—in coordination with public health officials and stakeholders—are working hard to address the acute crises of fentanyl trafficking and related violence in certain areas of the city.” Thanks to the Chronicle for the words but let me respond with what I believe they really mean. What do you men acute crises? Why is it a crises because it’s a long-term chronic disaster and it’s only getting worse. San Francisco, arguable the most beautiful city in the most perfect natural setting of any city in the world is now a perfect hellhole example of government abandoning its side of the contract. All those words from the federal government are nothing but lies. They intend to do nothing because they are all in on the destruction of our civilization. I told you a couple of weeks ago that cities are the center of civilization and to destroy cities is to destroy civilization and that is what our government is intentionally doing. The officials who hold government positions are only part of the problem and perhaps not even the most important part. The real problem is that they are often selected for their positions by some of the most evil people on this planet. That statement is especially true for districts attorneys. Personally selected and put in office by George Soros specifically to destroy Chicago, Los Angeles, San Francisco, New York, Atlanta, Memphis, and many others. So, the District Attorneys, lawyers and officers of the court are supposed to have honor and ethics. They are supposed to represent the people against criminals and prosecute the accused criminals, but instead they allow themselves to become criminals. I should say, instead, that they are shills and running dog shills at that for their masters who want them specifically to destroy their cities in order to destroy civilization. That destruction will offer the chance for the dream of millennia to finally be fulfilled and that dream is global government with them at the head. The district attorneys serve as the running dog toadies for the hidden vampires who own them. Well, in San Francisco at least the federal government has made its position quite clear. It is abandoning the people to their own devices and fleeing the hellhole that it has created. How wicked, evil, and despicable can one group of shills get? Yes, folks this is your beloved government at its working best, virtually at least. I can’t leave the example of California just yet and as a matter of fact I can’t even leave the city by the bay. I have an uplifting story that is an example of American enterprise and entrepreneurship at its best. It is an example of a spirit that makes ice cream when all one has is bull excrement. Tourists curious about San Francisco’s urban decay of abandoned shops, open drug use and drug sales, homeless encampments can now get a guided tour of it. A street savvy guide advertises that if you are fed up with the lack of action by the government take a walking tour along the “Doom Loop Tour” to see the worst of the city for yourselves. “You’ve seen the Tweets, now get close and personal to the Doom and Squalor of downtown San Francisco.” The guide goes on to say, “How can a city with a $14.6 billion-dollar annual budget be a model of urban decay? How can it spend $776.8 million per year on police and have no rule of law to show for it? Discover the policy choices that made America’s wealthiest city the nation’s innovative leader of housing crises, addiction crises, mental health crises, and unrepentant crime crises.” The guide claims that paying customers will get to see the city’s most blighted and crime-ridden neighborhoods. The owner of this very creative business anonymously claims to work in municipal government. We can leave the golden state of California now and turn our attention to government officials in other cities and states who take their destruction of the social contract, of the republic and of civilization seriously. The saboteurs of civilization seek to drive another nail or series of nails into the coffin of this republic with their prosecution of Donald Trump. They prosecute Trump for no real crime at all while their boss, Joe Biden appears to be guilty of bribery, extortion, and perhaps even treason. The saddest part of the prosecution of Trump is that now it appears that another above reproach institution, the judiciary suborned by politics, just bending with the political breezes that blow. Once again, step by step, brick by brick, power is taken from “We the People “and stolen by the global elites. The voters could have turned Trump away and Biden as well but instead the elites had to take their choice from them and handle it Soviet Union style. Now unfortunately, it is all just part of what Bill Bonner calls the comic opera. Now the military, the CIA, and all 16 of the other deep state intelligence agencies, the FBI, congress, the appointed bureaucracy, academia, the media, the medical pharma complex, and now the courts are also singing in the comic opera. In California, New York, Chicago, Atlanta, Memphis, and many other American cities George Soros selected prosecutors are very adept at turning felonies into misdemeanors without bail or charges. Other Soros prosecutors like Alvin Bragg in New York and Fani Willis in Atlanta are inclined to do the opposite when charging someone who has had the audacity to challenge the policies determined by our global elite to be acceptable. Fani Willis said the law is “non-partisan” which is such a laughable lie that if she actually believes it, she is demented as well as being a George Soros shill. So, the social contract is in ruins as is the Republic. People on one side of the political divide fear that those on the other side are fascists or even Nazis. People on the other side fear that those on the other side are agents of communism specifically Communist China which apparently does own a great deal of American farmland, but not nearly as much as Bill Gates. Both sides are so trained and propagandized to fear takeover by the other that they naturally overlook the Oligarchic totalitarian takeover that has already occurred. Finally, folks, if there is a way from this insanity back to normal, I don’t know what it is. At least that’s the way I see it, Until next time folks, This is Darrell Castle, Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the recent coup in Niger and why that change in a West African nation matters to America to the extent that Under Secretary of State, Victoria Nuland, was dispatched to Niger to meet with the new rulers and lay down the law to them. Transcription / Notes A COUP IN NIGER AND WHY IT MATTERS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 11th day of August in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the recent coup in Niger and why that change in a West African nation matters to America to the extent that Victoria Nuland, the mother of the 2014 coup in Ukraine, was dispatched to Niger to meet with the new rulers and lay down the law to them. Niger is a former French colony in West Africa with a long history of coups, revolutions, military rule and just about every kind of government by strong men that one can imagine. The French have tried with their military to keep order in Niger just as they did in Mali just to the west of Niger. When the French ceded independence to their West African colonies, they physically left but remained close to whatever leader happened to be running things. Power abhors a vacuum so when the French military was gone Al Qaeda, and ISIS moved in and threatened to completely take over the governments of both Mali and Niger. The French returned and began a war with the Islamic fighters threatening those countries. Both are desert countries populated by poor desperate people who live under the harshest and most close to the edge existence imaginable. The forces fighting for control of Niger and Mali want what they want, but the people just want to continue their lives in peace, which is a very old, seemingly never-ending story. What France got from its many years in Niger was uranium, which it desperately needed to fuel its nuclear industry. France gets more electricity from nuclear than any other country in Europe and it has become a world leader in nuclear power and its development. Countries around the world who have some small amount of nuclear power often get their reactors from France and its nuclear engineers. That industry requires a great deal of uranium and France has no deposits of uranium but guess who does—that’s right Niger. Mali, the next-door neighbor of Niger has a great deal of gold under its desert and France happens be one of the world’s leaders in gold on deposit. The battles between French Premier Charles De Gaulle, and US President Nixon over the value of gold and the exchange of US gold for French held US debt are legendary and led to some extent to the removal of the dollar’s link to gold in 1971. Natural resources are what Africa has to offer the West and so there is desperation to keep those resources from falling into Russian or Chinese hands or God forbid, remaining in African hands. The other thing, and perhaps it is most important, is Africa’s vital role in the drive for world hegemony. China is very active in Africa and Washington is very interested in countering that activity. China comes with money and an offer to Africa of infrastructure and sustainable development in return for the right to trade favorably and for the option of Chinese influence over that of the West. It all seems like a poker game where the winner ultimately collects the biggest pile of chips. The Chinese initiatives are all part of the belt and road project which I have talked about in previous reports. When or if, the multi-trillion-dollar belt and road is ultimately completed, all roads as they used to say in the Roman Empire, will lead to China. In China’s eyes the whole world will trade with China and will ship China resources so that Chinese goods can be manufactured and sold all over the world. China’s offer is quite simple. Sell me your oil, gold, uranium, diamonds, rare earth metals, and the other things you may have under your soil, and we will build roads and other infrastructure so that it can be transported to market. Your African laborers can have work digging the stuff out of the ground under Chinese expert management of course. In response, the US offers loans from the World Bank which are underwritten by Western banks who expect payment at some point and if payment is not forthcoming then certain parts of the countries resources and infrastructure must be ceded to the banks or the controlling nations. Along with the Western offer comes demands of political nature such as the recent controversy whereby the West demanded that Africa follow and obey the sanctions placed on Russia or lose all its Western funding. The Chinese make no such political demands which can be refreshing to people in need. The Russian sanctions involve the loss of Russian fertilizer, about 30 million tons to be exact, which is desperately needed to grow food to feed the continent’s people. The only thing that seems to matter to the West right now is to counter the strategy of Russia and China. Washington demands that the African nations, rich in oil, like Uganda and Nigeria, stop shipping it and stop building the planned 1445-kilometer-long pipeline to ship it to the coast. The pipeline would allow Uganda and other adjoining nations to enjoy an employment and economic boom from the 6 billion barrels passing through their countries. Washington’s efforts at helping Africa, or I should say its demands on Africa, include climate change propaganda which usually involves restrictions on the use of fossil fuels and the like. Along with climate change comes submitting to digital technology especially involving health. In other words, you must be vaccinated to get the money and of course you must fully embrace LGBTQ and all that entails. All these things and many others have sparked an interest in Russia and Vladimir Putin as the coup in Niger indicates. In Niger’s long history it has only passed power from one duly elected government to another once and that was to the leader who was just deposed in a military coup. On July 26, of this year the president’s own military guard detained him. A general spoke on television and announced that he was taking control of the government and that he hoped to avoid violence. President Bazoum, a West supporting leader, was out and a very large man in military fatigues and sunglasses was in. Most surrounding countries announced support for the leader of the coup with the notable exception of Nigeria. The regional bloc known as the Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS) said that it was considering intervention with 25,000 troops. Nigeria said that it would contribute more than half of the force needed to return the duly elected leader to power. They gave the coup a seven-day deadline to release Mr. Bazoum and return him to power but the deadline passed and nothing happened. This coup was rightfully seen as anti-west, especially anti- France, and pro-Russia. Protests against French troops and their policies of interference in the internal affairs of host nations in part forced France to withdraw its military. This is now a dangerous and simmering conflict which threatens to explode into a continent-wide war. The US State Department has evacuated the American embassy in anticipation of anti-American riots or worse. The US sent Victoria Nuland to Niger to lay down the law to the uppity coup leaders of Niger. Ms. Nuland is undersecretary of state and a very important member of secretary Blinken’s state department. She is the person who is widely credited with the 2014 Maidan protests in Ukraine which resulted in changing the government from pro-Russian to pro -American. The long-term effects of her Ukrainian “coup” has been the deaths of hundreds of thousands of people and the expenditure of more than 100 billion US dollars. Ms. Nuland went to Kyiv during the protests and brought cookies for the protestors. After it was over and her man was in power, she bragged that “we accomplished this for less than five billion dollars.” She is apparently the state department’s expert on coups so she was quickly dispatched to Niger last Monday. The leaders of the coup refused to allow her to meet with the deposed leader, but she spent about two hours with the coup leaders who would meet with her. She described the military officers as unreceptive to US pressure to return the country to civilian rule. “They were quite firm about how they want to proceed, and it is not in support of the constitution of Niger.” She told the reporters that her conversations were extremely frank and at times quite difficult. She described Niger pre-takeover as a vital counterterrorism partner of the United States. She said she made “absolutely clear the kinds of support that we will legally have to cut off if democracy is not restored.” US law requires that if a democratically elected government has been toppled by unconstitutional means, federal law requires a cutoff of most American assistance, particularly military aid. So, no more guns, bullets, bombs and so on and so forth. No more piles of borrowed cash for your leaders to stick in Dubai banks while your people starve. Her meeting was with General Barmou, a US trained officer, and three of his colonels. The coup’s top leader refused to meet with the Americans. The reason he refused to meet was apparently because he was meeting with the head of Wagner Group. You remember the Russian mercenary army that was Putin’s primary striking force. The coup leaders want to hire Wagner to fight off any invasion or intervention by neighboring countries or by Western nations. The Wagner meeting was in Mali and was confirmed by French journalists. The AP reporter was quoted as saying, “they need Wagner because Wagner will become their guarantee to hold onto power.” Wagner head Yevgeny Prigozhin called the coup “a justified rebellion of the people against Western exploitation.” Prigozhin also jokingly thanked Victoria Nuland for sending him another good paying customer. Speaking of payment, how will Niger pay for Wagner mercenaries without borrowed money? That’s a really good question to which there are only a few answers. They could use money the US has already given them. Or money they borrowed from the world bank, or either Russia or China could cover it for them. The other and most traditional way would be to cede part of Niger’s resources and infrastructure. Wagner is, however, becoming a fixture in Africa operating currently in Mali, Burkina Faso, Sudan, Mozambique, and the Central African Republic. Should ECOWAS attack Niger as it has said it would then that would be a declaration of war against all Niger’s allies according to the new Niger leadership. What about the African people the ones who are living in Niger right now. That is a good question because Niger is a very poor desert country whose people don’t have much and only want to live peaceful lives or so it appears. Traditionally, African people live in brutal poverty while the political class enjoys the largesse provided by colonial powers like France, Great Britain and Germany. I started reading bloggers from Niger and Mali as well as watching some of their videos and one man in particular caught my attention. He has a You Tube video in which he appears in a military uniform. He says we want to work with Russia because Russia gives us weapons and other benefits for free. Vladimir Putin is a great man of dignity and respect and he treats the African people as equals. There is a 23 billion US dollar debt which burdens them and Russia has agreed to cover it for them. Who does that kind of thing for someone except Vladimir Putin. Right now, the...
Darrell Castle talks about crime in American cities which is out of control due to public policies not to prosecute it. Transcription / Notes CRISiS IN PUBLIC SAFETY Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 4th day of August in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about crime and specifically crime out of control because of public decisions not to prosecute it, all backed and enforced by George Soros funded district attorneys. Today’s discussion will concentrate on the city of Oakland, California with the premise that Oakland is an example of what is happening across the country. Yes, crime is exploding across the country fueled by progressive policies of non-prosecution of criminals. It should be obvious to us by this time that if you make crime legal you will get a lot of crime. Well, crime is so bad in Oakland that the NAACP recognizes that prosecuting criminals, even if they are black, is in the best interest of the community and the African American community is no different. When my city of Memphis, Tennessee elected a Soros backed DA by a narrow margin in the last election many on the left celebrated. I wondered at the time if all those African Americans celebrating knew what would happen to their communities under his term. Memphis, as a result, suffers from the same problems as Oakland, California although not as severe. Normally, California is a trend setter and I suppose that Soros funded D.A. crime is no different. Crime is so out of control in Oakland that the President of the Oakland NAACP, Cynthia Adams, along with the senior pastor of the Acts Full Gospel Church, Bishop Bob Jackson, wrote an open letter to the elected leaders of their community and I will share some of that letter with you now. “Oakland residents are sick and tired of our intolerable public safety crises that overwhelmingly impacts minority communities. Murders, shootings, violent armed robberies, home invasions, car break-ins, sideshows, and highway shootouts have become a pervasive fixture of life in Oakland. We call on elected leaders to unite and declare a state of emergency and bring together massive resources to address our public safety crises. African Americans are disproportionately hit the hardest by crime in East Oakland and other parts of the city. But residents from all parts of the city report that they do not feel safe. Women are targeted by young mobs and viciously beaten and robbed in downtown and uptown neighborhoods. Asians are assaulted in Chinatown. Street vendors are robbed in Fruitvale. News crews have their cameras stolen while they report on crime. PG&E workers are robbed and now require private security when they are out working. Everyone is in danger.” Well, that is indeed horrible, isn’t it. The conditions this lady describes are not something that Americans should have to endure. However, there is a dear price that must be paid for progressive politics. The basic job requirement of District Attorneys is to represent the people in criminal matters and prosecute criminals. When the prospective D.A. is running for election against a good D.A. who actually does her job and prosecutes criminals, but the people reject her in favor of one selected by George Soros, the conditions described in the letter are what you get. Let me give you a little background on how George Soros managed to destroy Oakland, California. Oakland, like Memphis, once had a good D.A. who understood her job and did it well. Her name was Nancy O’Malley and in Memphis her name was Amy Weirich. Those two women were voted out of office and replaced by D.A.’s funded by George Soros, and who promised to usher in a new era in how the D.A.’s office responded to crime. In essence, the promise was that black people accused of crimes would only be prosecuted or held in confinement in extremely rare circumstances. The new progressive D.A.s are Pamela Price in Oakland, and Steve Mulroy in Memphis. The progressive utopia promised to the voters has proven very difficult to achieve in both cities. Instead of utopia, a climate of fear has been allowed to pervade the public mind so that people are afraid to go downtown or what we in Memphis refer to as Midtown. Businesses, such as the Hard Rock Café in Memphis close because people are afraid to venture into their areas at night. The new D.A. in Oakland got herself into a little jam immediately after taking office, but she has remained defiant and appears to be doubling down. Jasper Wu, a 23-month-old boy, was shot and killed on an Oakland freeway in November 2021 and three suspects were arrested. The D.A. at the time was Nancy O’Malley and she charged the three defendants with murder and a long list of enhancements. The chief enhancement was adding the charge of special circumstances to the murder charge. In California adding that enhancement under 190.2 PC allows the accused if convicted to be sentenced to life without parole or even to death. Oakland now has a new D.A. and upon taking office she removed the special circumstances from the three defendants. Asian Americans have been in an uproar expressing fear that the life of this little boy would not be properly respected. The D.A. decided to continue with murder charges against two of the defendants, but without special circumstances enhancement. The special circumstances in the case included shooting from a car and intentionally killing as an active gang member. D.A. Price said she would continue the serious charge, but without special circumstances. Is that a simple technicality because they could still be sentenced to life in prison, but they would be eligible for parole. Jasper Wu’s parents are not happy because they want maximum punishment for their son’s life. They, like many sensible Californians, have relocated outside the state. In the meantime, District Attorney Pamela Price is facing a recall effort after only 6 months on the job. Jasper Wu was only 23 months old, but he has the potential to bring down the Oakland District Attorney. The residents of Oakland have their meetings and they talk and complain about crime. Home invasion robberies and other violent crimes, already high are up 10% over the past year. She was elected to go soft on criminals and that is what she is doing, but there is nothing left in Oakland for anyone who is not a criminal. That is the attitude of many who have spent their lives in Oakland. Public safety meetings are packed, but Pamela Price remains defiant. Her answer is this: “All counties across the state have been asked to decriminalize young people, and so our county has adopted that as a policy. “The people shouted at her that there must be consequences for criminals, but again she remained defiant. She told them that her progressive policies of allowing juveniles to commit crimes without fear of reprisal will give young people hope. Let’s go back to the NAACP president’s letter to see what she thinks about that policy. “Failed leadership, including the movement to defund the police, our District Attorney’s unwillingness to charge and prosecute people who murder and commit life threatening serious crimes, and the proliferation of anti-police rhetoric have created a heyday for Oakland criminals. If there are no consequences for committing crime in Oakland, crime will continue to soar.” The President of the Oakland chapter of the NAACP has something that the D.A. apparently does not have and that is the ability to use elemental logic. She also has a concern and even a love for her community and its people and that is something missing in the District Attorney’s office. Giving young criminals hope is more important to the D.A. than protecting the lives and property of the people who elected her. She might also consider not creating such a climate of fear that people are afraid to walk the streets and they have lost all respect for the law and the system it is supposed to preserve and protect. The young criminals have hope but their victims do not. Now one more comment from the NAACP president’s letter and then I have a question for her. “We are in crises and elected leaders must declare a state of emergency and bring resources together from the city, the county, and the state to end the crises. We are 500 polices officers short of the number that experts say Oakland needs. Our 911 system does not work. Residents now know that help will not come when danger confronts them. Worse, criminals know that too.” So, Ms. Adams when Oakland gets its 500 new police officers and they are sent out to confront and arrest violent criminals what happens to the criminals. What is happening in Memphis is jokingly referred to as catch and release. When the criminals are arrested and then released without bail and often without charges it fosters even more disrespect for the law and trains criminals that there are no consequences except for the victims. The other question I have is what the consequences of collateral damage will be because inevitably there will be some. Police are reluctant to go out and risk their lives when they are not certain the system and the people are behind them and to this point the system has been clearly behind the criminal. If that were not true there would have been no open letter to the leaders and I would not be talking about it. How does the system get behind the police again? How does the individual officer regain confidence that he will not be prosecuted if he draws his weapon? Perhaps there are no good answers to these questions, but I submit that the answers start in the District Attorney’s office, at least in most cities. This kind of problem is happening across America. Take Chicago for example with its Soros D.A., the notorious Kim Foxx. Perhaps you think that the statement of Oakland D.A. Pamela Price was a little callous when she said that if criminals were not charged it might give these young people hope. Compare that to Ms. Foxx in Chicago. Ms. Foxx refuses to charge criminals when they kill each other. Instead, she describes it as mutual combat. I suppose its alright if violent criminals want to kill each other, but its not good for any city to develop such a climate of violence. Ms. Foxx says she will not seek reelection when her term expires in 2024 so I guess George Soros will have to find another candidate to continue his wanton destruction of Western Civilization. American cities are the center of civilization in America. People flocked to them because they offered safety, comfort, wealth, and community. They have always been the medium for the exchange of worthwhile ideas and centers of trade. They represent American prosperity and the opportunity to succeed. The ascent of man in Western Civilization has been built on cities and without them it would not have happened, therefore, to destroy cities is to destroy civilization. American cities are now experiencing collapse at an alarming rate. Much of the collapse can be attributed to the general degradation of society actively promoted by academia, the media, and the entertainment industry. A philosophy of neo-Marxism, and intense collectivism, fueled by what has come to be called wokeism, for lack of a better word, has completely captured governments everywhere. In the cities especially, their corrupt and degraded ideas quickly spread to the general population. Finally, folks, I was glad to read the letter from the NAACP President because this is an attack on civilization and if she recognizes that perhaps we can fight it together. At least that’s the way I see it, Until next time folks, This is Darrell Castle, Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about Robert F. Kennedy Jr.’s testimony before a congressional committee on censorship held on July 20, 2023. Transcription / Notes RFK, JR. IS AN ENEMY OF THE STATE Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 28th day of July in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about Robert F. Kennedy Jr.’s testimony before a congressional committee on July 20th. The committee was supposed to be looking at the subject of censorship but then, House Democrats decided to censor him first by disinviting him and then by having him testify in executive session which would have censored his remarks from the public. They claimed that there are some views so “beyond the pale” they shouldn’t be heard at all. Kennedy, it seems, has gone off the reservation and therefore poses a serious threat to Democrats, but if they thought about it, to Republicans as well. The rancor in the room when he spoke almost drowned out his words as he started to give a short tutorial about the importance of free speech. Without it, he said, we cannot talk about the things that divide us, or debate the big issues that affect people’s lives so profoundly. Things like inflation, income disparity and so forth. We need to debate those things and talk about possible solutions instead of making them forbidden to discuss. It was very fascinating testimony indeed and I hope that many Americans had the chance to hear him. It seems that the Democrats have changed tactics probably because he is becoming a force they can no longer ignore. Since they can’t ignore this obviously growing threat, they have decided to defame him. He is a Jew hater, a racist, a kook, he’s nuts, and just a fringe politician with nothing but conspiracy theories to offer. The trouble with that approach is that he is the one with a briefcase full of scientific studies and the one with proof behind him therefore he must be silenced. Virtually everything you read, especially in such publications as the New York Times and The Washington Post, makes you inclined to dismiss him as just another fringe politician with strange views. However, each time you look at what he actually said you get a different story and that is the story that must be censored. He’s always listed as an anti-vaxxer but he has been vaccinated along with his children. That doesn’t stop him from wondering and investigating whether the vaccines are really as safe and effective as advertised. The Democrats, on the other hand, seem to believe that any question, any investigation, to find the facts is a threat. They are correct in that these things are threats to their empire built on lies. Kennedy wonders about these things and he often mentions them and that causes a lot of people in high places to defame him. For example, he wonders if Sirhan Sirhan really killed his father, and whether his uncle’s murder which occurred right after he threatened to break the CIA into a thousand pieces was simply a coincidence. His forty years of litigation as a trial lawyer makes him wonder about the efficacy of the drugs being injected into the bodies of helpless infants and those are all things, we are just supposed to accept at face value because that’s what we are told to do. You know what makes the swamp really hate and fear him? He has threatened damage to the entire central banking system by trying to solve the problem of inflation by tying the dollar to gold and bitcoin. That simply cannot be allowed to happen because the money of the people might just have value again and the deep state would have to start asking whether their vote buying schemes could be afforded. He knows that inflation is a problem for Americans who all need groceries and the price goes up each week but the pay doesn’t. Despite his obvious health decline and the corruption becoming more evident day by day Joe Biden is the deep state, and all it entails and the Democrats are very much afraid of anything that threatens it. The Democrats and their captive media, therefore, set out to knock Kennedy out of the race. Labelling him as an anti-semite should deny him Jewish votes and those are overwhelmingly Democrat. Calling him a racist should take away black votes which are normally about 95% Democrat. Labeling him as a conspiracy theorist is supposed to take away the votes of the middle class. The weird thing is that they all know quite well that those accusations are nothing but lies. House minority leader Hakeem Jeffries called the Kennedy campaign a living, breathing false-flag operation run by right wing political operatives who have objectives to take down President Joe Biden. I’m certain that Mr. Jeffries knows that isn’t true and besides Joe Biden is doing a pretty good job of that all on his own. Debbie Wasserman Schultz in the committee hearings moved to censor him and when that didn’t work, she tried to move the hearings to executive session. Ironically, she tried desperately to censor testimony before a hearing on censorship. They all know he doesn’t hate Jews and they all know he’s not a racist but they also know he would seriously threaten their money and their power base. Kennedy wants the American people and their elected leaders to have a conversation with each other, but the Democrats are desperate to avoid that. They are so desperate that 102 of them signed a letter to that effect and Kennedy addressed the letter in his opening statement. He said that in his announcement speech he talked about conversations that we ought to be having with each other as Americans. “But I was shut down. And that is why the First Amendment’s important. Debate—congenial, respectful debate—is the fertilizer, it’s the water, it’s the sunlight for our Democracy. We need to be talking to each other. Now, this is a letter that many of you signed—many of my fellow Democrats. I’ve spent my life in this party. I’ve devoted my life to the values of this party. This—102 people signed this. This itself is evidence of the problem that this hearing was convened to address. This is an attempt to censor a censorship hearing.” He went on to tell them that as far as America goes and its history of representative democracy, they are the oddballs, not him. “We need to be able to talk. And the First Amendment was not written for easy speech. It was written for the speech that nobody likes you for.” He told them that they had to invent a new word called malinformation to censor his Instagram account because everything on it was sourced with peer reviewed publications or government databases. Nobody has ever pointed to a single piece of misinformation that I published. Notably, it was not the ones who wanted him gagged who were citing scientific papers. The censors remained loud and they moved from, no, there was no censorship, to yes, we did it, and it was good, we need more of it. The New York Times joined in the defamation on the side of their masters. “These are thorny questions: is misinformation protected by the First Amendment? When is it appropriate for the federal government to seek to tamp down the spread of falsehoods?” To the Times, I point out that the only purveyor of falsehoods more adept than the federal government might possibly be its propaganda wing called the New York Times. He is learning a lot about the party whose values he said he has spent his life defending. I would like to tell him that those values, the ones held by his uncle and his father, don’t exist anymore within that party. He probably finds himself awake in an alien universe that he doesn’t recognize and he is trying to make sense of it. He explained to the committee that after his announced candidacy it became harder for them to censor him so they changed tactics. “So now I’m subject to this new form of censorship which is called targeted propaganda. I am being censored here—through smears, through misinterpretations of what I’ve said, through lies, through association, which is a tactic that we all thought had been discredited and dispersed with after the Army-McCarthy hearings in the 1950’s. But those same weapons are now being deployed against me to silence me.” He then called on the Democrats to turn from their wicked ways and start the process of ending the polarization in America. The Democrats led by Wasserman-Schultz continued the persecution throughout their portion of the hearing by refusing to let him respond to questions, etc. I submit to Mr. Kennedy that he has grossly underestimated the complete dishonest, power mad nature of his fellow Democrats. His appeal to civility and open debate is, therefore, doomed to fail within the confines of the Democrat party. Why are Democrats so angry with Kennedy that they want to gag him, silence him, and not allow him to present the evidence of what he asserts to be true? Some are angry because he dared to challenge his own party. They see him as a traitor to his class and that is the elite East Coast Democrat liberal class. Some because he threatens the medical/pharmaceutical industry by wondering about the safety and efficacy of vaccines. Some despise him because he wants to threaten and reign in the military, industrial, security, intelligence complex and with it the trillion-dollar no-win wars, body bags, waste, graft, and corruption. Some people despise him because without working a day outside government they have become rich and powerful. For example. For members of congress who have served 10 years or longer they somehow manage to maintain an extremely high net worth which goes up each year. They don’t appreciate his criticism and his betrayal of the elite class. His own grandson called him an embarrassment to the family. These people who hate him are the obvious, but not the most dangerous, ones. He is running against the deep state, yes, it’s the military, security, intelligence, pharmaceutical, education, high tech, complex. He threatens them and in short, he is a threat to the empire. His willingness, for whatever reason, to threaten the empire has made him the subject of the most dishonest attacks since Trump. He is probably even more of a threat to the system than Trump because he is honest enough to say the truth and challenge detractors to prove him wrong. They can’t, so they just defame him to cover their fear. In conclusion, I will leave you with a warning he issued later in the speech: “A government that can censor its critics has license for every atrocity. It is the beginning of totalitarianism. There’s never been a time in history when we look back, and the guys who were censoring people were the good guys. All of us grew up reading Arthur Koestler, Robert Heinlein, Aldous Huxley, George Orwell, and they were all saying the same thing: once you start censoring, you’re on your way to dystopia and totalitarianism.” Finally, folks, this man has something to say to the empire, but the empire does not want to hear it and that is why he is an enemy of the state. At least that’s the way I see it, Until next time folks, This is Darrell Castle, Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the statement of Vice President Kamela Harris in which she said that population reduction would help save the planet from the climate change menace. Transcription / Notes OCCASIONALLY, THE TRUTH ESCAPES Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 21st day of July in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the statement of Vice President Kamela Harris in which she said that population reduction would help save the planet from the climate change menace. I am grateful to the vice president for saying the truth on a publicly recorded microphone. What she actually said was; “When we invest in clean energy and electric vehicles and reduce population, more of our children can breathe clean air and drink clean water.” Notice that she did not say population control which would imply slowing the birthrate, no, it was reduction that she used. I wonder how many humans our overlords will have to kill to reach their planetary goal and planetary temperature. The people who seemed so shocked by what she said need to wake up and start listening to what these world improvers, save the planet people, have been saying for many years. They have not been secretive about their plans, but no one seems willing to believe them. I suppose its difficult to believe that there are those who want to destroy humanity by acting like gods in their stated efforts to save the planet. Was the vice president’s comment just another word salad gaffe by a not so articulate woman or did she state the truth as she has come to believe it. Does she believe whether by propaganda or pseudo-science, that killing people will lower our temperature thus saving the planet. My belief is that the truth escaped her lips because just as guys sitting in bars together say things and speak a language, they would not want their mothers to hear, they occasionally slip up in front of their mothers. Population reduction is the goal of all the billionaire friends and donors of these people and sometimes they just can’t contain their excitement about it. The White House had a different opinion, however, as the administration scrambled to clean up the mess. The transcript of her comment changed the word population to pollution, but the truth was out and it did its damage. Democrats and those in the I hate humans camp have a long history of screaming in panic that we must kill our animals and starve humanity if we are to save the planet for them. The vice president just slipped up and said the part they normally reserve for their billionaire friends club. Here’s the logic in her statement, reduce the population, i.e., kill a lot of people, so more children can breathe better. She has a lot of compassion for the children who survive the abortion chambers. By the way, could this issue at least partially explain the Democrats most sacred right of abortion. It must be a really difficult time for those on the Democrat side to have their agenda exposed to the public. The rumors that Joe and Kamela are on the way out persist, but they are not going to be able to remove them so easily. Why can’t they use the 25th amendment on Joe or just have him say that for health reasons, to spend more time with Dr. Jill, and Hunter, etc. he must resign and leave it to Kamela. Then a VP could be appointed and that person would run the country and be next in line. The problem with that approach is called Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. If Joe were not a sitting, duly elected president then the Democrats would have to hold primaries and open the process. The cabal currently running the country would be exposed and laid bare by Kennedy in debate and in the primaries. The bottom line is that the population reducers might lose control of the country and humanity might survive for a while. The subject of population reduction was not invented by the vice president. She is just the unfortunate one who can’t keep a secret from her sheep. The Wall Street Journal exposed a group let by Bill Gates who met in 2009 to talk about it. The Journal quoted an article in the Times of London entitled, Billionaire Club in Bid to Curb World Population. The meeting was called by Bill Gates to discuss “slowing the global population growth.” The Wall Street Journal called their story, “Billionaires Try to Shrink World’s Population” so the guest list was fascinating. David Rockefeller, Warren Buffett, Michael Bloomberg, Ted Turner, Oprah Winfrey, and a few others were among the invitees. The emphasis was not on population growth, i.e., support for Planned Parenthood and abortion, but on depopulation, i.e., the reduction in the absolute size of the world’s population. Bill Gates brought them together to discuss how they could use their vast wealth to overcome religious and political obstacles to the changes they sought to bring forth. One guest reported that nothing as crude as a vote was taken but a consensus emerged from the meeting that they would back a strategy in which population growth would be tackled as a potentially disastrous environmental, social, and industrial threat. In my efforts to research the subject of human population reduction I was aided greatly by the research of Professor Michel Chossudovsky whose work is published on Global Research. He laid the groundwork and much of this information was exposed because of his work. I just went back and found all those newspaper articles that reported on the meeting. It seems that the press was rather naïve back then in that they reported something without permission. The Wall Street Journal, for example, pointed out that the goal of the billionaires went beyond reducing the growth of the population as per Planned Parenthood. It consists in “depopulation” namely reducing the absolute size of the world’s population, which ultimately requires reducing the rate of birth which would include reduced fertility coupled with a significant increase in the death rate. One of my goals in producing several Castle Reports with this issue as the topic was to cry out to anyone who would listen that their entire agenda fits together if people will just look at the evidence. It’s like a jigsaw puzzle with the picture on the box in that if you follow the picture the puzzle is easy to solve. Professor Chossudovsky pointed out that also in 2009, Professor Neil Ferguson of Imperial College, London was advising both Bill Gates and the World Health Organization (WHO) that 40% of the people in the UK could be infected with H1N1 within the next six months if the country was hit by a pandemic. That’s the same Neil Ferguson, supported by the Gates Foundation, who designed the Coronavirus lockdown model which was based on mathematical predictions of hundreds of thousands of deaths in the UK. In the fall of 2021, a similar mathematical prediction was formulated by the same scientist to justify what he called a fourth wave lockdown. A few months after the initial “Good Club” meeting in early 2010 Bill Gates gave a Ted talk about it. I happened to be interested in Gates and in Ted back then so I watched his talk live. “And if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care, reproductive health services, we could lower the world population by 10 or 15 percent.” Mr. Gates went on to say that the actual reduction in absolute numbers would be 680 million to 1.02 billion people. That was a good start but really it only represented a drop in the bucket compared to what needed to be done. The “Good Club” still exists and has been actively involved in the Covid crises They helped design the lockdown policies applied worldwide including the mRNA vaccine and the World Economic Forum’s Great Reset. The “Good Club” and those in their employ as well as the ignorant toadies who slavishly gobble up their lying propaganda are still very much at work doing their best to make life on earth as unpleasant for most normal people as possible. They cause the problems and then they blame the problems on climate change. They are currently on target to slaughter the world’s cattle and they especially seem to hate dairy cattle. Volker Turk, head of the UN Human Rights Council in Geneva said recently that “up to 80 million people will be plunged into hunger if climate targets are not met.” I would wager that Mr. Turk knows nothing about climate or temperature and I’ll also wager that he has never known hunger. He said extreme weather events are having a significant effect on crops, herds, and ecosystems prompting further concern about food availability. Hypocrisy drips from his words to the point that it is sickening. He worries about herds when tens of thousands are being slaughtered. He worries about crops while he halts fertilizer shipments. He worries about crops while his owner Bill Gates buys all available farmland in the United States. He worries about the climate targets when countries across the Western World are destroying farms and impoverishing farmers. He worries about hunger when his war in Ukraine has shut down food shipments to countries his organization has impoverished. The environmental impact of the chemical poisons produced and released into the environment by companies owned by Bill Gates and his ilk are what is having a devastating effect on the food supply. Chemicals we eat regularly, chemicals prescribed by our doctors, chemicals negligently and purposely allowed into our food supply, chemicals sprayed from the air, chemicals released into the water supply to disinfect, and finally chemicals injected into our bodies by well meaning doctors at the direction of godless, evil mass murdering politicians and philanthropists. To develop a strategy to fight those who are intent on our removal from the planet we must be able to come together at least until we can ask a few simple questions and perhaps answer them. Who is driving this conflict or crises, who benefits from it. What are the intentions of those who benefit and why are they doing it. How are they doing it and that leads us to accept nothing we are told by the propaganda machine at face value. Whatever we are told by The World Health Organization, national governments, the mainstream or corporate media reveals a specter just behind the curtain every time. The World Economic Forum is there, always there, with the Good Club leadership to tell those who tell us what to think, what they should tell us to think. This implies that all those organizations I just mentioned have sinister motives and I don’t wish to imply anything. Instead, I would rather just be forthright and say don’t trust anything, not a single word because they all do have sinister motives. What could be more sinister than the intent to kill billions of people. In conclusion, I want to leave you with a few words from the man who inspired last week’s podcast Archbishop Vigano. The archbishop was cancelled by Twitter because of his video, but public outcry brought about his return. “One day—and it will be the day of the rescue—we will realize that those who consider us enemies to be silenced are a minority that acts fraudulently in the shadows and detests the light of truth. Because truth is an attribute of God, and darkness will never be able to overcome it. Let us therefore fight our battle against the enemy of mankind, in the certainty of the final victory and in the awareness of having at our side the One who has overcome the darkness: Walk as children of the light.” Finally, folks, amen to the archbishop’s words and I pray that the One who has overcome the darkness will empower us...
Darrell Castle talks about the eloquent words of Archbishop Carlo Mario Vigano with which he issued a warning to the entire world of a global coup d etat currently in progress by a financial and ideological elite. His words are confirmed by a publicly available report issued by the conspirators themselves. Transcription / Notes A WARNING TO THE WORLD Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 14th day of July in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the eloquent words of Archbishop Carlo Mario Vigano with which he issued a warning to the entire world of a global coup d etat currently in progress by a financial and ideological elite. His words are confirmed by a report issued by the conspirators themselves in which they openly admit the coming dictatorship will have to be complete within 10 years and ideally by 2030. First, I think it is necessary to point out that I am not catholic. I am a protestant Christian who attends a Presbyterian Church. I just happen to spend several hours each week buried in research materials concerning the matter the archbishop is trying to bring to the attention of the world’s people. Since he is obviously a devout man respected as one who opposed even the pope on the subject of child predators in the priesthood, his words will be given more credence than mine have been given thus far. The video in which he makes his plea to the world is still available on You Tube or it was until today. He said that there is a global coup d etat which extends to the whole world being enacted by a financial and ideological elite which has succeeded in gaining at least partial control of the world’s governments, politicians, business, information sources, education, and religious leaders. These people and organizations have become enslaved to the new global masters and therefore individual and fundamental rights once thought of as sacrosanct have been and are being trampled underfoot. There is a world war against humanity and we are the enemies of those who seek its destruction. My own opinion is that every western political regime is committed to an anti-human agenda. They do it for money of course, but mainly to centralize power and institute a planetary dictatorship. It’s being done under the auspices of the World Economic Forum which calls it the Great Reset, and the United Nations and its various divisions which calls it Agenda 2030. They know that their plans cannot succeed while people still have faith in God, therefore, they endeavor to erase God from the minds of the people and I believe that is what attracted the archbishop to the struggle. These are very sinister, but very clever people who use the capital of the people, the fruits of their labor forcibly, if necessary, extracted from them, to destabilize the social order painstakingly built by millions of people over many centuries. So, we build the bulldozers they use to destroy thousands of years of Christian civilization. The would-be global dictators are so confident of success that they have openly prepared a written report of about thirty double sided pages detailing their plans for the next 10 years but with a goal of completing them by 2030. The report is entitled “The Future of Urban Consumption In a 1.5 Degree Centigrade World.” I have the report here in front of me and I have read it so you don’t have to although I encourage each one of you to read it and share this information with at least one person you love. Do you know what 1.5 centigrade is in our American Fahrenheit world, 34.7 degrees. Yes, that is correct, these people want a world where we live and maintain 34.7 degrees as an average annual temperature to keep the planet from heating up. It is absolute insanity and these people are lunatics, I know, but they are totally dedicated to forcing this plan on us. Fortunately, the WEF, and the UN are not being secretive about their plans to enslave us just as tyrants and dictators and those who dream of a world controlled by them have done before. Adolf Hitler wrote of his exact plans while in prison in his book, Mein Kampf. He warned the German people of what he had planned for them, but they elected him chancellor anyway. I pray that we will heed the words of our would-be dictators and not make the same mistake the Germans did. So, how will the WEF and the UN get us to 34.7 degrees? For starters, the average American likes to eat meat and I would wager that you are at least average so you will be restricted to only 14% on average of the meat you once consumed and after 2030 the goal is no meat at all except some Frankenstein lab grown variety. If there is no meat there is no need for domesticated animals and these beasts are the source of heat anyway. They must be fed and watered and their methane gas and excrement are very bad so all domesticated animals must go. That thought is terrifying isn’t it. No more domesticated animals, no cattle, no horses, no chickens, ducks, or goats so that means they are going medieval on us. In case you think I’m exaggerating Ireland has already slaughtered thousands of animals and in Holland the farmers have overthrown the Dutch Government because it is destroying their farms. Agriculture in general, and farm animals specifically have been targeted around the world. In America, there have been repeated attacks on food production facilities in recent years. Just this week in Texas, an explosion at a dairy farm killed 18,000 dairy cows. So just to reiterate after 2030 you will never grill a steak again unless these ambitious people are stopped. Climate change is the justification for all this hellish control of course, and it is the excuse for their drive for world domination. What causes climate change, anything the WEF or UN says causes it. Anything they decide is bad for the planet is a cause and a justification for more control by them over us. So, meat, plastics, steel, and many other things will be missing from our new world. I will admit to being a little nostalgic when I see the geese and ducks on the lake across the street from my house since I have been watching them for 25 years, but my bettors say they are bad so goodbye my friends, so sorry. To those of you who choose not to eat meat, eggs, or dairy, you are not exempt from this climate change menace, not if you have a dog or cat, or maybe a little bird. That’s right no more household pets because all those pets must be fed and that is not necessary and also quite dangerous in this changing climate. I’m hopeful that missing ole fido will arouse all those vegans and vegetarians into an army of resistance but we will see. You are also advised to learn basic sewing like your grandmother did because your access to clothing will be restricted. This is especially distressing because we will be freezing our butts off in 34.7-degree cities. I wonder how Miami will fare with that decree, but the planet must be saved. Each of us will be restricted to 8 new items of clothing per year and after 2030 the goal is three new items per year. Yes, I know you must be thinking these people are insane and you would be correct, but they are also deadly serious and they already control much of the world including much of the United States. What about our kids, don’t they outgrow clothing every year? Yes, they do and that is a problem you should not worry about because there will be far fewer kids in our future. Birthrates are collapsing across the Western World and that will continue into the future. Vaccines that attack the human reproductive system will continue to be forced through intimidation into the young so they can no longer reproduce. If you think that sounds like fantasy just look at the Pfizer documents ordered to be released by a federal judge. You can listen to the words of Dr. Naomi Wolf or watch her videos. She and her team of 3500 were charged with sorting through and cataloging 10’s of thousands of pages of documents in which that company admits attacking the human reproductive system. Well, at least we will be able to travel in the new world to visit our grandkids, right? I’m afraid not folks, travel will no longer be in your future. The good news is that our new overlords will graciously allow us to take one flight up to 950 miles every two years. Their goal is to get us to the point that we fly only once every three years. By the way they also plan to take your cars away, even the expensive, short range electric cars. After all folks, it’s worth it to get to 34.7 degrees in your city, don’t you think. How will we get around then? How will we visit our kids 1500 miles away? We won’t because they plan to lock us down and make us so protein deprived and sick that we won’t have the energy to travel. How will they enforce all this, through central bank digital currency and digital ID of every person on earth. CBDC is not a system of preventing counterfeiting because the government already does that. It is not to prevent drug trafficking, or money laundering, it is, instead, a system of social control and a system of stamping our human resistance to the new global dictatorship. There will be no privacy in the new world but unlike the systems under Mao, Stalin, and Hitler, we will not live in fear of being denounced by our children. Digital ID powered by digital currency will record everything you buy and everywhere you go. The saviors of the planet will know whether you are a willing participant in their global dictatorship or whether you are a resister. I read of a woman who escaped from North Korea who said that if someone was really good and well behaved that person might be rewarded by being allowed to have a rice cooker. This new world will most likely be ushered in by some new planetary disaster. Covid was a test case for the new overlords to shut down the entire planet, ruin economies, destroy supply chains, destroy businesses, kill many people and destroy the health of many people. The head of the WEF, Klaus Schwab, said in the last conference that the world is in for a very difficult year. Perhaps they are planning some new pandemic, climate event, ecological disaster, or world war any of which can only be solved with their permission. Archbishop Vigano said that this is a global war and therefore it requires a global defense. People of goodwill must come together from all governments and all walks of life to meet and issue an anti-globalist manifesto which refutes their agenda point by point. People who want to defend traditional Christian society should come to this meeting and act now. The old system of divisions along the lines of political parties must be put aside to solve this problem. The anti-globalist alliance must come together to resist the efforts of what amounts to a combination of the worst dictatorships of all time. There have always been those who lusted for global conquest and control but now the technology is there to achieve their dream and the final bricks are being laid in the wall as I speak. The people we must fight are the enemies of humanity and they and their agenda must be held up to the light and exposed. Millions will accept anything those...
Darrell Castle talks about the conference of the World Economic Forum which just concluded its summer meeting in Communist China. This report is a continued warning that the WEF is real and its members work night and day for the destruction of human freedom around the globe. Transcription / Notes DAVOS MAN AND THE ANNUAL MEETING OF NEW CHAMPIONS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle report. This is Friday the 7th day of July in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the summer conference of the World Economic Forum which just concluded its summer meeting in Communist China. This Report is a continued warning that the WEF is real and its members work individually and collectively night and day for the destruction of human freedom around the globe. The World Economic Forum would be a joke if it were just some bunch of university professors talking about imposing their will on the world, but it is instead made up of the richest and most prominent people on earth. Titans of industry, especially high-tech industry, university intellectuals, bureaucrats, and politicians from virtually all governments meet to discuss how they can destroy the freedom and independence of the rest of us. They refer to themselves in this summer conference as (AMNC) and that means, believe it or not, The Annual Meeting of New Champions. This summer’s conference concentrated on the most woke and anti-freedom ideas disguised as inclusive but in fact hiding in plain sight its genocidal ideology which it inherited from the Nazi father of its current president Klaus Schwab. Specifically, this conference met with its primary agenda the current status of Central Bank Digital Currency. Quote from the Conference as to status: The exploration of central bank digital currencies (CBDC) has gained significant momentum worldwide. With over 100 countries actively engaged in CBDC research and development, there is growing recognition of CBDC’s as transformative tools in the future of digital payments. To ensure successful implementation and promote interoperability, global coordination becomes paramount.” I will attempt to interpret that gobbledegook as I am able. It means that we already have over 100 countries on board and that includes all the important ones that we must have. We are going to eliminate privacy and human freedom and we don’t care whether you lesser sheep like it or not because either way there is nothing you can do about it. We must have global coordination to achieve victory over freedom and that means no pesky legislatures have anything to say about what we say or do. CBDC’s are tied to money and money is the control mechanism, but they also include digital identification of every human on earth. Tied to money, the digital ID will be a Communist China-like social credit score and system. The digital ID will be required for such human activities as travel, owning and using electronic devices, shopping, especially for food, social media use, healthcare and medical treatment, insurance, and of course voting. In other words, the plan is to deprive you of those things absent government permission. During the lockdowns, which the WEF basically admits was a trial run and a conditioning program, anyone proposing a different solution on social media was canceled. The WEF is clear that dissent and opposition will not be tolerated in the great reset. What these people are planning is the denial of life-saving medical treatment if you go on Twitter and refer to a person by an incorrect pronoun. You can’t get a plane ticket or buy gas because you question the government or what passes for it on Facebook. Does this sound like insanity to you? Well good because it is, but that doesn’t mean it is not happening and we should just ignore it. This system is already in place in Communist China, the site of the Conference, which was chosen purposefully to study and glorify China’s social credit system. According to the WEF the lockdowns were a good thing and had very positive results. One of the positive things caused by the lockdowns was what I will call the breaking of the human will to resist. The conference refers to it as the end of populism, but they use that word to label human resistance to their totalitarian plans. The conference had a speaker to emphasize the point of the lockdowns as highly successful. They chose professor of Ethics and Technology, Joanna Bryson. Professor Bryson is a professor at the Hertie School which is located in Berlin and conveys advanced degrees on students in governance so you can clearly see what the next generation of intellectuals is being taught in Germany. She was joyful and very excited that populism supposedly, according to her, went down the tubes during the lockdowns. Yes, it disappeared globally, except for some unknown reason in the United States. Here’s what she said the lockdowns accomplished: “People must trust their governments as benevolent dispensers of good, but by and large people could see that their governments were doing something…there’s a big problem and the government is helping me.” I hope that quote fills you with anger as it does me. The arrogance, the hubris, to think that you have some right to control and manipulate the thoughts of humanity. The idea that we sheep should just accept the dictates of our global masters as benevolent problem solvers. She seems to view the elevation of government in our minds as so desirable it has no downside. The lockdowns, however, caused many times more harm than good. In fact, I would argue that they had no good side at all except in the minds which dream of totalitarianism. The lockdowns probably elevated the desire for populism instead of ending it. People came to see the lockdowns as nonsensical and serving no good purpose except to strengthen the oppressive power of government. Populism seems to be growing across America, but to the professor’s credit she said, except in the USA. The continuing strength of Donald Trump as well as the rise of Robert F. Kennedy Jr. on the Democrat side serve as examples of the dissatisfaction with government and the rise of populism. Yes, indeed professor, we learned about the benevolence of government during the lockdowns. Sending elderly people to their deaths in infected nursing homes, vaccines that did not prevent the virus, did not prevent the spread, and now are linked with sudden death of young people. The lockdowns caused young people to lose one or two years of school for which they still have not recovered and the younger ones perhaps suffered permanent developmental delays. Government in bed with pharma prevents us from learning exactly how the industry is damaging us, so yes professor very benevolent indeed. Americans have good reason to distrust their government and I hope they do. They should be able to see the government using its Department of Justice to attack and criminally charge political opponents. They can see the government colluding with mass media companies to shut out political opponents and so many other supposed benefits of this government. The government has arrogantly used its captive media as cover for the fact that it has devolved into rampant criminality. What we are seeing is the end stage, at least the beginning of the end stage, of empire. The World Economic Forum, billing its conference as the Annual meeting of the New Champions, paints the picture of our new world as it will exist in 2030. We own nothing since there is no concept of private property, but we are extremely happy since everything is free. We live, or we are confined if you prefer, in a small community in which everything our owners think we need is available. We will be so happy because the government provides everything, and we have the security of the slave. I know, this all sounds like madness because it is madness, but I am convinced it is the life they have planned for us. Since this is the week of celebrating the 4th perhaps there is another way. I pray that the other way is not political violence because history teaches that one set of scoundrels is often replaced with a worse one. In revolutionary France of 1789, for example, the people or what the French media of the time referred to as the crowd grew increasingly resentful of the oppression of their government and even the church authorities. The crowd stormed the Bastille on July 14th to free prisoners and to obtain weapons to fight the ancient line of Bourbon kings which had ruled France for centuries. What came of the revolution was the destruction of the monarchy, the church and about 15 years of legalized murder. I pray to God that doesn’t happen in America or anywhere else but history does tend to follow a common pattern. The people become more and more resentful of the oppression of the government as it evolves into totalitarian excesses with its inevitable corruption. The final breakdown normally follows some cataclysmic event such as war, social upheaval, or depression, or all three. Out of the chaos comes something new, some new order, for better or worse. The opposite revolution, being fought at approximately the same time, was the American Revolution in which a group of 13 colonies sought to be free and independent states. The war had multiple causes and breaking points but perhaps the most important was that the colonies wanted to be governed only by their own colonial legislatures. Since they had no representation before the crown, they did not want to be governed by the crown’s decrees. That revolution worked out well but finally it too morphed into something out of control. Now the cover up and the obstructionist tactics of the government, its agencies of law enforcement and justice are managing to keep essential evidence from the people’s representatives, but the crowd grows more and more restless. A few in the crowd seem to realize that they no longer have a legal system since it has been replaced by weaponized law. Finally, folks, the second President of the United States, John Adams, cautioned us not to equate the war with the revolution. The revolution was not the war because it occurred in the minds of the people and that is what compelled them to rise up and throw off the yoke of oppression. Is that revolution occurring right now in the minds of the American people? I answer yes, but right now it is only in the minds of a few. We’ll see what tomorrow brings. At least that’s the way I see it, Until next time folks, This is Darrell Castle, Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the abuse of power, the corruption, and the willingness of the President of the United States to sell his country for money. Transcription / Notes ABUSE OF POWER Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 30th day of June in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the abuse of power, the corruption, and the willingness of the President of the United States to sell his country to foreigners, some of them enemies or at least very hostile to America, for money. Did he do that or was it just Hunter? That’s our subject for today. It saddens me greatly to have to discuss such things especially on the Friday before the 4th of July, but nevertheless wishing that it had not and is not happening won’t make it so. It appears that the President of the United States is so vile, so wicked, so totally corrupt, that he used his son as a conduit to extort money from foreign corporations and governments in exchange for favors and influence from the Vice President, and currently the President of the United States. The accusations I just mentioned are, as Ron Paul just stated, imminently impeachable. Will the President face impeachment charges over any of the corruption that he appears guilty of? I doubt it very much because of past behavior of this government and the weak, gutless nature of Republicans in congress. More and more evidence pours out of the cesspool of house oversight committee hearings every single day but it gets nothing more than a nod or raised eyebrow from the Democrats. When did members of the House and Senate transition into advocates for a corrupt President? With each new whistleblower allegation, the Democrats say well it appears that you’ve got Hunter dead to rights, but Hunter is not the President and you haven’t laid a glove on Joe. Next, an audio recording of a conversation apparently made in the President’s home office appears, and its words clearly make Joe the mastermind behind the influence for money scheme. Quote from the recorded conversation with a Chinese energy company executive whose company was connected to the Chinese Communist security apparatus: “I am sitting here with my father and we would like to understand why the commitment made has not been fulfilled. Tell the director that I would like to resolve this now before it gets out of hand, and now means tonight, and Z, if I get a call or text from anyone involved in this other than you, Zhang, or the chairman, I will make certain that between the man sitting next to me and every person he knows and my ability to forever hold a grudge that you will regret not following my direction. I am sitting here waiting for the call with my father.” Photos show that Hunter was at his father’s Wilmington, Delaware home on the day he sent the message. The House Ways and Means Committee received it from IRS supervisory agent Gary Shapley, who alleges a coverup in the tax fraud investigation of Hunter. Five million dollars appeared in the Biden account shortly after the call but the President continues to insist that he never discussed business with Hunter on any occasion. Evidence to the contrary is now substantial and Hunter’s lawyers more or less admit that the call was real, but insist that it had nothing to do with Joe. President Nixon once famously said, “People have got to know whether or not their president is a crook. Well, I’m not a crook.” President Nixon did not have the luxury of having the Attorney General of the United States on a leash to do his bidding and block all efforts at prosecution honest agents might attempt to bring. It appears now that some of the agents at DOJ, FBI, and even the IRS were at least attempting to do their jobs and pursue evidence, but they were blocked by superiors at every turn. There is substantial evidence that is now in the possession of the House Committee that not only was the President involved in discussions with Hunter but he kept a personal, i.e., not a government, or his own cell, international phone that could make and receive calls from all over the world, and said phone was paid for at $300 per month from Hunter’s business. Since the House Committee has the phone how hard would it be for them to get the records of every call made from or to that phone. Whether or not that happens will be a clear indicator of how serious this committee is about slowing this country’s descent into the cesspool. The executive from Burisma allegedly extorted by the Bidens said he talked to Joe and recorded the conversations. Perhaps Joe used his global phone to take and make those extortion calls. Sadly, Joe Biden is not the only one accused of corruption in this case and I’m not talking about the entire Biden family many of whom are admitted crack addicts with its associated problems. No, I’m talking about the agencies of the federal government like the FBI, and the IRS, but most importantly the United States Department of Justice. The agency that is supposed to hire the best and the brightest lawyers to investigate and prosecute federal crimes in all the federal districts. Needless to say, the attorney general and the United States Attorneys who work for him are supposed to be above suspicion. The U.S. Attorney from Delaware David Weiss signed a letter dated June 7th claiming he had been granted “ultimate authority” over the Hunter Biden case. He had, he said, ultimate prosecutorial decision-making authority related to the criminal case against Hunter Biden. Attorney General Merrick Garland also testified to the Senate Judiciary Committee that Weiss had “full authority” to charge. That directly conflicts with statements Weiss made to the team investigating Hunter. He told them he had no power to bring charges against Joe Biden’s son. It that is true and it appears to be, then he lied in the letter. Who wrote the letter, who told him to sign it and to send it and why did he comply. All good and valid questions and none of which have been satisfactorily answered so far. One thing is certainly clear and that is that corruption drips from this vile family and pollutes everything and everyone it touches. IRS investigating agent Gary Shapely said Weiss personally told him in a one-on-one meeting that “I’m not the deciding official on whether charges are filed.” U.S. Attorney Weiss also said he tried to go through the D.C. US Attorney’s office but was not approved. He was trying to get special counsel status so he could charge anywhere, especially California, but was refused each time. This was reportedly a “shocker” to the agents who were present and had been conducting the investigation. Merrick Garland in a press conference a week ago said that Weiss had full authority in any district, but that statement appears to be untrue. Even the New York Times in its story from last Tuesday admitted that there is valid evidence that Weiss was restrained in his authority to charge. House speaker McCarthy said that House Republicans will start an impeachment investigation of Garland to see if what Weiss said is true. One thing is for sure, the Department of Justice, once respected, once admired, once sought after as a place where the brightest wanted to serve is now dirtied, blighted, and slimed by this slimy family. Either the Attorney General of the United States, or the United States Attorney for the district of Delaware is lying and has lied to Congress about Hunter Biden’s alleged crimes. That lying is in and of itself a crime so someone needs to be prosecuted. Various news sources including the New York Post reported that Weiss told many witnesses, and as I said IRS agent Shapely that he was not the deciding official. Shapely was so surprised by the statement that he sent it in writing to other team members. This all seems like whistling through the graveyard to those of us on the outside looking in, but we do know that allegations are not enough and real evidence is required. If the House brought a bill of impeachment against Garland and he was tried in the Senate, what are the chances of a conviction regardless of the evidence. Perhaps the chances are zero in the Democrat controlled senate but it would at least produce that real evidence I mentioned. Weiss could testify as well as those six witnesses who said he told them he did not have charging authority. If they whitewashed it then the country, especially the Democrat country would at least have to look at itself in the mirror. So, as it turns out, Hunter did not report the millions he received from all those foreign sources and that violates numerous federal laws in a felony way. Hunter’s plea deal, however, is two misdemeanor charges and no jail time. This stinks to high heaven and its stink permeates the entire nation. We have to start asking ourselves what kind of people we are because right now banana republics are insulted to be mentioned with us. However, the misdemeanor deal will go before a judge on July 26. Maybe that judge is honest, but we will see. Hunter is what in banking parlance is known as a PEP or politically exposed person so numerous safeguards must be met for him to transfer any funds offshore. I often have to transfer funds from my non-profit in America to a non-profit in Europe so I know how onerous it is unless you are the first son, of course. So, this must mean that if you are the son of the president, you have a license to sell your father’s office, to sell to communist enemies, to extort millions, to commit literally hundreds of sex, drug and gun crimes and receive only a little probation. This all serves to make America a laughing joke around the world. Our 32 trillion of debt, our legendary incompetence in government, our complete inability to make anything come out right but we have always had a great military for the president to rely on to get him out of the messes he creates. Now, for lack of a better word, woke, has invaded the military, even it is even a joke. We used to be trusted and admired and we deserved it because we were honorable and the light of democracy and freedom. This problem is not just one crackhead, sex obsessed junkie, it is about how people in charge from the President on down have slithered into a level of corruption that would be embarrassing to the dictators of most banana republics. They have destroyed the rule of law and the foundational principles that helped make this country so prosperous. They chip away at the core principles and the system of law and justice is so corrupt it is a joke and congress appears totally incapable of stopping it. Just to put a final word on the real subject of this report, and that is Joe not Hunter, I will leave you with a few items not talked about very much. An IRS probe into Hunter’s money laundering business with foreign hostile nations was given a stand down order. The FBI and IRS had intended to search Joe Biden’s house in September 2020 but were given a stand down order. The FBI authenticated Hunter’s laptop a year before the New York Post first reported it The FBI decided not to use the laptop’s hundreds of filmed felonies for prosecution but instead hatched a plot to warn social media companies that it was Russian disinformation. The FBI used its 2016 Russian collusion, which it invented, to meddle in the 2020 election. Finally, folks, the FBI worked so...
Darrell Castle talks about the 60th anniversary of President John Kennedy’s speech given at American University on June 10, 1963, in which he made a dramatic call for peace — a watershed moment in American politics and foreign policy. Transcription / Notes THE PEACE SPEECH PLUS 60 YEARS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 23rd day of June in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the 60th anniversary of President John Kennedy’s speech given at American University on June 10th, 1963, in which he made a dramatic call for peace. I argue that the speech was a watershed moment in American politics and foreign policy because the organization in control of those things hated and feared peace as much in 1963 as it does now. What was President Kennedy trying to do? What kind of peace did he seek—he tells us. “Not a Pax Americana enforced on the world by American weapons of war. Not the peace of the grave or the security of the slave. I am talking about genuine peace, the kind of peace that makes life on earth worth living, the kind that enables men and nations to grow and to hope and to build a better life for their children—not merely peace for Americans but peace for all men and women—not merely peace in our time but peace for all time.” “I speak of peace as the necessary, rational end of rational men. I realize that the pursuit of peace is not as dramatic as the pursuit of war—and frequently the words of the pursuer of peace fall on deaf ears. But we have no more urgent task.” Weird as it may seem, the desire for peace put the Kennedys, Jack, and Bobby, at war with the most powerful force on this earth. President Eisenhower, who knew a thing or two about war, warned the American people about it in his farewell speech in 1961, and one must assume that he personally warned President Kennedy about what he was facing. The force was what Eisenhower referred to as the military industrial complex, but what we today might refer to as the military, security, intelligence, industrial complex. Kennedy’s pursuit of peace, which the media often referred to as Camelot, came to a quick end, almost before it could get started. On October 11, 1963, just four months after the speech President Kennedy apparently, according to biographers and to his brother Bobby, bypassed his own National Security Council and issued National Security Memorandum 263, ordering the withdrawal of the 1000 US military advisors from Vietnam by the end of 1963. His plan was not allowed to happen because just 6 weeks later he was dead and the first act of LBJ after taking the oath of office was to countermand Kennedy’s memorandum. Dr. Ron Paul, in his article, We Need a Peace President, commends the diplomacy of Kennedy during the Cuban Missile Crises. “Fortunately, we had a president in the White House at the time who understood the dangers of nuclear brinksmanship. Even though he was surrounded by hawks who could never forgive him for aborting the idiotic Bay of Pigs Cuba invasion, President John F. Kennedy picked up the telephone for a discussion with his Soviet counterpart, Nikita Khrushchev, which eventually saved the world.” Yes, we know today that Kennedy made a deal with Khrushchev to remove US missiles from Northern Turkey which were right across the Black Sea and visible to Russia on a clear day and Khrushchev removed the Russian missiles from Cuba. Perhaps still today the most clear and shining example of how diplomacy can work if used properly. It is all too clear that we do not have a John Kennedy in the White House today to stop us from taking an unnecessarily confrontational tone towards Russia. The world was different in 1963 and the United States was different. We were young and had just come from victory in a world war, and there was nothing we could not accomplish. John Kennedy, a genuine war hero in the White House, knew just how powerful the organization which opposed him could be. When President Kennedy was assassinated, I would surmise that the military industrial complex assumed that a pivot had been reached in American history. Camelot was dead and had learned its lesson about who runs the world. LBJ was fully in their camp as the roughly 60,000 Vietnam dead would soon attest. Then out of the US Senate came Jack’s brother Bobby saying the same things, promising peace, and a way to make government work for all Americans. Both Kennedy’s thought they could be the force behind creating a good country for everyone. They sought to make the idea of America come alive for all Americans. Then, on June 5th, 1968, the most powerful industry in the world took control of American politics and American foreign policy and has held control since then. The empire took control and developed a life of its own. It is fashionable today to call it the deep state, but by whatever name, it has now been in control of American politics, and especially, American foreign policy for 60 years. The idea of America was perhaps a government that practiced restraint and only fought when it had to. It did not seek to finance no-win wars through debt and inflation, thus condemning future generations. It kept taxes low and respected its people and tried to keep casualties from its foreign adventures low. The assassination of Jack Kennedy put all that in the deep freeze at least temporarily. LBJ sold a different bill of goods to the American people. We could and should go abroad looking for monsters to slay and we should confront them militarily wherever we found them. Yes, LBJ had a different plan and it was one of action, activism, and empire. Bombs, bullets, ships, and planes became the order of the day and they still are. A nation so bold and so powerful cannot be held in check by something as simple as a written constitution. Friends and enemies alike must get out of the way in an ever-expanding lust for greatness. Some among the new empire declared this to be a new American century. Bobby Kennedy, young but solidly entrenched in the US senate, saw all this, and was disturbed by it. He was disturbed by the war, the tens of thousands of dead, the billions expended and all the other trappings of empire. He talked to people who urged him to take an unprecedented action, and that was to take on and oppose a sitting president from his own party in the primaries for the office of President of the United States. Bobby had some experience taking on an organization similar to the military, industrial complex because his primary mission as attorney general had been to take on and reign in organized crime. The mafia was everywhere corrupting the system of justice by influencing witnesses and bribing or assassinating judges. He started to put them out of business by shining a light on their dark families through a series of senate hearings. They didn’t forget his action and the rumor is that they will never forget. Supposedly, they had helped Jack win in the vitally important district of Chicago and had been promised that the Kennedys would lay off them as a quid pro quo. If that happened Bobby apparently didn’t get the memo because he didn’t back away for a minute. Remember that Bobby Kennedy was attorney general and served at the pleasure of the president. If he were to be eliminated the president could simply appoint another, but if the president were eliminated, you had the whole system. So, the business of the mob was being damaged by the efforts of Bobby Kennedy to actually do his job but that was not the only industry and perhaps not even the most powerful industry to be upset with the Kennedys. The Kennedys had a general distrust of the war industry after the CIA lied to President Kennedy about the Bay of Pigs and neither ever forgot it. Apparently, according to many biographies, and the investigation of prosecutor Jim Garrison, by this time the mob and the CIA were working together to accomplish joint enterprises. Whether any of that information about the CIA and the mob is true or not the assassination of Bobby Kennedy was another and perhaps even greater milestone in American History than the president’s assassination. I doubt if as many people recognized it as such and I don’t think there was the outpouring of grief from around the world that President Kennedy’s death had brought but the death of Bobby Kennedy removed the last obstacle to the war party’s domination of American politics and American foreign policy. It’s been that way in part for 60 years and totally that way for 55 years. Countless lives have been lost and much infrastructure destroyed but nothing and no one has stood in their way for 6 decades until now. In a virtual repeat of his father’s campaign against a sitting president of his own party Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. enters the race proclaiming a campaign based on telling the truth and on giving peace a chance. Unfortunately, the organization that opposed his father and uncle and whose power was cemented through their murders, that organization is now much more powerful because it has almost complete control of the media. They don’t like this Kennedy and not even a pedigree from arguably the nation’s most honored Democrat family can change that. He is nuts, he’s an eccentric, he’s a lunatic. He’s kooky and a purveyor of wacky conspiracy theories. He says that podcasts may very well decide this election because no one else will allow his views to be presented. He recently did an interview with Jordan Petersen and You Tube took it down. What about that interview, he asks, is so bad the American people should be prevented from hearing or seeing it. The organization he opposes and its captive media know better than you know yourself what you should be exposed to. The truth is irrelevant because they decide what is true and what isn’t. They have quite graciously decided to take it upon themselves to decide what the American people may see, hear, and read. It’s quite a burden, and I suppose they expect us to be grateful because we have the opportunity to be one of them if we will just bend our knees to their god. Oh, they hate him alright and they very much want you to hate him as well. Afterall folks, if we are left to ourselves with no media, high tech, globalist, overlords to decide for us we might just make an unapproved choice as we did in 2016 and the organization simply cannot stand for that. Mr. Kennedy was interviewed recently on the Joe Rogan Show which I believe is still the most listened to pod cast in the world. Joe talked about many things with him but in particular about vaccines. Dr. Peter Hotez who is codirector of the Texas Hospital Center for Vaccine Development took issue with the interview and called on Spotify to sanction Rogan. Joe gave it right back and called on Dr. Hotez to debate Kennedy on his show with an offer of $100, 000 to the charity of his choice for the debate. Since then, other parties have sweetened the deal and it now stands at $2.6 million but guess what, no deal. Anybody can see the reason is fear of looking like a fool in front of the largest audience ever, but they try to make it sound as if they just don’t want to dignify his wild conspiracy theories. Dr. Hotez turned down the interview, but he chose his own safe, adoring media to announce it. Well, the darkness fears the light...
Darrell Castle talks about the criminal indictment of Donald Trump in Miami this week, specifically regarding the statement of prosecutor Jack Smith and why that statement is all wrong. JACK SMITH’S STATEMENT IS ALL WRONG Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 16th day of June in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the criminal indictment of Donald Trump in Miami earlier this week. I wish I didn’t have to talk about it but I do because it is the most important story of this week. Primarily, I will be talking about the statement of prosecutor Jack Smith to justify his actions and why that statement is all wrong. I’m going to approach this story differently from the Soros prosecution story because it is federal and the real issue is what is happening to our country because of the obvious weaponization of the Department of Justice to attack a political opponent. When I was in law school, I was taught that it is highly unethical and a disciplinary offense for a lawyer in a civil case to threaten criminal charges to intimidate his opponent thus sweetening his civil amount. Here we have a case where the entire power of the politicians, bureaucrats, and other apparatchiks of the deep state could not win fairly at the polls so they decided to use their immense power in a criminal way. This use of the Department of Justice to prosecute and possibly take away freedom from a political opponent reflects on all of us. Trump’s right when he says they are out to get me but they are really coming for you, I’m just in the way. Whether or not Trump was just pontificating, this misuse of what used to be justice, but is now just a weapon, is a threat to all of us. If I could get only one thing across in this report it would be that whatever side of the political divide you are on, this is a threat to all of us. It is a serious threat to the system and whether Donald Trump may have committed some jot and tittle violation of some records law is irrelevant to what is really happening. Jack Smith, the federal prosecutor in Miami, made the following statement about the indictment: “Our nation’s commitment to the rule of law sets an example for the world. We have one set of laws in this country, and they apply to everyone.” That statement puts Mr. Smith in the category of blatant liar or ignorant fool, but he said it with a straight face. With his background and education, I seriously doubt that he is ignorant. He does have a history of prosecuting political opponents criminally on his interpretation of an obscure statute. He was reversed 9-0 by the U.S. Supreme Court for his pursuit of the Governor of Virginia. Let me give you a short list of how Mr. Smith is very wrong about the rule of law in America. The obvious problem with Mr. Smith’s assertion is that the whole world can clearly see how the deep state has sought to influence elections by using the law criminally against Donald Trump. Thanks to the Durham Report we know that persecution of Trump started even before he was elected President. The Hillary Clinton campaign with the full knowledge of Ms. Clinton and then President Barack Obama invented a pack of lies in an effort to steal the 2016 presidential election. No one has been and probably never will be prosecuted for this offense against the American people, and Mr. Trump. Their plan was to portray Trump as a Russian agent and thus deny him and the American people the office of president. It didn’t work, but being totally corrupt people, they weaponized the FBI, CIA, and all the other alphabet agencies under their control. Law enforcement at the highest level was corrupted and used as a weapon against a political opponent. They used false information and complete lies manufactured by the corrupt FBI to spy on Trump and his campaign staff. All that had to be terribly damaging and distracting to candidate Trump but it still wasn’t enough and he was elected. They impeached him with false charges based on complete lies by their very corrupt law enforcement and their even more corrupt Department of Justice. They charged him with using foreign government agents to help him with his 2020 reelection bid. They used a spy named Alexander Vindman, a National Security Council staffer, to bug and listen in on Trump’s phone call with Ukrainian president Zelensky, and then make false charges and lying accusations based on that call. Dr. Ron Paul, Long term former member of congress. And one of the most honorable and decent people to serve in congress has an interesting theory about the Zelensky call. With his contacts in congress and the senate after so many years there, his opinion is more than likely a lot more than just theory. “Democrats were furious that Trump was less than enthusiastic about their plans to use Ukraine as a proxy to go to war with Russia. Vindman, though an active-duty US military officer, was of Ukrainian background and was loyal to the country of his origin rather the country of his citizenship. He also openly defied the military chain-of-command and his commander-in-chief. Trump’s lack of enthusiasm for their “Project Ukraine” infuriated Vindman and he sought his revenge against the US President.” They didn’t stop there, not just because that didn’t totally work either. They sent the FBI to infiltrate and incite the January 6 “insurrection” then brought impeachment charges against him for that. The January 6th incident has all the earmarks of a false-flag action but the result has been the holding of hundreds of political prisoners in solitary confinement under false accusations that they tried to overthrow the US Government. Many of those prisoners have now been sentenced to long terms in prison by the totally corrupt Washington DC, US Department of Injustice and its prosecutors and juries. Despite all that they have done to him he was still growing in popularity and his poll numbers increased. With each new corrupt prosecution, he got stronger and his supporters grew more and more angry. So right at this moment poll numbers indicate that Joe Biden is so unpopular that Trump would easily defeat him in a fair election. That just can’t be allowed to happen so the weaponized and corrupt US Department of Justice obtained a criminal indictment against him after the totally corrupt FBI raided his home to gather documents. The arraignment of former President Donald Trump as well as his motorcade to the courthouse came off without incident. Despite dire warnings from the hideously corrupt and controlled US media that perhaps one million people would protest there was no “insurrection” in Miami. I can only surmise that the FBI was so busy fabricating evidence against him that it had no agent provocateurs to send in time to instigate a rebellion. Could all this, we are going to get him one way or another, coming at this exact time have another perhaps even more sinister motive? You have probably heard that the house oversight committee is investigating allocations of corruption in the Biden administration now and when he was Vice President under President Obama. It seems that in exchange for canceling the vote to hold FBI director Christopher Wray in contempt of congress, a credible FBI confidential informant leaked information to congress about bribes paid to the Bidens from Ukraine. Mr. Wray should have been held in contempt and sentenced to jail just as Steve Bannon was when he worked for Trump, but there goes that pesky two-sided law again. The documents reportedly reveal that the Bidens each got 5 million in 2015-2016. The money paid to Hunter and Joe for Joe’s influence in getting a Ukrainian prosecutor fired. Joe later bragged on video which I believe is still available on You Tube that he withheld one billion in US aid to Ukraine until the prosecutor was fired. Mr. Poroshenko was then President of Ukraine and he eventually fired prosecutor Viktor Shokin perhaps the only honest man in the entire deal. Various members of congress say they have seen the documents and believe them to be credible and trustworthy. In addition, the Ukrainian who allegedly paid the bribes recorded the transaction for “insurance.” I’d like to hear those recordings wouldn’t you folks. The prosecutor was investigating corruption involving a Ukrainian gas company called Burisma for its attempts to purchase an unnamed US Oil and Gas company. Burisma hired Hunter Biden at a cost of 1 million per year. The company also hired the sons of Mitt Romney and Nancy Pelosi to help grease the wheels of the transaction. None of those hired by Burisma had any experience in Oil and Gas, only in selling influence. The FBI informant reportedly went on to name other bribes paid by Romania and Communist China to the Bidens. So, you see, Mr. Smith, in reference to your statement about the indictment of Donald Trump, the rule of law contrary to your statement, no longer exists as the standard in America. The standard has shifted to one of graft and corruption for which there is no sanction for those members of the global ruling elite, but anyone who doesn’t play their game is subject to arrest and prosecution, all with the most noble motives of course. You’ve heard of the “October Surprise” in which a president, behind in the polls, does something like start a war to help his reelection chances. Could this June Surprise be designed to help distract from a congressional investigation into what at least comes close to treason? So, the great divide in America continues and gets worse. Trump supporters see what has happened in Miami and they hear the pontificating words of the very corrupt justice department and it fills them with rage. I’ve never been a Trump supporter but I will admit to being filled with rage at what this administration is doing to my country and to him. It is enough to make me hope Donald Trump is elected just to witness the investigations he would begin against the corrupt, evil enemies of America, domestically speaking. A Democrat President’s willingness to weaponize the Justice Department against a political opponent is exhibit one that the divide is more than imaginary. No former President has ever faced criminal charges and there are good and proper reasons for that. It’s not because they were perfect in office and angelic once they left office. It is rather because we once understood the value of this country and that its idea was perishing and fragile. The generations of the past understood that there had to be limits on the use of government power, but this group of Democrats is different. They are so good, so pure, so righteous, that anything they do can be justified. That attitude has resulted in the total depravity of government from law enforcement to justice. Political opponents can be canceled or shut up or if necessary, locked up. History was made in Miami the other day, but it is the kind of history that is dangerous. Millions are angry, and resentful. They feel left out, shut out of the system they pay taxes into and devote their lives to serving. This anger and mistrust of the system is boiling under the surface right now, but how much longer will it be under the surface. Is politically motivated violence in our near future because millions see no other way because their votes no longer count? I pray that is not the case, but time will tell. Finally, folks, the flashing of transgender breasts on the White House lawn after he/she met with the president, the rainbow flag flying equally with the Stars and Stripes to the prosecution of Donald...
Darrell Castle talks about what he believes to be Robert Kennedy Jr.’s heroic struggle for what is left of liberty in America. ROBERT F. KENNEDY JR. AND THE STRUGGLE FOR LIBERTY Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 9th day of June in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about what I believe to be Robert Kennedy Jr.’s heroic struggle for what is left of liberty in America. Sometimes it becomes necessary to resist those who seek your enslavement and who seek tyranny for your nation and right now Bobby Kennedy is doing a fine job of fighting back. Yes, I imagine it’s lonely out there on the battle lines against those who want to keep Americans in the dark and deny access to virtually all truthful and reliable information. Time after time, throughout most of my life Americans have been brainwashed, indoctrinated, and deceived. Not many political candidates stand against that deception that all candidates pay lip service to. They say they will drain the swamp but in the end the swamp is still there only deeper and more impassible than ever. Kennedy, on the other hand knows full well the consequences of attempts to tell the truth to the American people. The truth is so vital, so important, that it is hard to imagine a free country without truth. We in America are denied the truth time and time again and therefore, we are not truly free. Sometimes we the people would just appreciate a real investigation to at least attempt to find the truth, but instead we get some type of sham investigation run by those beholden to one side or another. Time and again our representatives fail us and we fail ourselves by not insisting on a real investigation instead of the dog and pony show they offer us. These shams all contribute to the erosion of truth and they set precedents that stop us from even expecting the truth anymore. The lessons have been learned, but the powers that be continue their program of deception and we continue to align ourselves with one side or another despite evidence that both sides are in it together. Sometimes we ask why things always seem to get worse day by day and administration by administration. Wouldn’t it be safe to assume that if there were no conspiracies to harm us one side or the other might eventually do the right thing by accident or by simple chance. No, that never happens and it is always, not just the wrong thing but the worst thing. Each administration does the thing that divides us the most and that is most destructive of our civilization, and most likely to kill, maim and destroy. I was 15 years old when President Kennedy was murdered and not much older when his brother Robert followed him in death. Martin Luther King, Malcolm X were all killed and we wonder what happened but we shouldn’t wonder because the establishment tells us very quickly and we are supposed to accept their answers. No real investigation just move along folks, nothing to see hear. The Gulf of Tonkin incident, moving NATO to Russia’s border, 9/11, weapons of mass destruction in Iraq and all the rest we are supposed to just process the lies and move along. Would it be fair to say that the people who lied to us constantly about those things, let alone the people who did them should no longer be in public office. In his campaign speeches, Kennedy doesn’t attack individuals, at least not many and not yet. He may eventually be forced to do that, but right now he limits himself to discussions about policies. He opposes today’s censorship rules which make certain topics off limits to discussion. Only one view is permitted and nothing else can even be talked about let alone investigated. He refers to himself as a free speech absolutist and that separates him from every other announced candidate that I am aware of. Can you imagine a political candidate telling the truth about his or her position on censorship and speech. No one says if elected I will support keeping you in the dark, I will permit sham or no real investigation on my watch, I will lie to you constantly and at least 51% of you will be OK with that and that will be enough. No, none of them say that, but nevertheless, that is what they will all do once elected. Politicians become very good at running for office and getting elected and not very good at anything else, but not many of them have as their masthead platform plank, I will set out to heal the divide by telling the truth to the American people. The truth is sometimes ugly and hard to bear, but it is what we need right now to heal our division and at least allow us to look at what we have allowed to happen to us over the last 60 or so years. The US Government through its politicians and bureaucrats, as well as its intelligence agencies does the same thing in America that it does abroad to gain power around the world. Create enemies both real and imagined for people. Pick at old wounds, old animosities that may have existed for centuries and create a climate whereby only the US government and military can protect you from your enemies. Here in America power is gained and maintained by creating two political parties which are virtually identical. Other parties are allowed of course in name only under very strict rules of formation and access to the ballot is denied through financial manipulation. If you are not a member of one of the two identical parties you literally have no chance whatsoever of being elected to anything above local races which are virtually non-partisan anyway. Those two parties constantly divide us by telling us that the other party and its members are evil. They have access to our children more than we do by the fact that they have them five days per week, eight hours per day for at least 16 years. They have our children during their awake hours and we only have them asleep or glued to their video devices where the indoctrination intensifies and reinforces their school indoctrination. They teach our children to believe in the impossible, but the impossible becomes what we are expected to accept in this theater of the absurd that is America today. Would you like to see an end to at least some of that? If we had free speech, we would be free to speak our minds without fear of being censored, losing our jobs, etc. We could conduct investigations by non-aligned investigators and publish the results. That type of society is more appealing to me than what we now have, but I know that many resist its allure with passionate intensity. I believe that Robert F. Kennedy Jr. seeks that type of freedom, but many people seem fearful of truth telling and therefore they malign him. His own party chooses to deal with him by ignoring him, and pretending he does not exist, or that he is no threat worthy of mentioning. The other party is a mixture of support probably because he might hurt their opponents, as well as the vilest attacks directed at him. The corporate media smears him as a lunatic on an ego trip. They don’t understand him and they clearly have not been listening to his speeches, or maybe they have and are afraid. I recently read a commentary which said a Kennedy presidency would mean the government grows and freedom shrinks. That statement is the opposite of the truth, which is what I have come to expect from the media. He noted in his announcement speech that totalitarians hate anything they can’t control and they obviously can’t control him. The hit jobs will continue, but perhaps they will backfire because so many people mistrust the media and anything coming out of it. On the other hand, I have read positive things about him on various Libertarian sites which like and appreciate his platform of truth and liberty. The Libertarians that I have read seem to be approaching him as guardedly optimistic and hopeful but with a so far so good attitude. Those in the swamp, which is the American arm of the global ruling elite are apparently content to use the label and dismiss tactic with Kennedy at least at first. That tactic is designed to signal to all their members who control access to our information that he is not one of us and is therefore not to be portrayed in a positive light under any circumstances. I am guardedly optimistic about him as well because I want him to be the someone who will take on the global ruling parasites who seek to impose totalitarian tyranny on a global scale as they siphon off the wealth of the world for their own use. In their sick minds they deserve all wealth, after all, because we are just sheep on the global plantation over which they alone have dominion. The global elite who see every problem as one of global scale with only global solutions as possibilities have sharply accelerated their efforts recently as evidenced by the recent World Economic Forum annual meeting. They want and are working night and day to implement a single global government with no representative forum such as what we have chosen to call democracy. They are building a global empire run by an exclusive club of elite members who owe allegiance to no one. They are good, they are wise, they are superior to all others because they have been empowered by some force to save the planet. In order to save the planet, they must greatly reduce the planet’s population. War is acceptable but bioweapons are preferred because they are quicker and the numbers can be massive. I’m not just making that apocalyptic scenario up by the way, because everything I have said is confirmed by the words coming out of the World Economic Forum and especially from the words of Dr. Naomi Wolf who was charged with cataloging, and analyzing the thousands od pages of Pfizer documents ordered to be released by a judge. Dr. Wolf put together a medical team of 3500 medical professionals and scientists to assist her and those documents reveal that Pfizer knew exactly what their vaccines would do and are still doing. What that company did and is doing is nothing short of attacking the ability of women, especially women in the Western countries, to reproduce. Read Dr. Wolf’s words and listen to her videos where she explains her findings. This liberal woman has had her eyes opened by what amounts to genocide against humanity. Keep in mind that Pfizer was just the modality of the attack on humanity just as the producers of bioweapons always have been. Someone or some group must unleash the weapon on humanity then persecute them until they submit to it like trusting sheep. This attack on humanity needs to stamp out and suppress freedom in every aspect of our lives. Economic freedom, political freedom, the freedom to receive and accept or reject accurate information that is not propaganda, the freedom to move about as we see fit, freedom to make our own healthcare decisions, and the mental freedom to think for ourselves. All these things are under constant and relentless attack and the redoubts are giving way one by one. The final part of this attack is religious in that it is an attack against the created order of God. Yes, folks I know it all sounds crazy as truth often does in this crazy world we live in, but I believe what I have just said is true and that is the real danger and number one issue or should be...
Darrell Castle talks about America’s latest war which it is fighting along with its NATO allies against Russia on the battlefields of Ukraine while riding on the train to World War III.
Transcription / Notes:
RIDING THE TRAIN TO WORLD WAR III
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 26th day of May in the year of our Lord 2023 and this is also the Friday before Memorial Day which for most of us is a three-day weekend but it is also a time to pause from our barbecue grills and remember those who have fallen over the roughly two and one-half centuries of America’s existence. In that vein I will be talking about America’s latest war which it is fighting along with its NATO allies against Russia on the battlefields of Ukraine and on the train to World War III.
Before I start, I must tell you that next weekend my dear wife and I are going to spend some time with our daughter and son-in-law so no Castle Report next week. God willing, I will talk to you again on Friday the 9th of June. Today’s Report concerns the frightening escalation of the war in Ukraine which is obviously a war between America and its NATO allies against Russia. Ukraine is the battlefield and it is remarkedly similar to the battlefield the Russians fought on about 80 years ago. That war, fought on the plains of Kursk and this one just a few miles west of Kursk in what is now Ukraine.
The battles raging now are primarily on the eastern border of Ukraine and Russia in virtually the exact area that Germany fought the Soviet Union in some of the greatest armored battles in history. So, the Russians should have that area indelibly etched in their collective memories since they have been fighting off invaders in that region for centuries. They fought the Mongols, they fought Napoleon, and they fought Hitler, but the difference is that this time the Russians are the invaders or so it seems.
Many people have accused me of being on the side of Russia in this war but I only say that Russia has valid and understandable reasons to not want NATO on its border only 300 miles from Moscow. Would the United States allow an alliance between Russia, China, Iran, and North Korea physically located only 300 miles from Washington DC. With this administration I suppose it’s possible but I hope not. This new conflict that Russia is fighting has something that separates it from all the other wars I just mentioned and that is central to our discussion today.
The thing that makes this conflict so incredibly dangerous is the fact that in just about 15 minutes a great deal of humanity could be removed from the planet along with the elements of nature that make life possible. I point out to you that the government of the United States is constantly flirting with that very disaster by constantly escalating the conflict despite all prior statements to the contrary. President Biden said emphatically no warplanes to Ukraine out of a desire not to escalate and antagonize Russia but today we will see how he has changed his mind.
The war gets wider and more dangerous just as it seems to be cooling off. The US makes promises or I suppose statements would be a better word but then violates the promises or changes to other statements as Ukraine’s position on the battlefield changes. It’s hard to determine the truth about which side is prevailing on the battlefield from day to day but one thing is certain. Ukraine is being destroyed by this war and it is starting to look like Hamburg after World War II. When Ukraine loses a battle as it apparently has in Bakhmut, the US will escalate and send in new weapons to make it worse.
The recent fighting in Bakhmut which it is now clear that the Russians prevailed is a case in point. The city had a population of about 70,000 before the two sides decided to use it as a battleground. It now has a population of about zero and the buildings literally look like bombed out German cities. Go on the internet and look at a picture of it and you will see what war does for a city. I ask myself why the escalation that we are seeing now and the answer must be that the Russians are starting to gain the upper hand and that leaves only a few options. One option would be negotiations to find a diplomatic solution and the other is escalation to make it worse and that is the one Washington has chosen.
Just on a brief inventory Washington promised that it would not provide modern tanks to the struggle but now modern tanks are provided from the US, Germany, and the UK. There would be no long-range missiles capable of reaching deep into Russia but now such missiles with a 2000km range have been and are being provided. There would be no attacks on Russian soil of any kind ever. Now it seems that Zelensky supposedly went behind President Biden’s back to the NATO allies for the OK to attack in Russia. In addition, a Ukrainian kill team openly admits that it has conducted assassinations inside Russia of both military and civilian Russians friendly to Putin and looks for an opportunity to assassinate Putin.
The big one, the big escalation which would never happen was new 4th generation fighter aircraft to Ukraine. The President was in Japan this past week attending the summit of G-7 leaders. The guest of honor was the President of Ukraine, Mr. Zelensky who reportedly has not been in Ukraine for about a month since he has been traveling around the world asking for money and weapons from nations who could simply add the cost to their debt. He wants and has wanted for a long time F-16 Fighter Jets and now he is going to get them.
How could Joe Biden fail to provide these 4th generation fighter jets to Mr. Zelensky who asked for them so nicely. Flying an F-16 is not exactly as easy as flying a Piper Cub so potential pilots must be trained. The president has apparently thought of that and since the jets would be provided eventually anyway Ukrainian pilots have been attending fighter jet school in the US for some time, just in case. The G-7 was probably chosen just to emphasize the deal and get more publicity for it. So, I suppose Washington wanted the whole world to have no doubt that it was escalating the conflict to that of modern war.
The classified documents leaked by an Air Force Reserve enlisted man a couple of weeks ago revealed that Zelensky had been going behind the back of the Biden administration to accomplish the pilot training beginning in Poland, and also obtaining the capability of attacks deep inside Russia. Speaking in response, a Biden spokesman said no, Zelensky has not violated his pledge. No explanation of the attacks or the initial training was forthcoming, however. Poland seems to be the leader of a NATO coalition including Hungary, Lithuania, Estonia, Czechoslovakia, and Latvia.
The leaders of these countries all have at least one thing in common, hatred of Vladimir Putin. The Russian army’s performance in Ukraine seems to have given them confidence that it is nothing to fear. They might want to consider, however, that given the 32 trillion of US debt and the debt ceiling approaching the US might not be available to help them fight Russia as a proxy. Zelensky’s back-channel efforts which Biden says did not happen, seem to have paid off and the G-7 nations have apparently formed a coalition to coordinate pilot training in the countries of Eastern Europe.
What about these F-16’s apparently destined for transfer to Ukraine. When the F-16 was originally available to the US fleet in the mid 70’s one could be built for about $15 million not including armaments. Today it will cost between $30 and $60 million depending on the version. The training of pilots is another problematic issue which isn’t close to being solved. I will say with my limited experience that there is no way in this world that a hastily trained, i.e., a few months, Ukrainian pilot could be a match for the well-trained and experienced Russian pilots in their most advanced fighters.
The result of such an air-to-air engagement would most likely be dead Ukrainian pilots and lost $30 million fighter jets. Pilot training and pilot experience is so much more important than the aircraft they are flying. If one looks at World War II against both Germany and Japan when the US started to prevail and gain control of the air was when the experienced pilots of those countries were almost all dead. It doesn’t make any sense at all, not one little bit of sense, but since when has that stopped our global elite from making war. The Ukrainians are probably being told that they must use these new jets as defensive weapons only and in no circumstances should they engage Mig-29’s directly. They should not wonder across the border into Russia no matter how tempting. That’s what they might be told but getting them to abide by it is another thing.
F-16’s in Ukraine is a stupid escalation of an already stupid war and is probably just something to pacify Zelensky for now. That aircraft is not suited for combat under the primitive conditions currently existing in Ukraine. This is not like those films you see of American planes taking of in the mud of Henderson Field on Guadalcanal and other such places. These are high tech jets which might implode with a rock or other foreign object going through the intake and destroying the engine. The Ukrainian air force is very vulnerable to Russian cruise missiles, and as a result, they must constantly move from one primitive field to another, usually fields without maintenance facilities. That is a completely unsuitable environment for F-16’s.
The other factor involving F-16’s is the complicated maintenance problems and the availability and cost of spare parts. The Russian jets being a much simpler system require on average 11 hours of maintenance for every one hour of flight but the F-16 requires 18.5 hours of maintenance for every hour of flight so a massive maintenance effort is obviously necessary. In addition, Russian air defenses inside Russia and man portable missiles like the stingers Washington gave Ukraine make this a very bad idea. That it makes no sense is irrelevant to those who want to flirt with World War III. Like a moth to a flame, they flirt with nuclear disaster. One battlefield commander releasing one tactical nuke is all that it would take but our leaders are willing to take that chance. They take their chances with our lives and the lives of millions.
According to National Security Coordinator John Kirby providing F-16’s to Ukraine is a very difficult decision. To avoid directly implicating NATO countries who would be supplying the jets and training the pilots, perhaps the pilots could be trained by the manufacturer of the jet, Lockheed-Martin. Well, if I can see right through that plan for what it is then I’m sure the Russians can as well. The Pentagon, however, seems to think that the providing of weapons for the jets would inevitably pull the US in and it would be unable to avoid direct involvement in the war.
Think about It folks, the jets must have missiles, rockets and bombs which have to come from surrounding NATO countries. Ukraine does not have suitable maintenance facilities or airfields so they would have to be based and fly combat missions from surrounding NATO countries. Does that sound like a wise decision or the train to World War III?
Congress has already set aside funds in its pretend budget for training the pilots so one might reasonably conclude that congress is only paying lip service to caring about escalation. The Pentagon seems worried about all this because it would be sending the F-16 in against clearly superior Russian jets. The US F-22 fighter is more than a match for any aircraft in the world but even Joe Biden is not about to put those in the hands of inexperienced Ukrainian pilots. The Pentagon generals might enjoy their perks and their retirement at Lockheed-Martin, but that doesn’t mean they are stupid. Russian state of the art air defense systems and superior Russian Jets, well let me think, is this a good idea or not. No, but what the hey, let’s go ahead and do it anyway.
Finally, folks, none of the people I’ve been talking about are worthy of those we will remember on Monday.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle discusses the Durham Report and argues that it proves that the FBI, the Department of Justice, and the CIA conspired with the Hillary Clinton campaign to steal the 2016 Presidential election.
Transcription / Notes:
STOLEN ELECTIONS AND THE IDEA OF AMERICA
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 19th day of May in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the report that the nation has waited four years for Special Counsel John Durham to deliver. The report confirmed something that I have been arguing for many years now and that is that everything in government is corrupt and not to be trusted. The U.S. government has been taken over and destroyed by its ruling elite which is destructive of the Constitution and destructive of even the idea of America.
The idea of America, the idea held by the founders and by the US Government throughout much of its existence is that instead of being subjects to royal or imperial power, people in America could run their own lives and govern themselves. The Durham Report revealed that to no longer be the case in America.
The FBI and the U.S. Department of Justice colluded with the Hillary Clinton Campaign to rig the 2016 presidential election and apparently CIA operatives working illegally within the US managed it all. The Report consisting of 316 pages reveals incontrovertible proof that federal law enforcement was weaponized to shield the Hillary Clinton Campaign and persecute the campaign of Donald Trump. You might be surprised to learn as well that the CIA, prevented by law from acting within the United States, was nevertheless, also involved in the chicanery.
That shouldn’t surprise anyone since the CIA is involved in rigging elections and financing Coups all over the world. It’s only natural that it should also interject its massive funding and manpower into rigging American elections as well. Yes, we are supposed to be a country based on principles, not one based on brute force and mafia-like corruption. Power corrupts the mind and morals and humans have proven throughout history that they will find a way to cheat.
The idea of America was to leave choices up to the people. Who would occupy the White House, that was up to the people to decide. The laws, rules, and regulations to govern would be decided by the people through their own representatives. No king, no emperor, would tell them what flag they would fly, the people would be free to decide for themselves. No one with a royal title, no one called your excellency, no one called your lordship would rule over them. No one had to bend his knee to those he elected to govern for him.
Americans could hold their heads up individually and collectively because they walked proud and free. If there were stupid, non-sensical government decisions to be made they would be able to make them all by themselves. In the case in point, things were made to happen outside the will of the people to subvert their will and take their right to decide their own government stupidity from them. How were they to know since they trusted the most honored FBI agents whom they knew risked their lives to protect them from very bad people. How were they to know what the very mysterious CIA was doing in their own country.
How could they know that Hillary Clinton was conspiring with all those organizations and people to rig the 2016 presidential election. Cheating in a baseball game was a scandal, but conspiring to steal a presidential election and subvert the will of the people was unthinkable. This view, the real view, reality, is so offensive to many people that they refuse to accept it. The government, after all, is benign, impartial, and looking out for all of us. Certainly no one in my political party would do such a thing.
Many people lived and grew up in small towns where people knew each other and trusted each other. Democrats and Republicans worked side by side in the factories and the fields and they argued about politics like they argued about baseball, but how could they even imagine that the whole thing was a rigged game, a fool’s game, and they were the fool. They have now found out the hard way that the real government is just as corrupt and conniving as any rigged card game and the ones ruling over them are no different from the tyrants who have stolen from and robbed the people of this world for centuries.
Yes, human nature is desperately wicked the bible tells us and that wickedness is manifested most clearly when humans have a little taste of power over other humans. Considering all that has happened recently in America and in light of this Report, it is difficult to understand how any American who clings to a semblance of rationality can believe one word that comes from Washington or its federal agencies or law enforcement. They are very similar to the West German Stasi trying to keep their people in the dark and obedient in behavior lest they see the light creeping under the door.
The actions of Hillary Clinton and the FBI in 2016 Mr. Durham referred to as “sobering” and they displayed a “lack of fidelity.” Senator Mike Lee, (R-Utah) said the Report exposed a “breathtakingly corrupt FBI” that is “subversive of the constitution.” The gravity of the misconduct exposed by Mr. Durham cannot be overstated, the senator went on to say. Let that statement sink in for a moment and realize that a U.S. Senator charged with investigating this matter said after looking at it that there is no way, regardless of how hard he tried that he could overstate the gravity of it.
In other words, this is bad because it undermines the very integrity and sanctity of government. For Americans it is destructive of the very idea that I mentioned early in this Report. Americans were being deceived into bending their knees not for a king but for an unelected bureaucratic shadow government. It lowers America to the level of a second or even third-rate banana republic like the fictitious Latin American nation in the Woody Allen comedy, Bananas. Hillary, the FBI. The CIA, and their deep state cohorts helped make America into something that should be embarrassed to criticize anyone. I suppose the difference between America and the nation in the Bananas Movie is aircraft carriers and nuclear weapons.
The deep state and its minions wanted their candidate to win as their candidate had always done. Hillary was their candidate this time and their chosen one, and a member of their deep state family. She was the chosen head of a separate nation of those in government like her and kept there by people like her and of course with the full power of state media. Does this sound familiar folks because it is the same scene played out in communist countries since Lenin and Stalin came to power in Soviet Russia. No wonder they seem to hate Russia so badly.
The deep state was very happy to abide by the will of the people as long as the people had the same will it did. Donald Trump, however, was out there and it did not look like he was one of them. It appeared that he didn’t know enough about politics to even know who they were, but they must have suspected that he had some naïve plan to represent the people instead of them. That could not be tolerated so they set about to do him in using Russia as the scapegoat.
The Russia Gate hoax or the charge that Trump was somehow under the influence of Russia making him a Russian agent was formulated in the minds of evil people without one shred of evidence that it was true. The FBI went abroad and tried to get the UK to support them in stealing the election for Hillary, but to their credit the British said no thanks. The FBI did finally get several British and Russian agents to cooperate and help them fabricate the lie. For the fabricated Steele Dossier naming Trump as Russian agent, the FBI paid $1 million of your dollars.
The interesting thing is that the FBI had evidence and discovered evidence as their agents traveled around the world fabricating the lie that their own sources, they were paying all that money to, were in fact, Russian agents. As Senator Lee also said in his analysis,
“The least one can say of it is that it involved a malicious use of federal law-enforcement officers to conduct a contrived investigation utterly lacking any valid, factual foundation from the very beginning. That is itself incredibly troubling—and also unconstitutional.” It was so much worse than that. Senator Lee went on to say the ramifications of the Report showed a powerful, long-respected, federal law-enforcement agency used its power to render a presidential candidate unelectable entirely in the absence of any valid good faith basis for doing so.”
He also pointed out that there is no innocent explanation: “So make no mistake—this can’t be dismissed as mere carelessness or even a severe example of garden-variety misconduct. No—this is as corrupt and as subversive of the Constitution as it gets.”
The plan to steal the presidency could not have been formulated without the knowledge and cooperation of President Obama, Vice President Biden, their inner circle, and the federal agencies over which they had responsibility. They all bought it and apparently voiced no objection. So, the plan to defeat and demonize a presidential candidate and thereby steal the presidency for a woman corrupt enough to do that didn’t work, this time. The team, however, stayed in place and planned how it would ruin Trump’s presidency and life through fabricating lies, and the vilest sort or accusations through their state media and control of social media.
Having seen this Report, no American should ever believe one word coming from the FBI, the CIA or the Biden administration, or any other agency under that administration’s control. The failed impeachment charges, the false narrative insurrection charges, the document charges, the fake George Soros NY prosecutor charges, the false rape charges are all just vile lies dreamed up in the wicked minds of some of the most evil people in this world. This means that we can never in good conscience say anything bad about leaders of other nations again because it would just amount to the pot calling the kettle black. There are no more evil Russians and no more evil Chinese communists.
The plan to steal the presidency continued into the 2020 election in part by coercing 51 retired intelligence officials to lie in writing about 1st son Hunter’s laptop and say that it was not valid but was Russian disinformation. That fraud alone coming just before the election could have made the difference. Hunter and the entire Biden family created a whole new set of problems for the FBI and CIA. The Biden’s were rather open about their graft and corruption through Hunter’s rather public life.
Wasn’t Hunter afraid that his habits would unravel the entire scheme? No, and that’s the point folks. If you want to get angry about something other than what I have told you get angry because the vaunted American justice system has been subverted by these people. No longer is there a rule of law in America. No longer are we a nation of laws and not of men. Now we are a nation that applies the law harshly to political enemies and not at all to others. If you are not a woke Democrat and you are accused in New York city or the surrounding jurisdiction, are you might as well plead guilty. No evidence, no problem for a NY prosecutor.
How can America survive with people like these when their legal systems can constantly mount false charges against their enemies for the sole purpose of subverting the will of the people and keeping evil in power. It is clear what this means even if I’m the only one who will admit it. There was a massive effort to steal the 2016 election and when that failed the thieves learned and succeeded in 2020. Power has been stolen from the people and delivered to an evil cabal.
Finally, folks, how much more ruin can this country take? I’ve heard it said that every problem is an opportunity in disguise. What is the opportunity that this problem disguises? This is a chance, maybe the last one, to clean up this mess that has been made of America and return it to the idea I mentioned earlier. How do we do that? We charge every one of them, put them on trial, somewhere other than New York, and if convicted we send them to jail. What are the chances of doing that in this political climate with control by those who should be in jail, don’t hold your breath folks.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the one politician who is telling the truth in America today and discusses some of the skeletons in his closet.
Transcription / Notes
THE SKELETONS REPORT
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 12th day of May in the year of our Lord 2023. Empires live and empires die just like people but is it possible to reign in the empire and save the republic before it dies or leads us into World War lll. Is there anyone willing and able to speak the truth and ask the right questions about what this government is doing and why it is doing it in politics today?
Politicians in general almost never do anything helpful, and they usually do the opposite of the thing that would be most helpful. Is there any politician out there today who is willing to ask the right questions to reign in the empire and possibly save the republic. I did get some very encouraging words from the announcement speech of Robert F. Kennedy, jr.
He said one of his goals was to end the divide but so far nobody can find a good or safe way out of that divide. He would do that by encouraging people to talk about the values that we have in common rather than the issues that keep us apart. Most importantly, he said “I am going to do that by telling the truth to the American people.” Well that would be a pleasant change wouldn’t it because it is now difficult or impossible to hear a politician tell the truth about anything.
The truth can be a very shocking thing and so rare that it is hardly ever recognized for what it is. Normally the truth is maligned or put down as a conspiracy theory because we simply cannot or will not accept the shocking nature of it. Like truth, trust in government is extremely rare and hard to find these days. In 1960 trust in government was 80% but today it is 22%. A recent poll done by ABC News showed 36% satisfied with Joe Biden’s performance as President but only 33% believe him to be honest and trustworthy.
I suspect that people are tired of it all. They are tired of the government sending drag queens to recruit new sailors for the navy and expecting that navy to confront the Chinese Navy in the Pacific. It just doesn’t make any sense and people want to know why we are doing it. The high cost of war and maintaining the empire or the military, security, intelligence, state should make us question it even if we think it is doing the right thing. What do we give up or forego when we send well over $100 billion in weapons and funds to Ukraine.
Mr. Kennedy says that he is willing to ask those questions and, in fact, he proposes bringing America’s $1.5 trillion empire project to a close. He is a breath of fresh air because he is breaking the ties of the Democrat/Republican woke and war agenda as it has been proposed and conducted for decades. His proposals would present the dirty truth to the American people and get them out of the empire business.
He proposes to bring the troops home and close many of America’s approximately 750 foreign military bases. Do we really need them, he asks, and if you say we do then what purpose do they serve. Do they make us safer or less safe. Under this proposal much of the military, security, and intelligence budget would be saved. Throughout my lifetime the powers that be, the global elite, or however you choose to refer to them, have been very good at putting America and with it the world in positions that make war inevitable. Once war is inevitable, well guess what, we get war.
War benefits many just as it destroys many. In our system of bottomless credit, money to pay for it all is just a computer keystroke away, but it all goes on the balance sheet as debt. Ultimately, as Mr. Kennedy explained in his announcement speech, it amounts to a system of socialism for the rich and a grinding relentless capitalism for the poor. It is all those poor and middle-class people who have been destroyed by the system who could ultimately support him, but only if they hear him. If the mainstream media continues to shut him out, he will have to find other avenues to be heard.
He was recently invited to Hillsdale College to speak to them about COVID, the vaccines and the pharmaceutical industry in general. I watched his speech I believe on You Tube and I recommend that you watch it as well. That 48 minutes contains the dark and dirty truth that I have been talking about. He gives the listener the yet unrevealed truth about how the virus was enhanced first in American labs then when forced offshore, to Wuhan, China. He describes how the Tony Fauci led National Institute for Health funded gain of function research at about 150 American colleges to make naturally existing viruses more lethal to humans.
Why do that which would obviously put humanity in danger. The answer is so that the viruses could be used as bioweapons. It was a way to avoid the international bans of bioweapons which made such research and development the equivalent of war crimes. He states plainly and unequivocally that after 40 years of litigation against pharmaceutical companies and having seen their internal documents they are “criminal enterprises every- one of them.” Listen to the speech and I promise you will be shocked, but the truth is worth it and I think it is the only way back to sanity and a republic instead of an empire.
Kennedy’s stated commitment to the truth involves allowing whistleblowers to tell the truth without going to jail. Since he is a trial lawyer with decades of environmental and pharmaceutical litigation behind him, he knows that in the corporate world whistleblowers are often rewarded handsomely, but in the government world they go to jail for espionage. To that end he proposes to pardon Julian Assange who has been in jail for about a decade without any real due process. People who dare to tell the truth in this world today are viewed as criminals, but if telling the truth is the number one plank in your platform you must let people tell it.
He has a knack for giving tough answers to the most difficult questions and his are the answers you just can’t talk about in America today. That is why his campaign is such a breath of fresh air. For example, he was interviewed on Tuesday of this week by Mark Steyn and the question of mass shootings, gun control, the 2nd amendment and other such subjects came up. Quote from the interview:
“The same is true, Mark, with all these shootings. Nobody is looking at the pharmaceutical contribution to that. Anecdotally, it appears that almost every one of these shooters were on SSRIs or some other psychiatric drug, and this is only happening in America, where all these people are taking these psychiatric drugs. We take four times as many as any other country in the West, the average European country. And there’s no time in history—I mean, we’ve always had guns in this country. Switzerland has more guns per capita than we do, and you don’t see that happening there. And I’m not defending all guns everywhere, but I’m just saying, something happened. Prior to the introduction of Prozac—these kinds of shootings were almost unknown.”
In my opinion, if this man can gain some traction and suddenly become relevant, he will be a force for both parties to deal with. What are some of the ways that our global ruling elite have available to solve problems like those caused by an intelligent, man committed to the truth who is gaining strength day by day. The first choice is money which I don’t believe would interest Bobby Kennedy at this point in his life. The second choice is scandal and that is the one we will discuss now because the third has already been used on his uncle and his father.
He mentioned in his announcement speech that he had so many skeletons in his closet that if they could vote he would be elected king of the world. That comment caused me to wonder and research exactly what he meant. The internet gives one access to virtually all information that exists if you have the time and patience to look for it.
I will start the skeletons report by saying that he was 14 years old when his father was murdered. When he was 28, he had an addiction to heroin and had decided to fly to South Dakota where he was going to enroll in a treatment center located in the Black Hills. While on the flight to South Dakota he was found to have in his possession 1/10th of a gram of heroin, which is a felony. He was arrested, charged, and later pleaded guilty to possession. Since he was a 1st offender and didn’t have enough to resell, he was given probation and 1500 hours of community service. He completed his stent in rehab apparently successfully and began community service with the Riverkeeper Organization.
His work with Riverkeeper led him into environmental law, especially concerning water pollution. His litigation and work on the Hudson River are said to have saved that river and the Hudson Valley along with it. In 1982 he married a lady named Emily Black who bore two of his seven children. In 1994 he filed for divorce and married Mary Richardson who was 6 months pregnant at the time of their marriage. Mary bore 4 children and had a very tumultuous and difficult life. She had numerous drunk driving arrests and lost her license. She had depressive disorder and suffered from other mental illness but in her own right she was a bright and talented woman who was highly regarded as an architect and was co-founder of the Food Allergy Initiative, the world’s largest source of private funding for that research.
In 2010 Robert filed for divorce from Mary. But the divorce did not immediately go through, and in 2012 she hanged herself in a barn on their property. In 2014 he married an actress named Cheryl Hines who has born him one child. It seems that these are the types of problems that have followed the Kennedys throughout my lifetime so now I have opened the basement door exposing the skeletons that I am aware of.
It has been 55 years since Senator Robert F, Kennedy stepped onto the national stage and started winning primaries against a sitting Democrat President. It has therefore been done before and the country was also in a perilous state. Robert Kennedy (Bobby) was the one who was going to get us out of an unpopular war, and help us heal the wounds that caused the deep divide in America. Unfortunately, an assassin’s bullet ended his campaign and his life.
Today that hope is back in the form of his son Robert F. Kennedy Jr. History, as it turns out, may not repeat itself but nevertheless the country today bears a remarkable resemblance to 1968. I argue that the situation internationally is worse today than it was in 1968 because the defense budget is much higher, the control of the media much tighter, and now we flirt with nuclear war with Russia and China. Will the people hear him and will they accept him and if they do can he heal the great divide? He is probably the only candidate who has a chance to do that.
Finally, Folks, just as Bobby Kennedy seems committed to the truth I endeavor to also be so committed. The politicians who are his competition along with their captive media will dismiss him as a lunatic, a fraud, a conspiracy nut on an ego trip, but he is none of those things. He is the real thing, at least it appears that way to me at this moment. I know as well that if we depend on the media to deliver the truth to us we will never hear it.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the recent firing of Tucker Carlson from his program at Fox News as well as the announcement of Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. as a candidate for President of the United States in 2024. Is there a connection and do they have anything in common.
TUCKER CARLSON AND ROBERT F. KENNEDY, JR.
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 5th day of May in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the recent firing of Tucker Carlson from his program at Fox News as well as the announcement of Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. (RFK) that he would be a candidate for the Democrat nomination for President of the United States in 2024. Is there a connection and do they have anything in common.
There is a common thread that runs between the two of them although they appear to be on opposite sides of the political spectrum. Tucker was fired because he had the audacity to present the big topics to the American people. The topics he presented will define the American future but they are simply not permitted to be discussed by the American media. There are other supposed reasons coming from Fox but I believe that is the real reason.
The two men seem to have developed an interest in some of the same topics such as war, civil liberties, artificial intelligence, and other emerging sciences, the COVID and especially the vaccine controversy, corporate power, and the merger of corporate and government power. Tucker’s firing was a shock because he was by far the Fox Network’s biggest star and biggest draw with an average viewership of 3.7 million per episode.
He was also close to Donald Trump and was able to interview him on his show. Getting rid of him is sure to anger Trump supporters which presumably is the base of Fox viewership. Why then, would businesspeople do something that was antibusiness and sure to lose ratings and money for their company. Why then, was he fired? The answer is simple and obvious, he raised issues and gave voice to people you aren’t allowed to mention. For example, he interviewed RFK, and he said he had information from an inside source that told him the CIA was involved in the assassination of President Kennedy.
When you take on the CIA you are playing with fire and placing yourself literally and figuratively in the crosshairs. He has the CIA in common with RFK who is no friend of that organization. In his book RFK says that a CIA assassin fired a bullet into his father’s head. In his speech announcing his candidacy he told the story of how the CIA lied to his uncle about the Bay of Pigs and how the President said he was going to break that organization into a thousand pieces and scatter them to the four winds.
The word is obviously out to the national media to give RFK what Deputy Barney Fife of the Andy Griffith Show used to call the big freeze. In other words, he is persona non grata and should never be mentioned in public. He is a non-entity, or one who does not exist. The trouble with that position is that he obviously does exist and Tucker had him on his show after his announcement. To this day Tucker is the only one to have interviewed him or acknowledged him in any way as far as I can tell.
That is even though RFK is a Kennedy which is about as close to Democrat Royalty as it gets. One might think that his announcement would at least be acknowledged but no the media and the Democrat Party serve a different master today than it did in 1963 and 1968. Soon after his announcement I heard one of the talking heads on MSNBC say that lunatic anti-vaxxer Robert Kennedy, Jr. had announced that he was seeking the nomination. That is the tactic then, to just denigrate and malign him if he is mentioned at all. The idea is that if the defamation is mentioned often enough people will start to accept it internally as fact.
RFK is probably best known for his attacks on the COVID vaccines and although his work and his book “The Real Anthony Fauci” have been proven correct he cannot be forgiven for trying to overturn the war against humanity currently being waged by the global ruling elite who hate him and all truth tellers. In fact, I don’t know who they do not hate and who they do not want to die, perhaps their billionaire friends and their toadies. RFK attacks the world system under which humanity labors. He points out that the mega-corporations and the government have become basically one. I add to his words that this corporate and government merger was invented by Benito Mussolini and was then known as fascism.
The central point of RFK’s campaign is that the corporate-government merger and the financial distress that has caused at home coupled with imperialism abroad has destroyed the Middle Class and driven that section into poverty. Imperialism abroad will not support a middle class at home and is, in effect, a war on the poor as well as on enemies abroad. He is going to be difficult for the Democrat Party to suppress and ignore because of his message. He will not appeal to the crazies who demand that we believe the impossible, but to all those poor people out there in this country, if they hear him, they will like his message.
So, Tucker puts RFK’s message on the most widely viewed segment in television and that is just not acceptable. Tucker shared many of his views such as vaccine skepticism. That is also unacceptable because one either buys the lies hook line and sinker or he is a lunatic anti-vaxxer. Tucker often spoke about the interests of big Pharma and how it seems to have an interest in killing us. RFK litigated against big pharma for many years as a trial lawyer so they have that in common.
Tucker had to go and these new email allegations about what he said in private emails are not unexpected. If that doesn’t work to discredit him then some woman will probably come forward to say he raped her when he was a teenager. I am not trying to make the case that Tucker was fired because of his interview with RFK, but I am saying it was one of a long chain of events. Truth is what got him fired because truth is the enemy to corporate media and government alike and truth must be expelled from our minds.
I suppose the most unforgiveable thing Tucker did was point out on the air that the various national news channels took hundreds of millions of dollars from big pharma companies and then shilled for their products on the air. While doing that they led a campaign to malign and defame anyone who was skeptical of those products. That happened across American media, but Tucker pointed it out. Who in public life is telling the truth in this country anymore. If virtually everything we see, read, and hear is lies at best and propaganda at worst who can be believed.
One man in public life has been proven to have been telling the truth about the COVID vaccines. Bobby Kennedy doesn’t seem to be a man who is easily intimidated and he knew early in the pandemic that the vaccines were not effective and not safe and he said so in a very public way. He doesn’t go the way that I have gone and that is that the vaccines are a war by the global ruling elite on humanity but he does very well at truth telling. Science has since proven RFK to be unequivocally right about the vaccines and the lockdowns.
Tucker allowed RFK’s views to be heard by the largest audience in TV news and that was just too much for the corporate owners of Fox and the owners of the rest of the world. Kennedy was therefore not rewarded for telling the truth and warning people of the danger. He was maligned, he was vilified, he was called a Nazi and a lunatic. He was attacked and his family was attacked and as he said in his speech, he lost his close friends and his political party saw him as an outcast. He was not intimidated though and he kept on and I am very happy to have this man out there telling the truth no matter what it costs him.
Tucker allowed him to air his views to the public and that could not be tolerated. Even though Tucker was Fox’s biggest star and an obvious money maker he was fired. Fox apparently cares more about pleasing the regime and being a faithful servant of the global elite than about the money. Tucker would not stop crossing the establishments redlines and he had to be sacrificed and made an example of. I would have been more surprised if no scandal had followed him because these people are just that evil. They have to fire him and dirty him at the same time, but I think he can see their scandal mudslinging as a badge of honor.
The Dominion lawsuit settlement that has been mentioned as partially Tucker’s fault will not hold water either. Blackrock Inc owns 15.1% of Fox and that is a significant amount of a publicly traded company and gives that stockholder significant clout. Tucker has been very critical of Blackrock for their involvement in the Ukraine war and for other reasons. Blackrock also has huge positions in big pharma. It is one of the three largest shareholders of Pfizer, Johnson & Johnson, and Merck.
In his interview with Tucker, RFK called these companies vaccines deadly and worthless. Blackrock is also a significant shareholder in Dominion so, in effect, Blackrock was suing Blackrock and also settling the lawsuit. What is all that incestual relationship about, corruption, or in that world just business as usual. Tucker will be alright in time since he is technically still under contract with Fox until after the 2024 election, but he has been offered more than $100 million by another network.
What about Bobby Kennedy? Can he be heard anywhere else. If he is heard then the people will have to hear him despite the media rather than from it. The polls reflect that it might just be happening. The last poll I saw had him at 19% of the vote. That amount might be enough, especially if it continues growing, to get him in the primary debates. Support for him seems to be growing and I’ll wager that has the Democrat Party elite very nervous.
I’ll tell you why they are upset and why they will have to find something else if the big freeze doesn’t work. He is going to remove America from the $1.5 trillion per year empire business. A vote for Kennedy is a vote to end the empire, it is a vote to bring the troops home and close a lot of foreign bases. A vote for Kennedy is also a vote to repair and rebuild the infrastructure of America and most importantly it is a vote to rebuild the Middle Class.
You can see why the elite are so afraid of him and so anxious to malign him at any opportunity. The empire is very expensive with a lot of corrupt graft which allows grifters in corporations and the military to profit from the blood of Americans and foreigners alike. He has turned away from the prevailing orthodox views of both the Democrat and Republican Parties so he doesn’t carry the support of either.
The empire knows that you get what you pay for. The government must print money it has borrowed to pay for it all and we get ships, planes, tanks, and the like instead of houses, cars, gas, and food. Why because all that federal money flowing through the system makes prices rise and the Middle-Class fall. RFK is the first candidate to propose putting a stop to it. He opposes the deep state empire and the corporate captured government that supports it.
Finally, folks, I am not saying that Bobby Kennedy or even Tucker Carlson have views totally in line with the Constitution Party Platform in every respect, but they are right about some of the most vital issues that confront this nation, and for that I thank them and I am grateful.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Transcription / Notes:
Darrell Castle talks about the economic and industrial nature of modern war and how that nature inures to the benefit of China as well as how the world is turning away from the financial system of the U.S. and the U.S. dollar.
MAKING CHINA GREAT AGAIN
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 28th day of April in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the economic and industrial nature of modern war and how that nature inures to the benefit of China. I will also talk about how the world is turning away from the financialized system used by the US and how much of the world’s population of people and nations are turning away from the dollar to other currencies especially the Chinese Yuan.
For purposes of our discussion, I will presume that modern war began with World War ll, and that war certainly was industrial. The United States, protected from attack by two oceans, was able to convert its massive industrial base into war production while Germany and Japan were subjected to strategic bombing to destroy their industry and with it their capacity to make war, and therefore, industry was the difference.
Most war today is psychological although there is plenty of kinetic warfare in the world. Both still depend to a large extent on economics and industry. For example, this Castle Report was inspired by an article I read on Russia Today entitled Russia has enough coal for 300 years—Energy Ministry. It seems that Russia has enough coal to last for centuries and while industry in the US is winding down largely because of efforts to convert from fossil fuels to green energy, and the movement of manufacturing offshore. Russia, meanwhile, just goes about digging its coal out of the ground and shipping it all over the world.
Russia has far more coal than it can use at the present time so who is buying it, Europe at first, but now, China of course. I quote briefly from the article; “Russia produced 443.6 million tons of coal in 2022, a 0.3% increase from 2021. Exports fell 7.5% to 210.9 million tons following the introduction of embargoes last August on Russian coal by the EU and UK, which had previously been the recipient of nearly a third of Russian coal exports.”
You can see from that quote that almost half of Russian coal is being exported and before the sanctions it went to the West. Now the sanctions have allowed the enemies of the West, or at least the opponents if you prefer that term, to prosper. This seems like madness to me, but I suppose it is part of the suicide of the west as Pat Buchannan used to refer to it. China has continued to stockpile Russian coal this year in record amounts with imports hitting a record last month of 8.8 million tons up 29% over February and three times more than the same month a year ago according to Chinese customs data.
So, despite the sanctions, the Russians don’t seem to be having any trouble finding markets. While the US and the West are breaking down industry and talking constantly about wind and solar the BRICS nations led by China are importing coal and ratcheting up their industries. That is a message that the world apparently wants to hear but the West isn’t listening. Many nations are tired of the US drive for world hegemony and they now sense weakness. The sanctions have finally made the difference in the world’s willingness to put up with financial bullying.
Russia covers 12% of the earth’s surface and coal is only one of its many sources of fuel. Russian deposits of oil and gas can and did power most of Europe until Joe Biden decided to teach those Germans who runs this world and sabotaged the Nord Stream. Russian timber, a renewable resource, can be converted into charcoal in massive amounts. Many other natural resources lie under Russian soil as well.
To counter all this the US has the world’s reserve currency. We can print money at virtually no cost and the rest of the world takes it at the value we assign to it. If you want to buy oil or gas you must convert your own currency into dollars because we run the world and only dollars are permitted in trade. We invade any country that displeases us, but they cannot invade us. To bolster this disparity we have approximately 750 military bases around the world. No one seems to know the exact number but 750 is a close approximation.
Dollars are and have been since the Bretton Woods agreement in 1948 extremely valuable. The new system of value in financialization is extremely favorable for the elite and extremely impoverishing for everyone else. US stocks are currently worth $45 trillion. US real estate is worth $36 trillion and US government bonds $31 trillion. That is all smoke and mirrors, but the rest of the world has always bought it because they have no choice.
The US military, especially the US navy, enforces this system around the world. US word is law all over the world, so you do what we say or else. If the Russians grow weary of a US coup and regime change to a US friendly government right on their border well that’s just too bad. If the Russians grow nervous about a hostile military alliance with nuclear weapons growing to its very border despite solemn promises not to do so, well that’s just tough.
Yes, that was a pretty cool system for the US, but that was yesterday’s world and tomorrow’s world will be completely different. We need to come to grips with the fact that the world we have lived our lives in is ending and there is no saving it from the world our children and grandchildren will live in. The 40-year trend toward lower and lower interest rates with no resulting inflation is ending. With its end comes the end of constantly increasing asset values for the elite who could borrow at virtually no cost and invest in constantly rising stocks.
That system I just described along with US imperialism abroad has destroyed the middle class in the US and condemned those below the middle class into poverty. The future will not elevate those people but will add more and more to their numbers. Let’s look at a partial reason the US ruling elite were able to get away with that system of exploitation for so long.
The extra dollars the US printed and pumped into the system were spent mainly on foreign made goods because foreigners now make virtually everything. The dollars went to China, Vietnam, Bangladesh, India and many other places like those. Nations where people work for a living for very low wages made the goods and accepted pieces of paper in return for their labor. A movement is underway across the world to move away from the dollar, and it is rapidly gaining steam. The BRICS include Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa, but many other nations are lining up to join.
In Brazil, which has been a de-dollarization leader, President Lula at a recent conference, famously said, “Every night I ask myself why all countries have to base their trade on the dollar”. Many others are asking that question as well. According to Bloomberg the BRICS are expected to outpace the US led G7 nations in terms of their contribution to the world’s economic growth, for this year. Brazil is not the only one because Argentina just announced it would be dropping the dollar in favor of the Yuan. The Mexican president just completed a trip to China and Chinese on the border of the US would be problematic for me. I wonder if it will be a problem for Biden, but then I guess what goes around comes around.
De-Dollarization is happening faster than economists expected apparently as the dollar continues to lose its reserve status. The dollar’s share of global reserves fell 10 times faster last year than it has in the last two decades. Countries are looking for alternatives after Russian sanctions started to affect their own abilities to trade abroad with whomever they wanted. On the other side of the world the Middle East is rapidly leaving the dollar. China’s efforts to bring an alliance between Iran and Saudi Arabia, enemies since the Saudi State was formed after World War l are well known.
It is fascinating to think that Saudi Arabia was formed by the British when the Ottoman Empire fell with its defeat in World War l. The British just drew some lines on a sand map and chose the Saud family to rule it. Since the Petrodollar agreement in 1974 the US has kept the Saud family in power with its military. The Chinese have a different plan it seems. The US likes the plan of making enemies that people must be protected from. Iran the ancient enemy always threatening to expand had to be kept form taking over the Middle East and expelling the Saud family.
I’m not going to tell you that the Chinese Communists are nice people that we should strive to emulate, but I will say that they have a different appeal, and the world is buying it. They bring diplomats from Iran and Saudi Arabia to China which was in itself a very significant move and very noticeable to the world. They tell the two countries to stop fighting and make plans to get along and they will follow China into a world of trade and wealth and not one of constant warfare.
Is that a true and fair picture of what China has instore for the world it leads, who knows, but I know that the world is buying what The Chinese are selling. For eight years Iran and Saudi Arabia have been fighting a proxy war in Yemen. The war has killed about 350 thousand civilians and plunged Yemen into a state of abject poverty and starvation. The Saudis have made no military progress despite advanced weapons from the US and their military is exhausted. Within two weeks of the China conference there was a ceasefire in Yemen. When asked about what the US would think about his Chinese and Iranian deals the Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salmon said, “I don’t care what the US thinks.” So, far the first time in 48 years the Saudis say they are open to trading in currencies other than the dollar.
Even the West is looking for a way to move away from the dollar. The Chinese and other Asian nations have spearheaded the drive away from the dollar, but they are by no means the only ones. France wants to be free of the dollar’s dominance as well. Perhaps the Nord Stream had something to do with the dollar’s coming demise in Europe. The people who fell on Normandy’s beaches and who liberated France and freed Europe from the NAZI menace can no longer be trusted not to ruin their economies and starve their people.
What happens when all those dollars held in reserve by central banks all over the world, so they don’t cause US inflation, come home? I’ve got a feeling we are about to find out and I don’t think it is a very pretty picture. No, the picture looks more like out-of-control inflation to me with a very much lower standard of living for Americans. Falling asset prices, rising prices on goods, especially essentials like food and fuel appear to be in our future.
Secretary of the Treasury Janet Yellen recently admitted on CNN that US sanctions against Russia might be undermining the dollar’s reserve status around the world. She went on to say that it does create a desire on the part of China, Russia, and Iran to find an alternative. She didn’t mention all the other countries looking for an alternative nor did she say that the countries on the other side of this divide from the US outnumber the US in population by about 50:1.
Finally, folks, who says there’s no good news. The faceless collective running this country into the ground announced the other day that it would seek reelection to continue our national plunge to the bottom. It said it wanted to “finish the job. “I suppose it believes there is a small remnant of American society and the American economy that is yet to be completely destroyed.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the public release of classified documents concerning U.S. foreign policy and the war in Ukraine.
Transcription / Notes
HOW IS THE WAR GOING?
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 14th day of April in the year of our Lord 2023. How is the war in Ukraine going? It depends on who you ask but a recent release of classified documents concerning U.S. foreign policy might shed some light on the subject so I will be talking about that information today. The fact that the U.S. is going to great lengths to find the leaker tells me that the information leaked is more than likely valid. It seems that now an Air National Guardsman has been arrested for the release.
Before I start, please keep in mind that the Constitution Party National Committee Meeting is next week so no podcast then. I will be back with you the week after that.
There is a lot of information in the leak that looks legitimate and a lot that does not but how can we know for sure or how can we tell the difference. The Russians say that it looks like an attempt to distract their attention from what’s really going on, but it is an apparent embarrassment for the U.S. in any event. A member of the group Discord has been credited with the release by a teenaged member of the same group. He’s fit, he’s strong, he’s armed, he’s trained, he’s just about everything you expect out of some crazy movie. That is the description of the releaser given to the Washington Post by his teenaged associate.
Who leaked this massive amount of classified information and put it out on social media for the whole world to examine? Just like the Vietnam days no one seems to know for sure and everyone has a theory. The leak details Pentagon planning for the next stage in the war and makes it clear that this is a war between U.S./NATO and Russia. The shocking thing is the release of extensive details about U.S. plans for Russia, China and others and it further reveals that the U.S. eavesdrops on everyone including its closest friends.
War plans the U.S. shared with its closest allies such as the five eyes as they are known. The five eyes are the UK, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and the U.S. Those nations are supposed to have a special relationship which includes the sharing of intel that is obtained by each of them. The information about U.S. spying on everybody is like a spy v. spy novel or cartoon from the cold war days, but it could also cause a great deal of harm to the U.S. if real. Once again it is not the release that is the harm, but the actions that are the subject of the release.
There are some very frightening things in the release. The conclusion that the United States is currently at war with Russia is inescapable. The only thing preventing this war from going nuclear is the good sense of those running it, so I wonder if that thought frightens anyone besides me. Whether this information is real, or fake is open to debate, but its conclusion is not. The Russians don’t flat out call it a fake, but they say they don’t trust it. The Pentagon says it is a fake, but the New York Times and the Washington Post believe it to be genuine and published a good deal of it including the interview.
There are details in the release that are very damaging to the U.S. position, and which require either a great deal of knowledge or a great deal of skill to invent. For example, the U.S. feeds intel non-stop around the clock to the Ukrainians about Russian command posts, ammunition dumps, weak spots in Russian lines, unprotected flanks on the battle lines, location of general officers, etc. Real time battle intel that can affect the outcome of battle on a day-by-day basis.
There is also the indication that U.S./NATO officials or representatives are involved in the planning and execution of strikes based on the intel provided. In other words, it is a U.S./NATO war. It is the kind of direct intel that allows the targeting and killing of Russian general officers and the kind that forces Russian supply depots further and further back toward Russia. According to the release the U.S. alone has and maintains total control of the war on a command-and-control basis.
One other part of the release that seems to make it more believable is its correction of the casualty figures that are being tossed around by Pentagon officials then normally denied by Russian officials. We have been told for months that Russian dead exceed 200,000 and Ukrainian dead exceed 100,000 but the release disputes those numbers. These are the casualty figures to date as listed in the original leaked release.
Russia Total Losses 72 fighter bombers; 82 rotary wing aircraft
6,004 ground vehicles
35.4K to 43.5K KIA
Ukraine Total Losses 60 fighter bombers; 32 rotary wing aircraft
11 SAM Batteries (strategic) 34 SAM batteries (tactical)
16K to 17.5K KIA
These figures come straight from Official Ukrainian Records which probably means that it is difficult to track them, so the U.S. simply records what the Ukrainians tell them. Its always possible that the Ukrainians are lying to make their numbers seem smaller. These numbers seem woefully short of reality to me. I remember reading figures of the fighting around Mariupol as around 15,000 casualties and 10,000 KIA and about 5000 POW’s so apparently there is some propaganda even in the release of U.S. officially prepared documents. The interesting thing is how different the official U.S. internal documents are from the publicly released propaganda of over 200,000 dead.
The other interesting thing revealed in the release is the total forces deployed inside the country. U.S. propaganda numbers were 1 million Ukrainian troops versus 500-700 thousand Russian-Allied forces. It is hard to make 200,000 KIA look plausible when you compare that to the real number of troops in the field. If you add up the figures of all the units deployed and apply the table of organization which is almost always high, you get an absolute maximum of 300,000 Ukrainian troops. Units are almost never at TO strength so 200,000 to 250,000 is probably more accurate.
The interesting thing about the Russian numbers is that of their combat battalions 97% are committed to battle. Despite that figure the Russians have maneuver battalions and reserve battalions. Russian numbers are significantly augmented by the Wagner Group private contractors, essentially a private army employed by the Kremlin. The closest I can come to figuring out the very confusing Russian numbers is about 100,000 Russian troops on each of three fronts and about 20 to 25, 000 Wagner troops.
Let’s look at some of that ordinance provided by hard working Americans for use in this war against Russia. The U.S. provided a complicated rocket artillery system and to date it has expended 9,612 rockets. They are firing between 14 and 28 rockets per day. The other workhorse artillery system is the 155mm gun. The Ukrainians have fired 952,856 155mm rounds to date for an average of 2,575 per day. The eye-opening thing about these numbers is that it shows only 1,840 rounds enroute to being delivered. The conclusion must be that the U.S. is running very low on 155mm rounds.
U.S. special forces in Ukraine is listed at 14 with a total of 97 NATO personnel. Total U.S. personnel is listed at 100 The British have the country crawling with SAS, but I could not find their total strength, but a lot of SAS support vehicles and aircraft indicate a lot of boots on the ground. To finalize the equipment numbers, it is shocking to see that from official U.S. numbers every system of artillery is running out of ammunition.
The big spring offensive that the Ukrainian forces are supposed to be launching sometime around the end of this month was broken down in great detail with each unit and its various components. From this information the Russians would almost know the name and service number of every single Ukrainian assigned to the attack. Ukraine has, according to the release, 253 tanks available for this attack. The vast majority are old Soviet T-64’s and old T-72’s and not the highly upgraded version of the T-72. They also now have 14 British Challengers but the old prewar T-64’s are almost gone and probably cannot be replaced in large numbers.
Finally, the release tells us and the Russians that the Ukrainians can only withstand “2-3 more wave strikes.” No one seems to know for sure, but I would assume it means Russian missile or drone strike waves. There is no mention of the large numbers of T-72’s. Ukraine reportedly once had upwards of 300 so one might presume those have been destroyed and if so that conflicts with earlier numbers.
The release which was dated March 1st says Ukraine needs 253 tanks, 380 infantry fighting vehicles and APC’s, 480 vehicles, 147 artillery pieces, and 571 HMMWV armored vehicles to carry out its planned offensive. The release makes it clear that Ukrainian forces are not up to this attack, but the Russians seem to think the release is just misdirection, so they choose not to believe it. According to the New York Post and Washington Post the Ukrainians are furious at the release of information about their lack of readiness.
The leaks have been coming hot and heavy since the original release. The original release on the website 4chan revealed highly classified information regarding the spring attack that I have talked about. It is impossible to tell if it is genuine or just more spin for some reason. The leak could be from a disgruntled insider, but who knows. One thing is made clear by the leak and that is that the spin people are out of their minds with propaganda. A reported 200,000 Russian dead when the actual documents presume less than one fourth of that.
This is all madness, but war is a madness business above all things. How can this war ultimately end. It can end when both parties become so depleted financially and physically that they are forced to stop. One of the two sides could prevail on the battlefield and impose its will on the other. The U.S. could stop providing weapons and money and force negotiations or both sides could sit down and work out a negotiated settlement. Finally, it could end in nuclear annihilation and that is the frightening one.
There is a strong rumor surrounding the leaks as they appeared in the New York Times, the Washington Post and even Russia Today that the leaker was a disgruntled but very nervous insider who concluded that the war was building to a nuclear conclusion unless something was done to reverse the direction.
Finally, folks, are the leaks real or are the leaks a psyops? Who knows or who can say with any degree of confidence, but Satan demands his souls and there are plenty of people at the head of governments willing to give them to him.
At Least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the indictment of Donald Trump on 34 felony counts by a New York City prosecutor whose election was funded by a Nazi collaborator, George Soros.
Transcription / Notes
TRUMP INDICTED BY SOROS SURROGATE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 7th day of April in the year of our Lord 2023. This is Good Friday near the conclusion of Holy Week, a week in which a New York City prosecutor who was funded and therefore placed in office by a Nazi collaborator who said he had fun delivering his fellow Jews to the Nazis. A low point in American history has been reached with the indictment of Donald Trump on bogus charges by a Soros surrogate DA.
District Attorney Alvin Bragg fulfilled his most important campaign promise and that was to get Donald Trump. I’m going to get him, he said. Yes, it appears the fix was in from the get-go but nevertheless Donald Trump now faces 34 felony charges. The position of district attorney is an elected office in New York City and to win elective office in a massive city one must have money to fund a campaign and get his message out. The honest candidate will take his appeal to the public and ask them to support him if they like his message.
Some, however, choose to go the route of accepting their money from Nazi Collaborators and advocates of mass murder, and that is what Alvin Bragg decided to do. The video of Soros admitting that he helped the Nazis hunt down his fellow Jews and then laughing about it and saying it was fun is still available on You tube I believe. According to Colonel Douglas Macgregor Soros also pushes for direct war between America, NATO, and Russia because Russia is the last country with an Orthodox Christian Culture and must, therefore, be destroyed.
Yes folks that is the man Alvin Bragg went to for money and that is the man who helped put him in office to fulfill his campaign pledge. What does all that mean for the rule of law already severely under threat in America? The rule of law is most importantly a belief that no one is above the law and that it will be applied fairly and evenly to those who are accused. No matter how you feel about Donald Trump whether you hate him or love him what is happening to him is a travesty and beneath contempt in a nation which once rested on a belief in the rule of law.
What about all those felonies presented to the grand jury? The indictment was sealed but someone leaked its contents to the media which is also a felony punishable by up to 5 years in prison, but oh well who cares about that. The 34 felony counts involve falsification of business records. That is normally looked at as a bookkeeping mistake or just sloppy bookkeeping, but if charged as a crime it is a misdemeanor. The district attorney made it into a series of felonies on the grounds that it was designed to conceal an underlying felony, violating election finance law. So, a Soros District Attorney brought an indictment for a bookkeeping mistake against a former US President while he refuses to prosecute and downgrades violent felonies to no bail.
The misdemeanor, if anything, was for supposedly characterizing money legally paid to Stormy Daniels and others for a nondisclosure agreement as legal expenses. She turned out to be an extortionist for which he sued her and won. He is also accused of making payments to the National Enquirer to squelch a story. Stacking is the second of this prosecutor’s skirting of the law. That is the process of taking one crime and breaking it into as many pieces as possible to get more crimes. The crimes are just made up in the mind of the prosecutor who doesn’t bother to hide his preconceived prejudice. Its warfare politics not justice and it should be beneath a lawyer’s dignity let alone a DA.
For the sake of the nation someone is going to have to address the double standard being applied here. The concept of the rule of law and a one-tiered system of law that has existed since the Magna Charta are both at stake. Let’s look for a moment at the double standard. Hillary Clinton who maintained an unsecured private email server processing classified material and who destroyed tens of thousands of emails, all potential evidence, as well she destroyed physical phones and blackberry devices. She operated the server out of her New York kitchen apparently to avoid Freedom of Information Act Requests, a crime designed to avoid the discovery of other crimes. She also paid money, campaign money perhaps, for the fabricated Steele Dossier, and its total fabrication of the Trump as Russian agent lie.
This may be the first indictment of a former president and it may have all those George Soros Democrats salivating, but perhaps it will not be the last. Perhaps next up is the Hunter Biden case and perhaps Joe Biden will have the opportunity to watch his surviving son spend a few years in federal prison. Perhaps Joe Biden will just be waiting for when he is defeated in 2024 so he can join Hunter in federal prison or perhaps he will see the handwriting and just pardon everyone. Once Joe is out of office perhaps some obscure DA will decide he wants to get him.
Thanks to George Soros and his surrogate Alvin Bragg, Pandora’s Box has been opened and its game on for political opponents now. Perhaps an elderly and retired Nancy Pelosi will be indicted for insider trading after all Martha Stewart went to prison for less. Perhaps some prosecutor will start combing through the financial records of the Clinton family and find payoff money to unsavory characters. What about all those Democrat members of Congress who are constantly accused of doing things for which we are expected to just look the other way. My point is that a line has been crossed that can never again be uncrossed.
Yes, this is weaponization of the “justice system” against a political opponent and it reeks to high heaven with unfairness. The criminal establishment now in charge from this Soros DA to the CIA, FBI, and the Democrat Party use law only as a weapon against their opponents. What about the media, could the media like the New York Times and Washington Post with their armies of Ivy League reporters, could they help investigate this non crime. Don’t make me laugh folks. The media, especially the part of it I just mentioned are virtually wholly owned subsidiaries of the establishment I also just mentioned.
It is virtually impossible to have a free society without a free press and independent media. In fact, it is useless to say something isn’t fair without an independent media to investigate and report, but unfortunately in America today the only function of the media is to support and reinforce official lies. The media wants this high-profile case just as the elite does because it reinforces repression and tells all opponents of the regime to be careful because you could be next.
Yes, sometimes we play the “but what about” game but in this case it is so obviously a weaponization of the system that is supposed to be “fair” that it brings out both rage and sadness. War is politics by other means as Von Clausewitz said so I suppose everything is fair once war is declared and it all becomes a desperate fight for survival. So in that light and in full knowledge of what it says about the leadership of this country I play the what about game at least momentarily.
Just a couple of weeks ago the House Oversight Committee which now is Republican led revealed that the Biden family had, through an associate, received more than $1million from a Chinese energy company. You are probably aware that in China all corporations are just arms of the Chinese Communist Party. Joe Biden’s brother Jim, his son Hunter, and his deceased son’s widow Hallie received significant funds as did another account named simply “Biden.” Could that account be owned or directed by the “Big Guy.”
It’s very interesting indeed how easily, without a care in the world the Biden family has shrugged off all these allegations. The Democrat media refuses to look at it and the White House just circles the wagons secure in its protection by the media cavalry. We have years and years of breathless reporting on the Trump-Russia Hillary Clinton invented lie, but stone silence about the Biden-China connection. The president has financial ties to a rival communist superpower, oh well nothing to see here folks just move along.
What about Donald Trump and the possibility that he could get a fair trial or that these bogus charges could be dismissed by an honest judge. The Trump defense team says that it intends to pursue a motion to dismiss based on prosecutorial misconduct among other points. The answer to that is that this Soros DA probably plotted out where he would bring his bogus case before his campaign for the office.
“Show me the man and I will show you the crime.” Those were the words of Lavrentiy Beria chief of the secret police as well as the author and conductor of Stalin’s reign of terror. Alvin Bragg is in good company then because Beria is a fine example for him since he oversaw the arrest, torture, and murder of tens of millions. Can he get a fair trial then in New York City and will he be tried before a jury of his peers who passionately desire to hear the facts of the case and make an honest decision as to whether Mr. Bragg has proven every element of the crime charged beyond a reasonable doubt.
No, I don’t think so and I will have to stand with Alan Dershowitz on that score. A motion to change venue will be filed but will this Democrat judge agree that he cannot preside over a fair trial. Judge Juan Manuel Merchan has a Democrat activist 34 year old daughter who worked in Kamala Harris’ campaign and on many other Democrat campaigns including that of Joe Biden. She runs a business helping Democrat candidates. Trump said that the judge is from a family of well-known Trump haters and it appears that he was right. It also turns out the among her clients is Adam Schiff who while a California Congressman led the first effort to impeach Trump.
Nancy Pelosi, who was speaker of the House for many years, said that all is well, and it will be fair because he will get the chance to prove his innocence. I could just chalk that appalling statement up to ignorance if the situation were not so vitally important, but it is. It makes the charge of unfairness and already decided jump out even more. I have to say it anyway, no Nancy, this is still America despite your efforts and in America he does not have to prove his innocence but instead the Soros DA must prove every element of the offense charged beyond a reasonable doubt.
Trump remains cautiously and guardedly defiant in the face of what is happening to him. He spoke when he got back to Florida and reminded people of how the Democrats spied on him and his campaign. They launched fraudulent investigations against him, including the Russian collusion lie along with two bogus impeachment trials. He accused the FBI and DOJ of relentlessly pursuing Republicans while protecting Hunter Biden. He couched the indictment as election interference meaning that it is being done to prevent his reelection.
Trump is the proxy for all of us. He stands in the place of people like me and he is right when he says they are coming for me but the real message is for you. The Republican elite wants rid of Trump almost as much as the Democrat elite because they are totally sold out to the Neocon warfare regime. Trump is the choice of ordinary men and women who are powerless. We owe him a debt of gratitude for one thing if for nothing else and that is that he revealed very clearly that the elite from the Washington swamp despite all dignified titles such as FBI, CIA, DOJ, and the like are totally corrupt and cannot be trusted and should not be respected.
Finally, folks, the Democrat and Republican elite have us on a course leading to nuclear war. Trump can position himself as the anti-war candidate to oppose the coming nonsensical war. If he does then who knows, maybe he could win, but no, that would be impossible because he opposes the elite war machine it is virtually impossible for him to be elected again. I didn’t say nominated, I said elected.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the cause of the globalists, who they are at least in part, as well as what they are doing to this world. He also discusses the anti-globalist cause which in today’s world represents good in the never-ending battle with evil.
Transcription / Notes
THE ANTI-GLOBALIST CAUSE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 31st day of March in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the cause of the globalists, who they are at least in part, as well as what they are doing to this world, but I will also be talking about the anti-globalist cause which in today’s world represents good in the never-ending battle with evil.
I will argue that the globalist cause is the cause of global wealth, and global control of people and their institutions. It is the cause of what we have come to call billionaires today due to the inflation of the currency, but it has existed throughout human history as the cause of evil. The great acceleration of the globalist cause happened with the fall of the Soviet Union and the rise of the new technology we are all familiar with. Russia was led by weak and corrupt leaders and quickly became a kleptocracy or a nation run by organized crime.
The criminal oligarchs in Russia took control of Russian industry and even the Russian government and military and with that control they transferred Russian wealth out of the country to various offshore accounts apparently for their own benefit. Even their looting of Russia and its people can’t compare with the global criminal billionaire oligarchs I will describe because they apparently seek only the accumulation of vast wealth and not the destruction of humanity like the others.
In America we have no reason to look down our collective noses at the Russians because we have the same problem although our oligarchs pretend, they have cleaner hands. In fact, I will argue that our oligarch problem in the West is bigger than the one Putin faced when he came to power in 2000. The entire Western World is currently in the grips of a class of billionaire elites who have obtained complete control of all our institutions. They control the media, the political establishment, education, financial markets, banks, world trade, social issues, and public health. I’m sure they control much more but those are the obvious things that come first to mind.
These elite establishment billionaires see every problem as global and every problem, primarily created by them, must have a global solution. The various censorship campaigns that we have recently experienced coupled with the lies and fake news stories such as Russiagate and the other efforts to impeach Trump. One would think that Donald Trump should be one of them, but their paranoid fear and hatred of him leads me to believe that he is not.
The recent covid disaster and the hysteria it created primarily orchestrated by the billionaire oligarchs such as Bill Gates and the like as well as the repressive control measures that came out of it serve the interests of those who lust for control. They want total control of all the people who currently reside and who will ever reside on planet earth. To achieve control, they have adapted the goal of the destruction of the American Republic and the other once free nations of the West. To what extent these people have extended their tentacles into other aspects of society we will explore today.
Recent polls tell us what should be obvious and that is that the bedrock institutions and values of our society have collapsed or they are in serious decline. Religious faith and patriotism are at all time lows in America. The values of religion, patriotism, raising children, hard work, etc. have all been replaced by something else. Can you guess what the new value is? If you guessed money and its acquisition, you are correct. That’s right, according to many polls money is now the most important thing to most Americans.
It seems that we have a billionaire on just about every corner and they are all evil people who will not be satisfied until everything that is good and holy is destroyed and replaced with things that are evil, sick, twisted, and most of all insane.
Does our new class of billionaire oligarchs have control of the problems that beset America today? Are they the control masters? Do the politicians simply act as puppets for the globalist oligarchs that pull the strings? How can one know for sure, but I will confess that it sure looks that way to me. Some of the insanity I will talk about in a minute is hard to explain any other way.
Mandated injections of a poison long since proven unable to deliver any positive benefit. Forced lockdown of virtually the entire world, instituted by the government and forced by intimidation of free speech resulting in an Orwellian government-imposed censorship of opposing thought. Prosecution of innocent people who are guilty of nothing besides opposing the political agenda of evil people. More recently the burning and destruction of food processing plants, the attacks on farming, consolidation of farms with the substitution of patented products for human consumption. In Europe the literal destruction of the second largest food exporting nation of farmers in the world, the Dutch.
The Dutch people have risen in protest over the elite, globalist destruction of their food supply and livelihoods to the point that farmers have formed their own political party, and many have been elected. Why would an elite globalist oligarch and billionaire want to destroy the food supply of ordinary people? They tell us it’s because of climate change. The farms give off nitrogen which is somehow leading to a climate apocalypse and only the wise all-knowing oligarch billionaire globalists have the authority and wisdom to correct this problem and save planet earth from the ravages of ignorant little people like us.
A person would have to be completely insane to believe what I just told you these people expect us to believe. Are you insane folks, I didn’t think so. No, the real reason, as you undoubtedly can guess, is control because it is far easier to control weak starving people. If the destruction of our food isn’t stopped and soon, we will be forced to come to them like baby birds so they can put bugs in our mouths. I’m not kidding about that by the way because across the Western World insane people are buying into the propaganda that it is somehow necessary to quit eating meat and start eating bugs in order to save the planet.
Another tactic that seems to follow right in line with what I have been saying is to make sure that more intelligent people stop having children, which is happening across the West. Birth rates are falling in Western countries especially among the educated class. Yes, right now there is a strong correlation between education and childlessness. Simply put, the smarter you are the fewer children you have and the more ignorant the more children.
Are we then headed for a literal ideocracy. No, because in that movie the same phenomenon that I just mentioned as presently happening resulted in a future world run by idiots. The difference is that the globalists envision a world of idiots run by them. The surviving people will be like sheep, cattle, or just dependent serfs on the globalist plantation. We will be happy though, in the soon to come world run by oligarch billionaires, because they have told us we will own nothing, and we will like it. We will live in whatever conditions they determine best for those of us who survive their pandemics, their wars, and their food destruction.
The things I have mentioned so far all coincide with a focus on control of the human species by a few people. Complete planet wide surveillance of every movement with computerized social control or social credit as in Communist China. The maniacal focus that we see today on gender issues. The growing number of people who are so insane that they believe and expect us to believe that men can become women and women men just by thinking about it. Men can bear children and women can father children and we are so propagandized that many of us actually believe that. Are these things that no sane person could believe just random occurrences in a society undergoing rapid change or evidence of the involvement of something far more sinister?
Evidence of the far more sinister kind is all around us. We know that the FBI, the DOJ, the IRS, and the various intelligence agencies are all totally corrupt and have been illegally weaponized against the American people. Those agencies were all involved in what came to be called Russiagate but was really a coup against a sitting United States president. To what extent then, are these agencies involved in the other nefarious things that I have mentioned or in other crimes that I haven’t thought of?
To help us answer some of those questions I will call on a man whose words I have great respect for and that is Colonel Douglas Macgregor. I won’t bother to quote his entire statement, but he was talking about a quote from George Soros over 10 years ago in which Soros said that Russia is the last nationalist state that rests on a foundation of orthodox Christian culture with Russian identity at its core. That has to be removed, and it will require direct war between America, NATO, and Russia to remove it. Mr. Soros wishes the war could be primarily fought by Eastern Europeans because they don’t mind mass casualties but alas if it must be the casualty averse West, so be it. Now quoting Colonel Macgregor.
“ So, I think that the people who are in charge in the West and the people in Washington think they have successfully destroyed the identities of the European and American peoples, that we have no sense of ourselves, our borders are undefended, we present no resistance to the incoming migrants from the developing world who essentially roll over us as though we owe them a living and that our laws do not count. Thus far I would say that is an accurate evaluation of what we’ve been doing. And I think that’s a great victory for George Soros and the globalists.”
So, we will become, or perhaps we have become, an open society. Perhaps our future is as nothing but an amorphous mass of people who believe nothing and who have nothing to believe in except some desire for money. This thinking is so evil and so destructive that I am amazed that Soros and people like him are tolerated, but I guess the toleration of them, and the adaptation of their ideas is evidence of what I have been arguing. This information supplied by Colonel Macgregor in part sums up much of the thinking of the globalist world today.
These globalist billionaire oligarchs have a deeply passionate hatred toward Christianity, toward Christians, and toward those who love their country and resist its destruction. These people are obstacles to their ultimate goal of a borderless one-world government headed by billionaire oligarchs, not by we the people. The example that Colonel MacGregor gave about Russia being the last nationalist state based on a Christian culture could perhaps be applied to people and groups in the United States who resist the globalist oligarch propaganda and lies.
The oligarchs are now so strong and confident that they talk openly about transitioning away from representative government, and of their desire for the destruction of the nation state. They meet and they plan the suffering of the rest of us that will finally bring us into compliance. The future world of our children and their prodigy is at stake right now. Who will decide it? Who will preserve freedom?
Finally, folks, there are so many psychopaths in high places that a truly evil psychopathic mass murderer can sometimes fly under the radar without notice but somebody needs to notice him and start listening to what he says.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the state visit to Moscow by Chinese Premier Xi Jinping.
Transcription/Notes
CAN CHINA BE ACCEPTED AS PEACEMAKER?
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 24th day of March in the year of our Lord 2023 and I will be talking about the state visit to Moscow of Chinese Premier Xi Jinping. It seems like an unlikely time for a state visit since his host Vladimir Putin has an international warrant through the ICC pending against him for war crimes, but nevertheless they met in Moscow.
Yes, the media is full of stories and reports that the Hague-based International Criminal Court has issued an arrest warrant for Russian President Vladimir Putin. The reports are probably intended to add gravitas to what is otherwise a meaningless gesture and just more political theater. The warrant on its face is ridiculous because Putin is accused of war crimes for evacuating children from a war zone to safety in Russia.
I believe the United States did the same thing in Vietnam evacuating children and bringing them to the U.S. Many of those children later returned to their homeland. In Afghanistan the United States evacuated wounded children from the war zone when Russia spent its 10 years there. The children were treated for their wounds in the U.S. and later returned unless they desired to remain. In England, many British children were evacuated to Canada to avoid Nazi bombing of London during the blitz,
For those reasons and because no warrants have been forthcoming for the Nord Stream Pipeline bombing or for the invasion of Iraq and other countries I believe it’s a case of the pot calling the kettle black. Nevertheless at the invitation of Vladimir Putin, Chinese leader Xi Jinping arrived in Moscow last Monday and stayed through Wednesday. A grand welcoming ceremony was held for Xi’s arrival with lots of praise heaped on Xi by Putin.
Mr. Putin wrote an article for the People’s Daily entitled “Russia and China-A Partnership Looking to the Future.” In that article he said, “We have high expectations for the upcoming talks. We have no doubt that they will give a powerful new impetus to the entire range of bilateral cooperation. It is also a great opportunity for me to see a good old friend with whom we have the warmest relationship.” He went on to add that there exists a special relationship in the Russian Chinese partnership which has always been built on mutual trust, and respect for each other’s sovereignty and interests.
From Xi’s standpoint he noted that China and Russia are friendly neighbors connected by shared mountains and rivers. The two countries according to Xi have consolidated and grown the bilateral relationship on the basis of no-alliance, no-confrontation and not targeting any third party, and they have set a fine example of developing a relationship featuring mutual respect and peaceful coexistence. There are some important code words in Xi’s statement if one takes a minute to decipher them.
Both Russia and China understand that the United States is their chief rival and probable enemy in the upcoming World War that grows more likely by the day. Despite that realization there has been no announced mutual defense treaty. There has been no announced effort to include or recruit other like-minded countries into a military alliance. Iran would be an obvious choice especially since the Chinese brokered deal between Iran and Saudi Arabia effectively removed the Saudis from the sphere of U.S. control.
The Chinese recently issued a paper to help explain it entitled “US Hegemony and its Perils.” The paper takes the position that the US, since the end of the cold war, has overstepped its position as world leader. Since the US emerged from the two world wars and the cold war as world leader it has been unwilling to accept the sovereignty and equality of other nations. In pursuit of world hegemony, the US has been overriding truth with its power, and trampling justice to serve self-interest. That’s a direct quote from the Chinese paper but is there any truth in it and if so what does that truth mean for China and Russia. On thing I know for an absolute certainty is that is that the American people do not want any of this. They just want to live peaceful lives and leave things a little better for their children than it has been for them.
Unfortunately there is at least some truth in the Chinese paper. This week marks the 20 anniversary of the invasion of Iraq. A war that killed perhaps a million civilians and destroyed that nation. The invasion based apparently on out right fabricated lies. Lies invented by the administration of George W. Bush, helped along by Senators such as Joe Biden and many others all aided and abetted by a compliant US media. This stroll down memory serves to remind us today that the ICC is nothing but a Kangaroo Court and a propaganda tool for Western leaders. Its warrant against Putin screams out to us that it’s for thee but not for me.
So the Chinese leader is starting to lay down some of the cards he has been holding in his hand. China is moving to portray itself as the international broker of world peace and savior of the world from the US led world order. The Iran-Saudi peace deal should not be underestimated. Long time enemies, their differences so intractable, are now friends. That can only mean one thing and that is that the Saudis are no longer standing in the way of the Chinese supplying nuclear technology to the Iranians so nuclear weapons soon to come to that region perhaps.
The U.S. alliance with the Saudis has been a given since Kissinger worked out the Petro dollar deal with them in 1974. The alliance has been collapsing since the advent of the new Crown Prince MBS or Mohammad Bin Salmon and since the U.S. media painted Biden into the corner of making the Saudi assassination of a journalist his campaign issue. This deal means that Saudi Arabia is no longer a US ally and is solidly on China’s side. I would imagine that we will soon see the exit of US bases and the entry of Chinese troops to occupy them. I wonder if it means the end of the Iran-Saudi proxy war in Yemen.
The question then is who made this Iran-Saudi deal and the answer is obviously China. Xi is in Russia trying to make other deals possibly to include some resolution to the Ukrainian war. Once again, the answer is China, so China is now the one seeking diplomacy and a diplomatic solution to difficult problems. China is the one able to solve decades old intractable problems like the dispute between Iran and the Saudis. This makes the US and its entire approach to world problems look bad but it also makes the Chinese and their approach just one more problem and right now the US has only one method of problem solving.
China solves previously intractable problems by forming strong alliances uniting people under a common goal of mutual respect and global trade. The history of the US in the Islamic world over the last few decades has been one of keeping Shite and Sunni fighting each other and hating each other. No one is allowed to become dominant because the US switches sides and supplies the underdog with weapons. So, the US tactic is not diplomacy but violence and sanctions.
The US could never understand that its sanctions against Russia not only were not working but were counterproductive. Old friends like India refused to comply let alone nations like China. When force is your first and only tactic and force doesn’t work, you are in trouble. The Chinese under the leadership of Xi, counters the US strategy by doing the opposite and it is becoming more and more appealing to others, especially those affected by sanctions.
Reinforce the rights of national identity and culture. That concept is not even practiced by the US in the US anymore. The US denigration of its own identity and culture, its heritage and history, coupled by its racial privilege propaganda has damaged or destroyed national unity. Mr. Xi sees all this and I imagine he shakes his head as does Mr. Putin. He also sees weakness and he attacks just as any good coach of a sports team would do. Watch film until you spot your opponent’s weakness, develop a plan, and attack.
So, the Chinese plan of attack is one directed at what former US allies and victims of sanctions and other acts of force want relief from. Reinforce the rights of national identity and culture. The Chinese don’t care what other countries’ culture is and they especially don’t care about diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI). The US simply insists that US allies and those paid by the US or defended by the US adopt the system of DEI, in other words the US insists that everyone deny objective truth as it does. The Chinese laugh at that and tell others all they care about is trade.
The Xi led diplomats are able to tell other countries that they will respect their national sovereignty and will base global cooperation on one thing only and that is universal prosperity and not the anti-instinctual goals of DEI. This coinciding with what is becoming a massive problem for the US and the West in general and that is the banking crises. Last week I said that this new crises is not 2008 all over again, but I am forced to consider a retraction of that statement. Western banks, thought to be invincible because of the US dollar’s status as reserve currency, are apparently not invincible at all.
I am told that it would take $18 trillion to cover every deposit of all the banks in the US. That’s a lot of money and the inflation it would cause would be counter-productive because it would further the banking collapse. I don’t mean to get back into the banking crises on this report, but the point is that all the new enemies, Russia, China, Iran, Saudi Arabia, even India, watch, wait, and sharpen their knives.
The result of all this is that now China, not the United States, is the global peace broker whether it deserves that position or not. Xi was in Russia this week to announce a strategic partnership between the two countries and to announce his 12-point plan for peace in Ukraine. So, the Chinese will present their peace plan which will of course be unacceptable to the United States. The US will then be forced to admit that it doesn’t want peace but wants the war to continue until Russia is bled dry and the Putin government collapses. You can see, then, how this position puts the US on the opposite side from China in world opinion. Only its captive media is supporting its position at home.
While Xi is announcing his 12 point plan for peace in Ukraine, the US is announcing that it is going to speed up its delivery of Abrams tanks by sending older, refurbished models. From my office in Memphis a week or so ago a train passed heading west to the river with several tanks on it. Headed for Ukraine? Perhaps, but they were still painted in desert camouflage so I’m not sure. The US also announced that the training of Ukrainian soldiers being trained in Oklahoma to operate the new Patriot Missile systems is almost complete.
So Xi goes to Moscow as peacemaker and to shore up Putin’s world standing despite the ICC warrant out for him. Xi gets to show off his new found diplomatic swagger due to his Iran-Saudi deal. The US is left to hurl junior high school insults like Russia is China’s junior partner. The US renewed its warning to China not to supply lethal munitions to Russia but the Chinese said something on the order of you can arm the Ukrainians or anyone else you want but you lecture us on what we can do and that is the problem we are fighting.
Finally, Folks, Dr. Strangelove was released in January 1964 so its been 59 years but it seems just as real today as it was two years after the Cuban Missile Crises. What was the point that director Stanley Kubrick was trying to make with his dark antiwar classic. It was at times hilarious just as times today sometimes make you laugh, but in Dr. Strangelove everybody in the movie was either stupid, insane or just plain psychopathic just like today.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the collapse of the Silicon Valley Bank (SVB) and the Signature Bank that was shut down as well due to systemic risks. Is it 2008 all over again — another systemic collapse of the banking system unless there is a federal bailout?
Transcription / Notes
IS IT 2008 ALL OVER AGAIN?
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 17th day of March in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the collapse of the Silicon Valley Bank (SVB) which was taken over by federal regulators on Friday March 10th. Signature Bank was shut down as well on Sunday, March 12th because of “similar systemic risk” to SVB. Is it 2008 all over again, and are we looking at another systemic collapse of the banking system unless there is a federal bailout?
SVB was the 16th largest bank in the country and its collapse was the 2nd largest after Washington Mutual in 2008. Does that mean that we are in 2008 all over again? The short answer is no, I don’t believe it does according to everything I have been able to learn from my research into both 2008 and now. However, Swissbanc is in trouble and would reportedly have failed without assistance from other Swiss banks, and Goldman Sachs this morning reported what the bank called “cracks in the system.”
So, what happened to SVB which was known to be the go-to bank for tech start ups especially in the green energy segment. Forbes Magazine had just praised the bank and named it a member of the top 100. SVB grew very quickly from a deposit base of $55 billion in 2020 to $220 billion at the time of its collapse. Its base of borrowers was small and didn’t need to borrow that much money, so the bank started investing the money from depositors and with rates low they had to take risks to get a return. Its investments were long term, about 10 years, its deposits were subject to instantaneous withdrawal. The value of its investments fell dramatically with the FED’s rapidly increasing interest rates until SVB could not cover its $162 billion in losses.
SVB held $27.7 billion in derivatives which is not a small sum, but JP Morgan, by comparison, holds $55.387 trillion in derivatives making it the largest derivatives bank in the entire casino. SVB’s fall is not, then, a threat to the entire banking system as happened in 2008, or at least that is what I have determined from my research. The federal government will simply rob the rest of us to make good the losses. Oh they will say the charges go to other banks, but eventually it makes its way to the bottom of the pyramid. The people on the point of the pyramid are covered for their excesses by the mass at the bottom.
How is SVB different from 2008 which was a systemic threat to the entire system. In 2008 the entire banking system had spent about 3 years investing in what came to be called mortgage-backed securities. Just mortgages bundled together and sold as security. Rates were low and credit fueled the economy, especially mortgages, but when the economy started a downturn and people lost their jobs they just walked away from all those mortgages.
The FED was engaged in lowering interest rates to very low numbers which caused massive inflation in the housing and derivatives bubbles. The FED then attempted to let a little air out of the bubble which caused cracks in the entire system. The entire credit system of the country, especially the one based on mortgage financing, began to collapse. Banks from the smallest to the largest had at least some part in the scheme because there was just too much money to be made for any banker to resist.
Mortgages were sold to subprime borrowers by the millions which means people borrowed the money to buy houses they had no ability to pay for. Many of those deals were on an adjustable-rate basis meaning that at some point there was a large bubble payment due or else the mortgage had to be refinanced at a much higher interest rate. The higher rate often put the monthly payment out of the reach of many homeowners, and they simply walked away from the home and left it setting there empty.
The large New York Banks like Lehman Brothers were left holding what their CEO referred to as the largest pile of odorous excrement in the history of capitalism. Most of the large banks went to the SEC and said we are bankrupt if you don’t help us and provoking a depression is not a good point on the resume of a presidential candidate. Lehman Brothers, however, did not take that course. Instead, they tried to sell all that odorous excrement before anybody noticed. The result of all that maneuvering was that the Feds bailed out everybody except Lehman Brothers, which went into bankruptcy and was closed.
Large depositors then, sensing danger, simply withdraw funds, leaving those less aware at the mercy of the bank and the FDIC. The FDIC insures deposits up to $250,000 but many businesses have payroll deposits more than that amount and if deposits are seized, business can’t pay their workers or other bills. This all adds up to an excellent way of provoking bank runs as well as collapsing surrounding business which depend on revenue safely deposited into an FDIC insured bank.
One other thing that seems certain to happen as a result of all this is that inflation will be allowed to run on since the Federal Reserve will be forced to halt its interest rate increases. The FED may very well be faced with a dilemma, which I argue, it created. It can continue to raise rates and curtail inflation which risks the entire banking system or it can halt the increases and let inflation run. A hard choice but nevertheless that seems to be the dilemma and I seriously doubt if the FED will risk the banking system.
SVB is not Lehman Brothers, and it is not JP Morgan, Citibank, or Goldman Sachs, but it did fail taking a lot of money with it. The FED stepped in to protect depositors’ money by announcing that it would cover all deposits, not just the $250,000 and below deposits that are legally required to be covered under the FDIC insurance guarantee. Why would the federal government cover all deposits when it was not contractually obligated to? I suppose the Feds viewed SVB as a canary in the coal mine and they wanted to react before the cracks started to widen.
In addition, SVB didn’t have that many small depositors since most were the high tech cash burning businesses of Silicon Valley. These sophisticated depositors withdrew $48 billion in one day as they started to sense danger. Large companies maintain deposits far in excess of the federally insured $250,000 limit to make payroll each pay period. Without that money the workers could not be paid and Silicon Valley as a whole might just crack and collapse. That at least is one benign answer to why the federal government is so generous when it wants to be.
Signature bank was quickly taken over as well because of similar problems and the entire system is being examined to see if any more SVB’s can be found. So, in response to the collapse of SVB, Secretary of the Treasury, Janet Yellen announced that the government will bail out all the depositors not previously covered. She called it a “system risk exception.” I suppose the old phrase, too big to fail was just a little tired to use again. Like any other federal scheme, it may solve some immediate problems but it also lays the groundwork for longer term problems to come.
If this is a new precedent, and it appears to be, then all depositors’ funds are now covered and no one has anything at risk. There is zero risk to bank managers and they can fire all their risk management departments because there is no risk. Then they are free to literally bet the bank in the derivatives casino and if the long shot doesn’t come in the government is there to bail them out with taxpayer money. The FED, however, claims that no losses will be borne by the taxpayer. The cost will be covered by a special assessment on banks, system wide.
The money ultimately comes from us one way or another since the cost of business must eventually be passed on to the customer. However, I will admit that the FED has become pretty good at both creating and managing the dog and pony show through a system of smoke and mirrors. They lower interest rates until a boom and bubble are created and then a recession is needed to prevent inflation. They look for anyone to blame but themselves, but the bottom line of financial troubles of a systemic nature is always the same, the government.
So that is a lot of background into what has happened and what is happening systemically, but what about SVB. The banks, and that includes SVB to some extent, took the advice of the federal regulators after 2008 and that was to invest in safer things like long term US Treasury bonds. SVB gambled to make a capital gain by buying long-term treasury bonds, whose interest rates were being adjusted by the Fed’s increasing rates. The bank expected this to stop because we were constantly told that the rate increases could not continue without provoking recession. The problem with that plan is that Fed chairman Jerome Powell said that recession was exactly what he wanted, so rates kept going up.
Generally speaking, when interest rates rise, bond prices fall, and stock prices follow. That is basic economics. Instead of lowering rates and saving the banks, Mr. Powell took the action that would mean more Americans unemployed, but hopefully price increases would stabilize. Interest rates rose, bond prices fell and SVB was left sitting on a loss estimated at $163 billion which was more than its entire equity base, The cold hard truth had to be faced and that meant bankruptcy. The fallout from the collapse is still being felt and is probably just beginning.
Banks across the country started losing deposits rapidly. Not a panicked run on banks, but an orderly withdrawal by sophisticated depositors who could see what was happening and took measures to protect themselves. The federal government stepped in to bail out the system although they refused to admit that it was a bailout. All deposits would be covered, not just the insured $250,000 and less. They tell us that taxpayers will not lose any money because banks will be assessed a charge to cover the decision.
Sophisticated depositors, meaning in general, those with more than $250,000 on deposit saw the bank’s bond portfolio losing value as rates went up and they started to pull their money thus adding to the suddenness of the collapse. This is like the old mafia joke from the gangster movies. This is a good deal for everyone because everybody makes out and nobody loses. What this means though is that the middle class or the ones with the smaller deposits are supposed to be covered and the larger ones have to take their chances and not leave that to the government.
The 1% or the wealthier class of people can always use their money to make more and that is how it should be, but they should not be free to gamble in a casino and have their losses backstopped by the federal government. The reality is that they are free to gamble and make their money often borrowing at near zero rates from the Fed to do so, while the rest of us are left to feed our families the best way we can. I’m all for competition and I am a strong believer in meritocracy, but that should not mean success is guaranteed by the federal government for some but not the masses.
One last thing about SVB is that it was a completely woke company in that it hired for diversity not competence. It only invested in things like high tech green energy start ups and the like. Those companies started failing when rates went up because they bleed cash and loans to keep going were no longer available at anything like affordable rates. They failed and took the bank with them so they all shared in this debacle. Virtue signaling may be fashionable but sometimes it has a price. Without the federal government for support these companies and their investors would have to take a look at what actually works.
Finally, folks, what would I do about all this including what is looming down the road? Pay the depositors insured by the FDIC and no more. Bail out no one and let the losses flush through the system and get it over with. Audit the Fed and repeal the Federal Reserve Act.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the World Health Organization’s (WHO) proposed treaty which will give it global control over the response to pandemics of every country on earth.
Transcription / Notes:
PANDEMIC ACCORD- THE TRAIN TO GLOBAL GOVERNMENT
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 10th of March in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about The World Health Organization’s proposed treaty which will give it control, globally, over the response to pandemics of every country on earth which signs the treaty. This treaty is supposed to promote so called. Global Health Equity which means that in a pandemic or other worldwide disease emergency, Americans should not get better or faster health care from their own government than inhabitants of third-world countries get from the American government.
The World Health Organization is a United Nations affiliate formed in 1948. Its website says it does exceptionally beneficial work in mostly third world countries and maybe it does normally. Today, it is demanding that the world’s nations surrender sovereignty over the health of their people to this organization which is now more of a World Economic Forum affiliate than a director of world health. The United States has good relations with WHO and even has an ambassador assigned and we will talk about her in a minute.
This treaty, which by the way is not a treaty according to the Biden Administration, but an agreement because a treaty must be approved by a two thirds vote of the U.S. Senate to be ratified, but an agreement, according to the administration, can be made binding by executive order. Yes, that’s how dishonest, nefarious, and sinister this administration is. Americans will undoubtedly suffer and die needlessly because of this “agreement” but the president intends to enact it by executive order in May of this year.
Calling it an agreement instead of an international treaty flies in the face of “our democracy” but nevertheless that is the danger that the American people face. The constitutional requirement to ratify all treaties by a two thirds vote of the senate is bypassed by simply saying it’s not a treaty but an agreement. It is a treaty and everybody knows it including the president, but when you have a completely lawless administration other avenues must be taken.
America will have surrendered its health sovereignty and will be trapped in a global health prison if this treaty is allowed to be unconstitutionally enacted. Whenever the bureaucrats at the WHO decide to declare a new pandemic no matter how arbitrary and unscientific that decision may be, the American people will be bound by it. The WHO may decide to require massive lockdowns with resulting ruined economies and lives, compulsory masking, social distancing, testing, contact tracing, and of course mandatory injection of killer vaccine poison.
The zero draft of the treaty, yes, I call it a treaty because that’s what it is, was published this month and it will be finalized in a week or so and then it can be signed by all leaders on earth in a ceremony this May thus laying one more important brick in the wall of global government. The American Revolution is being reversed by the American government right in front of our eyes. The President says he will sign it and then execute it by executive order as soon as it is available thereby giving it legally binding effect over all Americans.
If a health emergency is declared by WHO all signatories would have to submit to the authority of the WHO regarding treatments, regulations such as lockdowns and vaccine mandates, global supply chains, and monitoring and surveillance of populations. The WHO gets to decide when to declare an emergency and that body gets to surveil or watch us until it has found one to declare.
In conjunction with the World Health Assembly, the rule-making body of the WHO, new pandemic regulations will supersede the laws of member states. This is a very dangerous situation for a once free people and free nation which guaranteed with the blood of patriots, freedom from totalitarian dictators around the world. This treaty will set up a worldwide medical police state under the control of the WHO, and more specifically its Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. I have seen statements from doctors who have reviewed the terms of this treaty and who believe that it will even allow the WHO to reach them, i.e., your primary care physician.
Under the terms of this treaty, the U.S. will be required to surrender 20% of its medical supplies, including diagnostic tests, anti-viral medications, and vaccines, to the WHO for global distribution. Article 10 specifies real-time for the transfers not after American needs have been met. No longer will the U.S. be able to rush treatments and vaccines to its own citizens before sending “aid” to other countries. The treaty language denies the legality of intellectual property, which means patents, copyrights and the like. As much as I detest Pfizer and Moderna, companies like that are not going to do research and development if there is no profit for them and their investors.
Let me emphasize that the framework of this treaty makes it legally binding and therefore defiance of it would label the United States an international outlaw. Article four makes that much clear as it states that each country will manage its own domestic health policies provided these policies “do not cause damage to their peoples and other countries.” That is quite an exception and is obviously intended to give the WHO an exception big enough to drive its blue and white truck through.
The Biden Administration has announced that it is committed to signing this “agreement” and binding the United States to its orders and directives. This from Pamela Hamamoto, U.S. ambassador to WHO: “The United States is committed to the Pandemic Accord, to form a major component of the global health architecture for generations to come. Shared commitment, shared aspirations and shared responsibilities will vastly improve our system for preventing, preparing for, and responding to future pandemic emergencies.”
What does all that bureaucrat gibberish mean? It means that America and every other national government must and will surrender its sovereignty and get on board the train to global government. It means medical dictatorship on a global basis. There will be other trains of course such as the one leading to a global digital currency and the loss of all financial control and individual privacy. It means get on the train and don’t ask questions about where it is headed because we, the all-knowing, all wise ones know best so, you can trust us.
Pamela Hamamoto again: “We see a Pandemic Accord that builds capacities; reduces pandemic threats posed by zoonotic diseases; enables rapid and more equitable responses; and establishes sustainable financing, governance, and accountability to ultimately break the cycle of panic and neglect. “
What does that pile of bureaucratic gibberish mean? We command and you obey because we know best and you little ones just have to come to terms with that. If any national government tries to weasel out of this agreement that government and its people will suffer severe sanctions. The cycle of panic and neglect means we will create lots of fear to drive more and more of you little ones onto the trains taking you to global government with us all knowing ones at the top.
Free speech will not be allowed in the new global government, but don’t worry, it’s for your own good. Remember when you really were children and your parents taught you that certain words and actions were inappropriate for nice people. Well, it is the same now under the Pandemic Accord so no free speech which means even the most eminent doctors and scientists will defy us at their peril.
Pamela went on to say that the work must be inclusive and applicable for the health and well-being of all people. Now, folks this is where she really gets good and right to the intent of this bureau speak. “A commitment to equity must address inequities not only between countries, but also within them.” That can only mean the WHO bureaucrats will control how people within the United States are treated and ministered to. All people, all nations and tribes from every corner of the globe will be required and dragged into the mandatory medical prison created by the WHO and signed off on by your president. When we tell you that you must accept toxic vaccination and toxic drugs as compulsory you must understand that no one escapes this trap. These life saving treatments are free of course so no matter whether you are of means or not you must accept.
Furthermore, according to Ms. Hamamoto again: “We must not have common but differentiated responsibilities and capabilities.” Which means that we decide, not sovereign nations, how they will prepare for and handle a declared pandemic. The whole treaty depends on this one concept, i.e., uniform action across the whole planet. The world will act as one, the world will be one, just as in the days of Noah, but I digress.
Pamela Hamamoto, the U.S. ambassador, yes, she works for us folks. She goes on to tell us that this treaty must stand the test of time, so I translate for her again. Leaders of nations come and go but this treaty lives forever and its language must prevent future leaders from doing the right thing for their people. If you little ones think you can defeat us by voting, think again because the signatures on these pages cannot be revoked. For 6000 years mankind has recorded his time on this earth, created and established on this beautiful blue orb by God Himself. Well, there’s a new god in town so get used to it. The new god will manage this planet for better than the old one I can promise you that.
Several amendments have been proposed to be added before the president finally signs it and none of them are good for free people. The WHO would change from an advisory organization to a governing body with legally binding proclamations. The clauses protecting respect for dignity, human rights and fundamental freedoms of people would be removed from existing regulations. The WHO would be given the authority to require medical examinations, proof of prophylaxis, proof of vaccine, implementation of contact tracing, quarantine, and treatment. Allowing of the disclosure of all personal health data, finally a system of global health certificates on digital or paper format, including test certificates, vaccine certificates, prophylaxis certificates, recovery certificates, passenger locator forms, and a traveler’s health declaration.
Will Americans speak up and demand as a free people this will not be allowed. Will the people who helped draft and who agreed to this be driven from office? Perhaps, but I doubt it very much because we seem to have arrived at that time in history and we are here and alive when it is finally about to be achieved. The dream of insane, satanic, tyrants for millennia is finally here with the technology to implement it. Global government starting with denial of medical freedom is here now.
The WHO recognized that this global power grab might not sit well with some so they included language to make it provisionally binding as soon as it is signed. It will, in other words, be legally binding while the Republicans posture and preen but do nothing to stop it. Lawsuits will be filed, but it will be legally binding on the American people thanks to this most deceitful administration. Republicans have revived the attempt to withdraw from the WHO so time will tell, but it will not take very much time at all.
Finally, folks, there will be lots of postering and grandstanding, but it will take serious resistance from the American people preferably led by their state governors to achieve anything. Review all connections with the United Nations and other world governing bodies that can supersede congress. That’s my view since I’m nostalgic for the old republic.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the most dangerous powder keg in the world right now and that is the Crimean Peninsula where Russia has its Black Sea Fleet and where Ukraine has desires of reconquest.
Transcription / Notes
POWDER KEG
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 3rd day of March in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the most dangerous powder keg in the world right now and that is the Crimean Peninsula where Russia has its Black Sea Fleet and where Ukraine has desires of reconquest. Crimea has very important strategic interest to both sides and is therefore a powder keg that could explode in nuclear war.
I know that I talk about World War lll and nuclear conflict a lot, but I am not the little boy who cried wolf because there is a real wolf out there right now. Crimea, as Vladimir Putin has said a few times has more than military importance to Russia. Militarily it is home to Sevastopol Naval Base which is Russia’s only warm water base, and it provides Russia with a naval route from the Black Sea into the Mediterranean and from there into the Persian Gulf. It also has the military significance to Russia of preventing the West from using it to stage intermediate range ballistic missiles as part of its plan to surround Russia.
Crimea has spiritual significance to Putin as he has said quite often. It is the location of the Baptism of St. Vladimir who converted to Christianity and then brought the religion of Orthodox Christianity to Ukraine because he was born in Kiev, and then to all of Russia. That was around 987 and at that time there was no Ukraine and Russia because it was just Russia. Without going into the entire history, it is important to note that in 1783 Catherine the Great took Crimea back from the Ottoman Empire where it remained until the death of Stalin in 1954. Stalin’s successor, Nikita Khrushchev decided to cede it to the Soviet Socialist Republic of Ukraine which became independent after the Soviet fall in 1989 but was then a Russian state so he knew Russia would still control it. In 2014 after the fall of the Pro-Russian government in Ukraine, Russia recaptured Crimea.
So, Crimea is important to Russia for reasons I have stated, but it is also important to Ukraine. The capture of Crimea would mark the end of Russia as a great power. It would be a crushing and humiliating defeat that Putin could not possibly survive. Russia would no longer have a presence in the Black Sea and would no longer be a threat to the Ukrainian ports and it would make future Russian attacks much more difficult. It would follow then, that the entire Russian Federation would be weakened to the point of possible disintegration.
Undersecretary of state, Victoria Nuland, yes, she’s the one from the Nord Stream Report, is now saying that the U.S. is supporting Ukrainian strikes on Crimea, which drew a stern reminder from Moscow that the Crimean Peninsula is a redline the crossing of which will have consequences. Zelensky in a news conference, said that Ukraine is preparing a large operation for the de-occupation of Crimea. I pray that U.S. leaders are unwilling to continue poking the nuclear bear, but evidence is to the contrary.
It seems that Vladimir Putin is just as determined to maintain Russia’s position as a great power as the West is determined to end it. It is hard for a Westerner to understand what Crimea means to the Russian soul. For example, during the siege of Crimea by the French, British, and Turks in 1854-55, and the Germans and Romanians in 1941-42, the Red Army lost more men than the U.S. has lost in all its wars in its entire history. Here is a comparison that makes Crimea’s importance easy to understand. From an unknown Russian, “In the last resort, America would use nuclear weapons to save Hawaii and Pearl Harbor, and if we have to, we should use them to save Crimea.”
So, Crimea presents the greatest threat of nuclear catastrophe that humanity has faced. Greater than the Cuban missile crises, yes because the two sides are already at war and there were no international powers encouraging The U.S. and the Soviet Union to escalate and launch those missiles. Kennedy made a very wise and mature decision to remove U.S. strategic missiles from northern Turkey where they could be seen from Russia on a clear day and Khrushchev removed them from Cuba. Nuclear brinksmanship yes, but the players were wise, and they cared about survival. Not so in today’s struggle.
This war is very difficult to understand, and it is extremely difficult to learn the truth about what is happening. Battle lines are always fluid and changing from day to day. That is what the term fog of war means. In addition to the fog of war problems which obscure the battlefield, propaganda is as intense as it has ever been. Reporting on the war by Western media seems to be completely controlled by the U.S. government. I don’t know if that is true or not, but it seems that way to me. It is hard to find any information about who is winning this war. There is so much propaganda to benefit the Ukrainian side that I look to other sources such as Al Jazeera, Russia Today, and here in America, Colonel Douglas Macgregor.
Colonel Macgregor was instrumental in the tank battles that destroyed the Iraqi Revolutionary Guards during the first Gulf War, and he was almost National Security Advisor at one point in his career. He provides experienced and useful information about conditions on the battlefield, and like me, he wonders about the U.S. interest in one of the never ending Eastern European conflicts.
The only reason must be the U.S. desire and intent to maintain a unipolar world by whatever means necessary. To see what I mean by that just look at the Project for a New American Century. Google that or go to the project’s website to get the picture or you could read Zbigniew Brzezinski’s book, the Grand Chessboard, for the best explanation. The effort to surround, isolate, weaken, and disempower Russia is a central part of that effort, but it is failing in many ways.
Sanctions were supposed to destroy the Russian economy and isolate Russia from the rest of the world, but sanctions appear to have caused more damage to the U.S. economy and those of Western nations than Russia’s. For example, Russian oil and gas revenue is higher than it was before the war. China and Russia buy all the oil that Russia can send to them on its fleet of 600 tankers. Sanctioned countries are working on and will reportedly soon have work around systems in place to avoid being shut out of SWIFT which is the international settlement system.
The only thing the sanctions appear to have accomplished is to heighten international tensions and conflicts and make the U.S. appear to be an international bully using its world reserve currency status to bully others into compliance with its wishes. So, if the sanctions have failed, then who is winning the war. It is very hard to tell because nothing coming from the U.S. can be believed. We know for certain that Russia is pounding the Ukrainian army and its infrastructure with missiles from North Korea and drone technology from Iran and Turkey. One thing does seem clear, however, and that is that if the sanctions are failing or have failed, and the Russians really are winning on the battlefield, then only one choice remains for the U.S. leaders and that is to escalate the conflict by sending more and better weapons.
If that is true, and it seems to be, then how can the whole world be lined up behind the U.S. supported Ukrainian side. You are correct in your reasoning that both things cannot be true at once. The truth is that only the U.S. and its NATO allies are all in on Ukraine. The rest of the world, except for U.S. supported Japan and South Korea, are openly trading with Russia in defiance of the sanctions. Even India, trying to play both sides in every conflict, buys Russian oil in clear defiance of sanctions.
There is another way that this war against Russia the U.S. is fighting has damaged U.S. security. In addition to debt and forced confiscation of the labor of American citizens, is the dangerous depletion of American munition stockpiles. It takes years, not months or weeks, to replenish stockpiles that have been depleted. Many munitions plants in the U.S. have been closed since the fall of the Soviet Union more than 30 years ago. They can be restarted, but in years not months. Remember when the U.S. lost its Pacific Fleet at Pearl Harbor, it replenished even greater, but it took two years to do so.
Is it worth it then? Is it worth robbing hard working Americans and putting the U.S. in a dangerously depleted state all to preserve one of the world’s most corrupt regimes? Obviously, there is more to it than that as the U.S. has set itself on a course to surround and isolate Russia and is now in the process of doing the same thing with China. It is hard to see all this maneuvering and come to an honest opinion about it because if you are like me, you will never see your views expressed in the American media. Americans just seem to buy into or go along with whatever prevailing groupthink seems to be dominant at the time. The media presents the “facts” to us as the government delivers the “facts” to be presented to the American people.
Perhaps I’m just rambling now, but I see it every day in my law practice. If you talked to the average person in what the old news shows used to call man on the street interviews you would probably find a deep interest in many things, but not much real knowledge of history, economics, and government. Let me give you a real-life example from last Saturday from my city of Memphis. My wife and I were driving back from an early trip to the office when passing through one of the city’s busiest intersections we encountered a demonstration.
This demonstration was not a riot and although the people were quite enthusiastic about their cause, it was well disciplined. There were signs all expressing support for Ukraine and there were many Ukrainian flags to go with the signs. My wife was driving so I had a chance to pay close attention and I noticed that all the people were white, which might be unusual in a 70% black city. The other thing I noticed that I found unusual is that they were almost all white women, and mostly 20 and 30 somethings. There were a few white men, but not many. My estimate is about 25-30 people in two groups split on each side of the street.
I was left to wonder how much they know about Ukrainian and Russian history or the history of Europe for that matter. Perhaps I’m wrong and those people were not victims of mindless government propaganda, but instead were well educated in the current conflict and they just wanted to express support for the Ukrainian people in their struggle against Putin’s brutal war of aggression. Perhaps, but I doubt it.
Reports show that Americans are currently very concerned about political bias in news coverage. That comes because of the biggest story in many years i.e., Seymour Hersh’s story about the U.S. blowing up the Nord Stream Pipelines. Not a peep from the media until finally, yesterday the Washington Post printed the story. But no investigation of the allegations. What major media outlet will present a balanced, impartial look at the Ukraine War? The warmongers have spent trillions, getting the U.S. into pointless, unwinnable wars, but maybe, just maybe people are getting sick of paying the price.
Finally, folks, who will utter a kind or even impartial word about Russia or Vladimir Putin in the U.S. media today? No one, and since the U.S. President views Putin as the devil, I suppose that makes me advocatus diaboli, the devil’s advocate.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the withdrawal of Russia from the New Strategic Arms Reduction Treaty (New Start), Mr. Putin’s annual speech to the Russian Parliament, President Biden’s trip to Poland and Ukraine, and China’s Global Security Initiative (GSI) Concept Paper.
Transcription / Notes
ETERNAL WAR AND A NUCLEAR ARMS RACE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 24th day of February in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the withdrawal of Russia from the New Strategic Arms Reduction Treaty (New Start), as well as Mr. Putin’s annual speech to the Russian Parliament, President Biden’s trip to Poland and Ukraine, and finally China’s Global Security Initiative (GSI) Concept Paper.
President Biden reportedly left Washington in secret at 4:15 am on Sunday morning, flying to Poland where he made a speech and then he took a 10 hour train ride to Kiev Ukraine. The secrecy of the trip and itinerary was certainly understandable given the security issues with a U.S. president today. I’m pretty sure the secret service had quite a difficult time in advance work for this trip.
He chose to deliver a speech in Poland where he expressed pride in the accomplishment of building a coalition from the Atlantic to the Pacific to oppose Russia. He missed his words a little bit, but he was trying to say that NATO, the U.S., and Japan were all in on their determination to stop Putin’s brutal war of aggression. He almost always uses that rhetoric even though reportedly in a phone conversation with Putin in January as well as Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov in a meeting with Secretary of State Blinken, the Russians appealed to the U.S. to stop the inflammatory rhetoric to give diplomacy a chance to work.
One might conclude from the continuation of that language that American diplomats do not want a negotiated peace at this time, but nevertheless the President went on to Kiev as scheduled. He met Ukrainian President Zelensky, and they walked together bravely through the streets while air raid sirens screamed for the American media. The problem with the air raid sirens was that it seems as if they were staged for the TV audience because National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan told reporters that Russia had been informed of the President’s intent and his itinerary before the visit.
CNN’s Alex Marquardt reported that he had been in Kiev for five days and heard no explosions and no sirens. They started right when Biden started his stroll with Zelensky, but the two brave presidents did not scramble to the shelters and did not even get off the street. Warning the Russians in advance was understandable so that no attack would be forthcoming during the visit, but it has become a kind of tradition with our military now.
General Milley, said he assured the Chinese that he would warn them in advance of an American attack because his commander in chief was supposedly crazy. When told that Chinese balloons were floating over America during the Trump administration, Trump said that’s the first I’ve heard of it and the Joint Chiefs said yes, we decided not to tell him because he was too aggressive. So, the Biden team notified the Russians that he was going there even though they understandably kept it secret from others.
I don’t mean to make light of any of this since this war is deadly serious and raging on without end. When asked how long, the president responds, “as long as it takes.” Congress should perhaps exercise its responsibility and duty to inquire exactly how long is as long as it takes. Is the American taxpayer, suffering from inflation at home, supposed to fund this war to bleed Russia dry forever? By the way comparably speaking Europe pays very little in this struggle, which I suppose is another tradition, but it seems that escalation and the possibility of nuclear conflict grow day by day.
So, the president went to Kiev approximately one year after the Russian invasion and he gave the people a speech. “One year later, Kiev stands. And Ukraine stands. Democracy stands.”
Putin miscalculated he told us. “Russia’s aim was to wipe Ukraine off the map, and Putin’s war of conquest is failing. Russia’s military has lost half the territory it once occupied.” However, he said nothing about Keystone Pipelines as far as I know.
The war rages on, and the deaths of soldiers and civilians on both sides rages on. The war is causing a drain on American taxpayers and American munition stockpiles as well, so I find showing up to celebrate all that a little strange to me, especially with so many suffering in America. Not visiting Ohio before his trip abroad was a bad look and members of Congress on both sides noticed. Many politicians and celebrities entering Ukraine these days apparently see their visit as political tourism, but one expects more from the president. The entire photo-op thing seems a little inappropriate.
This trifecta continued on Tuesday the 21st as Vladimir Putin delivered his annual speech to the Russian Parliament which is the equivalent of the State of the Union Speech in America. He emphasized the importance of Ukraine to Russia: “I would like to emphasize once again that Ukraine is not just a neighboring country for us. It is an integral part of our own history, culture and spiritual space. It is our friends, our relatives, not only colleagues, friends, and former work colleagues, but also our relatives and close family members.” Here are some other significant words from Mr. Putin’s speech in which he reminds the Russian people about what he believes America has become:
“And here, they lie constantly. They pervert historical facts and attack our culture constantly; the Russian Orthodox Church and other religious organizations in our country. See what they do with their own peoples; the destruction of the family, cultural and national identity. Perversion, mockery of children and pedophilia are declared the norm. The norm of their life. And priests are forced to bless same sex marriages. God be with them. Let them do what they want. “It’s harder when they are right isn’t it.
He continued to address the Russian people and to tell them why he took the actions he took in Ukraine. To do that he decided to go into the history of the place. He explained that modern Ukraine was created entirely by Russia, more precisely, by Bolshevik communist Russia. That was all just background to get the people listening to understand the important part of the speech. In 2010 Washington and Moscow signed what became known as the New Strategic Arms Reduction Treaty which was intended to limit and reduce nuclear arms on either side, setting a limit of no more than 1,550 deployed warheads and 700 missiles.
In March 2021 the two sides renewed the treaty for five years, and it was not supposed to expire until February 2026 if not continued. Non-continuation of the treaty may have been a foregone conclusion given how U.S. Russia relations have deteriorated since the Ukraine War. The original Start treaty began in 1991 and the new treaty was signed in 2010 under Obama and Medvedev as a successor treaty. Putin prepped the people for the news that he had suspended Russian participation in START 2, the last remaining nuclear arms control treaty with the United States and he would keep Russian strategic forces on alert as well as modernize nuclear forces.
Decades of work to reduce tension and danger down the drain. I could take this all the way back to John Kennedy and explain the decades of hard work to reduce tension and danger if I had time. The U.S. had already pulled out of many other treaties including the Intermediate Range Ballistic Missile Treaty which limited what missiles could be placed within short range of Russia. The accusations had been flying back and forth on the new treaty with Washington accusing Moscow of violating the treaty by refusing to allow inspections on Russian territory.
Putin warned the West that if it provides Ukraine with long-range weapons systems, Russia will be forced to push back the threat even farther from its borders. The suspension of the treaty indicates to me that Putin recognizes the West’s total effort in Ukraine and he is going to continue developing and modernizing his greatest deterrent. In other words, it means another nuclear arms race when the U.S. is some 32 trillion in debt and the defense budget at almost 1 trillion.
On the other side of the world the Chinese had to get their two cents in during this February of war and threats. The Chinese issued a Global Security Initiative (GSI) which called on the world’s nations to resolve disputes through dialogue and to reject power politics. The Chinese Foreign Minister spoke in Beijing on the same day as Putin’s speech and he told the forum that a nuclear war cannot be won and must never be fought. He said the GSI fully elaborated ideas and principles which support that idea. Yesterday the Chinese called for a negotiated settlement and a ceasefire.
China has responsibilities as well as a firm determination to safeguard world peace and the paper lists 20 major cooperation directions. Without taking the time to list all 20, I will at least give you some of them. China supports a UN-centered security governance structure and supports UN efforts to prevent war and to lead in post-war reconstruction. He called for a stop of hegemony and bullying and to build a peaceful coexistence, with stable and balanced relations between major countries.
China’s top diplomat Wang Yi recently visited Moscow and the Wall Street Journal is reporting that Chinese leader Xi Jinping is preparing to visit for a summit with Putin in the coming months. China and Russia undoubtably want to discuss Russia’s role in what Putin portrays as his country waging war against a U.S. global order. China indicates from the GSI that it wants in on the plan and wants to play a more active role in ending the conflict. I suppose Mr. Jinping has concluded that the war with all its accompanying sanctions is no longer good for business.
Over the last few weeks the U.S. has repeatedly warned China against providing Russia with any lethal weapons or military assistance of any kind. Xi is going to Moscow anyway, I presume to solidify his partnership with Putin which is what all this diplomatic shuttling and posturing between the three countries is all about. The GSI says that the China-Russia partnership is positive for the world, but according to its polls more than 72% of respondents see the U.S. as the biggest obstacle to a Ukraine peace process.
In conclusion, this is about who runs the world and who matters in the world. As someone once said, Russia is just a gas station with nuclear weapons, but Europe recently found out that the gas station is pretty important. The U.S. and its NATO partners collectively referred to as The West seem to want a unipolar world with the U.S. running it and they are willing to go to extraordinary measures to achieve that. China, with its economy serving as the manufacturing center of the world, is a player and it demands to be considered. In short China and Russia with India as a possible third player will try to rise up to Western levels or else bring the West to their levels unless the U.S. is willing to consider them and negotiate with them.
Finally, Folks, why can’t we all just get along? Egos and dreams of world domination have existed and been fought over since the dawn of man’s time on earth. The problem now is nuclear weapons. They do not make us safer, instead they make us less safe.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the report of journalist Seymour Hersh released the 8th day of this month in which he reported that under direct orders from President Joe Biden, the U.S. Navy blew up the Nord Stream pipelines.
Transcript:
AN UNEQUIVOCAL ACT OF WAR
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 17th day of February in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the report of journalist Seymour Hersh released the 8th day of this month, in which Mr. Hersh revealed that the United States Navy, at the direction of President Joe Biden, was responsible for the September 26, 2022 attacks on the Nord Stream pipelines carrying natural gas between Russia and Germany.
This story should be world wide news because it is not everyday that the United States commits an act of war against a nuclear armed nation and against one of its closest allies. Blowing up Nord Stream was an act of war not only against Russia but against Germany as well and one could argue against all of Europe which benefited from the Russian gas. Germany got its energy from Russia and that Russian gas fueled the German economy and Germany is a U.S. ally and a member of NATO. The report, however, indicates that the German Chancellor was somehow in on the deal because during the planning stages he was reported to be “firmly in the Americans camp”. Maybe then he is a traitor to his own people, but this report is not about Mr. Scholz, instead it is about President Joe Biden.
Who is Seymour Hersh and why is he reporting such terrible things about United States President Joe Biden. Controversy seems to follow Mr. Hersh since he won a Pulitzer Prize for revealing the Mai Lai massacre in Vietnam many years ago. He also reported the torture and extreme conditions of the prisoners held at Abu Ghraib. In both cases the federal government said no it wasn’t us and, in both cases, it turned out to be true. I find Mr. Hersh’s report on the attack on Nord Stream to be believable and I do accept it as true. I’m sure that as in his other exposes additional information will be found and brought out into the light.
What will happen now since an illegal and unconstitutional act of war against two nations which had not harmed the United States in any way should be an impeachment offense? It probably won’t go anywhere since the mainstream press including the New York Times and the Washington Post have been largely silent. Total silence then, in the U.S. press despite the fact or because of, depending on the perspective that Mr. Hersh has blown apart the entire narrative of the U.S. involvement in Ukraine as a response to unprovoked Russian Aggression.
In Mr. Hersh’s Report he quoted the denials of the White House and the CIA, but he is an old-school journalist and a rare one in today’s world of captive media. He does not submit his work to the CIA for approval beforehand so quoting from the article, “Asked for comment, Adrienne Watson, a White House spokesperson, said in an email, “This is false and complete fiction.” Tammy Thorp, a spokesperson for the Central Intelligence Agency, similarly wrote: “This claim is completely and utterly false.”
According to Mr. Hersh and his whistleblower sources within the government, Biden’s decision to sabotage the pipeline came after more than nine months of highly secret back and forth debate inside Washington’s national security community about how to best achieve that goal. For much of that time, the issue was not whether to do the mission, but how to get it done with no overt clue as to who was responsible. Word gets around though and people talk and once more than one person knows about something it is not so secret anymore especially when it is an unconstitutional and impeachable war crime.
Throughout “all this scheming,” Mr. Hersh’s source told him, some working guys in the CIA and State Department were saying, “Don’t do this. It’s stupid and will be a political nightmare if it comes out.” With respect to those well meaning working people the government is nothing if not stupid, but it also has complete confidence that it can shut down mainstream media anytime it wants. Sometimes the shutdown is by creating other, more pressing stories for the media to bring us such as balloons floating in North American Skies.
Anyone who knows anything about the military and how it works could tell in a minute that the balloon story is nothing but lies and disinformation probably intended to distract us and the media from the real story. F-22 stealth fighters were used in all except the attack over Lake Huron which used an F-16. Both aircraft are equipped with cameras and recording ability, yet no pictures of the targets are available. All we get from the government is hogwash such as we don’t know what it is, but we don’t rule out anything. I don’t believe that story for a minute and I hope you don’t either.
In each case the fighters used an Aim-9 heatseeking missile to attack their targets. Fighter pilots are some of the smartest and most tech savvy people in the world so why would each of them select a heat seeking missile for a target that emits no heat. The fighters are equipped with 20MM guns so why not use them? The president said he was concerned about civilian casualties on the ground so there is far more danger that an unexploded missile will land on someone’s house than a balloon. No, the missiles were probably used because they explode thus completely destroying the target and leaving no remains to be found by civilians.
Aim-9’s cost $439,000 each and 20 Millimeter rounds very little and they would allow the target to be recovered almost intact. I don’t believe any of this story since it makes no sense and is brought to us by the destroyer of the Nord Stream pipeline. It sounds like they are playing us and setting us up to be fearful of these “objects” which could be space aliens or foreign invaders, but in reality it’s a way to distract us from other far more important events.
Mr. Hersh’s story is an eye-opening and amazing piece and it details how President Joe Biden sabotaged the Nord Stream pipelines, cutting off Europe from its source of cheap natural gas. The piece reveals in great detail how the mission was conducted upon presidential orders by the U.S. Navy, and I urge you to pull it from U-Tube or Google and read it. It is the real story, not the balloons over Canada and Alaska.
For those in the Biden Administration concerned about climate change, the ruptured pipelines emitted about 778 million cubic meters of methane into the atmosphere. Methane is reported to be 82.5 times worse for the atmosphere than carbon emissions. So, an environmental as well as a geopolitical disaster. According to the report, a Stanford climate scientist noted that “whoever ordered this should be prosecuted for war crimes and go to jail.”
In the case of Mai Lai and Abu Ghraib as well, despite government denials, Mr. Hersh was proven correct. What will become of all this given the silence of the media to this point? Probably nothing because who can or will prosecute Caesar and that is what the leader of the empire has become. Victoria Nuland, undersecretary of state, Anthony Blinken, secretary of state, and Jake Sullivan, national security director, and of course Joe Biden himself, were the ones who organized the people with the expertise to pull it off. Mr. Hersh reports that Jake Sullivan headed the team.
They must be really proud of themselves. What an incredible coup. They cut Germany off from Russia and made it dependent on U.S. sources of fuel, and they destroyed Russia’s source of export income effectively rendering Germany a dependent vassal. Then they made up a story and planted it in the mainstream press that the wacky and evil Russians blew up their own pipeline because I guess those Russians are just crazy. I’m afraid that sooner or later in one way or another the American people will pay the price for this act of wanton aggression against two nations who had not harmed it.
I thought this was supposed to be a democracy. Isn’t that what we are constantly told that something threatens “our democracy.” The people’s representatives were not consulted or informed let alone the people. Since the Church Committee hearings back in the bad old Vietnam days, the Mai Lai Massacre days, the law has required congress to be informed in advance of covert operations. Don’t worry about that pesky law though because that is why regular, but elite Navy divers were used rather than covert special forces. The Big Guy could then argue that the attack was not covert, just a regular navy operation.
In the midst of a rising tide of official propaganda, it is not surprising that we turn to an individual who has shown us before that he represents the highest level of journalism and scholarship. The truth is often so painful that it is hard to even look at but nevertheless there it is. We have to look at an act of war against Germany, a close NATO ally, and Russia, a nuclear armed country, but the attack also produced what is likely the greatest peacetime destruction of civilian infrastructure in the history of the world. In terms of economic value, the pipelines cost an estimated $30 billion which is far greater than the 911 economic damage.
From the date of the attack, September 26, back to the Russian invasion of Ukraine February 24 is about seven months, and the planning went on for nine months therefore we must assume that the planning was going on long before the invasion. It’s all a lie then, the whole story the administration concocted to explain its reaction to the invasion was just a lie. Sovereign nations strengthening their relationship through economic ties thus gaining enough energy to fuel factories and heat homes. I guess that was just too much for the leader of the empire to allow.
So, we are an empire now and empires gotta empire. The combination of several empire things has created a huge new rival to oppose it. The rival is China, Russia, India and a few lesser hangers on and they all apparently have the combined aim of taking the U.S. empire down a notch or two. Power corrupts the mind and the morals and that is another result of empire, but it also means that it exists not for the benefit of its citizens. They don’t tell it what to do and they don’t control it, instead it controls them and tells them what to do.
They know it exists for the happiness of those known as the elite. They all believe basically the same things whether at the great universities or the deep state. They are the great and the good and they all work together to make sure the empire’s power constantly expands and rewards them. It doesn’t matter who you vote for because democracy has nothing to do with it. Only the results the deep state wants matters. My choice is to just say no to war. If enough Americans did that the Russians and Ukrainians would soon stop killing each other.
Finally, folks, The U.S. planned and executed a covert sea operation which remained secret until now. Who says there are no conspiracies? I miss the honest republic into which I was born and into which my parents were born. An honest republic minds its own business, and pays its own debts, but the US. Is an empire now and the empire’s product being war is funded by inflation. War and inflation. It sounds like a recipe for destruction to me.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the State of the Union Speech delivered by President Joe Biden on February 7, 2023.
SOTU-2023 A LONG POINTLESS SPEECH
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 10th day of February in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the State of the Union Speech delivered Tuesday night, February 7th by President Joe Biden. I call the speech pointless because it has become just another campaign speech filled with lies and boondoggle promises of things that can’t and should not be afforded. There are always a lot of promises of a glorious new future, but it is hard to see how this old politician can lead us into such a future.
Yes, it was filled with lies or if you wish to be kind just a lot of political puffery. This entire Castle Report could be filled with nothing but a list of lies in the speech but what would be the point. I always dread the speech even if given by a president that I personally voted for let alone this one. This would have been a good year to return to the Jeffersonian practice of writing a letter and having it read to congress assembled by a clerk. Egos are just too strong, the allure of the TV cameras and the world press too much for today’s politician to resist.
The speech to a joint session is supposed to be a time for the United States to put the majesty and glory of its political system, its achievements, and its power before the world for all to see. So, the 80-year-old politician walks up to the podium and delivers a speech written by others but supposedly with his advice and approval. He brags about the economy and tells us that 12 million new jobs have been created on his watch, but he knows it is more like two million or not quite enough for each migrant he has invited. He doesn’t mention that millions of families struggle every week to buy groceries which are up in price more than 20% on his watch. Those same families struggle to buy gas to get to work since it is now over $4.00 per gallon for many.
The whole world sees this octogenarian president shouting, whispering, and lying his way through the speech. I wonder if they know it is mostly lying as the Republicans in the room seem to know. The atmosphere is raucous more like a British Parliament speech and reminds me of the way they shouted at Trump. I wonder if they know as American families know that even for those with a decent salary, inflation outstrips wage growth causing them to lose ground each month. He tells us that America is a unique nation, one that always bounces back from adversity stronger than before. For evidence he cited Covid which shut down our businesses, closed our schools, and robbed us of so much today, but thanks to his efforts Covid no longer controls our lives.
Well, no, Mr. President, Covid did not do all those horrible things, but the health authorities backed by government force did. I’m saying it was not Covid but your reaction to Covid that caused the problems. I point to Sweden as evidence because Sweden did not lock down and close businesses and that country suffered far less than we here in the U.S. did. I would suggest an apology to the millions of people whose lives were torn apart, their jobs taken away, their children barred from school rather than portraying yourself as some kind of conquering hero. Apology and accountability are in order, and we demand it from you and the government you lead.
Perhaps the president’s most cringeworthy moment was when he claimed that two years ago our democracy faced its greatest threat since the Civil War. That statement at least made me cringe and wonder how many people accept his claptrap as the truth. The truth is that two years ago we had an election in which people voted. The results of that election were contested but those who contested it didn’t claim we should have no more elections. They didn’t demand that we should stop being a democracy and go back to being a republic again although we should.
No column of tanks rolled down Pennsylvania Avenue. No general stepped in front of a microphone and announced that he was the head of a military coup that would run the government from now on. Generals and defense contractors with their revolving doors do not have to make such crude demands because they already have control, and the government does their bidding. They make wars and then they build weapons to fight them. Everybody makes out except the soldiers and civilians who fill the cemeteries.
He had a few thoughts about energy and coincidentally made an interesting admission. He chastised the oil companies for making record profits, buying back stock etc. and chided them for not investing in new drilling and new wells to produce more and hold down prices. This man who has done so much to hinder, limit, and destroy the oil and gas side of energy production lectured those same companies on producing more. He admitted that a company executive asked him why his company should invest more in light of the negative business atmosphere for oil and gas projects.
The companies say we are afraid you are going to shut down all oil wells and all oil refineries. So, why should we invest in them? The president then said that he told them we are going to need oil for at least another decade and beyond. To that admission the Democrats booed and hissed, but his statement is an admission that the oil industry does not invest in new production because it doesn’t trust him not to bring about the industry’s destruction.
Attempts to destroy the oil industry are foolish in light of the fact that we need that industry to energize the planet. Renewables are fine and a helpful complement to oil and gas if used and developed properly. A friend in the industry pointed that out to me after he heard the president’s remarks. Renewables then should serve along with oil, not in place of it. Replacing oil and gas with renewables right now would be impossible unless we have a desire to return to the 19th century. My friend also sent me a chart which shows that oil and gas are expected to grow and make up a majority of energy production beyond 2050.
When the president warned us about the scourge of fentanyl Republicans screamed secure the border, and it’s your fault. That reminded me a little of the time when congressman Joe Wilson shouted you lie at Barack Obama and was treated rather badly for it. These are different times, less civil times, and revenge is a meal best served cold as the poet says. When you are bombarded with 70 minutes of in your face lying while the liar knows he is lying and you know he is lying and he knows that you know he is lying, I suppose self-restraint is difficult. It is his fault, by the way, because the importation of fentanyl cannot be stopped or slowed with a wide open border so he must know that.
The Constitution, in Article ll says only that the president “shall from time to time give to congress information of the State of the Union.” It does not say that every year he gets a 90 minute campaign speech for free while his political opponents are to remain silent. Every year it’s the same old nonsense as this speech has turned into another political event or campaign rally. More laws, more spending, more things we don’t need and can’t afford, more wars, more weapons, more claptrap from more irresponsible politicians. It’s all just a state financed lie fest so why should it be expected to go unchallenged.
What about China? There was barely a mention even though representative Marjorie Taylor Greene paraded around the chambers before the speech carrying a white balloon on a stick. The trick was to remind the congress and anyone at home if the cameras got her that a giant Chinese balloon was allowed to complete its journey across the entire United States before the commander in chief acted. China’s spying, she said, if anyone asked her about the balloon. The president said this: “Today we are the strongest position in decades to compete with China or anyone else in the world. I’m committed to work with China where we can advance American interests and benefit the world, but make no mistake about it, as we made clear last week, if China threatens our sovereignty, we will act to protect our country and we did.”
The balloon 200 feet tall and weighing more than 2000 pounds floated across the country, clearly visible from the ground for a week. It surveilled the U.S. land based nuclear arsenal unchallenged. I know it’s suspicious because nations use satellites for surveillance and they are more effective than balloons but I still see this as a Chinese middle finger to the United States. What if it were a Chinese aircraft or God forbid a Chinese missile, would he act.
I’m intentionally not saying much about the Republican response since it is largely irrelevant. The president focused primarily on economics and the Republican response delivered by Arkansas Governor Sarah Huckabee Sanders focused on what we used to call social issues. She said the difference, or the divide is no longer left versus right, but is now normal versus crazy. There’s truth in that, but I point out that today even normal is crazy.
So, what is the real state of the union? 1. We are on the verge of war with Russia which could go nuclear at any time. 2. The president told China twice that we would defend Taiwan militarily. 3. Migrants flood our borders with 250,000 coming in December alone. There are so many flooding our cities that mayors are busing them to other places including Canada. 4. Open borders for people means open borders for fentanyl which is killing people in record numbers. 5. Violent crime is also killing people in record numbers, in fact, under new catch and release DA’s many crimes aren’t even crimes anymore. 6. Homeless flood our cities and many of them are migrants. 7. The two things everyone needs including groceries and fuel are up 20% for groceries and fuel over $4.00 per gallon for most. 8. The Chinese send a spy balloon across the entire continental U.S. and nothing is done until it reaches the ocean. 9. The nation needs leaders with integrity, honesty, and most of all honor
Finally, folks, as to the State of the Union Speech my advice to the president is just write a letter.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about a corporation named Pfizer and specifically about the mRNA vaccines supposedly designed to prevent Covid infection and transmission but which have been proven time and again to do neither.
Transcription / Notes
UNPRECEDENTED HARM
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 3rd day of February in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking today about a corporation named Pfizer and specifically about the mRNA vaccines designed supposedly to prevent Covid infection and transmission but which have been proven time and again to do neither.
Almost every time an objection to the vaccines such as, they have not been properly tested and private test results are withheld from the end users, we were told to just forget our skepticism and follow the science. Dr. Fauci once famously remarked “I am the science.” So today I will try to follow that advice and to the best of my ability follow “the science.”
“Covid mRNA vaccines are clearly the most failing medical product in the history of medical products, both in terms of efficacy and safety and should be withdrawn immediately as they cause an unprecedented level of harm including the death of young people and children.” Those are the words of professor Retsef Levi, an expert in analytics, risk management and health systems at Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT). Levi has been on the faculty at MIT since 2006 and he has more than 30 years of experience in analyzing risk in the context of health systems and health policies.
He released a video he said to share his strong conviction that all Covid-19 mRNA vaccination programs should stop immediately. They completely fail to fulfill any of their advertised promises regarding efficacy. More importantly they should stop because of the mounting and indisputable evidence that they cause an unprecedented level of harm, including the death of young people and children.
So Dr. Levi is saying that the vaccines don’t work as advertised because they do not prevent the disease they are advertised to prevent and they do not prevent transmission of the disease. Instead of being safe and effective as advertised they are actually causing a great deal of harm up to and including death especially in young healthy adults and children. They have been proven to cause myocarditis, an inflammation of the heart, which is the frequent cause of out-of-hospital sudden cardiac arrest, especially among young people.
This is the product the government of the United States required us to have injected into our bodies and that government still requires it in order to enter this country legally. The lives that were ruined, the damage to the nation’s economy, the damage to the economies of states and municipalities and the destruction of small business with resultant job loss has been incalculable.
I don’t know this for certain, but I would wager that Doctor Levi’s employer (MIT) still requires the vaccine for admittance. Most people were locked in by the vaccine literally and figuratively because they could not work, attend school, or engage in social functions such as sporting events. The government said in essence take this kill shot or you are locked out of society. Good training for what is coming later? Maybe that’s the case but time will tell.
Almost every country had invasive entry or travel requirements connected with virus testing and vaccine status. The “pandemic” itself was highly suspicious. From the very beginning it seemed that the response of the authorities was orchestrated around the world. It was as if we had many orchestras, but only one conductor. It gave off the aura of something extremely wicked. Most of the world’s governments got together and created a black out against even discussing Covid and possible cures or treatments outside the vaccine. The blackout even extended to any scientific investigation of cures. Government bureaucrats and their captive media as well as celebrities and social media influencers worked to cancel and prevent all forms of discussion. Any attempt at investigative inquiry, whether done by doctors or scientists or lay people, was characterized as misinformation or disinformation, and therefore had to be canceled.
Health is the perfect vehicle for governments to ride into control of our lives because everyone wants good health and many of us are at the mercy of government for information to help us. If governments try to impose their control for purely ideological reasons through economic or military means many will not go along but tell us it’s for our health and we are right there. All you have to do is tell them that if they don’t follow directions they will get sick and die and so will their families. Is our government wicked enough to do that? Just follow the science folks.
The President of the United States has declared that the Covid emergency will be officially over on May 11, 2023. Yes, he’s amazing that President Biden because he knows 3 months in advance the exact day it will be over. I don’t know how he knows this but perhaps he just wants to give us 3 more months of “the science.” So if you have not had enough of the useless nonsense and government mandated control you now have 3 more months to enjoy it.
Some people just will not accept the fact that this whole thing was and is about control and obedience, not health. The same day that the President made his announcement the U.S. Military Academy at West Point announced it would not lift its restriction on unvaccinated cadets. No person will be admitted without the vaccine and draconian harassment is being levied against the unvaccinated already at the academy. Some cadets report that they have been threatened with a general or even dishonorable discharge. If so that is illegal and a violation of the Uniform Code of Military Justice (UCMJ) because only a general Court Marshall or conviction of a crime can impose a dishonorable discharge.
Whether the government and its captive media have gotten the word or not the Covid narrative is collapsing thanks in part to Project Veritas. Project Veritas set up a discussion with Jordan Triston Walker under the guise of a date with one of their reporters. Mr. Walker is the Pfizer Director of Research and Development as well as the Strategic Operations MRNA Strategic Planner. In the video he describes what amounts to Pfizer’s complete capture of the agencies that are supposed to regulate it.
He also describes Pfizer’s plan to mutate viruses so that Pfizer’s profits from selling its vaccines will never end or be reduced. Just continue to invent new viruses and enhance old ones until they are more lethal and the government will buy your products to inject into their people. This video confession cracks open “the science” around Pfizer’s gain-of-function research program. These people are actually enhancing and intensifying the lethality of viruses so they can kill and injure more of us and they can then sell us their products that won’t work as they promise. How evil is that? Dr. Robert Malone describes the entire pharmaceutical industry:
“Devoid of empathy. Avarice its purpose. Its face glowing with joy, oblivious to the profound human tragedy it enables, reveling in the damage wrought to the web of humanity and the structure of a nation. Oblivious to the horror embodied in its words, in the very fabric of its language. Possessed by a deep belief in its own entitlement. Oozing dizzy narcissism. Celebrating corruption. Completely devoid of wisdom, introspection, or self-awareness of the fundamental perversion of its soul.”
Dr. Malone was asked to be a part of the Project Veritas video which shows the Pfizer Director discussing making a “mutating” Covid-19 virus for new vaccines via “Directed Evolution” research. Dr. Malone tells us that discussions of the deep evil which underlies the Covid crises has become common among many communities around the world as people are waking up.
Once again, the director from Pfizer and his video explains “the science” to us laypersons, but with one note of caution. “You have to be, like, very controlled to make sure that this virus that you mutate doesn’t create something that, like, you know just goes everywhere which I suspect is the way the virus started in Wuhan to be honest, like, it makes no sense that this virus popped out of nowhere.” Then he goes on and gets to the bottom line.
“Because , like, sometimes there were just mutations that pop up and we’re not prepared for it, like with delta or omicron and things like that. So, who knows? I mean, either way, it’s going to be a cash cow. Covid will probably be a cash cow for us for awhile going forward, which I obviously like.” So folks, this man is telling us that a pharmaceutical giant is creating viruses that destroy lives and economies and businesses and restructure the entire world so it can possibly make money trying to prevent the viruses it creates.
Pfizer did issue a statement in response saying that they did not perform gain of function or directed evolution but they did not comment on the good Dr. Director’s other assertions. Pfizer now quietly admits they did not test whether the vaccine prevented transmission. This company said and did nothing while government and corporate media told us the opposite so I wonder if there is anything behind Covid vaccines besides money because it sounds pretty evil to me.
The elite, the wise ones among us always pretend they have some special knowledge that others do not have. In the Middle Ages it was the Latin Mass and the Latin Bible. People could not read Latin or understand the Mass and that gave the Priests and the Church a great deal of power over the lives of ordinary people. Today, instead of Latin it is “the science.” Trust the science they tell us, after all who do you think you are to question the experts. We were made to feel like the ignorant masses of ancient times, but they found that we were not so ignorant.
Many reputable and highly qualified medical and scientific experts came forward to tell us the truth. It is also worthy of note that it is not the unvaccinated who are dropping dead all over the world but the vaccinated. Believe it or not in this country babies are being injected with this killer poison. Yes, its true some parents are so uninformed, so unaware that they will deliver their own babies up to the vaccine killers. Why are people across the world so blindly trusting of authority when authority is so obviously evil.
Finally, folks, in answer to the question of how can people be this evil they actually believe they are on the moral high ground. They are the good guys. They think they are saving the planet. Unless we across the broad spectrum of society come together to resist their evil plans for us they might just kill us all.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the continual ascent up the escalation ladder in Ukraine by the United States and NATO. Things are starting to look a lot like 1937 again in Europe as a limited war with limited objectives is expanding into a full-blown combined arms conflict.
Transcription / Notes
UKRAINE—SOUNDS LIKE WORLD WAR lll
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 27th day of January in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the continual ascent up the escalation ladder in Ukraine by the United States and NATO. Things are starting to look a lot like 1937 again in Europe as a limited war with limited objectives is expanding into a full blown combined arms conflict.
Deals are in the making and have been for weeks to supply Western main battle tanks to Ukraine. Those deals will open the door for more and more advanced weapons to be introduced into the struggle. The Ukrainian President pleads for more advanced Western weapons telling the world that Russian “terror” can only be stopped on the battlefield. Several NATO countries have agreed to send advanced offensive weapons into the struggle.
Pressure to commit main battle tanks and thus expand the war into a combined arms struggle has been relentless and now it looks certain that the U.S. has succumbed to that pressure. The German Government has been under the most pressure and recently accepted the resignation of the German Defense Minister because of her reluctance to supply Leopard 2 main battle tanks. Poland’s tanks came from Germany and the U.S. and are not supposed to be exported without the permission of the country of origin, but now Poland says it with send them with or without permission.
The Ukrainian forces know that Russia is only waiting for weather conditions to improve before launching an all out offensive which could prove irresistible with the current supple of weapons. Ukraine has main battle tanks already from Poland and the Czech Republic but those are old Soviet cast offs which have been modernized. What they want now are the best in the world that being the U.S. Abrams, the German Leopards, and the British Challengers.
The Leopard is the primary tank for 13 European countries and they have about 2000 scattered around Europe. Those countries would all be expected to contribute under the new agreement. Finland, not yet a NATO member, and located on the Russian border said that it will also send Leopards. The U.S. is the crucial element in the deal because German Chancellor Scholz said that his position depends on that of the U.S. If the U.S. is in and willing to send Abrams tanks then Germany is in as well. German tank maker RheinMetall says it can make 139 more tanks and have the first batch ready by April or May of this year.
The British Prime Minister Rishi Sunak pledged to provide Ukraine with its main battle tank, the Challenger 2. Britain is to start by sending 14 Challengers but that is far short of the 300 main battle tanks Ukraine asked for. Don’t worry if you were afraid the war might calm down because the Biden administration is right there to make sure it doesn’t. From Reuters:
“The United States aims to break the dynamic of grinding warfare and near-frozen front lines on Ukraine with newly announced military capabilities that it hopes will breath fresh momentum into Kyiv’s battle against Russian forces, a senior Pentagon official said on Wednesday.”
The U.S. has announced its latest weapons package worth about $2.85 billion but these new weapons are offensive and designed to be game changers. The first part of the package includes 50 Bradley fighting vehicles, a medium armored platform armed with a 25-mm gun designed to provide safe transport for soldiers on the battlefield. The Bradleys are designed to complement and fight alongside the U.S. Abrams tanks and are a perfect combo for the plains of Eastern Ukraine.
The U.S. is sending 18 Paladin 155 mm self-propelled howitzers, and 36 105mm towed howitzers The Paladin can fire its 155 mm shell 40 kilometers and travel at 39 mph. France and Germany are also sending their own fighting vehicles into the struggle. Germany and the United States will be sending Patriot air defense systems as well. In addition to those weapons I have mentioned, the following will also be sent:
100 M113 Armored Personnel Carriers, 55 mine resistant ambush protected vehicles (MRAPS), 138 High Mobility Multi-Purpose Wheeled Vehicles, RIM Sea Sparrow surface-to-air missiles which will be converted from sea launched and integrated into Ukraine’s land launched system, assorted artillery rounds, ammunition, mortars, rockets, mines, grenades, anti-personnel munitions, night vision equipment, along with spare parts.
The Russian Embassy in Great Britain pointed out to the British that bringing tanks in would intensify the conflict and add to the casualties but the British said they want to be a part of game changing developments in Ukraine. I’m guessing that they want to give Ukraine an offensive force possibly capable of retaking Crimea.
The Biden Administration went through some hand wringing exercises, but finally gave in and agreed to send 31 Abrams main battle tanks. The Western Countries’ supply of main battle tanks is a significant point, and it crosses the line previously set in support for Ukraine. Focus seems to be shifting from helping Ukraine defend itself to supplying it with offensive capabilities. Thank God there is still no indication of an intent to supply a long range strike capability. No agreement to give the Ukrainian missiles that could hit deep into Russia. If the Ukrainians got the U.S. Army Tactical Missile System then Russia’s entire position in Ukraine and Crimea could be untenable. Would the Russians permit delivery of such weapons? Just a guess, but my guess is no.
Over the first 11 months of this war the armor has been the outdated soviet T-72. The new, modern tanks like the Abrams and the Leopard are game changers and could allow a breakthrough of the Russian battle lines. The Kremlin, through Russian Foreign Minister Dimitry Medvedev, reminded the West that Russia has thousands of nuclear weapons and would use them before suffering a crushing defeat. That reality doesn’t deter the Biden Administration which seems willing to risk World War lll to bleed Russia dry.
So, NATO countries are now directly involved in war with Russia. It is no longer truthful to say they are fighting a proxy war or cheering on Ukraine from the sidelines. They are directly involved in supplying the most modern weapons, intelligence, money, ammunition and even personnel in the battle. Poland which seems to be the most belligerent of the NATO countries has troops operating in Ukrainian uniforms. U.S. and U.K. special forces are inside Ukraine supplying intelligence and training. Often these special operators are hired as contractors by the CIA to disguise their identities.
Guided missile artillery, patriot anti-missile batteries and now Abrams tanks as well as cash, drones, satellite intelligence and human intelligence. Russia has the Wagner Group, a privately owned mercenary army which is currently on the frontlines of the conflict. Russia gets drones from Turkey and Iran. Soldiers are arriving from Syria and other countries hostile to the West. China provides financial support and technology which helps Russia replenish its supplies.
The countries now directly involved in this World War lll scenario through weapons, money, intelligence, mercenaries, or financial sanctions include the U.S. U.K., Germany, France, Poland, Lithuania, Canada, Australia, Ukraine, Russia, China, Syria, Iran, Turkey, Japan, Romania, Belarus and Moldavia. That list spans most of the world and dare I say that it looks a lot like World War lll to me.
Turkey is an interesting player in international politics right now. Although it is a NATO member, it is clearly on the side of Russia and is supplying drone technology, which it got from the U.S. to Russia. It is holding up the NATO membership applications of Sweden and Finland and Turkish diplomats refuse to meet with NATO partners to discuss differences.
It will require months perhaps years to prepare Ukraine to use these new weapons. You don’t just get in an Abrams tank and drive it away, well I suppose you could do that but to operate it effectively in battle requires a great deal of training. The U.S. Army maintains bases in the U.S. designed to teach soldiers tank warfare. Some Ukrainians have been training under U.S. military leadership in Germany and some have even been trained in the U.S., but it will take a lot more so I suppose the war is projected to last a while. That’s the idea isn’t it just keep it going.
Now under the heading of just when you think it can’t get any crazier, I have to tell you about the almost 100 billion in weapons President Biden abandoned in Afghanistan. The DOD says the value of the weapons abandoned is far less than that, but nevertheless it seems that Mr. Putin is personally negotiating with the Taliban to purchase those weapons. So the United States could and probably will once again find itself supplying both sides in a war. Yes, that’s right folks each side in this Eastern European war will have high tech U.S. taxpayer funded weapons.
If that were all it would be plenty, but it gets worse. The new tanks now on their way to Ukraine or at least in the pipeline all fire depleted uranium ammunition as a way of penetrating the armor of opposing tanks. It tends to pollute the landscape on which the war is being fought but more importantly is that the Russians have said they consider it to be a nuclear weapon. This is very ominous and obviously a dangerous escalation.
In conclusion folks, this war is not about the U.S. attacking or invading some weaker country and therefore its technological superiority makes the difference on the battlefield. This is more of a peer to peer struggle where economics usually prove decisive. A million-dollar missile can and often does shoot down a billion-dollar aircraft. Each side must calculate the cheapest way to inflict casualties on the other until ultimately one side is economically exhausted. This would already have happened in Ukraine except for the many outside forces who seek to keep it going for their own reasons.
Finally, folks, I pray for a negotiated peace, and that the sides will find a solution. I don’t think the neocons in both U.S. political parties want peace, but I know for certain they are human beings and therefore capable of changing their minds, getting a revelation, seeing the light etc. and stopping this death machine before it’s too late.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about a special kind of man, that being Davos Man, who holds an annual meeting called The World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland.
Transcription / Notes:
DAVOS MAN—MAKING THE WORLD A WORSE PLACE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 20th day of January in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about a special kind of man on this report and that is Davos Man. He is meeting this week in a small village high in the Swiss alps called Davos. His meeting, held annually, and called The World Economic Forum, ends today so he will have hundreds of gleaming limousines take him to an airport where he will board more than 1000 private jets which will fly him to his destination. During his week in Davos he was guarded by more than 5000 Swiss soldiers less he become endangered or made to feel insecure.
Hundreds of world leaders, politicians, titans of business gathered during the past week to discuss the fate of the rest of us lesser people. Davos Man is not like us for he is a kingpin, a chief of planet earth. He is great and he is good, a one-world, deep stater, a world improver, and he alone can save planet earth from the ravages of lesser beings like us. For example the top U.S. representative was John Kerry who holds the title of climate czar, savior of the planet, or words to that effect. The attitude of Mr. Kerry reflects the attitude of many as they are made to understand their own awesomeness. Quote from Mr. Kerry:
“If you stop and think about it, it’s pretty extraordinary that we, a select group of human beings, because of whatever touched us at some point in our lives, are able to sit in a room and come together and actually talk about saving the planet. I mean, it’s so, almost extraterrestrial to think about quote “saving the planet.” If you said that to most people, most people think you’re just a crazy, tree-hugging, leftie, liberal…you know, do-gooder ,whatever…and there’s no relationship. But really, that’s where we are.”
Well, no John, actually I see you as more of a hypocritical megalomaniac who flies hundreds of thousands of miles per year in private jets to lecture us little ignorant people about how we are destroying the planet. You come to Davos to sit at the feet of a Teutonic bond villain, descended from Nazis who has the audacity to tell us that we will own nothing, and we will like it. We will not eat meat, but instead we will like our bugs, and we will never desire to stray from the tiny plot on which we are confined.
The number one Davos Man, the leader, the founder, and head of The World Economic Forum, is a German named Klaus Schwab. His Teutonic accent is very heavy so much so that he cannot say the “r” sound. He says that we little people are in for a very difficult year and we will therefore have to “write off” the huge costs of transformation. He means that the huge cost he dreams up for us will have to be borne by our labor, not his.
Since each one of us has his own destination, how does Herr Schwab know where each of us should go? He knows because Davos Man always knows best. His theme at this year’s conference was expressed by Kristalina Georgieva who heads up the International Monetary Fund (IMF). She gave voice to Herr Schwab’s transformation theme:
“2023 will be a difficult year for the world. The silver lining is we can use it to transform economies & accelerate change that’s good for our climate, good for growth. At the IMF, we recognize our responsibility to be a force for good. We’re not going to sit back and see what direction the world takes, she says; we’re going to give it a shove!”
Ms. Georgieva says that the major challenge facing the planet is fragmentation. By that she means that the global order-which Davos men and women like her created—is fragmenting or cracking up. Ms. Georgieva came to Davos to deliver her report, not to accurately deliver the truth to the assembled Davos men. Her report was prepared by all her minions at the IMF and it clearly shows that if they all work together and manage the world economy carefully the cost of this fragmentation will only be 0.2% of global output. She is quite certain it will not be 0.3 or 0.1 but 0.2 exactly.
Davos men and women are amazing and that is for sure. Imagine trying to determine first of all that unknown events will happen in a certain unknown future which will impact a largely unknown $90 trillion world economy and she knows it to a 10th of a percent. Yes, they are amazing, and they are ridiculous in their estimate of the intelligence among us little people. To think they could sell such claptrap to the world they purport to manage.
Yes indeed, what a bunch of pompous, self-righteous, popinjays, that crowd of Davos men and women. The whole crowd and all the thousands of economists in their employ. They think they can not only foretell the future, but they can actually improve it before it happens. They cannot be satisfied or content to run their own businesses, and governments, they think they have some sacred right to transform the entirety of human life on planet earth, and if anything gets in their way, we are required to “write it off.”
Yes, there is a certain degree of sorcery on tap at Davos this year. Mr. Schwab explains that we have the means to improve the state of the world. “Economic, environmental, social and geopolitical crises are converging and conflating, creating an extremely versatile and uncertain future. The annual meeting at Davos shall try to make sure that leaders do not remain trapped in this crisis mindset.”
Davos man then is an unrivaled engineer of the human species. Perhaps he falls into fatal error in his conceit. The world has gotten along for thousands of years without Davos Man and for the last few years in spite of him. Davos man and his experiments seem to have instilled in him a massive over- estimation. That has led him to overestimate his ability to engineer the social world as he has the physical world. Man has conquered most of physical earth in spite of Davos Man and even engineered his propulsion to the moon and beyond, but his world now lies at the disposal of Davos Man.
He thinks that physical engineering and social engineering are the same, but they are not, they are two not one. However, Davos Man is nothing if not an opportunist, and now he sees his chance and he seizes it. His chance lies in combining what he calls public-private engineering to alter our world in before unknown social ways. Herr Schwab from the 2018 conference:
“A new framework for global public-private cooperation has been taking shape. Public-private cooperation is about harnessing the private sector and open markets to drive economic growth for the public good, with environmental sustainability and social inclusiveness always in mind. “That sounds a lot like the old claptrap of crony capitalism whereby Davos Man profits wildly and the rest of us just accept it, but it is something else as well and that something is far more frightening.
How exactly will Davos Man fix all the world’s mistakes and problems? Climate change, global pandemics, economic inequality, and thousands of other intractable problems. The answer is by bringing the nation state to an end and ushering in global governance with Davos Man at the top of course. Sovereign nations with their pesky constitutions and parliaments may have once performed a useful service, but they are obsolete in today’s globalized world. Only global solutions are up to the massive challenges. Global institutions must, therefore, rise above the nation. Of course, here in America, that would mean Davos Man rises above our local and state communities and governments as well.
All those so-called rights like those in the Bill of Rights have to first be discredited then discarded as we in the United states are currently in the process of doing. Davos Man seeks to bludgeon national governments into embracing global perspectives. These new Davos Man global perspectives will usually come at the expense of national interests and at times very important national interests. The greatest vehicle of change to the global governance Davos Man desires is something he calls climate change.
Climate change is truly a global menace Davos Man is constantly telling us and therefore, only a truly global government acting on a global scale can deal with it. The weapons that Davos Man seeks to fight this climate change menace are either already here or on order. Centralized economic planning, global taxation, wealth redistribution, and many other schemes all must be done on a global scale. Davos Man seeks to place his claim, his tax, on the very building block of life itself, carbon.
Davos Man has made many wrong predictions over the years designed, I suppose, to scare us into his global government faster than his efforts are taking us there. You might remember climate czar Albert Gore’s prediction in 2009 that the Polar ice cap would vanish by 2014. The cap is still there and shows little evidence of vanishing. What about in 2009 when Prince Charles, now King Charles, told us we had only 8 years to save the earth. The earth still spins along hardly paying any attention at all to the new king.
Davos Man likes to lecture us mortals about how our selfish stupidity is hurting his ability to save the planet. He’s worried about our travel habits and he advises us not to fly so much. He concocts various computer glitches, he allows and encourages the combination of the airlines to eliminate competition all to make it more difficult. He enacts screening processes that cause long lines and delays that tend to make people want to cancel their vacation. Stay home, that’s Davos Man’s advice to us, just stay home. Work from home, but if you must drive then get an electric car,
Davos Man cries about the emissions from all those commercial jets, but he flies in private jets by the thousands. One of his jets, I am told, emits about two tons of carbon for each hour of flight, while the average human emits eight tons per year. That’s the total carbon footprint of the average human including everywhere they travel and everything they consume so one Davos Man on one flight will burn more co2 than the average person will in a year.
Davos Man, however, will not be deterred because he is out to save the climate and planet earth. I do not trust Davos Man with the climate or with my future. No, I don’t trust him at all, not one little bit for I think I know what he is. I have seen his kind before, and I have read about his kind’s existence during the entire 6000 years that mankind has recorded his existence on this earth. Mr. Davos Man, Klaus Schwab’s father worked for the NAZIs back in the day, so he was another master race hustler, another world improver out to save humanity so who wants to put his planet, his job, his children, and their future in this Davos Man’s hands?
Davos Man, by his very name, The World Economic Forum, claims to speak for the world, but I thought that was the job of the United Nations, but I remember now. Davos Man must destroy nation states and their individual rights to save the planet.
Finally, folks, I don’t trust Davos Man and I don’t want him in charge of my world, my planet, my climate, or even my job so I close with the words of the incomparable H.L. Mencken: “The urge to save humanity is almost always only a false-face for the urge to rule it. Power is what all messiahs really seek; not the chance to serve.”
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about euthanasia as practiced primarily by doctors in Canada but which is being made legal in more and more countries around the world.
Transcription / Notes:
EUTHANASIA A GROWING PHENOMENON
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 13th day of January in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about euthanasia as practiced primarily by doctors in Canada but which is being made legal in more and more countries around the world. The Netherlands was the first country to legalize what it called “Death with Dignity”, but Canada now seems to be the world leader in allowing doctors to legally kill their patients.
There are two types of euthanasia, assisted suicide, or mercy killing depending on what you choose to call the practice, active and passive. The passive kind is where care that could possibly prolong life is withheld allowing the person to die. That practice is legal everywhere but is nevertheless subject to stringent legal guidelines. Not many would argue with or find fault with a close relative who chose to allow medical staff to withhold treatment for a loved one who had no hope of recovery. Doctors and nurses must have responsible permission or a last will which permits the withholding of such treatment before they can do so.
Active euthanasia, on the other hand, is a completely different situation. That is where a doctor, sworn by oath to the profession of healing, deliberately causes the death of a patient and in many countries it is now perfectly legal. Active euthanasia is currently legal in the nations of Australia, Belgium, Canada, Columbia, Luxembourg, Netherlands, New Zealand, and Spain. Although technically illegal in many other countries the legal system simply looks away when physicians kill or assist patients in dying.
Today, I want to start by focusing my attention on our friends in Canada and examine how they are handling the subject of mercy killing. Legally, Canada allows euthanasia for adults who have a terminal illness that has made their death “reasonably foreseeable.” That wording has drawn some criticism because it excludes some who are not terminally ill, but the Supreme Court of Canada has ruled that it could also apply to those with non-terminal, but grievous and incurable conditions. We will be able to see from some information in this report that the practice has been stretched or extended to just about anybody a physician chooses to kill or assist in dying.
I’m always interested in what our friends to the north are doing because they often show us a picture of what is coming here legally as we abandon our own faith in God as our Canadian neighbors have. I first came across this information from a report in The New Atlantic about two Canadian doctors who brag that they have killed more than 700 people combined. Doctor Ellen Wiebe who works with Dying With Dignity Canada, conducts seminars for other Canadian physicians who may have the desire to kill their patients. I know I’m being unkind because the good doctor would say that she only “assists” her patients with dying.
Dr. Wiebe says that she has euthanized more than 400 people and that is the most rewarding work she has ever done. It seems that she has been denied the joy of the medical profession known as saving lives, healing, making lives better and such other things. Perhaps she read a biography of Joseph Mengele when she was in medical school and took her inspiration from it, but nevertheless she finds killing “most rewarding.”
Another Canadian physician who works with Dr. Wiebe, Doctor Stefanie Green says quite proudly that she has killed more than 300. These doctors also seem quite proud of the fact that they occasionally kill people who have applied to be killed and have been rejected by the MAID or Medical Assistance in Dying gatekeeper. It makes no difference to doctors Wiebe and Green, they seem to answer to no one. One man whose story became public because he was killed by Doctor Wiebe even though he did not have a qualifying serious illness and the Maid had determined that he was incapable of making an informed decision about his own health. He eventually made his way to Dr. Wiebe who cleared him and euthanized him.
Doctor Green is an obstetrician who brings babies into the world while she is killing others. She says the more than 300 she has killed is her most rewarding work so I assume she enjoys taking them out more than bringing them in. She uses the word “deliveries” to describe both aspects of her work, the killing and the delivering babies.
Even though assisted suicide is illegal in the United States, California has a legal assisted suicide program. In 2021, 486 people died by assisted suicide in California while in Canada 10,064 died during the same time. MAID or Medical Assistance in Dying has grown so popular in Canada that suicide prevention hotlines try to stop people from killing themselves, while MAID hotlines direct them in how to do it. Maid has come under increasing scrutiny even in Canada because of people being killed because they don’t want to live in poverty anymore.
Drs. Wiebe and Green admit that they have a great deal of sympathy for people who are homeless and in poverty and that is a reasonable reason to allow them to be killed. Mental anguish is another listed cause that is not permitted as legal but is often used anyway. So a person comes to Doctors Wiebe or Green and says I am living in mental anguish because I am poor so I would like for you to kill me and the good doctors say OK.
One of these subjects listed in the report of The New Atlantic was a 41 year old woman who came to them and said she needed to be euthanized ASAP. According to her medical history and messages sent to doctors and family she was facing eviction, needed to crowdfund to pay for food, and was afraid that she would suffer alone. She was also afraid of being institutionalized and saw MAID as “the best solution for all. “She suffered from leukemia, but the condition was not terminal. Her letter admitted that her suffering was not physical but mental.
She was killed on her ex-husband’s birthday in 2021. A doctor, a licensed physician, a healer, gave her a lethal injection and she died in her basement apartment. I dare say the Canadian government and the Canadian Medical Association, not to mention the doctor who killed her would have agonized over a convicted murderer sentenced to death to a far greater extent than they did this poor woman. She needed mental health treatment, but instead they killed her.
Another patient was described as 55 years old who suffered from chronic pain and could not tackle the issue because of her low income. Can there be any doubt then, that the vaunted Canadian health system failed her and she was exterminated because she was poor. The presentation given to MAID to justify her death read like this, “she does not want to die , but she’s suffering terribly and she’s been maxing out her credit cards. She has no other options.”
Other patients in similar situations include a former doctor aged 68 who ran out of savings and a writer aged 57 who also ran out of savings. A 38-year-old trans woman named Lucy, an immigrant who suffered from chronic pain and felt trapped in her one room studio apartment with creepy men all around. It is unclear whether any or all of these people were legally cleared, but they were all killed. The report went on to criticize Canada’s welfare state and pointed out a rising number of people wanted to end their lives due to poverty.
This report said that all Canadians have a right to an assisted death and loneliness and poverty are not bars to exercising those rights. The trouble is that under Canadian law that statement is untrue since certain conditions have to be met for assisted suicide to be legal. Why even have the law in the first place. If it is routinely ignored by the doctors without consequences, why have the law and the conditions. In essence it is now just left up to the doctors and some don’t care whether the bureaucratic gatekeeper approves their decision to kill or not.
One man aged 65 told doctors he applied to MAID although he doesn’t want to die. He applied because he cannot afford to live comfortably. A doctor has already given one of two signatures necessary, and he awaits the appearance of the second doctor soon so he can die and not have to live uncomfortably. He says that he has no doubt that he can shop around and eventually find a doctor who will kill him. This case is evidence for the increasingly relaxed standards of Canada’s assisted suicide law.
This case indicates the slippery slope that Canada is on by its increasingly lenient assisted suicide requirements. Sometimes people report that they did not apply to be killed but doctors in the program offered to kill them anyway. That makes me think that it is not always voluntary, which is the Dr. Mengele type of nightmare that I’m afraid this will eventually evolve into.
Former Paralympian Christine Gauthier criticized her government for offering to euthanize her when she grew frustrated at delays in having a wheelchair lift installed in her home. She is a former army veteran and has competed in the Paralympics, so she has not given up on life, but the Canadian government seems to have given up on her problems. She testified before the Canadian parliament that a Veterans Affairs Canada caseworker offered her euthanasia after she expressed frustration with delays.
That is or should be the fear of every Canadian. How much longer will this program remain voluntary? How much longer will people in certain situations be allowed to continue living, using up valuable resources when some government bureaucrat can just order them killed. That would probably make keeping your mouth shut very important. This is what Ms. Gauthier told parliament happened to her. She is a former army corporal now retired and she was scheduled to have a wheelchair lift installed in her home courtesy of the Veterans Affairs Canada, but the installation had been delayed for years. Her caseworker said to her, “madam if you are really so desperate we can give you medical assistance in dying now.”
Our subject doctor Wiebe has been accused by a Jewish old person’s home of euthanizing one of their patients without consulting the home. She gave “medical Assistance in dying” to one of their patients and even his nurses didn’t know about it until well after. She has been accused of unethical behavior by the home, a charge that does not bother the good doctor at all. She said she did not regret her very rewarding work and she intends to go on killing.
Finally, Folks, could Doctor Mengele be on his way to the United states right now? I would not be surprised as we continue our descent into the hell of disregarding human life. I pray that I am wrong and created in the image of God will return to America.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the end of 2022 as the United States Congress came together in an act of bipartisanship to prevent a government shutdown and pass the $1.7 trillion, 4,155 page omnibus spending bill.
Transcription / Notes:
CONGRESSIONAL BIPARTISANSHIP
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 6th day of January in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the end of 2022 as the United States Congress came together in an act of bipartisanship to prevent a government shutdown. Congress was able to attend to its priorities quite well during December 2022 and I will be looking at the priorities of Congress as manifested by the $1.7 trillion omnibus spending bill passed at the last minute as the last act of 2022 or the first of 2023 depending how you want to view it.
I’ve heard the Democrat Party referred to as the evil Party and the Republican Party referred to as the stupid Party. Occasionally they get together and do something both evil and stupid which is known as bipartisanship. Yes, everyone knows that the U.S. is more than 31 trillion in debt it cannot repay. More than 3 trillion would have to be shaved from the budget this year to reduce the debt by 1 trillion and then do that for 31 years so unpayable is a reasonable word.
Instead, the plan is to destroy what’s left of the American economy by spending wantonly, irresponsibly, and foolishly on waste and war. The passage of the bill funnels more than $47 billion additional dollars to aid the Ukrainian efforts to fight Russia. That will bring the total aid package to roughly $111 billion. U.S. defense contractors such as Raytheon and General Dynamics will be happy since they will build the weapons paid for by U.S. taxpayers. Some of the missiles being ordered will reportedly not be ready for shipment until 2025.
What will be the results of all this spending? More of the nations’ resources will be shifted to unproductive uses such as buying weapons and buying foreign politicians. Real American wealth is reduced while unproductive dollars flood through the system. Dollars are given birth without any subsequent increase in production. Congress is just doing what it does best, destroying the economy with fake money and stupid spending.
Let’s look at just a few of the things your labor will be paying for in this bill of 4,155 pages which congress was given 3 days to read and digest.
$410 million to protect the borders of Egypt, Tunisia, Jordan, Oman, and Lebanon.
$65 million to restore Pacific salmon populations.
$3.6 million to make a hiking trail named for Michelle Obama.
$200 million to promote gender equity and equality some of which is for Pakistan.
$3 Million for an LGBTQ museum in New York.
$477,000 for the Equity Institute of Rhode for antiracism virtual labs.
$1million for Zora’s House in Ohio, a co-working and community space for women and gender expansive people of color.
$750,000 for LGBT and gender non-conforming housing in Albany, NY.
$2million for the Great Blacks in Wax Museum in Baltimore.
$750,000 for the Trans Latin Coalition to provide workforce development for transgender and gender non-conforming and Intersex immigrant women in Los Angeles.
$1.2 million for LGBTQIA+ Pride Centers.
$1.2 million for DACA recipients at San Diego Community College.
$5.4 billion in earmarks for the Democrats.
$858 billion in defense for the Republicans.
We were told before passage of this bill that aid to Ukraine was the number one issue for Republicans. That is what Senate Republican leader Mitch McConnell said anyway, but it seems that not many Republicans will admit to that. “Providing assistance for the Ukrainians to defeat the Russians, that’s the No. 1 priority for the United States right now, according to most republicans.” To that statement by senator McConnell, I say nonsense, but if it is somehow true, then that is a fine example of why America is in the deep trouble that it is in.
I don’t say nonsense because I don’t believe Ukraine is important, but because I don’t believe that giving away more billions is the most important issue for most republicans. The war in Ukraine has been the most important issue all year and it still is most important, but here in America many of us believe we have our own troubles to address, and they should come before we stick our noses in an eastern European War. The War in Ukraine has dominated world events throughout this year, and once again bipartisanship reigns in Congress as pouring more billions into an eastern European conflict can never be questioned.
With the additional money for Ukraine in this bill the total U.S. support exceeds the yearly defense budget for all other nations except Russia and China. Apparently not a single member of Congress bothered to read it and why should they? Each one knows the fix is in and the bill would be passed read or unread.
Speaking of Ukraine, its President was in America for the end of this session and spoke to a joint session of Congress. He said he appreciated all the billions, but it isn’t enough. He wants congress, on a bipartisan basis, to consider all the money they are stealing from the American people to be an investment. Yes, Mr. Zelensky was in the chamber of congress in his green sweatshirt and green fatigues. It briefly reminded me of another leader who famously wore fatigues even when speaking to the UN.
Yes, it seems that bipartisanship really is possible. The final vote in the Senate was 68 for and 29 against. There is something about dumping almost 2 trillion of debt on the backs of the American people that makes congress happy. Perhaps it was just the festive holiday season or perhaps they wanted to get out of town before the winter storm hit.
In contrast to what Senator McConnell said about Republican priorities, many Republican voters have other very important priorities none of which are addressed by this bill. The Senator most likely rarely if ever speaks to anyone outside the Washington D.C. area but If he did, he would find that virtually every American family is very concerned about how inflation is eating away at their paycheck each week.
Another issue the American people, especially Republicans, believe to be important is security of the southern border. This bill does provide $1.56 billion to Customs and border protection but it specifically prohibits use of the money for border security, new technology etc. In other words, it’s just more waste without any real benefit. The U.S., it seems, is committed to protecting borders all over the world just not its own.
The President was, of course, ecstatic about the passage of the bill. At the time of the final passage, he was so happy he was vacationing in the Caribbean at the estate of a billionaire donor. Despite the dangers of climate change he flew on Air Force One to St. Croix for a few days of golf and swimming with the sharks. The president had until December 30th to sign the bill, but he could not interrupt his vacation, so another Air Force plane had to fly the 4,155-page bill to St. Croix for him to sign. So much for climate change.
The President has decided that he must return to Washington for an important speech today, January 6th so he can continue the story of the January 6th “insurrection.” The January 6th committee has already released its report, but I doubt if the President will rely very much on it for his speech. Buried within the report was a very interesting text sent by a man named Ray Epps who was prominent on video, but somehow never charged or even arrested. Mr. Epps was on video on both January 6th and the day before hectoring trump supporters to “go into the capitol.” Epps’ texts reads as follows: “I was in the front with a few others, I also orchestrated it.”
He remains unindicted and as of this recording he is free. Why would the committee not look at him? Why would the FBI not pursue him? That one, at least, is easy, the FBI is not interested because he is one of them. The purpose of committees and investigations is no longer to find the truth but to justify the official explanation of the ruling elite.
Elon Musk’s revelations about the cooperation between Washington, its intelligence agencies, its captive media and the tech media companies was perhaps the second biggest story of the year because it proved that the media companies are no longer private but have become so directed and so intertwined with Washington that they can be said to be government agencies. The Twitter Files revealed by reporter Matt Taibbi along with Bari Weiss show a pattern of capture of tech media by the federal government in order to perpetuate government lies to the point that they all blend together.
Finally, Folks, 2022 revealed the federal government to be a quagmire of lying filth designed to gain and intensify the power and profit of the ruling elite. Maybe it’s always been that way, but if so, I admit that I have been unaware of how bad it really is. Perhaps I’m just a hopeless romantic.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the fact that the digital prison is much closer than we might choose to think. The digital surveillance state closes its digital barbed wire around us while we are sleeping, literally and figuratively. The real food for thought today is the sobering similarity between the mark of Revelations and the Central Bank Digital Currency being tested as he speaks.
Transcription / Notes:
THE BEAST WANTS CONTROL OVER THE WHOLE EARTH
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 16th day of December in the year of our Lord 2022. We are just a couple of days from a week before Christmas and my law office will be closed the Friday before Christmas and the Friday before New Years Day so no Castle Report for the next two weeks, but I will endeavor to give you your money’s worth today. I will be talking about the fact that the digital prison I mentioned last week is much closer than we might choose to think. The digital surveillance state closes its digital barbed wire around us while we are sleeping literally and figuratively.
“And there was given to him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months. And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven. And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them; and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations. And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world. If any man have an ear, let him hear…
And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed. And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: And that no man might buy or sell, save he had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name. Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.” Revelation 13-16 KJV.
I think about the words of Revelation 13 quite often when I see the things of today happening right before our eyes although as we all know great efforts are made to make sure we only see, read, and hear the side of the empowered ruling elite. When I read that the President of the United States invited a drag queen a man so vile and disgusting his words cannot be repeated here, to the White House, in conjunction with his signing the Respect for Marriage Act, I think about it. The real food for thought today is the sobering similarity between the mark of Revelation and the Central Bank Digital Currency being tested as I speak.
So, am I saying that I believe the CBDC is the Mark of the Beast? No, I am certainly not saying that and it’s up to you to form your own hopefully educated opinions, but I am saying that CBDC is being tested, it is ready, and many if not most will welcome it. Those who welcome it will voluntarily walk into the digital prison that is the future of humanity.
According to the Washington Post December 14th edition, The Pew Research Center found that 41% of Americans say they make zero cash purchases in a typical week. That is up from 24% in 2018 or pre-covid. Interestingly, the higher the income, the more likely a person is to rely entirely on digital money. The Post pointed out that inflation makes holding cash less attractive, so yes, the Fed is there to help with the no cash decisions we make each day.
The point, however, is not whether digital purchasing is more convenient for you, but it is that digital currency will soon be the only way and it is intended to serve as the pad lock on the digital prison door. Your currency account will be turned on by the authorities who own you and those same authorities can turn it off whenever they choose. Since it will eventually be connected to 1 billion surveillance cameras run by Artificial intelligence through facial recognition software with all data collated into your social credit score the system is similar to Santa Claus in that it knows if you’ve been bad or good. That is, good as our satanic social ruling class defines good. To be anything other than good will get your digital account penalized or as a last resort terminated.
That could mean no purchases at all including food and fuel. Your account is suspended so you officially have no money or no blips in your digitized account. No food, no rent money, no travel, no tuition for your kids, no anything else. It would behoove you then, digital slave, to play the game that your betters make the rules for. Take the mark, just go ahead, the propaganda will tell us relentlessly just go ahead and don’t listen to all those right-wing extremists, those vaccine doubters.
We have examples, after all, with the Covid vaccine. Those vaccine sceptics said don’t take it and you did not listen and so your three bouts of covid were not as bad as they would have been without the vaccine. What about all the myocarditis in healthy young people. What about all the healthy young athletes dying without cause, just sudden death syndrome, I guess. None of that is relevant today because it is all just right-wing nonsense so just make all our lives easier and take the mark. Just do what you are told to do continually on your news site TikTok.
The Washington Post, in the same article I mentioned earlier reports that President Biden runs a possible national security risk by using TikTok to get his message out despite concerns about how the site collects and shares user data. “Officials say TikTok, which is owned by Beijing-based ByteDance, is a security threat because of how much data it shares with China. The app has denied this, but White House staff cannot download it to their government phones.”
What does all that mean, who knows for sure, but it sounds like it’s all part of the plan to implement a worldwide system of control without borders, national boundaries and the like. One global world where we are all equal and all doing time in the same global digital prison. Well, that is at least the way it seems to me. The fact that China is the test country and the system there is closely watched by the likes of Klaus Schwab is no secret. Apparently, the global drive for a system to control and monitor every person is being run by the UN in conjunction with their partner the World Economic Forum and that organization’s partner the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. I think that since the divorce the Foundation is now known as the Gates Foundation. The system needs a testing ground, a test case population and right now that is China.
This undoubtedly seems dystopian to you as something only the worst totalitarian regimes would do, but that is definitely not the case. I told you last week that Klaus Schwab was an honored guest at the recent G-20 summit. That meeting is supposed to include the 20 largest economies in the world meeting to discuss policy. It is a kind of mini-UN or an organization of the very elite in all the world. These billionaires and their techno friends and their politician lapdogs don’t want to associate with the riff raff at the UN. Do you think that Klaus Schwab, Bill Gates, Joe Biden, Justin Trudeau, or Xi Jinping want to go to a meeting and discuss strategy on an equal basis with the leader of the Central African Republic or Bangladesh?
There are preliminary examples of government control of financial accounts already in play. During the recent truckers’ protest in Canada, the government froze, or seized the accounts of the truckers and those who assisted them. So, obey us or you will have your digital account frozen, the same has happened recently in Brazil during the election turmoil that has been ongoing in that country for a few weeks. A CBDC gives the government so much power that it could impose negative interest rates or said differently charge you to hold your money and charge you to access it. All transactions would be known to the government and all income would be known since only digital transactions would be legally permitted. With that knowledge there would be no need for tax returns since the government could do your taxes and deduct your payment on its own initiative.
In 2020 China launched a pilot program controlled by the Chinese Central Bank. It is in the beginning stages, but it gives Chinese authorities remarkable control and will give even more when it is complete. The People’s Bank of China has said that it would consider putting limits on the size of transactions or even require an appointment for some. So, some bank manager or really just a Chinese Communist Party functionary will be telling the Chinese people how they can and cannot use the fruits of their labor.
The system in China is linked to their social credit system whereby citizens with good behavior are whitelisted for privileges while those with bad behavior are blacklisted for denial of privileges. Here in the United States the government through the Federal Reserve is getting ready to launch very quickly. The FedNow will be an instant payment system scheduled for launch between May and July 2023. The New York Fed has launched a 12-week pilot program with American banks to test the feasibility of a CBDC in the United States. In the meantime, the IMF or International Monetary Fund is reportedly thinking of a way to connect all CBDC’s worldwide into one linked system.
Although the American people are rapidly changing and perhaps becoming less discerning, more trusting of government, and less well read, this will probably be a tough sell to them. The best salesman is always a crisis and that is why Covid was so conveniently available. You saw how quickly and how willingly the whole world surrendered its freedom and went into quarantine. The next crisis could be from energy, food, finance, or climate or perhaps all of them at once. Only the caring and considerate government will be able to deliver its children from calamity.
The Mark is being tested at the many levels I mentioned so when the crises inevitably comes look out. If you decide not to participate, then God help you because I suspect not many others will. Some suggestions I have made before, self-organize into decentralized communities and then deglobalize, i.e., try to avoid the vulnerability of the supply chain. Make friends with local farmers and ranchers whereby some type of barter system might be possible.
Finally, folks, the thin threads that hold together the world’s civilizations are unraveling. They are being deliberately tugged and pulled until they can no longer hold. What lies beyond could be more frightening than we currently imagine.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next year folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about recent and ongoing actions by the global ruling elite which may appear to be conspiracies but could be simple stupidity or just coincidence.
Transcription / Notes:
CONSPIRACY, STUPIDITY, OR JUST COINCIDENCE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is the 9th day of December in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be examining recent and ongoing actions by the global ruling elite which may appear to be conspiracies but could be simple stupidity or just coincidence. The best example is the recent release of part one of the Twitter Files by Twitter CEO, Elon Musk through reporter Matt Taibbi which clearly show collaboration between the ruling Democrat Party elite and the tech companies to influence elections and suppress unwanted speech known otherwise as opinions they disagreed with.
Speaking of conspiracies, I would be remiss if I didn’t mention that two days ago the 7th of December was the 81st anniversary of the attack on the United States Naval Base at Perl Harbor. The Day of Infamy as FDR labeled it, in which some 2400 U.S. military personnel died and which launched the U.S. into the worst war in human history.
Back in 2022, it can be noted that many strange events appear to be conspiracies but can more accurately be described as stupidity by an individual or group of individuals. Sometimes the coordination of the event in question by elite actors is apparent but is that necessarily a conspiracy. Most of the players go to the same top and acceptable schools where they study under the same group of like-minded academics. They are members of the same clubs and they come up through government service in the same agencies and institutions.
Can there be any wonder that since they have so much in common, they think alike and share the same globalist goals. It is just as foolish to believe that no events are conspiracies as it is to believe that all events are conspiracies. For example, the assassination of President Kennedy, according to the Warren Commission, was the act of one deranged man, but polls reveal that the vast majority of Americans do not believe that is the case. So, the majority believe it was a conspiracy, but they feel powerless to do anything or even to mention their belief in public.
The Twitter Files reveal an unprecedented level of corruption and collusion between the U.S. government and the Big Tech companies to manipulate American elections. More than likely, it does not stop with Twitter, but extends to most or all the Tech Media Companies. There is plenty of corruption to cover everybody in this scandal, but the evidence released reveals that most Tweets were censored at the demand of the Democratic Party. One explanation is that most Twitter employees were Democrat Party supporters and more than happy to meet the demands of the Democrat elite.
The requests to censor were direct to the people at Twitter who were told to “handle them” and internal documents show that they did just that. The people in government and the insiders at Big Tech seem desperate at the prospect of what they tried so hard to censor and probably assumed would never see the light of day exposed to the light. Elon Musk, think what you will of him, is owed a debt of gratitude for his heroic defense of free speech. In one of his tweets he said, “This is a battle for the future of civilization. If free speech is lost even in America, tyranny is all that lies ahead.”
Are we about to see all the suppressed information on the Hunter Biden laptop, how the 2020 election was rigged in favor of Biden, all the lies and filthy corruption of the teachers’ unions, and more filth than even I can remember? Probably not, but we will see, as Mr. Musk now says he will reveal “what really happened” with Twitter’s suppression of the Hunter Biden story. The potential of this story to prize the lid from many other scandals or conspiracies is the most hopeful thing about it.
Ron Paul, in his most recent Liberty Report, referred to what may actually be out there. He talked about how the CIA is now openly sought after and its agents routinely hired by media outlets to manipulate what Americans are allowed to see and to know. Big tech censorship is now a critical part of the national security state.
“This is a corruption scandal so massive that it is almost guaranteed to never be properly investigated. Government itself is among the most guilty, and we know “government commissions” are really about covering up rather than uncovering the crimes committed. But the truth is powerful. Some 58 years after the Warren Report whitewashed the assassination of President Kennedy, polls show that few Americans believe the official narrative.”
The best account of this marriage between the media, the intelligence arm of government, and organized crime can be found in a two-volume set of books by investigative journalist Whitney Webb who devoted a great deal of her life to the project. The title of the two volumes is One Nation Under Blackmail: The Sordid Union Between Intelligence and Organized Crime That Gave Rise to Jeffrey Epstein. Her books tell the story of how the whole system became corrupted by the power of what was called intelligence in World War Two when the government deemed it necessary to control public reception of information.
Elon Musk used independent reporter Matt Taibbi to release the Twitter Files to the public. The media immediately attacked him for doing PR for Musk. However, Musk said he turned all the information over to Taibbi and was not overseeing its release. Former New York Times reporter Bari Weiss, whom I have mentioned in these reports before, was also involved in releasing the information.
From this information it is no longer debatable that Twitter blocked the New York Post’s story on the Hunter Biden Laptop scandal and effectively blocked the Post’s account from the public. In addition, the Twitter employees worked closely with the Biden administration to censor free speech especially about the Covid Vaccine and alternative Covid treatments. For some reason the government seems to have an unnatural interest in censoring health information.
If this information coming out about the government and Twitter were all it would be plenty, but as usual folks, it gets worse. I point you again to Rudolph Rummel’s book Death by Government, in which he documents some 200 million deaths by government in the 20th century. That figure is now up to 262 million in this century to date. Mankind has made much progress over the centuries but politically the progress since the year 815 and the adoption of the Magna Charta, has been toward the centralization of power regardless of politics. That concentration has continued in America for decades despite wars, politics, voting, civil upheaval, financial upheaval, and all matter of propaganda delivered to the masses as news or science.
The people are constantly told that freedom or democracy will improve or be made safe by one politician or another, but outright lies normally prevail in one way or another. For example, excess deaths have run rampant since the Covid vaccine was introduced. This is science and mathematics and is simply not arguable. Now, we hear constantly of the buzzword when some young person dies suddenly that it is “sudden death”, or “died suddenly” as if death without cause were a disease itself. This affliction seems to affect everyone but especially young, healthy individuals.
The population faced extreme lockdowns, or said another way prison, and in China the people are still being tortured by harsh imprisonment. Many are now on their 3rd, 4th, or 5th round of fatal injections disguised as vaccines. One would think that would be enough for the depopulation rulers and other mass killers but apparently it is not. Now we have war with the nuclear threat ever before us as well as growing famine to aid the killing of humanity. They consolidate their power, they lie, cheat, and steal to keep their power so they can obey the dictates of their globalist masters.
So, what does all this talk about globalists and their possible depopulation agenda have to do with Twitter censorship and media cooperation with government and its intelligence agencies. The answer is that it is all part of the invisible prison or the prison without walls or the digital prison that is currently under construction and almost complete for every human on earth. China is serving as a global laboratory for the whole world but the whole world is working to implement China’s successes. Censorship and the denial of access to truthful and accurate information are critical to the final enactment of the digital prison now under construction for us.
Denial of truthful information forces us into a false reality similar to Plato’s Allegory of the Cave, where people are prisoners in a cave staring at the cave walls for their entire lives. There is a fire behind them, and people walk in front of the fire so the prisoners can see their shadows on the wall. The shadows are just that shadows, but to the prisoners the shadows are reality because it is all they see. A similar denial of reality is part of our current and future invisible prison.
Your digital identity will be your digital prison in the future. The day of individual freedom and liberty is rapidly drawing to a close on planet earth. Absent the intervention of God, the implementation of this system will be irreversible, and therefore, it is very important for you to check this out for yourself. Don’t discount my report just because it may sound crazy to you.
Your digital identity will tie in with the social credit system and will control what you can do in your everyday life. Surveillance cameras with facial recognition software have been erected around the world to implement this facial recognition system. The United States has the most and China is second. Facial recognition is a great convenience and security feature of the global surveillance state. You won’t need to remember pins or passwords and since only you have your face it is advertised as more secure. Sold as good for convenience and security, it is a critical part of mass control of humanity and a part of your digital prison. Just as in China a social credit system powered by facial recognition will control your future life.
By the end of this year there will be 1 billion data collecting cameras in the world all connected to the internet and all powered by artificial intelligence (AI). Cameras and audio recording devices in cell phones, cars, and anything with the word smart in its description will continue to collect and share data about you even when you are inside your home. This data will all combine to give each individual a score based on his or her behavior and interaction with the world. Ultimately that score, your social credit score, will dictate what you can and cannot do, what you can and cannot buy, and where you can and cannot go.
The World Economic Forum describes digital identity as the new social contract. It begins with vaccine passports and ends with CBDC or Central Bank Digital Currency which is very close to implementation. So, this is the new social contract according to, Klaus Schwab, who was an honored guest speaker at the recent G-20 summit in Indonesia. He is invited and treated as if he were a head of state. I note that this new social contract is not really a contract in the sense of a bargained for exchange. It is, instead, a matter imposed by force from above.
Finally, folks, Conspiracy, stupidity, or coincidence is for you to decide, but I believe the digital prison is indeed our future unless we can rise up and prevent it. Censorship and the denial of access to opposing views is the most critical part of the implementation of the new system. Perhaps it will be a kinder and gentler prison than the crude one the Chinese Communist Party is currently running, but our elite betters experiment and learn by example.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about revolution or at least the hint of it primarily in China, but also in other countries as the people of the world start to demand freedom.
Transcription / Notes
REVOLUTION IS IN THE AIR
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 2nd day of December in the year of our Lord 2022, and I will be talking about revolution or at least the hint of it primarily in China, but also in other countries including the United States as the people of the world start to demand freedom. I make the case that conditions are ripe and growing riper by the day for a French version of Revolution.
The French Revolution began in the early 1790’s, but the conditions that provoked it had been simmering in France for at least a decade. The French government was virtually bankrupt having squandered the nation’s resources on foreign wars including the American Revolution as a proxy against the old enemy England. Conditions for the man on the street grew more and more desperate as the economy was in a state of near collapse.
Louis XVI was king and his queen, his wife, was Marie Antoinette. The king did nothing to improve conditions in the country and chose to just ignore the suffering of the people thus Marie Antoinette’s legendary reply when she was told that the people have no bread; let them eat cake. The callous attitude of the ruling elite along with the equally callous Catholic elite caused resentment to grow to an unstoppable level.
In today’s verbiage, Wall Street was doing fine, but Main Street was suffering. To cover it up the king tried to start a war with Austria which he hoped would rally the people, but it didn’t work. A people’s committee was formed, and the king was arrested. In January of 1793 he was put on trial for treason, convicted and guillotined later that month. Marie Antoinette followed him to the guillotine nine months later. The king’s sister was also beheaded, and his son died in prison while his daughter was allowed to return to her relatives in Austria.
The monarchy was abolished in France and the power of the Church over the lives of the people was broken. France has remained a secular nation to this day. Louis had been king since he was 13 years old, and he lived a life of incredible luxury and waste in a time of economic suffering. For evidence just look at pictures of the Palace of Versailles. He would not take any action to relieve the people’s suffering and instead continued his unnecessary foreign wars, and that ultimately caused the end of the monarchy and the end of the catholic church in France. It also caused the rise of Napoleon to the role of Emperor of France and Commander of the French Army.
Does any of this sound familiar because conditions could spin out of control in several places. The virus is still out there, Dr. Fauci tells us, and we should continue to get Pfizer boosters for the rest of our lives, or we will surely die. The Pfizer documents released by court order show that Pfizer knew that their vaccine caused many more deadly problems than it solved. While offering no protection or health benefits it caused miscarriages and stillbirths, heart problems, neurological problems, and even death. Pfizer knew all this in advance because these were the results of its own testing of the product yet the propaganda to get the jab was relentless.
From Paul Craig Roberts: “Was this enormous evil merely a mistake? Absolutely not. As the Pfizer documents that Pfizer wanted locked up for 75 years make clear, the pharmaceutical companies knew of the outsized danger of the vaccine. Was the vaccine intended as a population reduction measure? The circumstantial evidence is substantial that it was. The multi-decade agitation for population reduction by Bill Gates and a passel of elites and organizations and a decade or longer of research to develop the Covid Virus suggest that the vaccine had an intent that is not acknowledged, but we will never know unless someone confesses.”
The public is at least becoming aware that the lockdowns are bad especially as they are conducted in China. That country is currently in the midst of another hard lockdown as China defines it. Citizens are ordered to stay in their homes and in some cases their doors are welded shut. That was the case in the city of Urumqi where a fire broke out and killed at least 10 people, but the death number is constantly growing. The people were locked in, their doors welded shut, and firefighters could not put out the fire.
The Chinese people are outraged and are refusing to take it anymore and they are now willing to risk death to protest their enslavement. In cities across China from the largest to the smallest thousands of people clashed with police and military trying to restore order. The people are screaming for the government to lift the lockdown, but they are going even further. Cries for the resignation of Xi Jinping, and the downfall of the Chinese Communist Party are being heard.
The people are monitored and surveilled in China like nowhere else on earth. It acts as a kind of surrogate laboratory of surveilled people for the rest of the world order to study and copy. The people are expressing their anger because they know there is no believable public health reason for the oppressive imprisonment. They are in the streets and behind the barricades by the thousands, but it will take millions to force change and time will tell if that ever happens. The size, scope, vehemence, and fearlessness of the Chinese people against their oppressive Communist masters is certainly admirable and worthy of note.
People are occasionally awakened as history shows and when that happens continental shifts sometimes occur. When a nation with a billion people rises up in a cause that has unified them such as this one, there is at least a hint of revolution in the air. Louis XVI depended on the military to restore order just as Xi is doing, but we will see if order is restored, and the people return to slavery, or hundreds of millions come to town with their pitchforks and axes.
The people have even found ways around the Communist Party’s ability to monitor every cell phone conversation. It seems that Apple has an AirDrop feature in its new iPhone with a software update that went out last week. The feature allows direct communication between iPhones without going through a cell network which could be monitored or shutdown by the authorities. Chinese protesters use AirDrop to communicate, organize and evade the authorities.
The protests in China have shown us that the Chinese people are waking up to some things. The Covid restrictions and lockdowns are not to contain the spread of disease, but to control the people. It also shows that there is trouble with the regime and the Party. Is it losing its grip on the Chinese people? At the very least it shows that the people are losing their awe, their respect, for the system, and when that happens, the regime is in danger.
There have been other mass protests in other countries many of them ongoing such as Brazil, Iran, and Russia. Those people periodically protest and then return to whatever life they have, and the regimes go on but this seems different. For one thing China has had a decades long rise in economic prosperity caused by trade with the West and now that is drastically slowing. Lockdowns and sanctions have slowed Chinese growth and disrupted the supply chain so not as many make work projects and not so many uninhabited cities being built to keep the people pacified.
I have seen many videos taken on the streets of Chinese cities by foreign journalists and most of the people seem young. The young are fighting with the police and being arrested, but still, they rise up in cities all over China. In unprecedented numbers they scream for Xi to resign. How long before they scream, off with his head. Daily Covid tests and the oppressive lockdowns are making the people fearless. Many of the young protesters video the protests in hopes of sharing their experiences with the world. The city of Urumqi has had people, four million of them, locked in their homes for over 100 days and now fires have killed many. I suppose if you are going to starve or burn anyway, what difference does it make.
The old men ruling from their palace in Beijing look solid and in control at this point, but I predict they will have to become a lot more violent and draconian if they are going to contain this movement. All these people, the new poor, as Eric Hoffer called them in his book, The True Believer, are different because they can no longer be pacified. Youth unemployment is now at 20% in China.
Back in America the regime seems to be fearful, holding its breath because if the system in China collapses into chaos, then perhaps the entire woke world of the West will fall too. I hope the American people are at least becoming aware of how much they have been cheated, lied too, and deceived by this entire Covid scandal. For example, Pfizer’s annual revenue is expected to reach $101.3 billion in 2022 because of a shot that doesn’t prevent infection and doesn’t prevent its transmission. Pfizer gets its help from the federal government which bullies and harasses people into getting the shots and then instructs doctors and hospitals to only prescribe certain approved drugs which don’t work either.
This has all been a really big lie ala Josef Goebbels which is difficult to break because the perpetrators of the lie have those who hold the real information in their hands or their employ. How will the American people handle all this satanic evil that has enveloped them? Are they strong enough mentally and emotionally to accept that their government did this to them on purpose and with full knowledge of the results? Who knows, but I guess time will tell because things can change in an instant.
In China Xi Jinping never looked stronger as he consolidated power in the recent Communist Party General enclave. Then he burned people alive by welding their doors shut and all hell broke loose. Simmering resentment over Covid policies suddenly had faces attached to it. The virus and regime responses to it have now threatened the stability of the government itself.
This is causing economic repercussions around the world as supply chains are disrupted due to Chinese inability to manufacture and ship in its usual volumes. Most Western leaders, probably want to see the protests end for the benefit of their own economies and their own stability, but xi, it seems to me, is between a rock and a hard place. He can crack down as was done in Tiananmen Square in 1989 and risk intensifying the anger and protests thus risking his regime or he can relax the rules thus giving the lie to his strong man in absolute power image.
Here in America, we usually prefer the lies of our leaders to the truth, Paul Craig Roberts again: “The Covid virus did not come from a bat cave but from NIH funding first at The University of North Carolina and then Wuhan, China. The pandemic was and orchestration for profit, power, and, it appears from the deaths, disabilities, infertility, and stillbirths caused by the vaccine, population reduction. In effect, whether intended or not, the mRNA vaccines are bioweapons.”
Finally, folks, are we on the verge of another French Revolution? Probably not, but I argue that conditions are similar and as a wise person once said, those who will not learn from history are doomed to repeat it.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about how greenwashing, or the propaganda of green energy ideology, is being used to make the unjust appear to be just, and how the real effect is a reduced standard of living for the naïve middle class and starvation for the helpless poor. Transcription / Notes: GREENWASHING THE NAÏVE Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 18th day of November in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about how greenwashing, or the propaganda of green energy ideology is being used to make the unjust appear to be just, and how the real effect of that is a reduced standard of living for the naïve middle class, and starvation for the helpless poor. We see the world dividing into hostile camps right now with nations coming together to resist the moves to continue the economic hegemony of the West. The BRICS nations that I have mentioned many times are primarily an economic bloc of nations resistant to Western economic dominance but now it also includes many other things. The nations in the original bloc include Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa, but now many others are lining up to join. Some of those include Argentina, Venezuela, Iran, Indonesia, and even Saudi Arabia. Yes, its ironic that long time enemies like the Saudis and the Iranians would consider coming together economically, but I guess the enemy of my enemy is my friend. The economic blocs that have developed involve nations jockeying for position in this new world that is developing and that involves a lot more than green energy. Western leaders attend their climate conferences and they set climate discussions within conferences as they did at the recent G-20 summit in Indonesia this past week. It would be funny if it were not so serious to see and hear how President Biden who just once again publicly said to the attendees, I will do my part, no more drilling in the United States. When Senator Joe Manchon called him to account for his promises regarding fossil fuels he sent Jean-Pierre out so say oh yes, we know that miners and oil workers are the backbone of the nation, etc. It’s all just hypocrisy and a pack of lies. The United States persuades the G-20 to agree to give $20 billion of U.S. money, your money, to Indonesia as a payment for the Indonesians to quit using coal and convert to solar and wind. The Indonesians took the money of course, even though their application to the Brics is pending. It is just greenwashing and really means nothing except a bribe to keep the Indonesians from representing the best interests of their own people. It could possibly mean one other thing, however, if the Indonesians actually did stop using coal. It would mean starvation for the Indonesian people as it has for many people in Europe and across Africa. These people who are coercing and buying corrupt politicians to the detriment of their own people is an old story, but it is usually a corporation giving a suitcase full of cash to some dictator or warlord. Now, it is heads of state giving the labor of their people who have already accepted long term impoverishment and hunger because their oh so virtuous and progressive leaders have insisted. Americans are struggling to buy food and fuel at ever increasing prices, but their president is bragging about giving $20 billion to subsidize solar panels and windmills in Indonesia. The stated reason was to help Indonesia transition away from fossil fuels to renewable energy. The real purpose is to bribe a Muslim country that has shown extreme hostility and persecution of Christians to switch its energy from reliable coal to unreliable wind and solar thus exposing their people to starvation. Inflation and energy shortages are problems across the world including Europe, but there the problems are exacerbated by food shortages caused by cutting the Russian supply lines and intentionally attempting to switch from gas and coal to wind and solar. Along with the switch comes a belief that many of the problems which make saving the planet necessary are caused by farming. That’s right farming or growing food for people to eat. Ending farming would mean mass starvation, but that is apparently fine with the Western Progressive leaders. Nations like Denmark and Holland, for example say they are going to close 30% of their farms by 2030 in keeping with the goals of agenda 2030 and the World Economic Forum. That is less than 8 years away now, but the process is well underway. Without farms how will the people have access to enough food to eat. That remains an unanswered question and one our leaders apparently don’t care to know the answer to. Without fertilizer it is impossible to grow enough food to feed a population, but if you don’t care if they starve what difference does it make. Much of Europe’s fertilizer comes from Russia, and if you count Belarus as part of Russia, it is well over 50%. The sanctions against those countries are obviously adding to the misery of the European people, especially in those countries on the fringe or what used to be part of the Eastern bloc. Couple the fertilizer cutoff with the decision to stop importing Russian gas along with the decision to stop using it even if you have it and you have a witch’s cauldron of disaster for millions of people. I have personal knowledge of at least one country in Europe and that is Romania. My wife and I started a Christian childcare mission in Romania 25 years ago and it is still there caring for the children of that country. We feed, clothe, and house a lot of Romanian kids and we talk to people there almost every day. They tell us that conditions are terrible with no electricity, which is what provides heat and light. Schools are closing because of lack of electricity. It is unaffordable even if available. Couple the energy shortage with unaffordable and unavailable food and you have a nationwide disaster on your hands. Disaster means adults and their children begging in the streets, schools closed, along with other agencies tasked with assisting the public. It means desperate people coming to your door asking if there is any way for you to help them, and having to say no. It means internal conditions deteriorating to the point they were under Communism. Who cares enough to change the behavior of governments? Apparently, no one cares that much, but I will say that if something isn’t done to reign in the madness of these people at the head of governments not to mention the real culprits in the World Economic Forum, we can expect a French Revolution type of answer to them. Tell me that I have to drive an electric car and I am upset because my freedom of choice and lifestyle is being curtailed but tell me that I have to watch my children starve and you have a French Revolution on your hands. I’m not talking about farmers driving their tractors to the capital. That is a help, and I am with them of course, but I am talking about millions descending on them with an off with their heads intent. Yes, it will soon be time to go to the barricades if it is not time already. The UN tells us that this charade being forced on us will be very expensive. It’s going to cost us, the poor wretched middle classes of the Western World, a lot of our labor. They say, at the UN that it will take $340 billion to complete the destruction of humanity. They say that the amount will prevent the world’s temperature from rising 1.5 degrees centigrade above preindustrial levels. This is all just complete nonsense and a way of fleecing the planet while reducing the population by what amounts to cold-blooded murder. It’s the war they tell us, it’s the war, and therefore it’s all-Putin’s fault. Ukrainian President Zelensky sent a recorded message to the G-20 conference stating, “there can be no effective climate policy without peace.” It is apparent that he considers peace to consist of endless cash and endless weapons and nothing of diplomacy. I suppose he is a quick learner in the greenwashing scam. It turns out that he was laundering money paid by American taxpayers by investing in FTX, a now bankrupt crypto company. FTX then contributed the money to Democrat politicians through its CEO, Sam Bankman-Fried, who in turn voted to send him more money. This information is all coming out in the investigation of the collapse of FTX and its CEO for fraud. Starving people, it seems, often has less than noble purposes. This problem is self-fulfilling, and it just feeds on itself on and on. Rising prices for natural gas mean rising prices for fertilizer when there is a supplier and that means rising food prices. Not many options exist short of talking with Russia and bringing the war to a close, and talks are apparently on-going backchannel. The offer being considered apparently is Russia withdraws from Ukraine and Crimea becomes a demilitarized zone. I don’t see how that works for the Russian Navy. How could Russia operate its warm water base if it were a demilitarized zone. The Russians did retreat from Kherson this week and that is very significant because geographically it lies just north of Crimea. Rumor has it that the Russians are busy fortifying Crimea as if they expect a fight or die stand there. We will see what happens in Ukraine, but it’s hard to understand why this war fought by others and is really a struggle between Putin and Biden, should be used as an excuse to starve and impoverish the world. I suppose that ordinary human decency let alone honor can no longer be expected from those who hold power over us. Food for Europe is a difficult problem right now with very few solutions. There are very few if any suppliers able to replace Russia even in the short term. This all means that next spring there will be few crops planted in Europe and the continent will be import dependent, or just where the WEF and its captive leaders want the European people. Europe has only two options: get through somehow by their wits, or compromise with Russia. Europe is reportedly investigating compromise, but I’m certain they remember Nord Stream. A resolution came before the UN General Assembly recently to force Russia to pay War Reparations, and it has passed so far. The vote was 94 countries in favor, 14 countries against, with 73 countries abstaining. Damage and loss or injury to people and to infrastructure is the part and parcel of it. We can’t seem to learn anything from history for example the Versailles Treaty that ended WW l and led to the rise of Hitler and ultimately WW ll. War crimes, it seems, sometimes depend on who wins the war. For example, a missile recently struck two miles inside Poland and both Zelensky and Polish authorities reported it as Russian, I suppose to provoke a NATO response and perhaps start WW lll. Fortunately, NATO tracked it on radar and identified it as Ukrainian so nuclear war averted again. In conclusion, the elites, the know-it-alls, the impeccably educated, the media savvy, who strut across the stage with such purpose and such confidence, what do they have in store for us little people? Could our future be unfolding before our eyes in Romania? This whole thing does serve one useful purpose, however. It validates my disbelief in the power seekers and the powerful. My deepest conviction about their bloodthirsty natures is confirmed. Next week is Thanksgiving so no Castle Report. Have a good week and don’t forget to give thanks. Finally, folks, for our futures and our children’s’ futures, prepare to live...
Darrell Castle talks about the elections last Tuesday, but primarily about one election which he argues illustrates better than all the others the condition of America today. He asks the question, how can this be? Transcription / Notes November 8th Was Hard to Understand Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is the 11th day of November in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about the elections last Tuesday, but primarily about one election which I argue illustrates better than all the others the condition of America today. I ask the question, how can this be, how could this have happened, and I look for answers. Yes, that’s right I’m talking about the election of John Fetterman to the United States senate in Pennsylvania but first I must remind you that yesterday, November 10th was the 247th birthday of the United States Marine Corps. The birthday falling on Thursday is good for Marines because it means that today, the 11th is veterans’ day and that gives Marines a four-day weekend. Some 20 million have served and are serving so take a moment and honor one of them or their surviving spouse and children. John Fetterman, its very difficult to believe, but he was just elected to the United States Senate by a comfortable margin. I would never make fun of or belittle someone who has been a stroke victim and has brain damage, but neither would I want that person to fly my airliner or perform surgery on my heart. There are some jobs that require certain physical and mental skills, the absence of which eliminates one from those careers. I had to give up my dream of playing center field in Yankee stadium and of winning the Olympic marathon because I did not have the physical ability to achieve those goals. I would submit that serving in the United States Senate is similar in that one should be able to talk and carry on a conversation of complete sentences to hold that office, but the people of Pennsylvania disagree. They elected by a comfortable margin, a man who is so obviously unfit to hold the office that it boggles the mind. His words are incoherent ramblings which are nearly impossible to discern, but he was elected anyway. The people of Pennsylvania had the chance to witness the same debate with his opponent, Dr. Mehmet Oz that I did and yet they concluded that they wanted that man to represent them in the Senate. It is mind boggling that any sane person could come to such a conclusion, but despite his obvious mental shortcomings, and if he has people to help him, he will probably show up in the senate in January. His opponent was weak, that much is true. He accepted Trump’s endorsement, then once he had the nomination, he took it down from his web site thus giving the impression of being an opportunistic power seeker with no loyalty. He also refused to renounce his Turkish citizenship which was undoubtably a turnoff for many people. Turkey is a NATO member and therefore not an enemy, but it would be fair to say that it is at least hostile to the United States. Why then would they elect John Fetterman to the Senate? The answer is fairly obvious and that is that they wanted him in the Senate. They saw all his faults, which revealed to them his inability to perform the functions required, but they wanted him anyway. They knew he would be unable to discharge his duties, but they didn’t care. The election of Fetterman proves that the election of Biden was no one off for the Democrats. Being able to perform the duties of one’s office is no longer a requirement for elected office in America. It would be interesting to hear a conversation between the two of them, perhaps laughing about their elections. This is rubbing our noses in it by the Democrat elite. Their goal of filling every local office with their own people and of filling the country with new Democrats is now complete enough to give them a permanent majority. They don’t even have to put up a coherent candidate to win. Everyone knows and accepts the obvious conclusion that someone else or some coalition of behind-the-scenes people is actually pulling the strings and exercising power. The fact that they elected a puppet, and no one as yet knows who will be pulling the strings is apparently fine with the good people of Pennsylvania. So, not only in Pennsylvania, but around the country, what was this election about and what were all those Democrat voters voting for. They voted for and endorsed an anti-human, anti-science, pro-death, pro impoverishment political platform and party. They endorsed the last two years of lockdowns and mandates of ruined lives and bankrupt businesses, of sell outs to big pharma at the expense of the rest of humanity. The Democrats who were supported and elected tell us openly that when in office they will continue to do things which will make us poorer and ruin our jobs and families. Your food will continue to cost more and more, as will fuel for your car and your home heat and air. Higher prices are good they tell us because they will discipline and encourage us to follow more closely the morality, they assign to us. Two years of life were taken from us by these people and now instead of banishing them we reward them. What else then was elected? The release of violent criminals without bail so they may continue to commit violent crimes against innocent people. The legalization of shoplifting and of the use of dangerous drugs on the streets as well as the legalization of defecating and urinating openly in the streets. The rendering of subways and other means of public transportation dangerous and fearful places all with the blessings of elected Democrat mayors and governors. Unlimited abortion, or more properly infanticide similar to the ancient pagan tribes, along with vaccine mandates for children to attend school. They voted for requiring your children to accept a completely unnecessary and very dangerous vaccine as early as age five. They voted for the continued sexual exploitation of your children with transgender and LGBTIQ indoctrination in the schools you pay for. Sexual grooming, gay pornography, and other forms of perversion and indoctrination in the public schools at the earliest ages. Let’s not forget energy shortages, a looming diesel shortage which threatens an already fragile supply chain. Stone age concepts disguised as progressive like wind and solar will be forced on us. On our way back to the pre-industrial age we can be comforted that we are oh so progressive in our misery and poverty. Let’s not forget the wide-open southern border and the resulting invasion. This invasion results as well as third world economic status, in massive increases in human trafficking and other illegal imports like fentanyl. People continue to try to make sense of it all whether it represents comedy or disgrace to them. Many people just don’t bother to vote anymore concluding that it just doesn’t make any difference. To that end a quote from actor James Woods: “If your party can’t beat the actual dead, the talking dead, and the walking dead, it’s over. In Pennsylvania, Democrats elected a brain-damaged man who can barely put a coherent sentence together because he suffers from aphasia. This man cannot possibly represent his constituents responsibly, but they voted for him anyway. This tweet says it all: Do I vote for the party that nominates candidates with brain damage or the party that loses against candidates with brain damage.” So, we have a tattooed candidate with recent and obvious brain damage running against a Muslim doctor who served in Turkey’s army to maintain his Turkish citizenship and later went on to TV stardom in America. Some choice huh? The New York Times chimed in as it is prone to do in order to compliment Pennsylvania and question whether nationwide, we had enough diversity among the candidates. I would submit that all the Times really cares about is convincing the voters to share the philosophy and prejudice of today’s global ruling elite and to the credit of the Times, it appears to have been successful. Pennsylvania is such a lover of diversity it was even willing to consider the dead as viable candidates. Yes, in the 32nd district diversity went to a new level of absurdity. Representative Tony DeLuca won big in his race as reported by Business Insider: “Pennsylvania state lawmaker won big in the midterm elections despite being dead. Representative Tony DeLuca who died at the age of 85 on October 9 from lymphoma, crushed Green Party challenger Zarah Livingston in Tuesday’s midterm elections.” Yes indeed, some effort by the third-party movement. The voters actually preferred a dead person, a corpse, to your live candidate. Well, nevertheless, Zarah has my sympathy. The voters in the 32nd district exercised the ultimate in diversity choosing to elect someone to represent the most disenfranchised group in the nation, the dead. Good for Pennsylvania, you can indeed carry yourselves with pride. The old guys sitting in the town square trading pocketknives and whittling on sticks would put it like this as they lament the old days. In the old days politicians would come around and at least pretend that they cared about us. They would promise us things like road improvements, but now they don’t even do that. However, the ignorance and pride of youth is convinced they have found a new path, but I’m afraid it only leads to destruction. In conclusion, how can it be possible that there has been no massive repudiation of the last two years. The Democrats have done massive, perhaps irreparable damage to society with no health benefits. How can it be possible that a large portion of the human race actually cheered on their efforts to decimate livelihoods, destroy businesses, postpone or cancel life saving surgeries, starve much of the world, disrupt supply chains for years in the future, destroy family relationships, force grandparents to die alone in terrible conditions and then forbid you to attend their funerals. How is it possible that a majority could affirm all that and more? Finally, folks, who says there is no good news? Certainly not the World Happiness Report which tells us that Americans are happier than they were last year. The U.S. was ranked the 19th happiest country in the world in 2021 but this year the U.S. has climbed to 16th, so progress is being made. For the fifth year in a row Finland was the happiest country with Denmark in 2nd place. The report focuses on how people view their own lives and concludes that the improvement was due to the opportunities for benevolence provided by the Covid pandemic. So, go figure. At least that’s the way I see it, Until next time folks, This is Darrell Castle, Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about a speech made by Vladimir Putin on Thursday, October 29th at the Valdai Club, A Moscow based Russian think tank. Transcription / Notes THE MOST DANGEROUS DECADE SINCE WWII Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle report. This is Friday the 4th day of November in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about a speech made by Vladimir Putin on Thursday October 29th at the Valdai Club, a Moscow based Russian think tank. Mr. Putin emphasized his continuing struggle with the West and described this decade as the most dangerous since WWII. Mr. Putin said he had no regrets about what he still describes as a special operation meaning his invasion of Ukraine. He said that Russia has never considered itself an enemy of the West, but that period of time between the breakup of the Soviet Union and now in which the West has had undivided dominance over world affairs is ending whether the West wants it to end or not. The fall of the Soviet Union left the West in the worst possible position and that is without an enemy to motivate the people and to feed the insatiable appetite of the military, industrial, security state. Since there was no more Soviet Union against which to pit the labor of the American people the United States, bit by bit started to become more and more like its 45 yearlong enemy. That is my opinion and not one expressed by Mr. Putin. Mr. Putin made a point in his speech of always addressing the West rather than the United States directly. The West has been and is the continued adversary of Russia. The opportunity has been and is there for the asking, but the West is not interested in a diplomatic end to the struggle. Recently a group of 30 of the most liberal Democrat members of congress petitioned the White House demanding that the administration conduct diplomacy with Russia. These members of congress, possibly fearing election defeat next week, were very diplomatic in their request. They requested, “proactive diplomatic push, redoubling efforts to seek a realistic framework for a ceasefire.” Pretty mild considering another sentence in their letter. “The risk of nuclear weapons being used has been estimated to be higher now than at any time since the height of the cold war.” They went on to ask for pairing military support with a diplomatic push. Their request was not that different from what Putin has been recommending but alas, it was far too radical for this administration and its coalition of war loving globalists to accept. They were forced to retract their letter shortly after it was sent proving to the world that not even the suggestion of talking to Russia will be tolerated. The irony is that most of the talk about nuclear weapons first use, and of nuclear Armageddon, etc. has come from the White House. Putin only said that if attacked he would use any means necessary to defend Russia. That has been the policy of the United States and Russia for the entire existence of nuclear weapons. Russia has not publicly threatened to use nuclear weapons in Ukraine or anywhere else. Putin emphasized in his speech that Russia has no intent and there is no necessity for nuclear weapons in Ukraine. He did discuss his fear that the West would use a dirty bomb in a false flag attack and then blame Russia. Dirty bombs are not nuclear but instead they are radioactive material wrapped around a conventional weapon so as to spread radioactive fallout and poison a population. Now both sides accuse the other of planning such an attack. Possibly, from the tone of Putin’s speech, one might conclude that he is astute enough to understand the growing resentment of Americans toward Ukrainian president Zelensky who constantly lectures them that they haven’t done enough, haven’t sent enough, all the while the American economy careens toward a cliff. Some Democrats, their hypocrisy ever before them, are starting to understand that a growing number of Americans are fed up with it and are going to hold them accountable. If these Democrats were not total hypocrites, they would be screaming and demanding peace or at least negotiations, instead of withdrawing their letter. Mr. Putin and his foreign minister Sergei Lavrov both emphasized that the time for diplomacy to succeed may have already passed. We have reached a very ominous period in human history. A time in which population destroying weapons are talked about flippantly in public. The opportunity for meaningful dialogue between the two nuclear powers seems to have vanished. This is unprecedented because even during the cold war the two sides competed, but they talked. The weapons were always there, but they didn’t constantly threaten each other publicly. In the meantime, the United States is positioning dozens of upgraded, and modernized tactical nuclear weapons in Europe. The United States has deployed the 101st Airborne Division to Romania on the Ukrainian border. In addition to the questionable morality of exposing the Romanian people to this conflict it leaves the 101st exposed. Airborne troops are light infantry designed to strike behind enemy lines then link up with advancing armored or mechanized units so leaving the 101st alone and exposed would require the rapid deployment of armored and mechanized units almost guaranteeing a direct conflict, possibly nuclear, between the United States and Russia, thus I categorize the decision as madness. What was the Administration’s response to Putin’s and Lavrov’s remarks? Press Secretary Jean-Pierre broadcast her remarks from air force one. She said that Mr. Putin’s remarks were not very new and did not indicate a change in his strategic goals, including those in Ukraine. The Pentagon said that although Russia’s invasion of Ukraine underscored the acute threat posed by Moscow, China represents the most consequential challenge for the United States. Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin said that unlike China, Russia can’t systematically challenge the United States over the long term. But Russian aggression does pose an immediate and sharp threat. The national defense strategy paper released the same day as Putin’s speech places the primary emphasis on China. It stresses the importance of modernizing U.S. strategic assets, i.e., nuclear assets, while scrapping some obsolete systems. Again, Mr. Putin said that Moscow was ready for talks to end the conflict in Ukraine, but that Kyiv was not prepared to sit down and negotiate. “It’s not a question about us, we are ready for negotiations. But the leaders in Kyiv decided not to continue negotiations with Russia.” The letter sent by house “progressives” asking for negotiations raised the ire of some Democrat lawmakers apparently those not members of the Congressional Progressive Caucus. This information comes from the dreaded, people inside who know about these things, so it might all be just more propaganda, but it makes sense in light of what has happened. Their objection to the letter was that it was inappropriate in light of Russia’s escalation and Russia’s engagement in war crimes. I wonder about the open-faced hypocrisy of these people. They are apparently not old enough to remember George W. Bush’s invasion of Iraq which according to members of his cabinet, he planned months before nine eleven. He apparently invaded Iraq at a cost of thousands of lives and perhaps a trillion dollars to aid the bottom line of various defense companies because its hard to find any other plausible explanation. I don’t remember any calls to bring him before the ICC and try him for war crimes, but that is something quickly forgotten. The letter withdrawing and apologizing for the letter says about all that needs to be said about Washington today. “The Congressional Progressive Caucus hereby withdraws its recent letter to the White House regarding Ukraine.” There was a fear that Republican statements that if they gained control of Congress, they might pull back some aid commitments, might be attributed to the letter and, therefore: “The proximity of these statements created the unfortunate appearance that Democrats, who have strongly and unanimously supported and voted for every package of military, strategic, and economic assistance to the Ukrainian people, are somehow aligned with Republicans who seek to pull the plug on American support for President Zelensky and the Ukrainian forces.” In other words, God forbid that we be identified with efforts at peace and even with talking about peace. No, we are unequivocally and forever totally committed to this proxy war no matter what the cost. Many of those who signed the letter seemed really embarrassed that their signature had been so called out by the White House and so associated with efforts to somehow, someway, find peace. While making no direct threats against the United States a senior Russian foreign ministry official was quoted as saying that U.S. satellites which have been providing critical targeting information for Ukrainian forces are legitimate targets. What would the United States do if Russia attacked one of its satellites? Would that be enough to start nuclear war? Who knows right now, but this war against Russia is very important to the U.S. Government. The world is starting to align differently with Saudi Arabia, Argentina, and Indonesia, asking permission to join the BRICS economic union. That is a direct threat to the U.S. global control and so the U.S. Government seems rather desperate to establish that it is still in control of things globally. That at least partially explains the willingness to let some of the world starve if that is what it takes to make economic sanctions against Russia work. Finally, folks, I do not want to see our children die in some pointless idiotic conflict that is of no strategic consequence to America. The explanations of the people who insist on eternal war policies are ridiculous and as evidence they offer propaganda. Their arguments are absurd and make no logical sense these war planners, politicians, and bureaucrats. When I read their words or listen to them speak, I can feel the universe losing intelligence. Will we see any change after next Tuesday? Perhaps, but decades of experience lead me to doubt it At least that’s the way I see it, Until next time folks, This is Darrell Castle, Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about a very important decision of the New York Supreme Court to strike down the city’s vaccine mandate for employees ordering them to be reinstated immediately with back pay. Transcription / Notes: NEW YORK SUPREME COURT—IT WAS ABOUT COMPLIANCE Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 28th day of October in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about a very important decision of the New York Supreme Court to strike down the city’s vaccine mandate for employees ordering them to be reinstated immediately with back pay. From the Court’s decision: “It is clear that the Health Commissioner has the authority to issue public health mandates. No one is refuting that authority. However, the Health Commissioner cannot create a new condition of employment for City employees. The Health Commissioner cannot prohibit an employee from returning to work. The Health Commissioner cannot terminate employees. The Health Commissioner cannot exempt certain employees from these orders. Executive Order No. 62 renders all of these vaccine mandates arbitrary and capricious.” Now folks continuing the quote from the Court here is the kill shot for vaccine mandates at least in the City of New York. “Being vaccinated does not prevent an individual from contracting or transmitting Covid-19. As of the day of this Decision, CDC guidelines regarding quarantine and isolation are the same for vaccinated and unvaccinated individuals.” I just returned from 6 days in New York, so I was very much in a New York State of mind when I read this decision. The court was offended on behalf of the employees of the City of New York who brought this suit originally. Hundreds of people were being told that no matter how many burning buildings you have entered, no matter how many violent criminals you have confronted, no matter how many hours you drove your bus or subway train during the lockdowns, no matter how many sick people you treated, if you do not get a vaccine you personally believe to be more dangerous than the virus, you are fired. Then, to put the icing on the cake, the Mayor of New York, Eric Adams, exempted athletes, and other performers from the mandates and the court said that rendered the order arbitrary and capricious. The mandate was affecting New York sports teams from fielding some of their best players and some Broadway performers were banned as Broadway was trying to gain a footing again. In other words, it did not make economic sense to continue the ban against some. The court found that reasoning rendered the order arbitrary and capricious. The Court relied on facts that are common knowledge except among the political class pointing out that the vaccine was not absolute and although New York is 80% vaccinated cases continue to occur. President Biden said on national television that the pandemic is over. The State of New York ended the Covid-19 state of emergency over a month ago. The court pointed out that its decision was not about how effective the vaccines were but about how the City’s first responders were treated. “They worked without protective gear. They were infected with Covid-19, creating natural immunity. They continued working full duty while their exemption requests were pending. They were terminated and are willing to come back to work for the city that cast them aside.” The Court also blasted city government officials for abusing the concept of state of emergency, pointing out that such things are supposed to be temporary. The Court held that the Health Commissioner does not have the authority to enact a permanent condition of employment during a state of emergency. To grant the Commissioner such authority would violate the concept of separation of powers. The section of the Court’s ruling that may and should have an impact on other jurisdictions around the country was the question of why the mandates continued to be insisted on despite the contrary evidence. Was it about health and public safety, if so, the Health Commissioner would have issued city-wide mandates for all residents, but instead we chose to penalize those who showed up for work at great risk to themselves and their families. If it was about safety and public health unvaccinated workers would have been placed on leave the moment the order was issued, and the mandate would have applied to everyone. What then was the order about if not health and public safety? According to the Court it was about compliance. I was glad to read the Court’s conclusion because it was the same as mine has been for some time now. Why continue these mandates when it is obvious that the vaccines do not prevent the disease. In fact, why have yourself vaccinated with a substance that obviously does not prevent the disease. Rachel Wilensky, the head of CDC made a video the other day of herself getting what I believe was her fourth vaccine. Now just a couple of days ago she announced that she has Covid so what is the point of the vaccine except compliance as the Court pointed out. You will obey our orders, even if you think they are more dangerous than the virus, or you will suffer whatever consequences we decide. Finally, a Court, and not just any Court but the Supreme Court of the State of New York, interposed itself between such decisions and the people. Mayor Eric Adams stated earlier this year that his administration would not rehire employees who had been fired over their vaccination status. Some 1400 employees were fired for refusing the vaccine and resisting the extreme pressure to accept the vaccine. Most of those fired were firefighters and police officers, but there were doctors, nurses, bus drivers, sanitation workers and others as well. The Court wondered that since vaccination does not prevent Covid-19, what could be the purpose and then concluded it was compliance. So, the Court ordered them all reinstated with back pay from the moment of termination. The Court said the government of New York violated their rights and acted in an arbitrary and capricious manner toward people to whom it should have instead shown gratitude. By the way, all these employees, every one of them, presented medical evidence of natural immunity to the Covid virus, but to the city compliance was more important. The various City employee union representatives had condemned the mayor earlier this year for exempting athletes and other performers while firing those who perform the City’s most vital and most dangerous jobs. They demanded that the mandate exemption be extended to them, but it took the State Supreme Court of New York to remove the mandate for everyone and not just for some. Executive Order 62 was the performers mandate exemption which Mayor Adams said would put the City’s sports teams and Broadway Shows on a level playing field with other cities. Most people could immediately see the hypocrisy in exempting those people while firing firefighters and police officers. Apparently though, Mayor Adams is not most people because he refused to see it until he got a lesson in forced compliance from the State Supreme Court. The Mayor of the City of New York and other such government officials around the country have a good example to follow in their arbitrary and capricious compliance orders. President Joe Biden went on camera to receive his fifth vaccine dose last Tuesday the 25th. He urged all Americans to do the same despite the fact that the booster he received will do nothing to deter the Covid virus. The President is pushing for a yearly shot for the entire population, but apparently only about 10% of the eligible population have received the latest booster. He received his fourth shot last summer and then caught Covid, but never mind, don’t look, just roll up your sleeve and be terrified by the propaganda. The President said the vaccine is “just like the flu shot,” and also “for most Americans, one Covid shot each year will be all that they need.” The CDC’s official numbers are that 8.5% of eligible people have had the latest or fifth shot. The State of Florida has said no to children under 18 and males under 39 citing the low risk of the virus to children and the elevated risk of cardiac events to men under 39. Several European countries have issued similar recommendations in recent months. Here in America, the CDC still recommends the vaccine for children as young as five. There is growing fear that the Covid vaccine will soon be mandatory for children to enter school or play sports. The CDC recommends these things to us which makes me fear that the CDC, its boss, big pharma, and the U.S. government have some agenda that is more important to them than the health of American children. The world is making progress toward satisfying the demands of big pharma and the global establishment. According to the world Health Organization almost a third of the world’s population is unvaccinated or said another way more than two thirds of the people on Planet Earth have had the vaccine. The numbers across Africa show a much lower vaccination rate so the rest of the world’s numbers are higher than average. Interesting figures considering the New York Supreme Court’s conclusion that the vaccine does not prevent the virus. The President warned us on Tuesday to avoid ideologically driven inclinations to reject widely available vaccines during the coming cold seasons. A reasonable person might logically conclude that he is the one driven by ideology. He asked the country to start fresh leaving politics aside but how can we do that in light of the insight presented to us from the court’s decision. Perhaps that is why the decision has not been widely reported. The President further said, “This year is different from the past. This year, nearly every death is preventable. We can do so much to reduce the number of people who die from this terrible disease. We have the tools. We have the vaccines. We have the treatments. “The Washington Post reported the President’s obvious frustration at having people reject free vaccines. We’ve done our part he was saying now why don’t you do yours. Finally, Folks this is indeed frustrating. We hear from the Supreme Court of New York that the vaccines do not prevent Covid, and the mandates are or were about compliance not health. The frustration is the President continuing to beg, plead, and intimidate the American people into having a vaccine that is obviously worse than useless. The wellbeing of your children is in your hands, not the government’s at least for now. The issue is not Party Politics, it is the health and future of your children. Vaccine for prevention of disease or biowarfare weapon that is the question you must answer for your children. At least that’s the way I see it, Until next time folks, This is Darrell Castle, Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the energy policies of President Joe Biden and how he is desperately trying to hold down soaring fuel prices until after the Mid-Term Elections. Transcription / Notes: BIDEN BEGS SAUDIS FOR MID-TERM HELP Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 21st day of October in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about the energy policies of President Joe Biden and how he is desperately trying to hold down soaring fuel prices until after the Mid Term Elections, with very little success because It is very hard to hold down energy prices even for a month without actually producing any energy. Yes, it appears, according to the Wall Street Journal, that President Biden went begging to the Saudis for energy relief just before OPEC met on October 5th. The Journal reports: “Days before a major oil-production cut by OPEC and its Russia-led allies, U.S. officials called their counterparts in Saudi Arabia and other big gulf producers with an urgent appeal—delay the decision for another month, according to people familiar with the talks. The answer: a resounding no. U.S. officials warned Saudi leaders that a cut would be viewed as a clear choice by Riyadh to side with Russia in the Ukraine war and that the move would weaken already-waning support in Washington for the Kingdom, the people said. Saudi officials dismissed the requests, which they viewed as a political gambit by the Biden administration to avoid bad news ahead of the U.S. midterm elections, on which control of Congress hangs. High gas prices and inflation have been central issues in the campaign. Instead, the people said, the Kingdom leaned on its OPEC allies to approve the cut, which is aimed at reducing production by 2 million barrels a day.” Yes indeed, American prestige is very high at OPEC right now as the Saudis leave the President of the United States looking weak and foolish from his own act of begging what amounts to an enemy or at least a hostile nation to save his control of congress. The Wall Street Journal rates this explanation of the call to OPEC as highly plausible. The mid terms are weighing heavily on the minds of the administration as their poll numbers shrink with rising gas prices. They had been enjoying a bit of relief at the polls with Biden’s releasing Strategic Petroleum Reserves (SPR) into the market. There is only so much oil in the strategic reserves and Biden is apparently willing to use a great deal of it to buy votes in the midterms. He announced another depletion in the SPR this week which according to industry officials would take the reserves to the lowest point since the early 1980’s. The usual White House press conference by Press Secretary Karine Jean-Pierre produced the usual mumbo jumbo about how it is all Putin’s fault and the fault of the oil industry and even reserved a little blame for gas stations hoping, I guess, that people are dumb enough to accept such nonsense. Releases from the SPR are usually reserved for natural disasters or national emergencies so I guess faltering poll numbers and nervous reaction to the coming elections qualify as a national emergency. Reports are that the U.S. will have about 17 days of reserves left assuming no further releases. I should at least be fair to the administration though because, surprise, administration spokesperson Adrienne Watson vehemently denied that the call to OPEC had any political purpose at all. She denied that Biden was driven by political calculations. “It’s categorically false to connect this to U.S. elections. It’s about the impact of this shortsighted decision to the global economy.” Yes, a very believable explanation indeed. The President is simply concerned about the global economy and that is why he made a personal appeal and why he was so angry and threatening toward the Saudis. Once again, President Biden has left himself on the horns of a dilemma. He desperately needs energy prices to subside at least until the elections. However, his economic policies along with one of his chief goals being the destruction of America’s ability to produce energy make that all but impossible. The cost of energy is soaring because of his spending induced inflation, but also because of his numerous attacks on fossil fuels and the ability of the nation to produce them. He canceled the Keystone XL Pipeline immediately after taking office. That pipeline was scheduled to transport about 900,000 barrels from Canada to American refineries each day. The same day he canceled the pipeline he signed several executive orders curtailing energy production, including suspension of oil and gas leases on federal lands and offshore. He issued other orders for government agencies such as the Securities and Exchange Commission to act against energy producers. He canceled leases in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge and in other areas of the country. So, there is a long list of deliberate actions aimed at destroying American energy production, but he is willing to go hat in hand to the Saudis who refused to take his hand. He is apparently very interested in our environment but not at all interested in the Arabian environment. Now, he is very rapidly running the country out of oil in the SPR and that appears to be his last card. He announced a plan earlier this year to release 180 million barrels which will leave the SPR at its lowest level since the early 1980’s. In any event there is a lot less oil to deal with actual emergencies than there was before he decided to deal with his political emergency. He has made us dependent again and it is such a terrible waste. We were completely energy independent and a net exporter just two years ago now we are reduced to begging a rather hostile nation. Our European allies are not immune to President Biden’s follies, nor are they immune to their own suicidal green energy policies. European countries within the EU decided to go all out to convert to solar and wind energy. In response to that commitment, they shut down much of the world’s most high tech and clean nuclear industry. They also curtailed the production of fossil fuels including coal of which they are now desperately trying to import. The green energy commitment left them totally dependent on the import of Russian gas for which they had a reasonably priced deal with Russia. Russia took three years and spent billions to build the Nordstream Pipelines to solidify the deal, but then Russia invaded Ukraine and sanctions were placed against Russian gas. Russia began reducing the flow through the pipelines I would suspect to show the Europeans what the next winter was going to be like. The Europeans didn’t get the message, so the gas stopped flowing completely. That is all the Russians had to do to stop the gas, just turn off the tap. We are now, however, expected to believe that the clever Russians blew up their own pipelines so they could not transport their gas. Danish authorities responsible for the investigation say that it was deliberate sabotage. It happened, by an amazing coincidence, just as many Europeans were reconsidering their relationship with Russia and talk of jumping off the American ship could be heard. The crises now threaten not only European industry and small business, but even the hospitals. The German Health Minister was quoted as saying that quick and decisive action was needed to avoid hospital closures. Inflation adds fuel to the fire, if you will pardon the pun, and it has reached 10.9% in Germany, the highest rate since East and West were reunited. Inflation eats wages and French workers in Paris hit the streets to protest and to demand higher wages, and to demand the resignation of French President Emmanuel Macron. Understandable, but its result would be to make the problem worse except for the Macron part. I will leave Europe for now to its own devices and return to the energy follies of Joe Biden. His policies of deliberate destruction of American energy are about to hit the American people hard. The Saudis in conjunction with their Russian and other oil producing nations timed their 2 million barrels per day cut in production with the bottom of America’s SPR. The central question then is why. Why does he beg hostile nations for their oil while he deliberately sabotages American production? He must be well aware that their methods of production are far less environmentally friendly than those of the United States. Why this energy sabotage when the U.S. and the American people are suffering but sitting on top of the greatest deposit of energy on earth? Why refuse to buy oil from friendly nations like Canada and instead go begging to hostile ones? The answers to at least some of these questions lie within the mind of Joe Biden or those who control him, but we can at least speculate that an all-out commitment to the Green New Deal no matter the cost is partially to blame. He is on an ideological crusade that will ultimately make us all poorer, more dependent, and constantly subject to shortages and higher prices. In conclusion folks, I offer you a quote from writer and economist Bill Bonner. “There is no record of any public crusade, intended to make the world better, that actually did so. The Great Crusades of the Middle Ages, the religious wars of the 15th, 16th, and 17th centuries, the French Revolution and the Terror, WWI, the Russian Revolution, Nazi Germany, the Soviet Union…Prohibition, the War on Poverty, the War on Drugs, the War on Terrorism—all were disasters. And now, the people who brought you these marvelous mishaps bring you another big campaign. It may be the most ambitious crusade in human history. Like the Great Leap Forward, it is led by fanatics. Dissent is repressed as misinformation. And it will up-end our traditional vernacular economy. There are 8 billion people on planet earth. They depend on fossil fuel. More important, they depend on the system that brought us fossil fuel—a system of bid and ask…please and thank you…give and take…that is, they depend on a vernacular economy that gives them what they want—fairly, freely, and effectively. Take away that economy…substitute central planning by bureaucrats and party hacks, armed with statistics, quotas, rifles, tear gas, penalties, subsidies, and printing press money…and what do you have? A cold day in hell.” At least that’s the way I see it, Until next time folks, This is Darrell Castle, Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about how President Joe Biden casually discusses the possibility of nuclear annihilation and even the probability of it. He refers to the growing likelihood of nuclear war with Russia as Armageddon, but he does nothing to tone down the rhetoric and openly suggests that is where war with Russia is headed. Transcription / Notes CASUALLY DISCUSSING ARMAGEDDON Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 14th day of October in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about how President Joe Biden casually discusses the possibility of nuclear annihilation and even the probability of it. He refers to the growing likelihood of nuclear war with Russia as Armageddon, but he does nothing to tone down the rhetoric and openly suggests that is where war with Russia is headed. Generally, the term Armageddon refers to an end of the world scenario and I don’t remember an American president during my lifetime which runs from Truman to Biden using that term before. I remember the Cuban Missile Crisis quite well as I was 13 or 14 years old at the time. Everyone was terrified even in the rural area where my family lived. The newspaper and TV told us where the priority targets were located for the Russian ICBMs. I had a job delivering newspapers and I remember the homes with blankets over their windows to prevent flying glass. People were afraid to come to the door to pay me. That was legitimate terror with nuclear missiles only 90 miles away from our shore. Kennedy and Khrushchev worked it out in a mutually beneficial deal to save the world. Kennedy removed American missiles from Turkey just over the Bosporus from Russia and Khrushchev removed Russian missiles from Cuba. No confrontation on the high seas and no inflammatory rhetoric that made diplomacy impossible. In America we assumed we won, and in Russia I’m sure Russians thought they won. The two sides fought each other for 45 years and their wars were both real and proxy. From Korea, to Vietnam, to Afghanistan they tried to weaken each other and break each other’s resolve but nuclear weapons were not threatened or discussed as a possibility. Their presence was obvious, but the threat of their use was too terrifying, but that fear, and respect doesn’t seem to exist anymore. Thursday night, October 6th the President of the United States was in New York City for a fundraising dinner for the Democrat “elite” I assume to save the Democrat majority from Mid-Term election annihilation. This was a fundraising dinner, and the President was the keynote speaker. He spoke with the usual rant about horrible domestic enemies, Republican semi-fascists, abortion, the dangers of climate change, so on and so forth. Right in the middle of all that Maga Republican nonsense he casually started talking about nuclear annihilation. Ron Paul, in his Campaign for Liberty newsletter warned us of the danger in that speech. “Never in the cold war was an American President so casual and careless about the prospect of nuclear war.” Cold War presidents apparently felt no desire to terrify the American people. Democrats and Republicans alike tried to reassure the public that everything would be alright, and we could get through this together, which-ever this we were afraid of at the time. President Biden apparently has no such fear and is totally devoid of respect for Russia and its approximately 6000 nuclear weapons. This administration seems more reckless than cautions. It is arrogant and full of itself almost bursting with hubris. It backs up its military mistakes and misinterpretations with dangerous rhetoric. My fear is that this is no bluff and is an indication of what the people, whoever they are, running this administration’s policy are actually thinking or planning. The Biden health department, the same one that gave us the Covid lockdown, and the ineffective vaccine then ordered us to take it, announced that is has spent $290 million on a drug to treat radiation sickness in the event of a nuclear emergency. The administration violates the fundamental rules established over decades for dealing with nuclear powers. Never in the history of the proxy conflicts between these two nations has either one conducted itself like this. The Russians supplied Mig 15 jets to the Koreans and taught them how to fly, occasionally even flying combat missions themselves. Vietnam was the same and we did the same to them during their 10 years in Afghanistan. Both sides knew that a long desperate ultimately losing slog through those countries would be in the best interest of the adversary. Neither side in either war believed that their adversary would be beaten and broken with no options except surrender or the use of nuclear weapons. No leader, either Russian or American was that stupid, but this American President is different. The other day retired general and former director of the CIA David Petraeus said that if Putin used nuclear weapons, the US would destroy the Russian military. Paul Craig Roberts, in one of his commentaries, wondered how anyone that stupid could have achieved four-star rank. Administration actions in Ukraine are a violation of Sun Tzu’s rules of war. The great Chinese tactician whose ancient book, The Art of War, was required reading during my military training and I would wager it is on the bookshelves of most military officers defining war for thousands of leaders. Sun Tzu would have been appalled by the way the Biden Administration deals with Russia. One of his rules was that when your enemy is beaten, leave him a golden bridge over which he may retreat. If nuclear weapons had existed in his day, perhaps he would have advised us not to leave a very dangerous opponent with no other way out. That kind of advice is really just common sense for a normal person of even modest intelligence, but it seems lost on this one. This administration would rather push humanity to the brink of Armageddon. While the Administration had poured some $65 billion into Ukraine, at this point, officials of the department of defense are telling soldiers to apply for food stamps. That concept is outrageous when one thinks about it. Soldiers can’t feed their families without food stamps while multi-billions are poured into a conflict that is of no strategic interest to the United States. That, plus the indoctrination of their children in anti-American ideology, critical race theory, LGBTQ politics, while they attend some 160 on base schools worldwide helps to explain some of the problems. None of the armed services are meeting recruiting goals right now and the army is down 25%, The DOD reaction is to reduce the number of troops required to be combat ready. All services that fly, especially the Air Force are critically short of qualified pilots. I’ll wager the pilots who remain know all the correct pronouns though. Post-Vietnam and after the dollar was cut loose from its restraints the U.S. built the greatest military force in the history of the world. With an unlimited black budget and with DARPA research it built the most modern high tech and futuristic weapons ever devised. The soldiers were the best educated and most motivated force ever, but this administration choose to destroy all that while at the same time casually discussing Armageddon. How can that be? How can anyone so completely stupid achieve such levels in government. How could all those Ivy League lawyers that populate every administration turn out to be Lunatics? A few weeks ago, I did a Castle Report called The World is Run by Lunatics, in which I attempted to answer that question. Then I started to think about the possibility that I might be looking at it from the wrong direction. What if they are not stupid and not lunatics? What if this administration is more than just a series of really dumb mistakes. What if the President knows exactly what he is risking when he talks about Armageddon? In other words, what if they are doing it on purpose. I suppose they could be lunatics and doing it on purpose. Maybe anyone who does it on purpose is a lunatic. I’ve believed for a long time that the destruction of the identify of the American people was intentional. When you don’t like or even respect America, and when you have no religion, no nation, and you don’t even know which gender you are, you can be made into the perfect global citizen. In response to my The World is run by Lunatics report, I received an email which I want to share with you. I won’t share the person’s name for privacy reasons, but this is his email to me. “The world is not run by lunatics. It is run largely by a people with an evil, pernicious agenda, striving to establish a single, centralized, world-wide socialist dictatorship governed by scheming men and women who plan to gain total control over all the earth’s resources: human resources, natural resources, agricultural resources, industrial/manufacturing resources, economic/financial resources, intellectual resources, educational resources, etc., and to control the lives of people like us for their convenience. It seems to accomplish this goal; they are striving to accomplish the following changes in all parts of our planet: Population reduction, impoverishment of all people but themselves, control of where people live, control of where and how people work, ownership and control of all housing. Control of accommodation and care of the elderly and the infirm, control of food production and distribution, control of wages/salaries, control of the cost of goods and services, control of all healthcare, control of education of children and of adult education, control of a single police force, control of a single military force. A single currency, very likely a digital currency over which they have control and access, increased ability to create money/wealth out of nothing. Confiscation of privately owned firearms.” I thank the gentleman who sent me this information by email. He put what many of us have been thinking and reading about for years into a very succinct form. If he is correct, then his premise explains everything. What if he is wrong and instead, stupid, and dumb mistakes explain everything. I have more trouble believing that every person in every administration for decades has been that stupid than I do in believing he is right. Finally, folks, this email is perhaps one man’s thoughts, but I don’t think so. In order to understand what is happening to us we must be willing and courageous enough to speak the truth as it is revealed to us but to do so labels us as the lunatics or even worse, dangerous extremists. That is the state of the truth in this modern world of instantaneous communication. Once again, I thank the gentleman for his courage in stating what he believes to be true. At least that’s the way I see it, Until next time folks, This is Darrell Castle, Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the FBI and how it has been converted and subverted from the world’s premier criminal investigation agency that it once was to a weapon that serves the establishment to muzzle antigovernment activism and thought, and to harass and intimidate political opponents of the administration. Transcription / Notes: THE FBI IS JUST A POLITICAL WEAPON Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 7th day of October in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about the FBI and how it has been converted and subverted from the world’s premier criminal investigation agency that it once was to a weapon that serves the establishment to muzzle anti-government activism and thought, and to harass and intimidate political opponents of the administration. This is my return Castle Report after a week off and I find what the military refers to as a target rich environment. We grow ever closer to nuclear war over a country in Eastern Europe that is of no strategic interest to the United States at all. It seems likely, by an overwhelming margin, that people in Washington D.C. committed an act of war against Russia and also against Washington’s European allies by blowing up the Nordstream Pipelines as the President promised to do. Despite all those catastrophes I turn my attention inward to the FBI once again. It turns out that inward is a proper way to refer to the FBI today because it, as well as many other agencies of government, have been directed away from foreign enemies and domestic criminals and focused on political opponents of the administration. They also specialize in intimidation and persecution of people who sense and believe that something is wrong in this society and therefore they express the desire for change. You might not be aware of this fact but one of the FBI’s primary missions is the investigation of bank robberies and the apprehension of the robbers. Bank deposits are insured by the federal government and therefore bank robbery is a federal crime. In opposition to its primary mission, the FBI now commits as well as investigates, bank robbery. Hard to believe I know, but nevertheless true. The Los Angeles Times, to its credit, broke the story. It seems that the FBI has been very busy lately between raids on Mar-a-Lago and harassing peaceful protesters and prolife activists. The LA Times report tells us that the FBI neglected to tell the judge who approved a warrant for the March 2021 raid on the Private Vaults Store in Beverly Hills California that the agency planned to keep the money its agents managed to pry out of every safe deposit box in that bank which contained $5000 or more in cash, precious metals, jewelry, etc. This story obviously didn’t break for something like a year and a half until the LA Times was informed of it. The Times article goes on to report that the failure of the FBI and the U.S. Attorney’s office in LA to disclose the confiscation plan in the raid was revealed in FBI documents and depositions of agents in a class-action lawsuit by box holders who say the raid violated their rights. The specific information came from the recent testimony of a senior FBI agent. The government tried to justify the raid by saying that hundreds of boxholders were hoarding illegally obtained assets, so I guess that supposedly freed the agents to steal everything in the private boxes. The report goes on to say that FBI agents took the personal belongings of a jazz saxophone player, an interior designer, a retired doctor, a flooring contractor, and a couple of Century City lawyers among hundreds of others. They photographed customers’ sensitive documents including passwords, credit cards, prenuptial agreements, immigration and vaccination records and bank records, which all made their way into government databases. The agents defied the instructions of U.S. Magistrate Judge Steve Kim who set restrictions in the warrant he issued, when they searched through the box holders’ records for evidence of crimes. The raid took five days to complete and netted the thieves, I mean agents, more than $86 million in cash plus who knows how much in gold, silver, rare coins, jewelry, and expensive watches. According to the LA Times the U.S. attorney’s office has tried to block public disclosure of court papers that laid bare the government’s deception, but a judge rejected its request to keep them under seal. The box holders are suing to recover their property. Robert Frommer, a lawyer who represents 400 box holders said, “The government did not know what was in those boxes, who owned them, or what, if anything, those people had done. That’s why the warrant application did not even attempt to argue there was probable cause to seize and forfeit box renters’ property.” The plaintiffs are asking the court to declare the raid unconstitutional which would force the return of the property but could possibly spoil a number of criminal investigations. The FBI denied it misled the judge, arguing that they had no obligation to tell him their plan for indiscriminate confiscation of all property on the assumption that every single customer was hiding crime tainted assets. The bank, the U.S. Private Vaults, has pleaded guilty to conspiracy to launder drug money, and the investigation continues. In the meantime, the private box holders have been deprived of their property for a year and a half with no end in sight. The way this story has been buried for 18 months is evidence of at least part of the problem regarding government influence of the media and vice versa. If that were all folks, it would be plenty but as usual it gets worse. Just how corrupt is the FBI and its government senior, the Department of Justice. To answer that question, I call your attention to the case of Mark Houck, pro-life activist, catholic, and father of seven. Twenty-five armed FBI agents in 15 vehicles raided Mr. Houck’s home on Friday the 23rd of September of this year. What was the crime which he had supposedly committed? Mr. Houck, who leads a pro-life group that is nonprofit and provides sidewalk counseling at abortion clinics in Philadelphia was raided and arrested because of an incident that occurred last year. Yes, they literally waited a year to act but they came in kitted out for battle against this mild-mannered father. Last year he took his then 12-year-old son with him to a Planned Parenthood clinic where the incident supposedly occurred, He is facing charges of up to 11 years in prison, three years of supervised release, and $350,000 in fines. The US Attorney prosecuting said that he was charged by indictment with violation of the Freedom of Access to Clinic Entrances (FACE) Act for allegedly assaulting a person who provides abortion related services. Mr. Houck’s wife told reporters that a group of 15 vehicles with agents in what she described as SWAT gear arrived at their home at 7:05am on Friday morning. They surrounded the house and began pounding on the door. Mr. Houck reportedly tried to get the agents to calm down and stop pointing their weapons at his children. “They had big, huge rifles pointed at Mark and pointed at me and throughout the house. The kids were all just screaming. It was all just very scary and traumatic.” Do you have any kids folks? If so how does that make you feel? The Philadelphia office of the FBI said SWAT was not involved in the arrest. Well, I never thought they were SWAT, she just thought that they looked like SWAT, but I assumed they were FBI assault teams. The FBI, however, had a different more benign version of the raid. The U.S. Attorney said they knocked on his front door, identified themselves as FBI agents and asked him to exit the residence. He did so and was taken into custody without incident. All just nice and polite like the FBI always is. However, a senior FBI source told Fox News that there may have been 15-20 agents at the scene who came to the family’s door with guns out and at the ready. The source said the guns were never pointed at anyone. Yes, indeed, very believable considering the source. I wonder why they couldn’t just call the man and tell him to come down and surrender which I’m sure he would have gladly done to prevent traumatizing his kids. I already know the answer though. It was because a peaceful surrender would not have sent the same intimidating message of don’t mess with us and don’t interfere with our child killing or you will suffer the consequences. What did Mr. Houck actually do that brought this armed response? A GiveSendGo account has been set up for the Houcks’ and it says, “Last Year, Mark and his son were praying in front of the Planned Parenthood at 12th and Locust, when one of the escorts began harassing Mark’s son, they walked down the street away from the entrance to the building. The escort followed them, and when he continued yelling at Mark’s son, Mark pushed him away.” The post continues: “It’s all on video, but that hasn’t stopped Planned Parenthood and the Biden Administration. With no prior warning and in spite of the fact that Mark is represented by an attorney, Biden’s Justice Department sent a fully armed SWAT team into a home full of young children at daybreak, to arrest a father for protecting his son. “By the way, the fact that it probably wasn’t SWAT is irrelevant because the FBI has highly trained, highly competent, assault teams that are at least the equal of any SWAT unit. The Biden Department of Justice said in its press release that a man identified as B.L. was escorting Planned Parenthood patients “when the defendant forcefully shoved B.L. to the ground.” The escort tried to press charges in Philadelphia, but the case was dismissed by a federal court. That didn’t stop the Department of Injustice though. No, they waited a year for the right U.S. Attorney to come along and then made their point and they used a once honorable but now totally corrupt FBI to make their intimidating point. Assault is a serious crime when the right person does it, but when a protected person does it, well its nothing at all. When done to a victim associated with a reproductive facility it is a federal crime. The Special Agent in charge of the FBI’s Philadelphia Division Jacqueline Maguire, reportedly told Fox News, “Put simply, violence is never the answer. Violating the FACE Act by committing a physical assault is a serious crime for which the FBI will work to hold offenders accountable.” Why wait a year to come to such a noble conclusion, well, only the very corrupt Department of Injustice, and its very corrupt enforcement arm the FBI know for sure. The answer might lie in how the government plans to get rid of activists and dissidents who stand in its way. Muzzle anti-government sentiment, harass activists including politicians or those working for political opponents. What Mr. Houck is going through is very intimidating to anyone who might feel inclined to resist the destruction of individual freedom in this country. This administration has descended into Stasi territory, and I pray enough people wake up before its to late. It may already be too late but maybe not. Finally, folks, the FBI is apparently guilty of bank robbery, but the question is will they get away clean or will justice prevail. I end this Castle Report with a quote from Victor Davis Hanson; “As we suffer self-inflicted mass looting, random street violence, hyperinflation, a nonexistent border, unaffordable fuel, and a collapsing military, Americans will come to appreciate just how thin is the veneer of their civilization. When stripped away, we are relearning that what lies beneath is utterly terrifying.” At least that’s the...
Darrell Castle talks about those who run the world or at least front for those who run it with a special emphasis on war, in particular the war in Ukraine. Transcription / Notes THE WORLD IS RUN BY LUNATICS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 23rd day of September in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about those who run the world or at least front for those who run it with a special emphasis on war in particular the war in Ukraine. I know what you must be thinking. What would make Darrell refer to world leaders, even elected ones, as lunatics? How dare he make such a claim or say such a distasteful thing. Well, I make that statement because I’m trying to be kind and respectful to the world’s leaders. I’m trying to give them the benefit of a doubt for their actions because the alternative of lunatic would be homicidal maniac and I sure would not want to put that label on anyone without evidence. So, to give them the benefit of the doubt I conclude that they are simply crazy, mad as a hatter, wild as a March hair to avoid the possibility that they are taking mankind to the brink of destruction on purpose. Let’s look at some of the evidence I can offer to support my conclusions. The President of the United States does not want the war in Ukraine to end. He, in fact, wants it to get worse, to destroy more lives, more property, and the taxes of more Americans. The Administration has committed weapons to the conflict that according to the Wall Street Journal, will not be ready for shipment for three years. Number two, the President plans to name the U.S. assistance to Ukraine as a separate and distinctive military command with its own general. This from the Wall Street Journal: “The naming of the operation formally recognizes the U.S. effort within the military, akin to how the Pentagon dubbed the missions in Iraq and Afghanistan Operation Iraqi Freedom, Operation Enduring Freedom, and Operation Freedom’s Sentinel. The naming of the training and assistance is significant bureaucratically, as it typically entails long-term, dedicated funding and the possibility of special pay, ribbons and awards, for service members participating in the effort. The selection of a general, expected to be a two or three star, reflects the creation of a command responsible to coordinate the effort, a shift from the largely ad hoc effort to provide training and assistance to the Ukrainians for years.” With respect to the Wall Street Journal and thanks to it for reporting this madness, to me it says that the United States, i.e. the Biden Administration is at war with Russia and plans to be for the foreseeable future. This new command is not a plan for bringing the war to a swift conclusion nor is it a plan that includes any effort at diplomacy. It is a plan as Secretary of Defense Austin once said, to weaken Russia. It will weaken Russia in the short run, but I submit that it will also weaken the United States by bleeding the taxpayers and by the constant threat of kinetic war weaken the U.S. morale and U.S. economy, which is already obvious. The U.S. Congress should at the very least be permitted to weigh in when the U.S. is committing itself to a long war on behalf of others, a war in which the U.S. has little or no strategic interest. So. The U.S. proxy war in Ukraine will now feature a catchy name, and since the U.S. controls the narrative, it will be all Ukraine all the time in the news. Right now, the news about the war is all about the new Ukrainian advance in the Eastern Provinces in one area to within two miles of the Russian border. You Tube is filled with videos of Ukrainian soldiers using the latest, most high-tech weapons supplied to them by the United States, to destroy Russian armor, and other land vehicles as well as helicopters. The Javelin man portable, or manpad, missile has made life unlivable for Russian tanks and the roads are littered with their burned-out shells. Russian helicopters whether troop transport or attack are extremely vulnerable to a stinger missile again operated by a single soldier on the ground. Does this mean that the Russians are losing the war, yes it does at this point. Does it mean that Russia will ultimately lose the war, retreat back to Russia and beg for peace, no I don’t think so. Why I don’t think so involves a proud man named Vladimir Putin and 6000 nuclear weapons including a large stockpile of tactical weapons. I do, however, think that it has exposed the Russian army for what it is and is not. It appears to be no match for the technologically far superior high-tech weapons supplied by the U.S. Tactical nukes are weapons designed to obtain an instant advantage on the battlefield. They are not the city destroyers of Hiroshima fame and the world destroyers that both nations have in their arsenals. If Russia deployed a tactical nuke would the U.S. respond in kind? Biden has said he would but who knows if his words mean anything anymore. When he speaks whether in an interview, off the cuff, or in a prepared speech he says some dangerous outlandish thing and the White House staff immediately starts walking beck what he said and telling us what he really meant. He said the U.S. would defend Taiwan from a Chinese attack with U.S. soldiers, sailors, and Marines lives. No, the White House said, that’s not what he meant. He said the Covid pandemic is over. No, the CDC, FDA, and the White House staff said, that’s not what he meant. So, when he speaks his words always raise more questions and give few answers. What do his words mean and if the answer is nothing then whose words do matter. Who is running this country and who is making life and death decisions for the American people. It the answer is not the President then something is really wrong in “our democracy” and we the people should demand answers. One thing seems certain in the U.S. war against Russia and that is that Russia is out of troops. That leaves Putin on the horns of a dilemma. He can’t hold the positions the Russians gained during the early days of the war with what he has committed thus far, and he has no more available to fill the ranks. His choices then are accepting defeat which probably would mean he would be deposed, announce a mobilization of the Russian reserves, go nuclear or some combination. He announced in his speech a couple of days ago what he called limited mobilization. That was described as 300,000 reserves from ex-military still available for active service. No conscripts or general mobilization was announced. He also alluded to the use of nuclear weapons by saying that he wasn’t bluffing and that he would use whatever he had available to defend Russia. That seems reasonable to me, even admirable, from the standpoint of defending his own people. I admire one thing about Putin, and that is that he seems to care about Russia, and he appears to act in the best interest of Russia as he sees it. That is the opposite of what American leadership appears to be doing. I keep trying to tell anyone who will listen that nuclear armed nations do not lose wars with missiles still in their silos. There is none so blind as he who will not see and right now that appears to describe American leadership. Do they want nuclear war, apparently so, or maybe they really are just bloodthirsty lunatics. The administration says it takes Putin’s comments, which it calls threats, seriously but we will see if that converts to action. Putin’s warning that he is prepared to use any means necessary to protect Russia’s territorial integrity was described as reckless. To me, it seems like a perfectly reasonable thing to say, and it is what the leader of a nuclear armed nation should say. It may come as a surprise to you, however, to learn that there are people in very high places who are dumber than Joe Biden. Take the secretary general of NATO, Mr. Jens Stoltenberg, for example. He told Moscow very clearly, according to Reuters, that Russia cannot win a nuclear war and that NATO has been amassing troops on its eastern border to “remove any room for miscalculation or misunderstanding.” This is dangerous and reckless nuclear rhetoric he went on to say. Well yes, Mr. Secretary indeed it is but when asked what NATO would do in the event Russia used nuclear weapons he responded with “that depends on the circumstances.” He reiterated again that communications made it clear to Moscow that Russia could not win a nuclear war. Well, here is a tip for you Mr. Stoltenberg that you are apparently unfamiliar with, but nuclear war has no winner only losers. People like you sit in your walnut paneled conference rooms and discuss civilization destroying events as if they were just water cooler conversation. Nuclear armed nations should conduct their affairs through diplomacy because they both know that the opposite of diplomacy is war and that is unthinkable. In today’s world, however, it Is not unthinkable because this world is run by lunatics who have some agenda of destruction in mind, or else they are completely insane. The administration seems intent on continuing the project for a new American century and building a unipolar world. The world is now populated with nuclear weapons with more and more nations scrambling to acquire them. That is what happens when you are the big kid or the bully. People scramble to join with other bullies to oppose you or they get bigger and stronger, and the world progressively becomes more and more dangerous. There is never any talk of standing down or saying no to more and more weapons which leaves us constantly in danger and constantly in fear. Russia’s defense against the West, besides its nuclear arsenal, is its access to cheap energy, in particular natural gas. Cutting of natural gas to Europe does a lot more than give Europe a long cold winter because the European economy is grinding down as a result. Factories are closing as are restaurants and other small businesses because there is no power. The other weapon is fertilizer which is made partially with natural gas. Farmers across Europe are failing to produce enough food for the population because of lack of fertilizer to grow food. Those who should care and should see that condition as an emergency apparently do not. Their response is rationing, austerity, and a shut down of their economies. Ukraine is, unfortunately, not the only place the U.S. is actively engaged right now. The U.S. has conducted many airstrikes in recent months in the nation of Somalia which if you did not know is in Africa. The Biden Administration supposedly pulled all U.S. forces out of Somalia but now we know that either that was never true, or U.S. forces have re-engaged. Airstrikes kill people on the ground as they are designed to do and that tends to upset the civilian population. When that nation is one like the poverty stricken and voiceless Somalia the people are never heard from, and they have no options except immigration to the U.S. Leadership here in the United States seems cold, unfeeling, without regard for the people the leadership is supposedly elected to serve. The leadership seems unconcerned about foreign enemies except the designated enemy of Russia. It is far mor concerned with political opponents which it chooses to label domestic enemies to divide us for the purpose of gaining more power over us. At least that’s...
Darrell Castle talks about the deliberate destruction of that “golden goose” upon which rests the whole of the Western world’s economy. Transcription / Notes: KILLING THE GOLDEN GOOSE Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 16th day of September in the year of our Lord 2022. Today I will be talking about the deliberate destruction of that “golden goose” upon which rests the whole of the Western world’s economy. Civilization experiments with destruction and devolution by attempting a change from fossil to un-fossilized fuel which change our elite rulers tell us will save us from climate destruction and an apocalyptic future, but could the opposite be true. They know they are right, these world improvers. They know they are on the side of the angels and the rest of us who want to see civilization continue are extremists, and fascists or at least semi-fascists. For example, when recent problems in California began to manifest themselves with rolling blackouts and mandatory shutoffs of electricity due to the State’s decision to forego traditional sources of energy in favor of wind and solar officials of the state chose to double down rather than come to their senses. The Washington Post interviewed Siva Gunda, the vice chair of the California Energy Commission; “We understand we cannot have the lights go off, but the fear of these questions being brought up is not a reason to slow down from what we know is morally and societally what we need to do.” Yes indeed, those who govern California know what has to be done morally. Who cares what happens to mothers and children who sit in the dark in 100-degree heat because of what elite officials are convinced of. Who cares about the destruction of one of the world’s great economies and bread baskets. If California were its own nation, it would be the 5th largest economy in the world and it would have the world’s highest average income except for tax havens such as Monaco and Luxemburg. The government of California is intent on changing all that. Stop using your appliances, turn off your lights, keep temperatures at 78 degrees, but I suppose the higher your temps the greater your morality. Once again, the Governor of the nation’s most populous state comes across as the newest dictator in a banana republic hardly anyone has heard of. These decisions are an attempt to reverse the progress made since the advent of the industrial revolution. The industrial revolution occurred primarily in the 1800’s. Man had recorded his time on earth for about 6000 years with very little change. People still rode horses, tilled the land with wooden tools, and fought each other with spears and swords. That all changed rapidly as mankind started a sudden accent powered at first by coal then by oil. The world was no longer constantly on the edge of mass starvation. Privation and hunger were no longer the norm. Fossil fuels changed the very nature of life on planet earth. Food became so abundant that it soon reached the cheapest levels in history. No more, because basic commodities like wheat, soybeans, and corn have doubled in price, but incomes haven’t. The Covid lockdown hysteria was the beginning and the catalyst that brought a halt to the world’s economic activity, and the war in Ukraine picked up where Covid left off. Russia is the largest producer of fertilizer in the world and without that product it is difficult or impossible to grow enough food to feed a population. The proxy war being fought in Ukraine coupled with U.S. sanctions have drastically affected the supply of fertilizer resulting in mass crop reduction across the world. California leaders see the information as I do, but they plunge ahead toward the green new deal. The golden goose is struggling to survive in the golden state, but the people are yet to rise up in anger. Reality, as Philip dick once said, is that which when you stop believing in it doesn’t go away. Our leaders can fearmonger about climate change until fear is at insane levels, but the laws of physics and economics do not change, even for California. The laws of physics forced California to extend the life of its last nuclear power plant and also gas-fired plants to avoid total blackouts. It seems that reality is also sometimes a cruel teacher and when facing reality, people are only partially in favor of deindustrialization, and return to the 1700’s. California follows Germany in doing the stupidest thing that could possibly by done by educated people. Its helpful to be reminded sometimes that being educated by this world’s standard does not mean you are not really stupid. Germany closed most of its nuclear plants and decided to decarbonize its economy. That decision forced Germany to rely heavily on Russia for most of its energy needs. Russia then invaded Ukraine and Germany along with other EU nations and the U.S. placed sanctions on Russia and started shipping large amounts of NATO weapons to the enemy of Russia. Does it make sense that Russia would keep pumping gas to nations whose industry was being supplied by Russian gas to build weapons to kill Russian soldiers. That’s where Germany decided that insanity would be the wisest course to take. Rather than returning to their state of the art, environmentally friendly and clean nuclear energy infrastructure, Germany decided that rationing, record high prices, and freezing in the dark would be the best choice. Restrictions on production drive up prices for the average consumer whether in Germany or California. Energy prices in California were the highest in the nation except for Hawaii and Alaska before the state decided to go completely insane. Californians use only about half the energy as the nation on average, but they pay one of the highest prices. Restrictions on cheap, easily obtainable, and transportable energy apparently allow Californians to feel morally superior but they ruin their economy and their standard of living. One of California’s plans for continuing the state’s deconstruction was to ban the sale of gas-powered cars in only 13 more years. Everybody has to buy an expensive electric car with a 200-mile range, and they are then told not to recharge it. Where does the electricity come from to recharge all the electric vehicles in California? It just seems that an entire state full of intelligent people has decided to commit economic suicide. In California, in the rest of the nation, and in the entire Western World, in the name of ending or reducing climate change, the golden goose is being strangled. The standard of living of all but the wealthiest is being deliberately reduced by people who are completely indifferent to the suffering of others. The French President, Emmanuel Macron, recently warned that the Western world had reached “the end of the age of abundance.” He has begun to impose strict rules on the masses in France, but not of course on himself and his fellow elites. That attitude by Macron is reminiscent of the attitude of royals before the Magna Charta. The rules are for them but not for us. The Magna Charta started the individual on a 1000-year ascent toward freedom, liberty, and prosperity which the elites are now trying desperately to reverse. Followers of the theories of Thomas Malthus like Macron see the world as unable to sustain its population without catastrophic famine and mass starvation so they must do things to destroy civilization before it destroys itself. They fail to consider advances in farming techniques, fertilizer, and technological advances. Their predicted famines never occur and would never occur except for the machinations of people like Macron. The Russians are not shipping any gas to Europe this winter and already the gas supply is extremely limited. The green dream is ruining Europe as it is the United States. People are finding themselves stuck at home as they did during the insane Covid lockdowns. Just two short years ago the United States was energy independent for the first time in decades. The U.S. produced huge amounts of gas and oil and resulting cheap energy prices led to an economy booming with energy intensive businesses while consumers enjoyed lower prices on everything from food to cars. The result of the incoming green ideology is evident both in the U.S. and in Europe. No solutions can be found by the elites to the destruction they have caused except more destruction. Death by Government, R.J. Rummel’s book published in the 1990’s attributed about 270 million deaths to government in the last century alone. Yes, governments are very good at starting wars, and at economic destruction, but why do we keep putting up with it. Energy costs are reaching unbearable levels in Europe. The French and the Swiss are threatening to jail people who heat their homes above 66 degrees. Schools are returning to wood burning stoves to keep the children warm. Energy is rationed in advanced nations like Germany and France. Why, since it all seems like madness to any sane person. One reason that I offer is that the elites view us as an industrial resource rather than as citizen equals. The other day the lieutenant and chief eugenicist of Klaus Schwab, head of the World Economic Forum, Yuval Noah Harari, gave a speech and explained it all. “We just don’t need the vast majority of the population.” He explained it with a reference to when large families were an advantage because of the labor of the children but now they are a detriment because of the cost. He said we don’t need labor anymore because the world can be run with artificial intelligence so all those masses of people are no longer needed and should not be provided for. Yes, they are insane, and satanic but after all is said, there they are, and they run this world with the various government officials acting as members of the cult. What will or what can be done about this destructive madness? Why do sane people put up with or re-elect people who perpetuate such ideas. One reason is education which is now several generations into the destruction of our children. Again, I will paraphrase George Carlin when he described education as terrible and why it would never, ever get better. His answer was because the owners of this world want it that way. They want a world of indoctrinated cult members and therefore education will never get better. They want your kids to be unable to think for themselves because the last thing they want is an educated citizenry capable of thinking for themselves because the results of that would be their removal from power. Finally, folks, in this elite world of culture signaling ordinary people have a chance to join with the insane elite and the opportunity is too much for most to resist. You might gain the favor of the elite if you are just so advanced, so well bred, so sophisticated, and so much better than the rest of us sane rabble. At least that’s the way I see it, Until next time folks, This is Darrell Castle, Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about President Biden’s September 1st speech at Independence Hall in Philadelphia during which he referred to MAGA Republicans as a threat to the Republic. Transcription / Notes THE GHOSTS OF NUREMBERG Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 9th day of September in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about President Biden’s September 1st speech at Independence Hall in Philadelphia in which he referred to MAGA Republicans as a threat to the Republic among other things. What does the speech mean and why deliver it with the red and black, tales from the crypt background with two Marines ominously visible behind him. Just about everything that can be said about the speech has been said, but I will endeavor to look at it not only from a what perspective but also why. America caught at least a partial break since the speech competed with opening night of the college football season so no contest for television viewing. I read the transcript the next morning as I usually do, and I was so intrigued I pulled the video and watched it. Have you ever watched one of Hitler’s speeches at those gigantic Nuremberg rallies? You can find them on You Tube and although you probably don’t speak German you will quickly get the idea and see the comparison. Whoever wrote Biden’s speech had undoubtably watched some of those videos because the mannerisms of the speakers and the hellish backdrop are so similar it can’t be a coincidence. The sinister screaming of the speakers with the two fists shaken in front of them, are uncanny so watch both and compare. Both speakers demonize their opponents and say that their opponents are a threat to the country and to democracy itself. I don’t mean to compare Biden to Adolph Hitler in practice only in words and mannerisms. However, that speech was virtually unprecedented in American history as much of this administration is, but I can’t help but wonder why he would want to imitate Hitler and Mussolini. I certainly can’t remember such an attack on a former president and on political opponents as this speech made. “Donald Trump and the MAGA Republicans represent an extremism that threatens the very foundations of our republic.” I point out to you that more than 70 million people voted to re-elect Mr. Trump so that is a lot of extremism. He then tried to soften the attack a little by adding, “Not all Republicans are to blame” but MAGA Republicans will destroy American democracy unless checked. Once again, the, my enemies are enemies of the country and must be destroyed rhetoric is eerily familiar. Now, in case you were fortunate enough to watch football instead of the speech let me share a few quotes with you: “MAGA Republicans do not respect the Constitution.” They do not believe in the rule of law.” “They do not recognize the will of the people.” “They are determined to take the country backwards—backwards to a country where there is no right to choose, no right to privacy, no right to contraception, no right to marry who you love.” They promote authoritarian leaders, and they fan the flames of political violence.” They are a threat to our personal rights, to the pursuit of justice, to the rule of law, to the very soul of the country.” The President’s rhetoric menacing, bitter, angry, threatening, and divisive directed toward half the population was shocking in that a president could and would stoop to the level of labeling tens of millions of us as enemies and a threat to democracy. The phrasing of the speech and the mannerisms reminded me of many dictator speeches in which the ground was being prepared for persecution of the “enemies of democracy.” His words were dehumanizing and most importantly they were lies and charges of which he is far more guilty than his enemies. Perhaps he was right in a reverse sort of way when he said we are in a battle for the soul of the nation. Ben Johnson writing for The Washington Stand said it like this:” Biden drew on his catholic background while trying to infuse a crassly partisan speech with higher purpose.” Quoting from the speech: “I believe the soul is the breath, the life, and the essence of who we are. The soul is what makes us, us. The soul of America is defined by the sacred proposition that all are created equal in the image of God; that all are entitled to be treated with decency, dignity, and respect; that all deserve justice and a shot and lives of prosperity and consequences.” Mr. Johnson listed five bullet point ways that Biden’s speech reveals that he is cursing the soul of America. 1. Abortion—he has continually fought to undermine prolife efforts with a whole-of- government effort. 2. Abortion, Masquerading as Contraception– Biden and his party have deliberately conflated contraception with medication abortion and other drugs that may have an abortion inducing effect. 3. Biden Implies God Created Transgenderism—Biden turned biblical phrases on their head to advance extreme gender ideology. He often implies that created in the image of God means that God created and therefore wanted them as transgender. 4.Biden’s Right to Privacy—his right to privacy that he referenced Republicans as trying to destroy means hiding minors’ transgender transitions from their parents. 5. The 2SLGBTQIA+Agenda—The Washington Post said that he is the most radically pro-2SLGBTQA+ president in history.” The President’s speech tried to hide and diminish all those things by declaring what amounts to spiritual war on those who uphold traditional morality. As Mr. Johnson also pointed out, he is a nightmare for Bible-believing Christians. What could be more frightening to a Christian than knowing that agencies of his or her own government are being weaponized to come after them, and yet here he comes. Now as a former U.S. Marine, I have to say a few words about the backdrop of the speech and the Marines standing behind him. In addition, he brought the Marine Band with him to the speech which was clearly partisan and political. He can’t just use words, i.e., lies to say it wasn’t political and thus make it so. No, it was political no matter what his spin miesters say. The backdrop of the speech looked like something from the set of Tales From the Crypt with its blood red and black lighting. Even CNN was disturbed by it and tried to clean it up for their viewers. In the blood red background stood two U.S. Marines in dress blue uniforms. I wonder what they were thinking. Perhaps something like this, gee this is a great speech, and we are so privileged to stand here and guard this great leader, our Commander-in-Chief. Perhaps they thought this; what a disgrace he is, forcing us to stand here, Semper Fidelis, we are always faithful, the Praetorians to Nero. He forces us to this political nightmare after he just left several of our brothers and sisters to die in Afghanistan. He doesn’t care about us, in fact, he hates us, and you know what, the feeling would be mutual, but unlike him, we still have honor. Just guessing folks, but I speak for them because I am one of them. President unity and bring us together knows he should not use Marines as stage props, but he just doesn’t care. He is too busy alienating half the population and trying to incite hatred and violence against his political opponents. It is the worst of political reasons to use them besides sending them to die in some bureaucrats and politicians and billionaire’s war. He called more than 70 million Americans semi-fascists, so once again he uses the old Saul Alinsky advice to accuse others of what you are doing and who you are. He probably isn’t smart enough or at least not in control of his mental faculties enough to understand this, but a fascist is someone who proposes to bring the forces of government and the corporate world together until they are one in the service of government. That definition sounds just like what Biden has done with the marriage of the tech media giants and government. It reminds us of last week’s episode where I talked about how the FBI killed the Hunter Biden laptop story in social media. Yes, semi-fascist indeed. Was this speech then a precursor to shipping Republicans and Trump voters off to camps with bible believing Christians to follow. No, I don’t think so because it was just too obvious for that. It was intended to take the focus of the American people in the mid-term elections from inflation, that is soaring food and fuel prices, from third world migrants flooding across open borders, from rampant crime waves in the once great cities until you can’t walk the streets your taxes paid for, from supply chain problems exacerbated by a disastrous foreign policy and put their focus on Donald Trump and Maga Republicans. I just hope the Republicans don’t take the bait. Biden wants the national conversation and debate to be centered on MAGA Republicans and the soul of the nation rather than his wholesale destruction of a once great nation. The people who run this country and this world for their own pleasure have made one thing very clear. Donald Trump will not be president again even if they have to use their new woke military to drag him away. He will more than likely be investigated for a year, then indicted on some trumped up, no pun intended, charge brought by the very corrupt Department of Justice, with evidence provided by the very corrupt FBI. The hatred for Trump existed long before January 6, so that is just a convenient excuse, perpetrated at least initiated, by FBI plants and that is why thousands of hours of video footage are withheld from viewing while people sit in prison many without charges or trial. Trump hatred is so bad, so extensive, that they are willing to tear the country, its traditions, and its constitutional freedoms apart if that is what it takes to keep him out of office. The irony is that Trump was and is far less radical than Biden and his transgender woke hordes. In conclusion, many of the things happening in this country and the world today, would not be happening if Donald Trump were President. That is my honest opinion folks. I am not a Maga Republican or even a Republican, although Biden makes me want to be one, but I simply point out the truth as I see it. The Ukraine war would probably not have happened with Trump because he would have listened thus tens of thousands of lives and tens of billions would have been spared. The same is true for the buildup to war in the Indo-Pacific with China and its allies. It is all completely unnecessary and would not have happened with Trump. It reminds me of an old George Carlin skit in which he said that the people who own this world, the real owners, let you vote to make you think you have a choice, but you don’t. “It’s like a club and you ain’t in it.” Finally, folks, Hitler and his minister of propaganda, Joseph Goebbels, were masters of the technique Biden and his speech writers, and his inner circle used at Independence Hall. That technique is to place opponents outside the privileged group of the NAZI Party. When Biden shakes his fists on a blood red stage and shouts MAGA Republicans in front of two Marines it is the same thing. I’m coming for you wasn’t said, but it didn’t have to be because a picture is worth a thousand words. At least that’s the way I see it, Until next time folks, This is Darrell Castle, Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the FBI and the accusations about it and the Department of Justice. Is the FBI still the nation’s premier law enforcement agency and above reproach or has it devolved into just another corrupt agency acting as the muscle of the Democrat Party? Transcription / Notes: TROUBLE AT THE FBI Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 2nd day of September in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about the FBI and the accusations about it and the Department of Justice that have come to light over the last few years. Is the FBI still the nation’s premier law enforcement agency and above reproach or has it devolved into just another corrupt agency acting as the muscle of the Democrat Party. There are so many scandals inside the FBI right now that it is hard to keep them straight until you realize that they are all tied together. The motto of the FBI is Fidelity, Bravery, and Integrity, and I’m sure that it accurately describes most of the men and women out there on the front lines. It does not, however, accurately describe the leadership of the FBI which appears to be irretrievably corrupt. When I say corrupt, I don’t mean they sell their badges for money like some traffic cop in a third world country. No, the FBI leadership is far worse than that, having tarnished their badges and their honor in a long list of vile, partisan activities on behalf of the globalist forces that run this administration and constantly tell us what we are supposed to believe, who we are supposed to vote for, and that all lies are truth, and all truth is lies, but let’s look at the evidence. During the presidential election campaign of 2016 and especially after Trump was elected the entire intelligence community of the United States was weaponized to prevent the election of Donald Trump and ensure the election of Hillary Clinton. When that part of the plot failed, the plotters continued after the election to smear and discredit then President Trump and his administration. Originally the plot was given the codename operation crossfire hurricane and was launched by the FBI in July 2016. The FBI set out to investigate the many links that were supposed to exist between officials of the Russian Government, Russian Bureaucrats, and Russian Oligarchs and the Trump Campaign. I’m sure you are aware that the entire plot was invented by the mind of Hillary Clinton or those within her campaign. Once Crossfire Hurricane was launched, it became all Russia all the time and to some extent that same ideology still exists today long after the entire thing was proven to be a hoax. The result has been the destruction of a once proud organization which inserted itself unconstitutionally into partisan politics. I wonder if the corruption of the 2016 campaign by the FBI and others was a one-off thing or evidence of corruption in high places going back many years. You probably remember the Hunter Biden laptop scandal which came into public view in October 2020 just before the election. Hunter took his laptop to a repair shop in Delaware and did not pick it up. In addition to thousands of pornographic images of Hunter smoking crack with prostitute there was evidence of influence peddling of his father’s influence as vice president and soon to be president as well as many other potential crimes involving foreign countries including Communist China. The New York Post broke the story and reported that the laptop was authentic and contained authentic information. The New York Times and many other media reported that it was just more Russian disinformation. Finally, almost a year after Biden was elected, the New York Times reluctantly admitted that it was authentic. A few days ago, Mark Zuckerberg CEO of Meta, formerly Facebook, went on the Joe Rogan podcast and made an admission that is still getting noticed by congressional committees. Whistle blowers inside the FBI, apparently more than a dozen of them, contacted members of Congress and reported that the FBI had suppressed the reporting of the laptop scandal by various media outlets, one of which was Facebook. Mr. Zuckerberg said the FBI told him that there was a lot of Russian disinformation coming and to be vigilant of it. “You should be on high alert” the FBI said to him We know there was a lot of Russian propaganda in the 2016 election, and we have it on notice that there is going to be some kind of dump that is similar. More than 50 former senior intelligence officials signed a letter claiming the laptop story had all the earmarks of a Russian disinformation operation. In other words, the FBI recruited social media companies as accomplices to its crimes against the American people. Zuckerberg said dissemination of the story on Facebook decreased I supposed from the fear of the warning, but Twitter killed the story entirely. He was basically saying we knew this was a hyper political story so on our side of the political spectrum we didn’t censor enough, but to the other side they think we censored too much. He did reveal openly to the world that the Democrat Party wants censorship of unfavorable information, and the FBI is their enforcement arm. Like the old mafia movies where the two heavies go into a pizza joint in Philadelphia and say nice place you got here, be a shame if something happened to it The agent in charge of delivering the FBI’s message was one Timothy Thibault, assistant special agent in charge of the Washington Field Office. Special Agent Thibault came under the ire of several senators and congressmen who sent the FBI letters of inquiry. He was at first suspended, then escorted out of the FBI building, and now it has come to light that he has resigned, restated as retired after 25 years of service. According to letters released by Senator Chuck Grassley and others Agent Thibault ordered the investigation closed in violation of FBI policy. He then attempted to mark the matter in FBI systems so that it could not be reopened in the future. The whistleblowers told members of congress that FBI leadership told agents, “You will not look at that Hunter Biden laptop and the FBI is not going to change the outcome of the election again.” Senator Grassley writing to Christopher Wray, the Director of the FBI, said that it showed a deeply rooted political infection in the FBI. Senator Grassley and others think that agent Thibault’s head was offered as a sacrificial lamb hoping the rest would escape unscathed, but he said that would not happen. The senator said Thibault’s departure changed nothing about questions involving FBI bias in its investigations. Agent Thibault was apparently open about displaying his bias on social media therefore I quote the agent in charge of this investigation: “I wrote that Hunter became a liability when Biden was the frontrunner in the Democratic primary because of his cushy position on the Burisma Board when Dad was vice-president. Senator Grassley then started a probe in August 2019 over the sale of a sensitive U.S. technology company to the Chinese government and an investment firm run by the sons of Joe Biden and John Kerry.” If the laptop protection scheme was all it would be plenty but as usual it gets worse. Ironically, agent Thibault was part of the election integrity team for 2020, and in the Washington field office he was responsible for investigating political corruption. Note I said he was in charge of investigating, not creating, political corruption. It finally came to light after inquiries by Republicans, that the raid on Mar-a-Lago was run out of the Washington field office, not Florida as first reported. Guess who was in charge of the Washington Field Office, that’s right, Special Agent Timothy Thibault. Former President Trump’s home is raided by the FBI apparently on very shaky to non-existent probable cause while the same FBI has not even looked at Hunter’s laptop or at Hunter personally despite him being the president’s son and despite open evidence of criminality that the whole world has seen. What this does for the credibility of the FBI and for that matter the reputation of the U.S. Government is obvious. The protection racket being run by those in power appears to be under serious pressure right now. Everyday we read in the New York Times some possible justification for the raid, but how can it possibly be justified when it was organized and conducted by totally corrupt people inside a totally corrupt organization. What could all this inquiry mean? Perhaps nothing, but if it means anything could it be that there are at least a few people left in the old FBI who are embarrassed about the chief law enforcement arm of a once great nation letting open criminality of the president’s son slide while others are prosecuted without evidence. Thibault’s removal or retirement probably means something but who knows what. There has been an extremely intense amount of pressure coming from the senate about the open partisanship of the FBI in the laptop scandal, and perhaps someone up there is not a partisan two-bit hack for political interests. Christopher Wray the FBI Director and Merrick Garland, the attorney general, have not stopped being partisan political hacks on the payroll of enemies of freedom, but maybe the heat has been turned up to such a temperature that they can’t hide it anymore. News coming from Mar-a-Lago this week has made it difficult to uphold the façade without some explanation that is yet to be forthcoming. The media, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Democrat Party, has continued to flood us with negative speculative stories without any proof except what leaks out of the corrupt FBI. In the meantime, a judge ordered the release of the affidavit that was used to get the search warrant. Granted, it was redacted enough that only a forensic expert could decipher it, but apparently some of those did. That is how we learned that despite the blackout the raid was run out of the Washington field office, not the local Florida office as they first reported. The head of that office Timothy Thibault was forced to retire and was escorted out of the building. Now we also learn that some of the documents taken were protected by attorney client privilege, in other words this was a fishing expedition to keep a political opponent out of future races. Agent Thibault violated and directed FBI agents to violate Donald Trump’s constitutional rights. Mr. Thibault and his organization obviously felt no obligation to obey the law themselves, only to impose their version of the law on others. That attitude is reminiscent of the intelligence arms of other less than Democratic countries that we remember from history. Since he is known to be corrupt and a law violator, who knows what other crimes agent Thibault has committed during his 25 years. Obstruction of justice in the Clinton email non-investigation and the same in the Hunter laptop non-investigation to name just two. Whistleblowers have also reported to members of Congress that Agent Thibault urged or ordered them to pad domestic Violent extremist case counts to satisfy “performance metrics.” This is all a lot more than rumor and innuendo because more than a dozen agents have been so disturbed by it that they risked their careers to contact congress with information. I suppose that they resent being dirtied by the leader’s filth and would prefer their reputations back. These agents are backing up their stories with documentary evidence of crimes. Mr. Timothy Thibault, Mr. Christopher Wray, Mr., Merrick Garland, and others are sworn to uphold the law. They are the nation’s first line of defense against terrorism, political corruption and such mundane crimes as bank robbery, money laundering, and human trafficking. Instead of upholding the law they...
Darrell Castle talks about the Attorney General of the State of New York, Letitia James, and more specifically about a recent letter she sent to the Cornerstone Church in Batavia, New York in which she warned and threatened that church regarding an event the church planned to host. The event was held on August 12-13 of this year and was called The Re-Awaken America Tour. NEW YORK’S TOP LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICER Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 26th day of August in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about the Attorney General of the State of New York, Letitia James, and more specifically about a recent letter she sent to the Cornerstone Church in Batavia, New York in which she warned and threatened that church regarding an event the church planned to have and did have on August 12-13 of this year called The Re-Awaken America Tour. The Attorney general’s letter concerns me for several reasons, but it is especially concerning because it demonstrates the growing belief that government is all powerful and without restraint. It cannot be restrained by anything especially the bill of rights. She campaigned for office on a plan to use all prosecutorial resources of her office to investigate and prosecute Donald Trump. She has been true to her promise, targeting Trump and his business interests relentlessly until finally Trump invoked his fifth amendment rights and refused to answer any more of her questions. Her predecessor, Eric Schneiderman, had the same anti Trump attitude taking Trump before the courts of New York and the courts of public opinion. Deciding someone’s guilt before that person even takes office might be a little inappropriate but who cares any more about guilt or innocence. The target is either on your side of the political spectrum or he isn’t, and if he isn’t then he is fair game. Mr. Schneiderman eventually resigned in disgrace amid a multitude of sexual charges. Using the office of the Attorney General to prosecute or “get” political enemies seems to be a tradition in New York. Schneiderman’s interim continued the same pattern by issuing a press release threatening to take down the entire Trump family. In fact, all the candidates for New York Attorney General in 2018 pledged to use the office to get Trump. Ms. James was particularly aggressive saying that “The president of the United States has to worry about three things: Muller, Cohen, and Tish James.” She won the Democrat primary which in New York is the same as winning the general which she won anyway. She again pledged the immense power of the Ney York AG’s office to the task of getting Trump. Was he guilty of anything? It doesn’t matter because he was a political opponent which she disagreed with. Currently, the real law isn’t nearly as important as the political position of the prosecutor. If the prosecutor is unable to convict, she can at least make the target’s life miserable and that is a victory. Investigating a person without a reasonable suspicion that a crime is being, or has been committed, without any probable cause is a federal civil rights violation. It can serve as the basis for harassment and civil rights lawsuits. Governments and their agencies are tasked with investigating crimes and suspicious activities which may reasonably lead to the conclusion that crimes are being committed, but legally they cannot simply set out to investigate a person without cause. It is necessary to also point out that New York is currently swamped by real crime, including murder and other violent felonies. With that background on Ms. James and her office we come to the subject of this report. There have been a series of conferences perhaps 15 or 20 over the last couple of years billed as the Reawaken America Tour. They are apparently the brainchild of Clay Clark who scheduled the first one in Tulsa in April 2021. He had 50,000 requests for tickets but a venue that could only accommodate 4000. The event featured speakers such as General Michael Flynn, Mike Lindell of My Pillow fame, Judy Mikovits, Sherry Tenpenny, and many others. The conference, at first was a combination faith, freedom, and health type of thing. In August of this year one of the conferences was scheduled in Western New York but the venue gave in to political pressure and cancelled. Cornerstone Church in Batavia, New York stepped in and said we will be happy to have it here. This conference was scheduled to include a speech by Eric Trump, the President’s son, and that is all it took for Ms. James to act. She sent a threatening letter addressed to General Flynn, Clay Clark, the event’s organizer, and the church itself. In her letter she began by pointing out that she is New York’s top law enforcement officer and she said she had significant concerns. I wonder if she saw any irony in the fact that the top law enforcement officer of New York was in the very act of breaking the law. I wish I could set out her entire letter, but it is a little long for that so I will do my best to summarize the relevant parts. She said she had significant concerns that the conference could spur extremist or racially motivated violence. She pointed out that the event was on the anniversary date of the Unite the Right rally in Charlottesville, Virginia held five years previously. My guess is that no one connected with the conference knew anything about the connection of dates and it was simple coincidence. She could have checked to see that 15 or 20 other conferences came off without any violence at all. Except for a few demonstrators they were uneventful. She then went into the content of the speakers and the theories they supposedly espoused. She crossed the line there, 1st Amendment wise because she found herself insisting that she could control, at the risk of punishment, the content of the church’s message. She tried to tie them in to racially motivated mass killings without any evidence of that at all. What all this means is that the self-identified top law enforcement officer of the state of New York was engaging by written letter in an effort to chill the free speech and religious speech rights of a church. When such intimidation is conducted before the speech occurs that is called prior restraint and is strictly forbidden by US Supreme Court precedence. A lawyer and a State Attorney General should be aware of such things, but perhaps she just didn’t care. If so, that would fit a common pattern of government officials today. I don’t care what is written in that book because what I say, my opinion, will constitute the law in this instance. The arrogance, the brute force intimidation of her words illustrates the adage that government represents brute force and not persuasion. She went on to remind the church that New York law prohibits racially motivated violence, harassment, or interference with another person in the exercise of their civil rights. Once again ironic because she was doing the very thing, she was warning the church about. Now I am going to quote from her closing paragraph. “The Office of the Attorney General has a duty to protect New Yorkers from extremist and racially motivated violence. We stand ready to investigate any violation of the laws above and, if necessary, to enforce them to the fullest extent available. You are therefore instructed to take all necessary steps to ensure that the event complies fully with the requirements of New York’s civil rights laws and all other applicable state and federal statutes.” She goes on to close with this at least partially redeeming line: “Your cooperation in ensuring a peaceful and law-abiding event will be greatly appreciated.” Pastor Paul Doyle of Cornerstone Church said that when he read the letter, he felt like they were trying to bully us. He went on to say that “She’s insinuating that we’re involved in racist activity” and that it bordered on defamation. When asked for a comment by the blog site Legal Insurrection, he sent the following email: “This letter is a deliberate and arrogant act of government intimidation and harassment. This letter is filled with inaccurate and irresponsible language. The past events that the Attorney General indicates had absolutely nothing to do with this event. It clearly has a politically partisan agenda to it by calling the views of some of the speakers as “extreme”. By carelessly using the terms “racist” and “violence” it attempts to skew people’s perspective of the agenda of the event. I feel it is defamation of the event, its speakers, Cornerstone Church, and me personally as pastor of the church.” If I were the pastor of the church the letter would have made me even more determined to go forward with the event. Her phrase “you are therefore instructed” is all it would take for me, to be even more determined. The event drew a crowd of 3,500 people and came off without incident. There was no violence whatsoever at the event, although there were plenty of protestors on the outside. Eric Trump spoke mostly about the Raid on Mar a Lago and the other FBI campaigns against his father. General Flynn said that a wall of fear is being built around our individual lives. He also talked about harassment from the FBI and DOJ. The Attorney General’s letter indicates something that I have repeatedly tried to emphasize and that is political power. The problem is not so much Democrats and Republicans as it is political power which, like an addictive drug, corrupts the mind and the morals. It cannot be resisted even by the best of us and that is why the founders gave us the Constitution to control the addiction of political power. That document tells each branch of government what its powers are and what its powers are not. With each passing administration it becomes more and more irrelevant, and the out-of-control government gets more and more overbearing and intrusive. Government officials are no longer bound by law as much as their opinion. To illustrate this point, I quote Mike LaChance at Legal Insurrection: “Attorney General James’ pre-emptive attempt to chill free and lawful speech is extremely troubling and has nothing to do with support for or opposition to Trump. The Attorney General, with her immense prosecutorial power, should be protecting freedom of speech and association, not taking substantive sides, and attempting to intimidate churches or other forums from hosting lawful events.” Well amen Mike, that’s exactly right, but this Attorney General is so drunk with power and so full of herself that the Constitution and the law no longer matter to her. She ran for office on a ticket that amounts to prosecutorial abuse and the people of New York elected her. Very sad but also very true. Finally, folks, this incident was caused by an elected official with the power to destroy who doesn’t mind using that power as a blunt instrument regardless of the law, but it is not what I at first thought it was. When I first heard the news reports coming out about the letter, I thought this is it the Fort Sumter moment I’ve been waiting for, Will this be the French Revolution or the American Revolution, but this is not the Fort Sumter moment although it is coming. At least that’s the way I see it, Until next time folks, This is Darrell Castle, Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the recent raid on former President Trump’s home in Mar-a-Lago in Florida. RAID ON MAR-a-LAGO Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 19th day of August in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about the recent raid on former President Donald Trump’s home in Mar-a-Lago in Florida. The raid was unprecedented in American history. The raid was conducted against arguably the regime’s chief critic and political opponent: The raid was three months before a critical mid term election that is predicted to be a rebuke of the regime’s policies: The raid was conducted by the regime’s DOJ and FBI proven to be very corrupt organizations. What should we make of all this? The first thing the raid tells us is that the FBI, the DOJ, and the Biden Administration in general are liars who can’t even keep their lies straight between them. They will only admit the truth under extreme duress and when all the lies have been exposed to the world. Beset by contradictions, obvious lies, and just plain incompetence, the many explanations offered by the FBI come apart under examination. The lies make the real reason for the raid more obvious and that is that it was a political hit job on a former president to find something, anything, to keep him from running for and perhaps winning the presidency again. The president didn’t know about the raid, and he had nothing to do with it. The old, he didn’t know until he heard it on the news story again. The administration set out to distance the president from the raid I would suppose in a vain attempt to make it appear that he was not trying to persecute a political opponent. Press Secretary Karine Jean-Pierre told us no one at the White House was given a heads up on the raid. No, that did not happen you know, he learned about it through the media. So, we are expected to believe that the Department of Justice with the Attorney General appointed by the President did not even brief the president on a planned FBI raid of a former president’s home. Even though the raid was something that had never happened before in American history and it was something that could perhaps change the perception of the American people toward their government forever, the president knew nothing about it. With any president other than Joe Biden that assumption would be total fantasy, but with Biden I suppose he could have been having another lite intensity day during the briefing. For days after the raid Newsweek reported that the Attorney General, Merrick Garland, was regularly briefed on the Records Act Investigation, but he insisted he had no prior knowledge of the date and time of the raid nor was he asked to approve it. So, again, officials of the administration raid the home of a former president and neither the Attorney General nor the President knew anything about it. The Justice Department appeared to be trying to throw the FBI under the bus, but the FBI decided to not fall on its sword and started to fight back. Finally, Merrick Garland admitted that he had approved the search warrant. “I personally approved the decision to seek a search warrant in this matter.” Why would his staff and the administration try to shield him from that by lying about it. Why do they act guilty like someone caught in the act of a sloppy burglary like Watergate. Pretending that Merrick Garland was not aware was just a bit too unbelievable and the story started to unravel. Later the Attorney General of the United States, the head of the Department of Justice, Merrick Garland, admitted that he had pondered over the decision of the raid for weeks before giving his approval. The decision was the subject of weeks of meetings between senior Justice Department people and the FBI. In order to request a warrant from their hand-picked Florida Judge, an affidavit had to be prepared listing what was alleged to be probable cause for the search and probable cause that a crime had been committed. What did the affidavit allege? What was the probable cause for the search? What evidence did the Department of Justice have? Their answer: you can’t be allowed to know that because it would impede our investigation. A quote from DOJ lawyers; “There remain compelling reasons, including to protect the integrity of an ongoing law enforcement investigation that implicates national security, that support keeping the affidavit sealed.” Maybe a redacted version is possible. “The government has carefully considered whether the affidavit can be released subject to redactions. The redactions necessary to mitigate harms to the integrity of the investigation would be so extensive as to render the remaining unsealed text devoid of use.” Since the affidavit remains sealed, the media is free to report any FBI claim about what Trump was suspected of having in his possession. They clearly don’t want to release any information that would reveal their lies and cover up. Now the same judge who issued the warrant says that maybe some of the information can be released. Why would the 30 or more FBI agents plundering through Trump’s private office and his wife’s closet and lingerie take his passports? Trump accused the FBI of taking three passports one of which was expired and one of which was diplomatic. The passports obviously had nothing to do with national security or classified documents. Quickly the press jumped in to call him a liar. CBS News claimed that “the FBI was not in possession of former president Trump’s passports.” That phrase not in possession obviously means nothing. Why not just say we didn’t take the passports. Well, it turns out they did take the passports, but as in virtually every instance their first impression when confronted with the question was to lie. Eventually the FBI said yes, we did recover three passports which were recovered by a filter team which weeds out privileged information. So, they did take his passports which more than likely exceeded their authority. Passports are not something you just scrape into a box. Probably they were in his private safe which was force opened. The FBI now says the passports will be returned in about two weeks. This organization, the FBI, the Federal Bureau of Investigation, looks more and more corrupt, and more and more overbearing, we are not only above the law, we are the law, every minute. We have a regime from the White House on down through the Department of Justice and the FBI that seems to take pride in conducting the affairs of government like a third world Junta. Their lying dishonesty knows no bounds except whatever it takes to get Trump and keep him out of office. This is now how our democracy, as the Democrats like to phrase it, works. Now, let’s consider this; the need for the warrant and the raid and the seizure of personal items and boxes of documents was a pressing and emergency need to protect national security. Can that be believed if the Attorney General took weeks to consider the evidence before deciding. How serious could any threat or emergency be and yet we are denied the information. If the probable cause was solid, why hide it from the public. Why wait 18 months to start an investigation if the national security was so at issue. A fishing expedition perhaps where facts are not as important as the dirt that they hope will stick to Mr. Trump inevitably. All this bruhaha over the FBI and DOJ plundering the private home of a former president apparently caused some people to question the FBI and DOJ, but the Attorney General was quick to come to their defense. “Let me address recent unfounded attacks on the professionalism of the FBI and Justice Department agents and prosecutors. I will not stand by silently when their integrity is unfairly attacked. The men and women of the FBI and the Justice Department are dedicated patriotic public servants every day. They protect the American people from violent crime, terrorism and other threats to their safety while safeguarding our civil rights. They do so at great personal sacrifice and risk to themselves. I am honored to work alongside them.” Well, Mr. Garland you should be honored to work alongside most of them because most of them are just what you say. It is they who should not be honored to work alongside you, a political hack and lackey for a corrupt administration. You do quite well with the very corrupt director of the FBI, Mr. Christopher Wray. Who ordered FBI agents to concoct the pack of lies against a sitting president known as Russia gate? Who ordered the FBI to infiltrate a group of ignorant people in Michigan and formulate a plot to kidnap the governor, set it in motion, then arrest them? Who ordered FBI agents on January 6th to infiltrate demonstrators, lead them to the Capitol, and with the assistance of the capitol police open the doors and invite them in.? Who Ordered the protection of Hillary Clinton when she bleached 30,000 classified emails and finally who protected and continues to protect Hunter Biden and other Biden family members? I admire the agents who are out there on the front lines with bank robbers, and terrorists every day, but I don’t think much of you Mr. Garland. In fact, I don’t admire you or the FBI director Mr. Christopher Wray who recently got up and walked out of a congressional hearing because he had a plane to catch. It turns out to be the FBI Gulfstream paid for by the taxpayers and he was taking it to his vacation home, clearly illegal but he’s above all that. You should both be fired and have your home raided to see if any evidence of any crime could be found. Finally, folks, there’s no use in belaboring this story any longer so I will close for now. My conclusion is that it is impossible to know the truth anymore because the government top to bottom is a bunch of corrupt liars. Who can say what they took and what they found, and what they planted in former President Trump’s home. No matter what they tell us they discovered it is a lie and not to be believed because they had ample time to plant anything. It is likely that Donald Trump will be indicted by a corrupt regime looking for a show trial ala the Soviet Union. At least that’s the way I see it, Until next time folks, This is Darrell Castle, Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the so-called Inflation Reduction Act passed this week by a dead-locked Senate 50-50 with Vice President Harris casting the deciding vote and sending it to the House where it is expected to be passed. A LONG TRAIN OF ABUSES AND USURPATIONS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 12th day of August in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about the so-called Inflation Reduction Act passed this week by a dead locked Senate 50-50 with Vice President Harris casting the deciding vote. The bill is expected to pass the House as early as today. This bill makes my blood boil when I read it or when I even consider it because it is reflective of a government that no longer feels the need to hide its contempt for the average working American. This bill is evidence of the nation’s continuing ruin by design and by incompetence. We are expected to believe that spending three quarters of a trillion dollars in the teeth of inflation approaching double digits will somehow reduce inflation. The officials of this government talk a lot about taxing the rich, but apparently, they could not find enough of them to cover this monstrosity, so they have to go into your pockets and the pockets of every small business in America. They plan to do that by spending 80$ billion to hire 87,000 new IRS agents to harass and audit ordinary people who just want to make a living and feed their families. The IRS will now be the largest government agency outside the military. The FBI, for example, has 35,000 employees many of which the agency sent to raid the home of a former president to further Democrat persecution of him, and to continue our descent into third world junta status. The state department has 23, 000, but the IRS will now have 165,000 employees. The Congressional Budget Office found that the hiring of 87,000 new agents to harass and persecute average Americans would result in $200 billion of additional revenue over the next decade. More that half of the rest of the bill is devoted to enforcement. One of the theories of how to reduce inflation is to reduce demand. In other words, make things so expensive people stop spending and also take money from them so they can’t spend. This bill certainly intends to do that as it contains no middle-class safeguards and will hurt the middle class more than any other group. Retailors should be concerned as well since there will, by design, be far fewer people who can afford to shop. Yes, this is a Marxist and Orwellian nightmare rolled into one bill. It is the formula Lenin devised to destroy the bourgeoisie. He said the best way to do that would be to grind them between the millstones of taxes and inflation and that is exactly what this bill does. So, the globalist, world improvers, the wise ones who are the only ones capable of running and controlling this entire world got at least a cut down version of what they wanted. It is a small cut-down version of Biden’s original build back better idea. You may pay their salaries, but no one in Washington works for you. Chuck Schumer, Mitch McConnell and all the rest don’t work for you. None of them work for the “little man” the “working man” because they all work for a group of globalists whose reason for existing is to destroy your country, your life, and your family’s future. That is who the people you elect each cycle and those they hire and appoint work for. They want everyone taxed at a solid rate and then they want 100% compliance by way of central bank digital currencies where there can be no escape from their surveillance. The Orwellian part of it is that words don’t mean anything except what the Democrats tell us they mean. A recession is no longer a recession as the White House is free to change the meaning. We are told that Putin’s Price Hike caused it, but a massive spending bill will cure it despite Putin. Inflation is caused at least primarily caused by excess Federal Reserve money creation and this bill would authorize the spending of $750 billion new dollars then try to twist much of that money back out of the hands of working Americans. The 755-page bill includes $430 billion to combat climate change and extend health care coverage, paid for with savings on prescription drugs and taxes on corporations. Hundreds of billions to change the weather, so, we will see. Will our weather improve, highly unlikely. What about inflation and deficit reduction, not a chance. Like most boondoggles this one has the spending front loaded while the deficit and inflation fighting part is all on the back end which means it never happens. Climate change is a good one though. Practically every bad thing or unpleasant thing that happens can and is blamed on climate change. Too hot, too cold, too much rain, not enough rain, all give a wicked government access to the people’s pocket. Remember the old Mark Twain joke: everybody complains about the weather, but nobody does anything about it, well now Democrats have one upped Mr. Twain because they are going to spend until they improve the weather. This is all just a not so clever ruse for an attack on the middle class to remove wealth for redistribution thus breaking and destroying the middle class. Just two classes will exist when these people have their way, the extremely rich and the extremely poor. First, taxes will reduce available money and that coupled with inflation will cause people to incur unpayable debt, and then further reduce them with interest. Inflation will eat up anything left over but they still have the barter market or a kind of underground market. That will be destroyed through the Central Bank Digital Currencies thus will the middle class implode. There was an effort made last minute in the debate on this bill to save the working poor and middle class, but it failed. The amendment to the bill would have limited the 87,000 new IRS agents to auditing companies and individuals with income of $400,000 or more failed 50-50 with Vice President Harris voting. While a candidate, Joe Biden famously pledged not to raise taxes on anyone making less than $400,000, but nevertheless, this bill will increase taxes for most people. It is the attacking instructions given the IRS that should scare people. This is a new IRS that the Wall Street Journal referred to as beast mode. More than half of the remaining money after $80 billion given to the new IRS will go to enforcement. The IRS is literally arming up as well. Thousands of weapons and millions of rounds of ammunition will be in the hands of the agents of the IRS. Yes, the people who determine the direction of this government looked around at the train wreck and concluded that what is really needed is 87,000 new, armed IRS agents. Throughout history from the Roman Empire, various Chinese Dynasties, the British and French Empires when in decline sent armies of tax collectors to harass citizens and steal their wealth. Ruthless tax collecting is a hallmark of a nation in decline. This is perfectly in line with this crumbling nation now 31 trillion in debt. The ruling class squander the wealth of the nation then seek to save their skins by extracting it from the people. This is a time when we desperately need innovation and focus but this new army of tax collectors is just what this country does not need if it is ever going to recover. We should be focused on making the pie bigger for everyone, but no, we have to spend our time in minutia and looking for receipts to avoid the government man. As I said earlier this Bill makes my blood boil at the utter in your face, we don’t care what you the people think about it, nature of the thing. The Democrat ministry of propaganda better known as the media won’t do anything but sing its praises, but I doubt if any have read the 777 pages. After all even Joe Biden admits he doesn’t know what’s in the bill. This bill which will drive another nail in the coffin of what was once a free economy and will actually increase inflation is a mystery to the president. Earlier this week while speaking to flood victims in Kentucky he said in reference to the bill: “We passed yesterday, taking care of everything from health care to God knows what else.” Here are some things that only God knows are in the bill. Corporate welfare to green energy including $7000 subsidy for purchasing Electric Vehicles. After all the gimmicks are totaled up the bill will increase the deficit, the debt, and inflation. The IRS empowered and weaponized to attack middle class Americans. Lots of wind and solar power subsidies to bolster their Chinese manufacturers. $8.45 billion for environmental justice in agriculture. I don’t know yet if that is newspeak for stop growing food. $3 billion for the department of Transportation to address racism in infrastructure. The list goes on and on to cover most of the Democrat vote buying wish list. In conclusion I have a theory about what is happening in the United States right now. My theory is that we are in a status the military refers to as low intensity conflict defined as warfare falling below the standard of the use of military weapons. When countries engage in low intensity conflict, they use their propaganda tools to spread disinformation among the enemy. They weaponize the various organs of government against their enemies. In our case an example would be the corruption of the IRS starting at least under Obama when Director Lois Lerner used the IRS to attack conservative groups on through what we are seeing today. The FBI, once the most trusted organization, is now one of the most corrupt. The leadership of the FBI is totally corrupt ordering and allowing itself to be weaponized to invent phony Russia gate investigations while ignoring real enemies. Terrorists burn cities but the FBI is busy raiding the home of a former President. The FBI comes under the authority of the Department of Justice which means that the Attorney General is head of that agency. The American people, according to poll after poll, know their government and its agencies are totally corrupt. It is a sad day indeed when I conclude that the federal government in general, but specifically its army of investigative agents cannot be trusted and in fact they are enemies of the light. Finally, folks, they are indeed enemies of the light, and they flee from it like roaches. The FBI raid on Trump’s home was intended to send a message and indeed it did. We get the message Mr. Garland loud and clear, and we will not forget. This low intensity conflict is civil war as we struggle for what’s left of a once free country. This raid is clear evidence of the threat we face from a government that weaponizes its power against political opponents. This cannot be allowed to stand if we are to at least pretend we are still free. At least that’s the way I see it, Until next time folks, This is Darrell Castle, Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the island known to the West as Taiwan and offers a few thoughts on House Speaker Nancy Pelosi’s recent visit there. Transcription / Notes: WHAT DOES STANDING WITH TAIWAN REALLY MEAN? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 5th day of August in the year of our Lord 2022 and on today’s report I will be talking about the Island known as Taiwan except to China where it is known as China. Specifically, I will offer a few thoughts on House Speaker Nancy Pelosi’s recent visit to Taiwan. Why is Nancy Pelosi’s visit to Taiwan such a big deal? After all she is not the first member of congress to visit that nation. She is, however, a duly elected, official of the United States as well as second behind Vice President Kamala Harris, in line for the presidency of the United States. I suppose that makes her visit very important to the Chinese. It is akin to a state visit to what they consider to be part of their sovereign territory. All that was well know to the speaker of the house of representatives before she planned her trip, but she did it anyway. The president said he thought it was not a good idea and so did the secretary of defense, but she went anyway. Why, what did the trip accomplish, and how did it properly represent her constituents in San Francisco? The U.S. claims that since the speaker represents the legislative branch, and the executive branch handles diplomacy and is empowered to determine U.S. foreign policy that her trip was therefore insignificant. I’m pretty sure the Chinese don’t understand or accept such distinctions. They probably don’t accept the idea that the trip was not endorsed by the president and I’m certain that to them its all part of a pre-arranged plan. China’s outrage, either genuine or also concocted, was made very clear. Some in the Chinese military threatened to shoot down her plane, but fortunately cooler heads prevailed. It seems that the Chinese do not want to provoke a full-scale war with the United States, at least not yet. The history of this conflict goes back to the end of World War ll when the forces of Mao chased Chiang Kai-Shek to what was then called Formosa. Chiang established a Chinese government in exile While Mao ran China and claimed the island of Taiwan as sovereign Chinese territory. War clouds have appeared over the island ever since and it constantly threatens the world with war today. The U.S. has always walked a line between recognition of Taiwan independence and admitting it is part of China. The diplomacy was worked out between Nixon, Kissinger, and the Chinese when Nixon “opened” China with his visit in 1974. Basically, both sides agreed to coexist and ignore the elephant in the room. The U.S. would not recognize Taiwan independence and the Chinese would not attempt to take Taiwan by force. The position of the U.S. regarding an attempted invasion by China would remain deliberately unclear and obscure so that they would never know until it happened. Would the U.S. defend Taiwan militarily or not, no one knew for sure? All that changed with a recent trip by President Biden to Japan. When asked by a reporter if the U.S. would defend Taiwan he said yes, that’s our commitment. That, of Course, has never been our commitment, but such gaffes or deliberate statements sometimes lead toward world war. The Chinese were probably amazed at the statement, and it undoubtedly accounted for some of the fiery rhetoric and threats about the trip. The Chinese military strength continues to grow and with that growth comes increasingly aggressive threats and efforts to expand in the Pacific. So far, the disputes have involved fishing rights, coastal islands, and disputed territorial waters but it remains a very dangerous situation and that’s why this trip was ill conceived in my mind. Once she announced the trip she had to go despite the Chinese threats, but more importantly because of them. We can’t have the United States backing down in the face of Chinese threats and we can’t have the Chinese deciding where U.S. officials can visit. On the other hand, the trip was incredibly pointless and an unnecessary provocation, for no known reason. One might invent reasons to explain it, but there is certainly no obvious diplomatic advantage to the trip, only the provocative one. Its true that many members of the congress and senate have visited Taiwan before including some earlier this year. When Newt Gingrich was speaker, he visited in I think 1997, but that was all before President Biden removed the veil from the U.S, intentions. The result is that everything is different now especially to the Chinese. Nancy Pelosi said upon her return to the U.S. that the Chinese visceral reaction was because of sexism. As ridiculous as it sounds, she did indeed take advantage of the opportunity to play the victim one more time. The Speaker of the House of Representatives goes to Taiwan over the expressed wishes of the President and Secretary of Defense and announces upon landing in what China considers to be China, “Our visit reiterates that America stands with Taiwan: a robust, vibrant democracy and our important partner in the Indo-Pacific.” To the Chinese she just said my visit means that we are taking part of your territory and there’s nothing you can do about it. There are, however, several things the Chinese could do about it, discounting the possibility of invasion or direct military conflict. The first thing they did was to summon the U.S. ambassador which is a serious diplomatic maneuver and a warning that diplomatic relations have been threatened. Reportedly, the Chinese premier Xi said “The move is extremely egregious in nature and the consequences are extremely serious. China will not sit idly by.” China’s military said it was on high alert and would launch a series of targeted military actions in response. China has since begun military exercises including live fire exercises with the usual intrusions into Taiwanese territorial waters and airspace. The Chinese diplomatic rhetoric emphasized that Taiwan is China’s and would eventually return to China. A full-scale invasion across the Taiwan Strait would not be easy for China even if it was successful. Whether the U.S. and or Japan would intervene remains an open question, but the Japanese have made it clear that an invasion would threaten their national interests. The Taiwan military is a little old and a little outdated, but it does have missiles capable of striking into mainland China. The invasion then, would cost the lives of thousands of Chinese soldiers and civilians and immediate success would not be assured. The other choice the Chinese have is a naval and air blockade of Taiwan to subdue the enemy without fighting as per Sun Tzu. A blockade would cut off Taiwan from western arms shipments to resupply and modernize their armed forces. The economy of Taiwan would quickly be perhaps fatally damaged and the military’s ability to resist would be severely damaged. The Chinese Communists would then wait and hope that the morale of the people would succumb and some type of surrender like Hong Kong would be forthcoming. Speaking of Hong Kong, the United States did not defend Hong Kong or come to its aid when China absorbed it. The people of that City were promised one country two systems, but it quickly became one country and one system, or you can deal with the People’s Liberation Army. China wants to be the leader of the new world order that stands in opposition to the world order led by the United States since World War ll. The U.S. set out to sanction and de-dollarize certain countries, so they naturally begun to sign up allies and define a new system not controlled by the dollar. China still needs American markets although creating additional chaos for the American economy and especially the supply chain now dependent on China is another option for Chinese protest of the visit. The fall of Taiwan would be rather disastrous for western economies because Taiwan controls much of the chip manufacturing upon which western technology depends. Why the U.S. made such a sovereignty destroying move as to offshore its manufacturing to a hostile Communist country and then allow its own chips to be made in Taiwan which is in constant conflict with that country is open to discussion, but it seems self-destructive to me. If a Chinese naval blockade cut off the supply of chips to the U.S. and its western allies, then they would be beholden to the Chinese as Europe is to Russia because of Russian gas. Never mind all the America first rhetoric, doesn’t anyone in authority elected or not even consider what’s in the best interest of America and the American people anymore. The U.S. Senate is considering Senate Bill 4428 defined as the effort to support the security of Taiwan and its right of self-determination, and for other purposes. The heart of the bill is to transfer $6.5 billion in foreign military financing for Taiwan over the next four years. It would also designate Taiwan a major non-NATO ally which means we give them weapons, but we have no mutual defense commitment. So, I suppose that is what standing with Taiwan means. Once again, we will fight to the last drop of Taiwanese blood. This is complete madness and once again indicates that this world is run by lunatics. What is the strategic interest of the United States in this dispute that would make it go to war or risk war with China? Its all madness, but it bodes ill for Taiwan. The Chinese Premier, after all his bluster and rhetoric has been humiliated and he can’t let that go without a response, so we wait for that. Taiwan is the loser, however, and it is plausible to think that China will use the Biden presidency to move against it. Finally, folks, war with China is just one mistake, one collision at sea, one nervous ship’s captain away. My fear is that some F-14 pilot, or some Chinese pilot will fire a missile at the wrong target or some collision at sea will set it off, and the missiles will fly. Then all the bluster and all the harsh words can’t recall them. The best explanation for the trip might just be to take the focus of the American people away from what Lenin referred to as grinding them between the millstones of taxes and inflation and put it on a perceived foreign enemy. There have always been plenty of people willing to trade the lives of young Americans for election success. At least that’s the way I see it, Until next time folks, This is Darrell Castle, Thanks for listening.